Blog Tools
Edit your Blog
Build a Blog
RSS Feed
View Profile
« February 2004 »
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29
You are not logged in. Log in
Entries by Topic
All topics  «
BULLETIN
Friday, 6 February 2004



>> MALAYSIA DOSSIER CONTINUED...

http://straitstimes.asia1.com.sg/asia/story/0,4386,233991,00.html?

MALAYSIAN PLANT IN NUCLEAR CONTROVERSY THROWS OPEN ITS DOORS FOR INSPECTION
Nothing but a machine parts factory?
By Leslie Lau
IN A quiet corner in the industrial heartland of Shah Alam, 24 workers continued to work at the Scomi Precision Engineering factory yesterday.
It is business as usual at Shah Alam's Scomi factory, which is reportedly under probe for links to the global black market in nuclear technology. -- AP
The plant is at the centre of a major controversy after CIA director George Tenet on Thursday described it as one of the largest links in disgraced Pakistani scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan's network of black-market nuclear parts.
Malaysian Prime Minister Abdullah Ahmad Badawi has promised the police would probe without fear or favour.
Yesterday, Deputy Premier Najib Razak also promised a comprehensive investigation.
Officials from the small factory said it provides precision engineering services to the oil and gas and automotive industries.
Malaysian investigators said the same thing.
But in a speech at Georgetown University on Thursday, Mr Tenet said the Malaysian authorities, through information provided by the CIA, had shut down one of the largest plants in Dr Khan's network.
He went on to say that the CIA had stopped deliveries of uranium enrichment centrifuges, in an apparent reference to the seizure last October of parts made by the Malaysian plant that were bound for use in Libya's secret nuclear weapons programme.
Yesterday, the factory threw open its doors to journalists to prove that it was merely a machine tools plant.
It repeated assertions that it did not know the 'end use' of the parts it supplied.
The factory is owned by Scomi Precision Engineering, a subsidiary of Scomi Group - a company whose controlling shareholder is the only son of the Prime Minister.
The factory continues to make 'machine tool parts' for foreign customers, who the company said cannot be named because of contractual reasons.
Mr Kamaludin Abdullah, the Prime Minister's son and controlling shareholder, holds no management position in the company.
'We are not the subject of an investigation. Our customer is. We are facilitating government investigations. We entered the contract in good faith,' said Ms Rohaida Ali Badaruddin, senior corporate communications manager of Scomi Group.
She told this to reporters, who were taken on a tour of the plant at the heart of an ongoing investigation by the Malaysian Special Branch, the CIA and MI6.
Malaysian investigators have revealed that Scomi Precision Engineering had entered into a contract to supply 14 different unfinished machine parts to a company named Gulf Technical Industries (GTI), which is based in Dubai.
The contract was brokered by Sri Lankan national B.S.A Tahir, who is based in Dubai and the subject of an international investigation into his role as a middleman in the Pakistani scientist's nuclear proliferation network.
Dr Khan had confessed to selling nuclear secrets to Libya, Iran and North Korea, but was pardoned by President Pervez Musharraf.
Last October, the Italian authorities seized the last of four consignments of parts manufactured by Scomi from a ship bound for Libya.
But the company asserted that it entered into a contr- act for what it thought was legitimate business.
'The parts we made for GTI were mostly very small. I believed the parts could have been used for the oil and gas industry,' said factory manager Che Lokman Che Omar, a 15-year veteran in making machine tools for the oil and gas industry.
Extending the palm of his hand to show the estimated sizes of the parts which US intelligence said were centrifuge components, he said there were thousands of different parts in machines used by the oil and gas industry.
The factory is an unremarkable place, where employees work on lathes and other machines to cast, shape and mill precision tools in what seems to be a leisurely pace.
'We did not know what the parts were for. If you show me a machine part now, I will not be able to determine what it is for,' Mr Che Lokman said.


>> HURRAH FOR MI6 AND CIA AND BEEB?
WATCH AND LISTEN
The BBC's Jonathan Kent
"Malaysian politicians have often hit problems with their families being involved in things"
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/asia-pacific/3463611.stm

Malaysia PM urges nuclear probe
The probe could be embarrassing for the prime minister
Malaysia's prime minister has told police to investigate "without favour" allegations his son had a stake in a company making nuclear parts for Libya.
Abdullah Badawi said there was nothing to fear from the truth.
Police say foreign intelligence warned them that Malaysian centrifuge parts were on a Libyan-bound ship last year.
The company, controlled by Kamaluddin Abdullah, made the parts after being told they were for oil and gas work, a spokesman said.
"We received the drawing for the part and made it according to the drawing. We were told these parts were for the oil and gas industry," factory manager Che Lokman Che Omar told reporters.
The BBC's correspondent in Kuala Lumpur, Jonathan Kent, says that the Malaysian media have been slow to draw attention to the links between Scomi and the prime minister's son.
The Malaysian government has denied that the country in any way contributed to the spread of nuclear technology.
KAMALUDDIN ABDULLAH
Only son of PM Abdullah Badawi
Educated at Cambridge University
Owns controlling stake in Scomi, no management role
"Investigations so far showed that not one company in Malaysia has the ability to manufacture a complete centrifuge unit," Malaysia's Inspector General of Police Mohammad Bakri Omar said in a statement.
"This requires technological capability and high expertise in the field of nuclear weapons," Mr Bakri said.
Analysts say the news of Scomi Precision Engineering's involvement in the probe could be embarrassing to Mr Badawi, who was only appointed prime minister last October.
Businessman investigated
Mr Bakri said the tip-off was received by British and US intelligence services in early November.
He said the CIA and MI6 claimed the parts had been found a month earlier on board a ship heading to Libya during a stopover in Italy.
"The components were said to have been placed in wooden boxes labelled Scomi Precision Engineering Sdn Bhd (Scope). Scope is a subsidiary of Scomi Group Bhd," said a police statement.
Scomi - a medium-sized oil and gas company - said Scope had been awarded a contract to provide tooling services to a Dubai-based firm.
In a statement, the company said it shipped the components in four consignments to Dubai between December 2002 and August 2003.
Scomi said the contract had been arranged by BSA Tahir, a Sri Lankan businessman who is currently under investigation in Malaysia. They were not told the "end-use" of the components.
"The company was recently informed by the Malaysian police that Mr Tahir is currently the subject of an investigation by Malaysian, American and British intelligence authorities over his alleged involvement in the supply of nuclear technology to Libya," said Scomi.
A high-level government source noted that any firm knowingly involved in the clandestine nuclear trade was unlikely to label its cargo with its own name.
Mr Bakri said Mr Tahir was co-operating in the investigation and was not under arrest.




SCOMI GROUP BERHAD (Company No. 571212-A)
Suite 5.03, 5th Floor,
Wisma Chase Perdana,
Off Jalan Semantan,
50490 Kuala Lumpur.
Malaysia
Tel: (603)-7490 5000
Fax: (603)-7490 5131
Website : www.scomigroup.com.my
Email : info@scomigroup.com.my
Subsidiary Companies
KOTA MINERALS & CHEMICALS SDN BHD (KMC) (Company No. 81755-D) SCOMI SDN BHD (Company No. 203569-X) SCOMI PRECISION ENGINEERING SDN BHD (Company No. 501863-X) SCOMI TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS SDN BHD (SCOTS) (Company No. 468923-A) SMAS RENT-A-CAR SDN BHD (SMAS) (Company No. 113247-D) KOTA MINERALS & CHEMICALS SDN BHD (KMC) (Company No. 81755-D)
HEADQUARTERS
No. 1-1, Block C1, Dataran Prima, Jalan PJU 1/41, 47301 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia. Tel : (603)-7880 6118 Fax : (603)-7880 8918 / 7880 8919 Website : www.kmc-msia.com
KEMAMAN BRANCH
Warehouse No. 18, Letter Box No. 72, Kemaman Supply Base, 24007 Kemaman, Terengganu Darul Iman, Malaysia. Tel : (609)-863 1212 Fax : (609)-863 1189
LABUAN BRANCH
Asian Supply Base, Ranca-Ranca Industrial Estate, Letter Box No. 82023, 87030 Labuan F. T., Malaysia. Tel : (6087)-413 108 Fax : (6087)-414 136
MIRI OFFICE
Lot 2164, 1st Floor, Block 5 MCLD, Seberkas Commercial Centre, Jalan Pujut-Lutong 98000, Miri, Sarawak, Malaysia. Tel : (6085)-650 821 Fax : (6085)-654 822
SCOMI SDN BHD (Company No. 203569-X)
Lot. 519, Jalan TUDM, Kampung Baru Subang, P.O. Box 7299, 40710 Shah Alam, Selangor Malaysia. Tel : (603)-7846 4516 Fax : (603)-7846 4521 Website : www.scomi.com
SCOMI PRECISION ENGINEERING SDN BHD (SCOPE) (Company No. 501863-X)
No. 28 & 30, Jalan Beliong 15/11, Section 15, 40000 Shah Alam, P.O. Box 7299. 40710 Shah Alam, Selangor, Malaysia. Tel : (603)-7846 4516 Fax : (603)-7846 4521
SCOMI TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS SDN BHD (SCOTS) (Company No. 468923-A)
Suite 5.03, 5th Floor, Wisma Chase Perdana, Off Jalan Semantan, Damansara Heights, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Tel : (603)-2080 5066 Fax : (603)-2080 5009
SMAS RENT-A-CAR SDN BHD (Company No. 113247-D)
HEADQUARTERS
Off Jalan Semantan, Damansara Heights, Tel : (603)-2080 5066 Fax : (603)-2080 5009
Website : www.smasrac.com.my
KL MAIN OUTLET
Ground Floor, Wisma SMAS, 21, Jalan Maharajalela, 50150 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Tel :(603)-2148 1199 Fax :(603)-2148 3487
KUALA LUMPUR INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT OUTLET
Counter B11, Arrival Hall, K.L. International Airport, 43900 Sepang, Malaysia. Tel : (603)-8787 6688 Fax : (603)-8787 4168
PENANG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT OUTLET
Arrival Hall, Airport Terminal Bayan Lepas, 11900 Pulau Pinang, Malaysia. Tel : (604)-645 2288 Fax : (604)-644 0076
SABAH OUTLET
Kinabalu Rent-A-Car, Lot 3.60, Kompleks Karamunsing, 88300 Kota Kinabalu, Sabah, East Malaysia. Tel : (6088)-232 602 Fax : (6088)-242 512
Copyright ? 2003 SCOMI GROUP BERHAD. All Rights Reserved.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Black market for nuclear weapons covers bigger area than suspected
http://straitstimes.asia1.com.sg/world/story/0,4386,233698,00.html?

A network of fantastic cleverness, it involves businessmen, companies and perhaps state bodies, says IAEA chief
VIENNA - The global nuclear black market may be far bigger than suspected.
The errant scientist, Dr Khan, was decorated with Pakistan's top civil award.
Investigations into Pakistan's top nuclear scientist, who has confessed to selling secrets abroad, have revealed a smuggling network that one US official described as 'a hydra-headed monster with its tentacles all over the world'.
The Pakistan-led black market uncovered by the UN International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) might only be 'the tip of the iceberg', nuclear watchdog chief Mohamed El-Baradei said yesterday.
Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan 'was not working alone', he told reporters in Vienna.
Dr El-Baradei has spoken of the existence of a nuclear black market of 'fantastic cleverness'.
THE MASTERMIND
HOW SMUGGLERS WORKED
* Dr Abdul Qadeer Khan, founder of Pakistan's nuclear programme, is said to have headed a smuggling ring operating in Europe, the Middle East and Asia.
* It involved middlemen in Germany, the Netherlands, Malaysia and the United Arab Emirates - and possibly other states as yet undisclosed.
* They typically worked with Iranian, Libyan and North Korean diplomats, who would identify each country's needs for know-how or equipment.
* The 'middlemen' would then place orders for sensitive equipment, often with manufacturers in Germany, Austria and Switzerland and other European countries. Many of these companies could have been unaware of the end destination or purpose of what they were selling.
* The deals, possibly worth hundreds of millions of dollars, could have been in a variety of forms - from floppy disks carrying sensitive drawings to centrifuge parts by the thousand for nuclear enrichment.
HOW LEADER WAS CAUGHT
Events leading to Dr Khan's arrest:
* Nov 20, 2003: The International Atomic Energy Agency identifies Pakistan as a probable supplier of nuclear technology to Iran.
* Dec 23: Pakistan says several of its nuclear scientists could have been motivated by 'personal ambition and greed' to share sensitive technology with Iran, but officials insist the government never authorised the transfers.
* Jan 18, 2004: A total of 11 Pakistani laboratory scientists and security officials are detained, but some are later released.
* Jan 28: Intelligence officials say Dr Khan had black-market contacts and was unable to account for funds in personal bank accounts.
* Jan 31: Dr Khan is fired from his position as a senior government adviser.
* Feb 1: Officials say Dr Khan has confessed to giving away technology to Iran, North Korea and Libya.
* Feb 4: Dr Khan apologises on national television, says the government was not involved and pleads for forgiveness.
WHAT GAVE HIM AWAY
Money was the scientist's downfall:
* Dr Khan's annual salary as the head of the Khan Research Laboratories was just US$2,000 (S$3,400) a month.
* He was found to be controlling a series of bank accounts with 'large amounts' of money in Dubai and other locations.
* He lived lavishly, with palatial homes in Pakistan as well as properties abroad, including a hotel named after his wife, Hendrina, in the West African state of Mali.
Sources: AP, Reuters
'It's obvious that the international export controls have completely failed in recent years,' he told the German Der Spiegel daily late last month.
He was speaking in an interview after Pakistan admitted that its top scientists were involved in the illicit transfer of nuclear technology.
'A nuclear black market has emerged, driven by fantastic cleverness. Designs are drawn in one country, centrifuges are produced in another, they are then shipped via a third country and there is no clarity about the end-user.
'Expert nuclear businessmen, unscrupulous firms and perhaps also state bodies are involved. Libya and Iran made extensive use of this network,' said Dr El-Baradei.
The head of the Vienna-based United Nations agency has also expressed alarm at the discovery in Libya of a set of drawings on how to develop nuclear weapons.
The drawings were found by an IAEA team that recently was allowed full access to Libyan nuclear facilities.
Dr El-Baradei said the drawings represented proof of an underground trade in nuclear weapons technology.
'What we have seen...obviously is very unsettling because we have those kinds of drawings circulating around the world,' he said.
'That points to this network of black market proliferators and that's really the most serious worry right now.'
Media attention has so far focused on Dr Khan, the father of Pakistan's nuclear programme, aiding Iran, Libya and North Korea.
But Western diplomats said it could not be ruled out that other countries had also been customers of his network of nuclear 'middlemen'.
Osama bin Laden's Al-Qaeda has shown interest in acquiring nuclear technology but experts have so far dismissed the possibility of terrorists acquiring any on the black market although the potential remains of them doing so.
'If the black market could transfer technology from Europe to Pakistan in spite of all these sanctions and embargoes, that same black market of smugglers can also pass on materials from this lab to terrorist groups,' said Dr A.H. Nayyar, a nuclear physicist and head of the Pakistan Peace Coalition.
In a further probe into the alleged transfer of technology to other countries, Pakistan has arrested five scientists and officials from the Khan Research Laboratories, its top nuclear facility formerly headed by Dr Khan.
Dr Khan is emerging as the head of the smuggling ring which is believed to have been the main supplier of nuclear know-how and equipment through middlemen over three continents.
Diplomats said the middlemen, responsible for meshing supply and demand for sensitive nuclear technology, operated in Germany, the Netherlands, Malaysia and United Arab Emirates - and possibly other countries as yet undisclosed.
These middlemen typically worked with Iranian, Libyan and North Korean diplomats stationed abroad, who would identify their country's needs.
The intermediaries would then procure the orders, often ordering sensitive parts from manufacturers who are unaware of the end destination or purpose of what they were selling.
Diplomats say hundreds of millions of dollars have changed hands over the past 15 years, in deals that are as easy to hide as a floppy disk storing sensitive drawings or as bulky as thousands of centrifuge parts for nuclear enrichment, a key part of building a weapon.
'It's not as big as the automotive industry, but it's certainly bigger than the tiddlywinks industry,' a diplomat said. -- AP, Reuters
---------------------------------------------------------
>> REMEMBER THIS?

December 9, 2003
Sale of Nuclear Plant to China Puts German Aide on the Spot
By RICHARD BERNSTEIN
BERLIN, Dec. 8 -- A little over 10 years ago, when Germany's foreign minister, Joschka Fischer, was the minister for the environment in the state of Hesse, he was one of the most visible leaders in a successful fight against a nuclear enrichment plant built by the industrial giant Siemens and almost ready for operation.
Now Mr. Fischer finds himself in an embarrassing position over his nonopposition to the sale to China of the same plant, which never went into operation -- a deal that was announced last week by Germany's chancellor, Gerhard Schr?der, during an official visit to Beijing.
Mr. Schr?der, in China with a group of German business leaders, told reporters that the government would have no legal reason to prevent the sale of the plant, and Mr. Fischer has resisted pressure from within his own Green Party to oppose the chancellor's decision publicly.
Mr. Fischer, who met with Mr. Schr?der at lunch on Sunday to discuss the nuclear sale, said last week that sometimes "bitter decisions'` had to be made.
But to many in the news media and among the public, Germany's willingness to sell nuclear technology abroad clashes too conspicuously with the German government's official anti-nuclear-power position. Indeed, the present policy is for all 19 of the nuclear power plants now operating in this country to be shut down eventually.
A month ago, the environment minister, J?rgen Trittin, one of three members of the Green Party who hold cabinet posts in Mr. Schr?der's coalition government, attended the closing of the first of the plants, in Stade, near Hamburg.
In Beijing last week, Mr. Schr?der, asked at a news conference about the pending nuclear deal, said, "I've always said that the company that wants to sell this plant has a right to claim a license for the deal, provided the plant is not used for military purposes." He cited Chinese assurances that Beijing had no intention of putting the plant to military use and that, in any case, it would not be possible to do so. Consequently, he continued, "In my opinion in this case, we do not have any possibilities for a political decision; the law has to be implemented."
The Siemens plant, costing about $220 million, has sat unused since construction ceased 12 years ago. According to experts in Germany, it is a fuel-rod-enrichment plant that could be used to make weapons-grade materials only if it were combined with another rare enrichment technology, which China, already a nuclear power, does not have.
China has offered roughly $55 million for the plant, a sum that has already provoked sardonic commentary in the German press. "Everything Must Go!" was the headline in Die Tageszeitung over the weekend, likening Germany to a discount department store.
Copyright 2003 The New York Times Company



--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Soldiers say Saddam's capture justifies war
By Chris Brummitt
Associated Press
TIKRIT, Iraq -- For Staff Sgt. Isaac Day and many other soldiers serving here, ridding Iraq of Saddam Hussein made the war worthwhile -- regardless of whether anyone ever finds weapons of mass destruction.
"I'm glad we got Saddam," said Day, of Tarpon Springs, Fla. "When I grow old I can tell my grandchildren that we liberated this country."
That was a sentiment expressed in dozens of interviews with soldiers stationed near Tikrit, Saddam's hometown and a center of resistance to the U.S. occupation.
"Saddam lived in splendor while the rest of his people had to fend for themselves," Maj. Paul Lehto of Kingston, Mass. said over lunch here.
Despite widespread resistance from some of America's oldest and closest allies, President Bush launched the war last March because Iraq allegedly possessed stockpiles of chemical and biological weapons. Senior administration officials also said Saddam wanted to reconstitute a nuclear weapons program which was cut short by the 1991 Gulf War.
However, no such weapons have been found. David Kay, who led the weapons search after the end of active combat, has said he doubted that Saddam had weapons of mass destruction in recent years.
"My satisfaction came when we were riding through from Kuwait and all these children were shouting `America is number one'," said Staff Sgt. Temu Gibson from Schenectady, N.Y.
Most of the 130,000 American troops stationed in Iraq have access to the Internet and other media and are aware of the growing political storm over the failure to find any weapons.
A number of them say Saddam's brutality to his own people justified the war.
"I have a shoebox full of pictures of people who have gone missing over the last 30 years," said one soldier who asked to be identified as Mac. "And people are getting all tied up over the WMD issue. Coming here was the right thing to do."
Still, the ongoing attacks by insurgents and the continuing loss of American lives underscore the political problems facing the Bush administration over the absence of any weapons of mass destruction.
Lt. Jerry England said it appeared that Bush had "played on the fear" of weapons of mass destruction in arguing the case for war. "It was a harder case to sell without them," said England, from Overland Park, Kan.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tanker deal faces new reviews
By Matthew Daly
Associated Press
Three additional reviews have been ordered by the Pentagon of the plan for Boeing Co. to lease and sell 100 jets to the Air Force for use as air-refueling tankers.
The Defense Department says the Air Force can't proceed with the contract, which already has been suspended for two months pending an investigation, until reviews by the Pentagon general counsel, the Defense Science Board and the Industrial College of the Armed Forces are completed.
The new reviews are expected to take at least three months, Defense Department spokeswoman Cheryl Irwin said Thursday.
The Pentagon's inspector general had been looking into the case since questions arose late last year about ethical issues surrounding the way Boeing pursued the multibillion-dollar contract.
While that investigation is now completed, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld recently ordered up the additional reviews, saying it was important that all aspects to the deal be thoroughly looked at.
"We are proceeding in an orderly and systematic way to try to come to the truth as to what took place," Rumsfeld told the Senate Armed Services Committee on Wednesday. "I assure you that if there has been wrongdoing, as there appears to have been, we will take appropriate action."
His comments came under questioning from Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., the leading critic of the deal. McCain assailed the "incestuous relationship that went on between Boeing and the United States Air Force."
Boeing spokesman Doug Kennett said Thursday that Boeing has halted its discussions with the government about the contract until the three studies are concluded.
The Air Force says it needs the new tankers, based on Boeing's 767 jetliner airframe, as a first step in replacing its aging fleet of 544 tankers, which are used to refuel bombers, fighters and other planes in midair. Most of the tankers are at least 40 years old.
Congressional supporters say they are the confident the deal will proceed, despite the latest setback.
"This will only serve as validation, because we're convinced that the Defense Science Board will see the urgent need for replacing our tanker capability," said George Behan, chief of staff to Rep. Norm Dicks, D-Wash., a key backer of the deal.
Aviation analyst Richard Aboulafia of the Virginia-based Teal Group said Boeing can take heart from the fact the tanker deal appears to remain very much alive. He called it reassuring for the company that it's still on the agenda.
"Three months, in the larger scheme of things, doesn't matter all that much," he said.
Boeing CEO Harry Stonecipher, who took over when Phil Condit resigned Dec. 1 amid the contract flap, told reporters last month he had been spending a lot of time at the Pentagon and on Capitol Hill "trying to deal with this perception that we're a bunch of crooks."
A week before Condit stepped down, Boeing fired two top executives who were involved in the deal, saying then-chief financial officer Mike Sears had improper discussions about a possible job at the company for senior Air Force procurement official Darleen Druyun in 2002 when she was in a position to influence the Boeing contract decision. Druyun was hired a few months later as deputy general manager of Boeing's Missile Defense Systems unit.
Boeing shares rose 80 cents to close at $44.36 Thursday on the New York Stock Exchange.
AP Business Writer Dave Carpenter in Chicago contributed to this report.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cross-border drug trafficking ring busted
2004-02-06 / Central News Agency /
The Ministry of Justice Investigation Bureau said yesterday it has cooperated with Japanese law enforcement officers in busting a cross-border drug trafficking ring attempting to smuggle 113 kilograms of amphetamines from China to Japan.
With information provided by MJIB agents, Japanese law enforcement officers managed to arrest two masterminds of the trafficking ring in Yokohama Tuesday and seized the large quantity of amphetamines hidden in a container, MJIB officials said, adding that the seizure was worth an estimated NT$1.9 billion at street value.
The two arrested suspects were identified as Liu Fang-cheng, a 49-year old man from Taiwan's Chiayi County, and Takeshi Sakai, a naturalized Japanese man of Taiwan origin.
MJIB officials said the ring had traffickers in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan with the aim of smuggling China- and Hong Kong-produced amphetamines to Japan in the guise of legitimate chemical products.
The MJIB informed Japanese law enforcement authorities of all relevant information in early January, the officials said, and a joint investigative team formed by the MJIB, Japanese police authorities, as well as Tokyo and Yokohama customs officers, kept close tabs on the ring's activities.
Japanese law enforcement officers then discovered a suspicious container delivered from the southern Chinese port city of Shenzhen to Yokohama January 27. They arrested Liu and Sakai when the duo were claiming the container February 3 and later uncovered the contraband drugs hidden in the container.
Over the past month, some 20 MJIB agents have been mobilized to investigate the case, the officials said, adding that Japan mobilized more than 80 investigators.
"The two sides have held many rounds of videoconferences to discuss various technical details and Japan sent liaison officers to Taiwan to work out various investigative plans," an MJIB official said, adding that the case set a good model for international cooperation in drug busting.
Japanese law enforcement authorities announced the raid on the drug trafficking ring simultaneously with the MJIB. It was the largest drug seizure in Japan in two years.

Posted by maximpost at 11:26 PM EST
Permalink

>> MALAYSIA DOSSIER...

Malaysian premier's son linked to nukes probe
By Anil Netto
PENANG, Malaysia - Disturbing foreign press reports that a firm controlled by the son of the Malaysian premier is being probed for allegedly supplying parts for Libya's nuclear-weapons program come amid a swirl of recent revelations regarding the existence of a complex international black market in nuclear parts. Such reports come at a particularly inopportune time for the prime minister's ruling coalition, which is gearing up for a general election.
The allegations about Malaysia surfaced this week in foreign media reports about Pakistan's top nuclear scientist, Abdul Qadeer Khan, who admitted to the unauthorized transfer of nuclear technology to Libya, Iran and North Korea.
According to these reports, the parts from Malaysia were in boxes labeled "Scope", otherwise known as Scomi Precision Engineering, a subsidiary of Scomi Group, the mid-size oil company controlled by Prime Minister Abdullah Badawi's son, Kamaluddin.
Scomi said it had won a contract, arranged by B S A Tahir, a Sri Lankan businessman now under investigation, to ship 14 "semi-finished components" to Gulf Technical Industries, a customer in Dubai. The deal was worth RM13 million (US$3.4 million) and comprised four consignments that were shipped between December 2002 and August of last year, the company said. However, the company said it was not told of the "end use" of the components, while the Malaysian government, for its part, flatly denied that the country had in any way contributed to the spread of nuclear technology.
US and British intelligence had reportedly warned Malaysian police in November that Malaysian centrifuge parts were on a Libyan-bound ship. Malaysian Special Branch police reportedly began the investigation after they received this information, and late on Wednesday, Inspector General of Police Mohamed Bakri Omar issued a statement that initial investigations into the alleged manufacturing and shipment showed that Scope did not have the technology or expertise to build a centrifuge. He also said that "nuclear experts found it difficult to ascertain positively that the components were parts for centrifuge units".
Malaysia, a signatory to international nuclear-weapons non-proliferation treaties, has a small government-backed program for developing nuclear technology for medical and industrial uses. However, Bakri stated that no plant in Malaysia is capable of producing a complete centrifuge unit.
Still, opposition politician Lim Kit Siang said Bakri's statements were not helpful as there was no categorical denial for the accusations, nor did he address the question as to whether Malaysia was part of a wider international nuclear-black-market network.
Implications of an investigation
The investigation is likely to put the ruling coalition on the defensive and embarrass Prime Minister Abdullah, whom the media have projected as Mr Clean. Abdullah himself has welcomed the probe, although headlines such as "Malaysia PM's son in nuclear link" may dent his international stature and provide fodder for the opposition. Abdullah's coalition has been tipped to win easily in snap elections, widely expected to be held next month even though the current term does not expire until November.
As for Malaysia's nuclear-weapons concerns, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) issued a report on Tuesday saying that its director general, Mohamed ElBaradei, has put the focus on an emerging and sophisticated "nuclear black market" in weapons technology. "Considerable light on the global network has come from the IAEA's ongoing verification of nuclear programs in Iran and Libya," he said. He stressed that the picture emerging so far has not implicated governments, but rather points to individuals involved in illicit trafficking of material and equipment.
Investigations in Malaysia are likely to be clouded by a potential conflict of interest. As Lim pointed out, Scope is a subsidiary of Scomi, which in turn is controlled by Abdullah's son, while the police, on the other hand, come under the control of the Home Ministry, a portfolio held by Abdullah.
Even then, initial press reports regarding the investigation may not carry as much weight as it seems, and if the attention the media are giving the story continues, it may quickly lose its steam. Few Malaysians were even aware of the unfolding story as the mainstream media marginalized the news item. The general reaction among Malaysians posting comments on a weblog was that this was a storm in a teacup and just more knee-jerk reaction from the Americans, while others felt there was more than meets the eye. On Thursday, the top-selling English daily, The Star, relegated the story, which flashed around the world, to its second page along with Bakri's comments. And only on Friday did it mention that Abdullah's son was a controlling shareholder in Scomi.
Instead, newspapers in Malaysia ran a front-page report on Thursday announcing the appointees of a royal commission created to "come up with ways to turn the Royal Malaysian Police into a credible force".
Police corruption takes the lead
The name of this new body - "The Special Commission to Enhance the Operation and Management of the Royal Malaysian Police" - appears to be something of a euphemism. The Star sugar-coated the real issues the commission will have to grapple with: corruption, abuse of power, human-rights violations, custodial violence and deaths, shootings of suspected criminals on the streets, and a review of crime-fighting and prevention human resources to cope with a recent spate of violent crimes.
Former chief justice Mohamed Dzaiddin Abdullah heads the 16-member commission, but already some quarters have expressed reservations about the preponderance of establishment personalities many of whom have little experience in human-rights issues. Other criticisms centered on the fact that the commission is only an ad hoc body, whereas a permanent structure is needed to oversee the police and stamp out corruption in its ranks. Dzaiddin himself, when he was at the helm of the judiciary, promised much in the way of reforms, but in the end failed to enhance the public perception of the independence of the judiciary.
His commission will have its work cut out for it. The credibility of the police nosedived in 1998 when jailed ex-deputy premier Anwar Ibrahim showed up in court with a black eye he had received while in police custody. It was later revealed that then-police chief Rahim Noor had ordered Anwar to be blindfolded and bound before assaulting him in police custody on the night of his arrest. An ailing Anwar remains incarcerated, serving prison terms totaling 15 years, while Rahim was sentenced to two months in jail.
Meanwhile, public gatherings continue to be banned and the police have come down hard on attempts by reformasi supporters to regroup in public.
Since he came into power in November, Abdullah has ridden on a wave of public support for his fight against corruption and bureaucratic inefficiency. His December 29 announcement to set up the royal commission to review police operations showed that he is very much in touch with the pulse of the public.
In an AsiaBarometer Survey of 800 Malaysians in peninsular Malaysia made available to Asia Times Online, the overall level of trust in government and public institutions was rated fairly high in all major institutions except for the police and the legal system.
Political scientist Professor Johan Saravanamuttu observed that the central government won 91 percent overall trust (with 50 percent trusting it a lot, the remainder trusting it to a degree), the army chalked up 89 percent (50 percent trusting it a lot), and parliament 89 percent (39 percent). The police, on the other hand, recorded a relatively low 75 percent overall trust, with only 31 percent trusting it a lot, and the legal system posted 84 percent (31 percent).
The survey also revealed that political corruption stood as the No 1 problem in governance, with 60 percent regarding the government as having failed in dealing with this issue. "This is true despite the strong trust showed to government institutions," noted Johan.
Not surprisingly, Abdullah's rhetoric has focused much on corruption and involves a review of the police ahead of the general election. He desperately wants to win the election easily in order to legitimize his rule after taking over from his predecessor, Mahathir Mohamad. But given that his own support base is still uncertain, perhaps even more so after the Scomi allegations, few people are betting on reforms that will rock the boat.
(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
--------------------------------------------------
>> JAKARTA WATCH...
Iraqi oil and troubled waters for Megawati
By Bill Guerin
JAKARTA - Reports in an Iraqi newspaper allege that Indonesian President Megawati Sukarnoputri is one of several leading international figures who received money from a political slush fund aimed at buying political support for the tyrannical Saddam Hussein regime.
Megawati has yet to respond to the allegations, though a palace spokesman has confirmed she is aware of them. The president appeared on a list of more than 270 public figures, politicians, companies and organizations around the world accused of receiving bribes in the form of commissions from sales of Saddam's oil.
The Iraqi Governing Council has ordered an investigation into allegations that Saddam paid millions of dollars in bribes to foreign politicians and political organizations. The council is to set up a commission of inquiry after the allegations in reports published in the Baghdad-based daily al-Mada.
The Iraqi Oil Ministry also claims the documents published in the newspaper are authentic and that it intends to ask Interpol to help with criminal action against those involved in "the theft of state assets". The ministry is talking tough and says the documents show how Saddam squandered the country's oil wealth on people "who had supported him and turned a blind eye to the mass graves and injustice inflicted on the Iraqi people".
According to the documents from the former State Oil Marketing Organization, the bribery network reached out to some 46 countries, including Indonesia.
Experts say none of those involved would have actually received oil, but instead, the right to buy the oil at a discounted price, which could be resold to a legitimate broker or oil company at an average profit of around 50 US cents a barrel. Megawati, the documents allegedly show, received vouchers for 8 million barrels of oil.
Presidential candidate and People's Consultative Assembly (MPR) Speaker Amien Rais is also named on the list. Rais at first refused to comment but when asked by Agence France-Presse on Wednesday confessed to being "flabbergasted ... Why am I included in the list out of the blue? It's big slander," Rais was quoted as saying. The report says Rais received 4 million barrels of oil.
Yet another highly placed member of the Jakarta elite, Arifin Panigoro, deputy chairman of Megawati's Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI Perjuangan), was quoted as saying this week that Megawati and the Ba'ath Party in Iraq had a close relationship. "It was normal. They were very close to Megawati," the tycoon said.
Panigoro admitted that his oil company Medco had bought oil from Iraq but said it was "pure business" and was done with UN permission. "The oil purchase from Iraq had nothing to do with President Megawati," he was quoted as saying.
The relationship between Indonesia and Iraq goes back a long way. International trade sanctions were enforced on Iraq after its 1990 invasion of Kuwait. Prior to the ensuing 1991 Gulf War, Jakarta had signed a memorandum of understanding for a counter-trade deal with Baghdad through which Indonesia would import 30,000 barrels of oil a day from Iraq in exchange for commodities such as textiles, timber, tin and crude palm oil. A similar deal is now being implemented with Libya. But the Iraqi agreement was frozen after the Gulf War.
Al-Mada said the documents, which cover 1999 only, were recovered from Iraq's State Oil Marketing Organization, the commercial wing of Saddam's government responsible for selling oil. The contracts were all awarded from late 1997 until the US-led war last March and ostensibly fell within the United Nations-sanctioned oil-for-food program that allowed Iraq to sell oil in exchange for humanitarian needs.
Under the UN deal, Iraq had been entitled since 1996 to export crude oil in six-monthly intervals to finance imports of humanitarian supplies such as food and medicine.
Although a major exporter of crude oil, Indonesia imports some cheaper higher-sulfur crude to feed its refineries. It bought oil from Iraq and in return sold Indonesian-made goods, mostly foodstuffs, to Iraq.
The food-for-oil trade deal with Iraq was very profitable for Indonesia, especially in helping to boost the latter's export of non-oil commodities. Only local Indonesian companies could participate in the program and they first had to acquire the UN's approval before being able to export their goods to Iraq. However, despite the great enthusiasm expressed by many local exporters toward the food-for-oil deal, Indonesia had never been able to meet the export value to Iraq completely because of under-capacity in its factories.
Another possible candidate for the Indonesian presidency is retired Lieutenant-General Prabowo Subianto, a son-in-law of former president Suharto. Prabowo had been living in Jordan after being discharged in 1998 by the Indonesian military in connection with his role in the abduction of pro-democracy activists in the last months of Suharto's rule.
Though Prabowo is not named in the list, a company owned by him was among nine bidders for part of a newly negotiated food-for-oil deal between Jakarta and Iraq in 2000. Baghdad had sought to double the value of its oil-for-food trade deal with Jakarta to $1 billion. Under the deal, Indonesia would buy crude oil from the Basrah oilfield and refine it into fuel in Indonesia.
Iraq holds the second-biggest proven crude reserves after Saudi Arabia and has developed a mere 15 of its 73 known oilfields. Iraqi oil officials are now keen to cooperate with foreign companies to find and exploit new sources of crude, and this year are to announce the parameters for foreign investment.
Indonesia's state oil and gas company, Pertamina, has been in from the start. PT Elnusa, a Pertamina unit, holds a contract awarded by Iraq's Sabah al-Shammery & Partners, or SAPCO, to drill 60 new oil and natural-gas wells and will start drilling in Block III in the Western Desert near Basrah in late February.
Saddam awarded the block, which is estimated to contain 3 million barrels of crude oil, to Pertamina in late 2002. The plan to start exploration last March was thwarted by the US-led military invasion that toppled Saddam, and Pertamina now plans to begin oil and gas exploration in Iraq this month, investing about $24 million over the next three years.
Pertamina is also keen to explore for oil in the Tuba Block, which is estimated to hold even larger oil reserves. Pertamina was concerned that the new government might suspend the contract, after contracts with Russia and China were reportedly put on hold, but the new Iraqi government gave the company the go-ahead last November to restart the project.
After resuming crude production last June, Iraq was exporting an average of 1.54 million barrels a day in December and by the end of that month had generated $5 billion in earnings from oil sales. Oil is almost as expensive now as it was on the eve of the Iraq war, when prices hit a 13-year high of $38 a barrel. Prices have soared by 13 percent, to more than $33, after touching $36.
Oil (and gas) has also been a major revenue earner for Indonesia, making up 29 percent of the country's foreign-exchange earnings. Crude-oil production now stands at 1.16 million barrels per day (bpd), lower than the 1.317 million bpd quota set by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC).
Though Indonesia's exploration plans are unlikely to be affected by the corruption claims made by the Iraqis, the political implications for Megawati could be troublesome indeed. A senior member of the Iraqi Governing Council, Naseer al-Chaderji, has warned, "We asked the Justice Ministry to launch an investigation, take measures against the Iraqis who took part and examine what could be done internationally to pursue foreigners involved."
The allegations are already having major political ramifications in Bulgaria, where President Georgi Parvanov, like Megawati, is one of those named. He has denied the reports, but opposition figures are calling for his resignation.
Megawati and her administration were outspoken and vocal opponents of the US-led invasion of Iraq, as was Russia, which got the biggest set of contracts, followed by France. The difference, however, and one that may prove to be a major problem for Megawati ahead of the general election, is that neither Russian President Vladimir Putin nor French President Jacques Chirac was accused of receiving the money directly.
(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)




>> 6 WAY VIEWS...


China, U.S. Differ Over N. Korea Weapons
By GEORGE GEDDA
ASSOCIATED PRESS
WASHINGTON (AP) - China and the United States disagree over a key part of North Korea's nuclear capabilities, a U.S. official said Friday, a dispute that could give the North Koreans a diplomatic boost in sensitive talks later this month.
China has refused to accept the U.S. contention that North Korea is developing nuclear weapons based on highly enriched uranium, the official said. North Korea has acknowledged it has a plutonium-based program but denies it is developing a uranium-based one.
The administration official, speaking on condition of anonymity, said U.S. diplomats have told Beijing its position is not helpful.
American negotiators are concerned that China's stand could benefit Pyongyang heading into six-party talks to be held Feb. 25 in Beijing on the overall North Korean nuclear program.
Besides the United States and North Korea, the discussions also will include China, South Korea, Japan and Russia.
The Bush administration is seeking a complete and verifiable elimination of the North's nuclear capability. Officials have said it is difficult to see how such an agreement can be reached if Pyongyang continues to maintain that it has no uranium program.
The Bush administration says that intelligence information confirmed the uranium program in 2002, and that a senior North Korean official acknowledged its existence in October of that year during a meeting with U.S. diplomats.
But North Korea has since denied making any such statements and apparently is hoping that China, by casting doubt on the U.S. contentions, will help discredit them.
Chinese officials could not immediately be reached for comment Friday.
The Bush administration has frequently praised China for its leadership role in attempts to resolve the North Korea nuclear impasse. Beyond that, China has said it supports the U.S. goal of a Korean peninsula without a nuclear program.
North Korea says it is willing to dispose of its plutonium-based program, the only one it claims to have.
China and the United States have other differences involving North Korea, but they do not appear to be as serious. China, for example, has suggested the United States make concessions in its approach to the North.
It also has been more enthusiastic than the United States over North Korea's willingness to freeze its plutonium-based program.
In December, Secretary of State Colin Powell called that proposal "positive," but the administration has since played down its significance.
State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said last week, "We're not seeking or asking for a freeze. We're looking for elimination of the programs."
Strained U.S. relations with North Korea worsened considerably in 2002 when U.S. officials said intelligence information disclosed a uranium-based program.
U.S. officials said the program violated a 1994 North Korean pledge not to develop nuclear weapons - part of a broader commitment that also included freezing its plutonium-producing program and placing it under international inspection.
After denying the administration's assertions in 2002, North Korea became increasingly confrontational. Over time, it expelled U.N. nuclear inspectors, withdrew from the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, restarted an idle nuclear reactor and said it had begun reprocessing spent nuclear fuel rods to produce plutonium.
Multilateral talks in Beijing in April and in August of 2003 on the nuclear impasse were inconclusive. Officials have indicated they expect no major breakthroughs in the talks later this month.
The United States believes North Korea already has one or more plutonium-based nuclear weapons and is concerned that, if left unchecked, the country could develop many more, giving it the potential to blackmail adversaries or export its nuclear technology.
--------------------------------------------------------------=

North Korea: Japan prepares sanctions noose
By Tom Tobback
BEIJING - Japanese lawmakers are expected to approve a bill on Friday enabling the government to impose economic sanctions on any country considered a threat to Japan's security - read North Korea. The bill amends the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Control Law and would allow Tokyo to halt trade, block cash remittances to North Korea and even halt ferry service.
Sanctions are not in the offing, as yet, but if imposed, they could have a serious economic impact on the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK). Remittances alone from pro-Pyongyang Koreans and Japanese in Japan are said to amount to tens of billions of yen annually, a major source of income for Pyongyang. Japan is also the DPRK's third-largest trading partner, after China and South Korea.
The possibility of sanctions, however, represents important political leverage for Tokyo against Pyongyang in the context of the current nuclear crisis. But for Tokyo the leverage is even more important in its efforts to resolve the case of a dozen Japanese citizens and their families abducted by North Korea in the 1970s. The best guess is that they were abducted to train North Koreans, possibly espionage agents, in Japanese language skills and behavior.
The abduction issue has been dominating bilateral relations and preventing improvement since DPRK leader Kim Jong-il admitted that 13 Japanese citizens were abducted in the 1970s and five were still alive in the DPRK. That was in 2002 during the historic visit of Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi to Pyongyang.
Lawmakers in the Lower House of parliament, the Diet, overwhelmingly approved the measure on January 29, though the Japan Communist Party voted against it. On Friday, overwhelming approval by the Upper House is expected, clearing the way for the government to impose sanctions.
Koizumi has said of the possible economic sanctions, "It is good to have various cards" to play in relations with North Korea, but he added that his government is not yet considering actually applying sanctions.
The DPRK Foreign Ministry called it a "wanton violation" of the DPRK-Japan Pyongyang Declaration of September 2002, warning: "As Japan sows, so it shall reap."
Sanctions threat could keep Pyongyang in talks
The possibility of sanctions, however, will be an added incentive for Pyongyang not to walk out of the recently agreed-upon second round of six-party talks in Beijing on February 25 without making some kind of progress. Besides North Korea, the talks will include South Korea, China, Japan, Russia and the United States.
Japan is the closest US ally in this standoff with Pyongyang, but unlike the US, it is a significant trading partner of the DPRK. North Korean exports include fish, marine products and minerals; it imports machinery, electronics and manufactured goods.
Under the sanctions, Tokyo would be able to stop all bilateral trade, halt the remittances to Pyongyang from DPRK sympathizers in Japan, and impose other restrictions on the flow of money and goods to and from North Korea. It could also bar trips by the Mangyongbyon-92 ferry, the main direct link between the two countries. Cargo shipping could also be stopped.
Until 2002, Japan was the DPRK's second-largest trading partner, after China. Japan has lost this position to South Korea, which has continued to expand its trade with the North despite the current crisis. According to South Korean Trade-Investment Promotion Agency (KOTRA) statistics for 2002, the DPRK's trade with Japan represented US$369 million, or 12 percent of its total foreign trade, including inter-Korean trade.
In fact, in 2002 the DPRK exported more to Japan - $234 million worth - than it imported - $135 million - while it ran huge trade deficits with China and South Korea. In October 2003, one year after the nuclear crisis erupted, South Korea reported that trade between Japan and the DPRK had hit a record low of only $134 million over the first six months of 2003.
Trade between Japan and the DPRK has been facilitated by the presence of a large ethnic-Korean community in Japan, and an equally important source of income for Pyongyang is the remittances these Koreans send back home. Of the 700,000 descendents of the Koreans who were not repatriated after World War II, about one-third are said to support the DPRK. These Chongryun (Chosen Soren in Japanese) are organized in the General Association of Korean Residents.
The organization had been running its own network of schools and universities in relative peace until September 2002, when Koizumi brought home the news on the abductees after he returned from his historic visit to Pyongyang. Right-wing Japanese groups attacked several Chongryun-related offices, and it is reported the Chongryun headquarters in Tokyo has been put under constant police guard.
Koreans under threat in Japan
Pyongyang calls the association of Korean residents in Japan "a diplomatic mission for friendship with the Japanese people in the absence of formal diplomatic relations between the DPRK and Japan", and it has strongly protested the right-wing "terrorism" against Chongryun. As the crisis over the abductions and nuclear threat worsens, Chongryun is losing support among the Koreans in Japan, and the organization is reportedly lowering its pro-Pyongyang propaganda (tuning) in an effort to maintain credibility.
There are no direct flights between Japan and the DPRK; Chongryun's main link with the socialist motherland is North Korea's Mangyongbyon-92 ferry that runs between the North Korean port of Wonsan and Japan's port of Niigata. A few months after the start of the nuclear crisis, Japanese police alleged that the ship was being used as a communications vehicle, engaged in espionage communications with DPRK agents in Japan. Police later added accusations of smuggling missile parts on the ferry.
When the Mangyongbyon-92 scheduled its first visit to Japan last June after the SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) crisis, the Japanese authorities announced they would inspect the ship upon arrival. In this move, Pyongyang saw the beginning of sanctions, pushed by the United States, and protested that the ferry had a purely humanitarian mission: to allow Koreans in Japan to visit the DPRK. The trip was canceled; one reason might have been decision of the fuel supplier in Niigata to stop servicing the DPRK vessel. Japan does not run a similar ferry service.
The ferry eventually arrived in Niigata on August 25, and 110 Japanese officers searched the ship for seven hours - they found no contraband or customs violations. They did find several safety violations but gave a conditional permission to leave the port, so as not to complicate the first round of six-party talks that was scheduled two days later in Beijing. During the next two visits to Niigata in September and October, more than 500 police officers were deployed to keep Japanese demonstrators at a distance.
The main reason for this anti-DPRK sentiment in Japan is the abduction issue, which turned out to be a major obstacle to improving bilateral relations after Koizumi's ground-breaking trip to Pyongyang in September 2002. Kim Jong-il's admission about the abducted Japanese was widely seen as a quid pro quo for Japan's apology for its colonial rule over Korea, paving the way for a huge compensation package that Pyongyang is desperately anticipating.
Koizumi underestimated abduction issue
Koizumi, however, underestimated the emotional reaction of the Japanese public, and the abduction issue, which the DPRK regards as a closed case, has since then dominated bilateral relations. The five surviving abductees were allowed to return to Japan, but their families remained in Pyongyang. Some observers argue that Japanese society failed to place this in the proper context and that the case of abductees was by far outweighed by Japan's own wartime crimes against Koreans.
The DPRK Foreign Ministry said: "The Japanese authorities are making much fuss about the issue of abduction of a few Japanese, although they have not probed the truth behind hideous human-rights abuses Japan committed against the Koreans in the past and compensated for them."
When Koizumi recently claimed Tok Islet (Takeshima in Japanese) as Japanese territory, after Seoul decided to publish a postage stamp showing this group of rocks, Pyongyang saw this as proof of Japan's reviving militarism and moves "for the re-invasion of Korea and the rest of Asia", and mentioned it in the same breath with Koizumi's visit to the Yasukuni Shrine on New Year's Day. The shrine, a memorial to Japan's war dead, is also considered to be a memorial to war criminals.
Making it legally possible to apply sanctions against Pyongyang, Japan has chosen a path of confrontation with the DPRK - a dramatic change from Koizumi's bold initiative a year and a half ago to visit Pyongyang to settle the issues of the past and start a more constructive relationship. The DPRK has said it will regard sanctions as a declaration of war, so Tokyo will definitely think twice before applying such sanctions to counter a threat to Japan's security.
Tom Tobback is the creator and editor of Pyongyang Square, a website dedicated to providing independent information on North Korea. He is based in Beijing.
(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Analysis: N. Korea eases defiant stance
By Jong-Heon Lee
UPI Corresponden
SEOUL, South Korea, Feb. 6 (UPI) -- Since they began in 2000, the ministerial talks have given North and South Korea a chance to work on reconciliation, but instead they have been largely overshadowed by rows over the North's nuclear program and the South's close ties with the United States.
The past 12 rounds of the on-and-off Cabinet-level negotiations produced little progress in easing decades-long military tensions.
At this week's talks, however, the North stepped back from its defiant stance and made some concessions, agreeing to hold high-level military talks to discuss ways to reduce tension.
North Koreans also accepted the South's demand to work for the success of multilateral negotiations to end the nuclear crisis.
It was a major departure from Pyongyang's long-held stance that it would not discuss the nuclear standoff and any other security issues with the South.
Analysts say the change in attitude by the North was largely motivated by a sense of crisis as international pressure is increasing over its nuclear weapons drive.
"North Korea appeared to think that time is not on its side," said Cheon Seong-whun, a researcher at the Korean Institute for National Unification, a government-run think tank.
"Pyongyang seems to feel increasingly cornered in the world community in the wake of revelations that a top Pakistani scientist had sold nuclear technology to North Korea," he said.
The progress is also attributable to Seoul's strategy to link the nuclear issue to economic aid for starving North Koreans, Cheon said.
At this week's four-day session, which ended Friday, the two Koreas agreed to hold high-level military talks in the near future to help ease military tensions and discuss ways to prevent accidental clashes.
The military dialogue, chaired by general-level officers, would deal with preventing clashes on their western sea border, where the two nations engaged in deadly gun battles during the past years.
The two Koreas held their first defense ministers' talks in September 2000. But they failed to open a second round of talks because North Korea had dismissed Seoul's repeated proposals for another meeting.
In recent years, South and North Korean Navy vessels have clashed at the disputed sea border of the Northern Limit Line, around which lucrative blue crab beds lie. Tensions have risen sharply in that zone for May-June and October-November crab seasons, when North Korean fishing boats often move into the contested waters in search of crab beds.
The NLL, a U.N.-imposed Korean maritime border established after the Korean War, has served as a neutral zone to avoid possible armed clashes. But the North says that it does not recognize the border, insisting on its own sea border far south of the NLL and including South Korean islands.
Seoul has aggressively sought high-level military dialogue with Pyongyang amid security concerns in the wake of Washington's decision to pull thousands of U.S. troops from the heavily fortified border with the North.
"The establishment of high-level channel between the two militaries is necessary to reduce tensions on the peninsula and ease security jitters in the South," said Kim Tae-hyun, a professor at Chung-Ang University in Seoul.
The North's 1.1 million-member People's Army, the world's fifth largest military force, has nearly twice the number of South Korean's military. Under North Korean leader Kim Jong Il's "army-first" policy, the military serves as the backbone of Kim's totalitarian rule. The country spends about 30 percent of its gross domestic product on the military.
South and North Korea also agreed to work together to make the upcoming six-way nuclear talks "fruitful" for a peaceful solution to the 15-month stalemate over Pyongyang's nuclear arms program.
The second round of the nuclear talks, involving the two Koreas, the U.S., China, Japan and Russia, is scheduled to begin Feb. 25 in Beijing. The first round, last August, ended without significant progress.
North Korea had refused to discuss the nuclear issue with South Koreans, saying the dispute was "a product of the U.S. hostile policy" toward Pyongyang.
South Korea Foreign Minister Ban Ki-moon said his government hopes the six-nation talks will generate an outcome in which North Korea "publicly declares" it will dismantle its nuclear programs.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

North Korea: It's taking too long
By David Albright & Holly Higgins
After the September 11 attack on the United States, President George W. Bush embraced a wide range of multilateral initiatives to shore up the international coalition against global terrorism. But the Bush administration has remained surprisingly hardline where North Korea is concerned. For instance, in an Oval Office interview with Asian news editors on October 16, 2001, Bush said he was "disappointed" in North Korean Chairman Kim Jong Il, adding that Kim should lead his people into the modern era and "assume the responsibility of a good leader."
North Korea's response to this comment was predictable. A few days later, the Korean Central News Agency issued a statement rejecting U.S. calls for renewed diplomatic talks, adding that Bush would "pay dearly."
The current stalemate in the two countries' relationship is particularly unfortunate. If that stalemate could somehow be overcome, it might be possible to speed up nuclear inspections in North Korea--an essential element in the 1994 U.S.-North Korean Agreed Framework, designed to ensure that North Korea does not have nuclear weapons.
In the 1990s, the U.S.-North Korean relationship seemed to lurch from crisis to crisis, even as both sought solutions to the security issues plaguing the Korean peninsula. Despite those difficulties, progress was made, starting with the U.S. decision in 1991 to unilaterally withdraw its nuclear weapons from South Korea. The Joint Declaration on the Denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula soon followed. A broad set of initiatives between North Korea and the United States and its allies grew dramatically and covered almost every security issue facing the Koreas.
Yet the Bush administration is right to emphasize the importance of early progress on nuclear inspections in North Korea--the current schedule is too long. The inspection schedule, set in the Agreed Framework, was tied to progress in the construction of the first of two light-water reactors to be built at Kumho, now much delayed.
Conducting inspections before they are called for by the construction schedule could require offering North Korea some incentives. Those incentives could take many forms, including the supply of electricity by South Korea, as many nuclear and policy experts on Northeast Asia have suggested.
Getting off on the wrong foot
When President Bush met South Korean President Kim Dae Jung at the White House last March, few could have expected that Bush's remarks and demeanor during their joint press conference would be so damaging. Bush said he doubted that North Korea would live up to its international agreements, which many interpreted as a criticism of Kim's sunshine policy--the South Korean policy of engagement with the North aimed at resolving their outstanding political, security, and economic issues. Kim Dae Jung won the 2000 Nobel Peace Prize, largely for his efforts to implement the policy and for his historic summit meeting with Chairman Kim Jong Il in Pyongyang in June of that year.
Although Bush did not claim that North Korea was violating the Agreed Framework, his comment was interpreted as criticizing that agreement as well. Certainly, the Bush administration is much more critical of the agreement than the Clinton administration was.
Several senior Bush officials maintain that North Korea has one or two nuclear weapons and is committed to hiding that fact. They believe North Korea wants to delay the "day of reckoning" that inspections would cause. A few senior military officials in the region also believe that North Korea still intends to reunite the Korean peninsula by force.
These officials rarely offer new information to support their claims, and their views may or may not reflect any new information. They may simply represent the most hawkish U.S. intelligence agency assessments. But because of the uncertainty of available information, it is prudent to assume that North Korea could have one or two nuclear weapons. Conducting inspections would be the best way to find the truth.
Last June 6, after a four-month policy review, Bush announced that he had directed his national security team to "undertake serious discussions with North Korea on a broad agenda": improved implementation of the Agreed Framework relating to North Korea's nuclear activities, verifiable constraints on North Korea's missile programs, a ban on its missile exports, and its adoption of a less threatening conventional military posture.
North Korea, which was not consulted before this public announcement, felt slighted that the United States had unilaterally set the agenda. On June 20, North Korea issued a statement accusing the United States of attempting to put "conditions" on the resumption of negotiations by adding the question of conventional forces to the agenda: "The U.S. side, while proposing to resume negotiations without preconditions, unilaterally set out and opened to the public topics of discussion . . . before both sides sat together. [North Korea] cannot but interpret the U.S. administration's proposal for resuming dialogue as unilateral and conditional in its nature and hostile in its intention."
Secretary of State Colin Powell visited Seoul in late July. While conventional forces would be on the U.S. agenda, he said, the United States was prepared to meet North Korea "anywhere, anytime, and without preconditions." But this statement did not lead to the resumption of talks.
At an impasse, each country has expressed frustration that the other appears to be ignoring its political constraints. Privately, U.S. officials wonder what it would take for North Korea to believe the United States is sincere. The Bush administration has consistently said that it does not want to merely restate the Clinton policy. Officials wonder whether North Korea secretly wants to derail the process by de-legitimizing their administration. On the other hand, North Korea has questioned whether the United States will ever establish diplomatic relations with Pyongyang or whether it intends to follow through on its commitments under the Agreed Framework.
North-South relations
On September 2, North Korea suddenly announced that it would renew its dialogue with South Korea, which had become a casualty of the U.S.- North Korean stalemate. At a fifth round of inter-Korean ministerial talks in mid-September, the Koreas agreed to restart the inter-Korean family reunions that had been a major accomplishment of the 2000 summit.
Soon after, however, North Korea canceled the family reunions as well as the next round of talks. After a lengthy public dispute about venue, North and South Korean negotiators met for a sixth round in mid-November, but accomplished little.
In particular, North Korea offered no insight into when Kim Jong Il would visit South Korea--although Chairman Kim had promised to make a reciprocal visit after President Kim and he held their June 2000 summit in Pyongyang.
The South's President Kim desperately needs the North Korean leader's visit to bolster support for his sunshine policy and for his government as well. Since last spring Kim's political fortunes have waned. Prohibited from seeking reelection in 2002 and reeling from North Korea's refusal to make significant concessions, Kim has faced a number of political crises in recent months.
In September, the National Assembly passed a no-confidence motion against Unification Minister Lim Dong-won, Kim's top adviser, widely considered the architect of the sunshine policy. Then Kim's entire Cabinet resigned, forcing him to appoint a new government. This crisis brought to the surface South Korea's deep misgivings about whether it was receiving enough in return for its concessions and assistance to North Korea. Nonetheless, Kim remains steadfast in his desire to implement the sunshine policy. Quoted in Chosun Ilbo on October 31, he called it "an historic mission," and said there were no alternatives.
Fighting terrorism
North Korea's lukewarm reaction after the September 11 attacks on the Pentagon and the World Trade Center also generated suspicion--particularly because North Korea remains on the U.S. government's list of countries that sponsor terrorism. North Korea condemned the terrorist attacks as "very regrettable and tragic," but critics said this gesture was not enough. As reported by the Associated Press on October 31, Thomas Hubbard, U.S. ambassador to South Korea, urged North Korea to join in international anti-terrorism efforts: "North Korea has stated their opposition to terrorism and criticized the September 11 attacks. But they haven't supported the international coalition that is trying to fight terrorism. The North Koreans are missing an opportunity to play a responsible role by not joining us."
On November 12, perhaps in response to such criticism, North Korea signed two anti-terrorist treaties-- the International Convention for the Suppression of the Financing of Terrorism and the International Convention against the Taking of Hostages. It could be an important step to the removal of North Korea from the list of states sponsoring terrorism--its listing has prohibited it from receiving a wide range of international aid and loans for development. In mid-November, North Korea issued a statement saying it would cooperate with the international community, "firmly adhering to the principled position on terrorism in the future."
Still, North Korea severely criticized South Korea for putting its armed forces on a higher state of alert after the September 11 attack, even though the South repeatedly said the action was not taken to threaten the North. The complaint was seen by U.S. officials as another reason to remain skeptical of North Korea's commitment to the war on terrorism.
On the other hand, critics of the current U.S. policy believe the administration should be more accommodating. Leon Sigal, a North Korean specialist at the Social Science Research Council in New York, believes the United States should be holding senior-level consultations with North Korea: "If the Bush administration can cooperate with Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and Egypt on terrorism, why not North Korea as well?"
KEDO rolls on, but what about inspections?
Meanwhile, the Korean Peninsula Energy Development Organization (KEDO) is now making steady progress as it prepares to build two light-water reactors in North Korea. After several years of activity, it has built roads, a harbor, and support facilities. North Korea and KEDO members have had productive discussions on nuclear safety. In September, North Korea issued a construction permit, and major construction on the reactor complex has finally started.
One senior KEDO official estimates that KEDO will have completed a "significant portion of the [light-water reactor] project" by the first half of 2005, and will then be ready to receive key nuclear components. Under the Agreed Framework, North Korea must come into compliance with its IAEA safeguards agreement before those components are delivered.
The original schedule envisioned conducting the inspections in the late 1990s and finishing both reactors by 2003--and the completion date could slip again. KEDO still faces tough negotiations with North Korea over several issues, including liability and the possible need to refurbish North Korea's electrical grid, which is in extremely poor condition.
Although North Korea is expected to comply with its safeguards agreement, no one knows for sure whether it will do so. It has failed to cooperate with the IAEA on a range of verification issues, raising concerns that it may not be completely cooperative when the inspection process resumes. In addition to inspecting North Korea's known nuclear infrastructure, the IAEA will also have to verify the absence of undeclared nuclear sites or activities.
As recently as October 17, the IAEA said it had not made any significant progress in verifying that North Korea had come into compliance with its safeguards agreement or that North Korea had not produced more plutonium than it declared in the early 1990s. IAEA Director General Mohammed El Baradei said in an October 17 Reuters interview: "We are still where we had been a year ago. We continue to verify the freeze of the existing facilities but we haven't really made any progress with regard to verification of the past program."
In early November, however, North Korea said it would allow IAEA inspectors to visit the Isotope Production Laboratory at Yongbyon, a facility suspected of being involved in plutonium separation. Whether North Korea will allow the inspectors to investigate past activities at the facility remains unclear.
Because inspections are tied to construction milestones, as things stand the IAEA may not begin the verification process until about 2005. The IAEA's director general and senior staff estimate that it will take three to four years to conduct inspections, so the inspections might not be finished until 2008 or 2009. If pressed, though, the IAEA could act more quickly and still do the inspections adequately.
Such a delay could open the way for disruptions in the Agreed Framework's delicate balance, which could also impair the inter-Korean peace process. Mistrust of North Korea remains high in general, and from time to time the North is accused of having hidden nuclear weapons facilities (see "Under Mt. Chun-Ma," page 58).
And what if the verification process were to fail? The IAEA can only determine whether North Korea is in compliance with its safeguards agreement if it cooperates. North Korea is still deeply suspicious of the IAEA.
Given the timeline, it would be prudent for the Bush administration to try to help jump-start IAEA inspections. In his July 26, 2001 testimony before the House Committee on International Relations, Charles Pritchard, a senior State Department official, said: "Improved implementation of the Agreed Framework provisions related to North Korea's nuclear activities was one of the administration's top priorities. [North Korean] cooperation with the IAEA will become increasingly important. Although the date for delivering key nuclear components is still in the future, [North Korea] must begin active cooperation soon, to avoid serious delays in the KEDO project."
A bilateral approach
Prudence alone recommends not relying solely on the IAEA to determine whether the Korean peninsula is free of nuclear weapons. A complementary approach, based on a step-by-step process of creating North-South nuclear projects and mutual nuclear inspections, could provide valuable insurance.
The 1991 Joint Declaration on the Denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula calls for a joint inspection agency--the Joint Nuclear Control Commission. However, the commission has not met since 1993. North and South Korea could now reconsider mutual inspections, either formally through the commission, or informally through political and scientific channels.
Given the difficulty in implementing the Joint Declaration, a bilateral system may be best approached in an incremental way. A series of confidence-building measures could lead to a comprehensive bilateral inspection regime. Examples might be joint seminars on inspections; written assurances that North Korea intends to permit IAEA inspections anywhere, anytime; joint civil nuclear cooperation; and reciprocal visits by senior political leaders to nuclear facilities. Even if a bilateral regime were not fully realized, these steps could make significant contributions to achieving transparency and increasing cooperation.
On the other hand, a bilateral approach would risk duplication and competition with the IAEA regime. If not managed effectively, it might even provide North Korea with a pretext for delaying the fulfillment of its obligations under the Agreed Framework. And it cannot serve as a substitute for the work of the IAEA, which must still certify North Korea's compliance with its safeguards agreement.
But a bilateral approach could increase the chance that the IAEA would achieve its inspection goals and provide an independent check on its results. Bilateral inspections might start sooner and accomplish many of the same tasks, dramatically shortening the time needed by the IAEA to verify compliance. North and South Korea might be able to resolve outstanding nuclear issues more quickly and confidently than the IAEA and North Korea could. A bilateral approach might also provide early warning if North Korea does not intend to comply with its obligations.
South Korea might also be willing to provide North Korea with economic and political incentives for early cooperation on verification issues. Although these incentives would need to be evaluated carefully, they could be justified if they resulted in new initiatives.
Getting back on track
The relationship between North Korea and the United States is again plagued by serious misunderstandings, missed opportunities, and false expectations. Both sides repeatedly call on the other to make the first move, but neither has made a significant gesture. In a November 28 interview with Reuters, President Kim said: "I hope that both sides, the United States and North Korea, will be able to sit face to face and discuss these issues."
Many experts on North Korea believe that it would not take much to restart discussions between the United States and North Korea. But both sides have to find a way out of the current impasse. With so much attention devoted to the war on terrorism, however, the administration is stretched thin. The United States needs to make a concerted effort to launch a new round of bilateral negotiations with North Korea and to help foster inter-Korean reconciliation.
When it is frustrated by the glacial pace of U.S. engagement, North Korea often engages in provocations that raise tensions and cause further delays. On the other hand, North Korea has responded positively to positive U.S. steps.
Although the Bush administration should be commended for raising the importance of inspections, it must recognize that under the Agreed Framework, North Korea is not yet required to permit them. The United States and its allies should try offering North Korea something in return for early compliance--perhaps a supply of electricity from South Korea. Since 1998, North Korea has been asking for energy to compensate for the long delay in finishing the light-water reactors.
North Korea should be invited to rejoin the IAEA, which it quit in 1994 after the Board of Governors passed a resolution suspending civilian technical assistance. Restoring technical assistance could be an attractive incentive for North Korea, and might improve the relationship between the IAEA and North Korea as well as offer more opportunities for productive interactions between the North and South Korean nuclear establishments.
There are many ways to achieve progress on the Korean peninsula. But it will not happen unless the United States is willing to take part in initiating forward movement. If the Bush administration chooses not to do so, we may have to wait for North Korea to perturb the agenda.
David Albright is the president of the Institute for Science and International Security (ISIS). Holly Higgins is a research analyst at ISIS. Albright is the co-editor of Solving the North Korean Nuclear Puzzle (2000).
Sidebar: Under Mt. Chun-Ma
According to an August 2001 article in Shin Dong-A, a South Korean magazine, Choon Sun Lee, a senior North Korean military official, escaped from North Korea in 1999 and was captured by Chinese authorities and interrogated. Despite efforts by South Korea's intelligence service to bring him to South Korea, China sent him back to North Korea where, according to the magazine, he was probably executed. The magazine claims to have received a copy of the Chinese interrogation report, which was obtained by the South Korean intelligence service.
According to Choon, North Korea operates a secret uranium processing site underneath Mt. Chun-Ma. He said the tunnel entrance to the nuclear site is large and extends back into the mountain about 2.5 kilometers before it turns right and goes another kilometer to the main underground site, which is composed of many large rooms. The facility went into operation in 1989, he said.
His description of the site is detailed, although portions are technically ambiguous. ISIS conducted its own independent analysis and sent the article to several colleagues and knowledgeable officials for their opinions. The consensus is that the facility is most likely dedicated to turning uranium ore into yellowcake, a first step in preparing uranium for use in the nuclear industry. North Korea has said that it has operated uranium processing, or "milling," facilities at Pakchon and Pyongsan, and this site could be a back-up facility.
The site may also contain an underground mine, although the report says uranium ore is trucked in. The product of the facility is sent by helicopter to an underground storage facility in a valley called Pyung-An-Nam An-do Joo-si Gyo-Chang-do (translator's transliteration).
The site under Mt. Chun-Ma is about 30 kilometers from Kumchang-ni, which was the location of a suspected underground reactor or plutonium separation plant that the United States inspected in 1999 and again in 2000. Both visits revealed only an empty tunnel complex.
When the United States was first negotiating access to Kumchang-ni, U.S. officials told their North Korean counterparts that they wanted to inspect an underground facility in the general area. The North Koreans became nervous, according to one account. But when the U.S. officials told them it was the Kumchang-ni facility, the source said, North Korean officials were visibly relieved. Could the North Koreans have been worried about the discovery of the facility under Mt. Chun-Ma?
The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) will likely need to inspect the sites mentioned in the article once it starts its verification effort under the schedule in the Agreed Framework. Although North Korea is not under any obligation to apply IAEA safeguards to these facilities, if it refuses to permit an inspection, the IAEA will not be able to determine that it is not in violation of its commitments.
D. A. & H. H.
?2002 Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists
-----------------------------------------------




>> OUR FRIENDS THE WEEKLY STANDARD...

The Future of Preemption
From the February 16, 2004 issue: The death of the Bush Doctrine has been wildly exaggerated.
by Max Boot
02/16/2004, Volume 009, Issue 22
Nations and alliances should move early to deal with crises while they are still ambiguous and can be dealt with more easily, for delay raises both the costs and risks. Early action is the objective to which statesmen and military leaders should resort.
--Wesley Clark, "Waging Modern War" (2001)
THE MOST CONTROVERSIAL PART of President Bush's National Security Strategy, unveiled in September 2002, was its mention of preemptive action against "emerging threats before they are fully formed." This has been described by foreign policy mandarins as a diplomatic earthquake that has overthrown decades, if not centuries, of devotion to the doctrines of containment and deterrence. Iraq was widely seen as the test case of this "radical," uniquely "neoconservative" approach.
Now that the occupation of Iraq is approaching the one-year mark, with still no chemical, biological, or nuclear stockpiles found, but plenty of Americans and Iraqis getting killed, learned commentators are proclaiming that the preemption doctrine has disappeared as thoroughly as Iraq's supposed weapons of mass destruction. As early as last summer, Morton Abramowitz, a respected former ambassador and assistant secretary of state, wrote in the Washington Post, "Preemption policy toward 'rogue states' has been eroded." Now, in the Australian, Gideon Rose, managing editor of Foreign Affairs, writes, "The Iraq mission is . . . likely to be the first and last example of preemption in action."
In light of David Kay's report that prewar U.S. intelligence about Saddam's WMD "was all wrong, probably" and various other embarrassments suffered by the Bush administration, as well as the continuing deaths of American soldiers, these arguments cannot easily be dismissed. In fact Kay himself says, "If you cannot rely on good, accurate intelligence that is credible to the American people and to others abroad, you certainly cannot have a policy of preemption." But rumors of the death of preemption are much exaggerated.
In the first place, preemptive war--or even preventive (some say preventative) war where no threat is imminent--was hardly invented by the Bush administration. It has long been an accepted option not only for the United States, but for other nations as well. In his new book, "The Breaking of Nations," Robert Cooper, a career British diplomat who is now a senior European Union official, writes that "the War of the Spanish Succession, fought to ensure that the crowns of France and Spain were not united . . . was a preventative war. No one attacked Britain; but if Britain had allowed the two countries to unite it would by then have been unable to deal with an attack from the resulting superpower."
You don't have to reach back to the 18th century for instances of preventive military action. In 1962 the Kennedy administration seriously considered a military strike to take out the Soviet missiles in Cuba, even though it was highly unlikely they would ever be fired against the United States. Kennedy wisely refrained from launching World War III, but he did undertake a naval blockade (he called it a "quarantine"), which is regarded under international law as an act of war.
Recent U.S. history is replete with smaller-scale instances of preventive action, from the invasion of the Dominican Republic in 1965 to the invasion of Grenada in 1983. In neither case had there been a direct attack on the United States; the threats being addressed (the rise of communism in the Dominican Republic, the cultivation of Grenada as a Soviet and Cuban base) were largely speculative, and many critics charged that they were being blown out of proportion. But Presidents Johnson and Reagan, respectively, thought the dangers grave enough to risk American lives.
More recently, in 1993-94, the Clinton administration seriously considered launching a war to prevent North Korea from acquiring nuclear weapons. Clinton didn't act that time, but in 1998 he did launch strikes against al Qaeda training bases in Afghanistan, a pharmaceutical factory in Sudan, and various Iraqi military installations. The attack on Afghanistan might be seen as a punitive strike since it came after al Qaeda had bombed two U.S. embassies in Africa. But the Sudan strike was mainly preemptive. As recounted by former National Security Council staffers Daniel Benjamin and Steve Simon in their book "The Age of Sacred Terror," the pharmaceutical plant was targeted because it was suspected of making chemical weapons for al Qaeda. National Security Adviser Sandy Berger said he wanted to take it out before nerve gas showed up on the New York City subway.
The Clinton administration launched another preventive war the following year by attacking Serbia in cooperation with its NATO allies. When the military operation started, the ethnic cleansing of Albanian Kosovars was only just beginning. The NATO action, as Gen. Wesley Clark later testified, "was designed to preempt Serb ethnic cleansing and regional destabilization" (italics added). We are today keeping thousands of soldiers in Bosnia and Kosovo, not because there is a war going on but to avert another war from breaking out.
Yet many pundits argue with a straight face that the Bush administration invented preemption. What the Bushies did is simply bring out into the open and make explicit what had been implicit all along: "To forestall or prevent . . . hostile acts by our adversaries," in the words of the National Security Strategy, "the United States will, if necessary, act preemptively." It may be argued that it was unwise to turn what had been de facto into de jure policy. There is no question that, with its bold declaration, the National Security Strategy has alarmed much of the world and some of the American public. It's given rise to nightmare scenarios in which the United States goes around, willy-nilly, invading countries on trumped-up charges and other countries, too, invade their neighbors under the banner of preemption.
The fact that neither has come to pass since the Iraq war last year is hardly proof that such fears are unfounded, but it does, at the very least, indicate they are overblown. India isn't about to nuke Pakistan, claiming a right of preemption. Nations take life-or-death decisions based on their own circumstances, not on what the United States does. The National Security Strategy has not shredded international law or age-old norms of international conduct. The exact conditions that applied in the war on Iraq--a decade-long history chockfull of instances where Saddam broke promises and violated international law--do not apply elsewhere, which helps explain why Bush targeted Iraq and not other rogue states like Iran or North Korea (or Pakistan or Saudi Arabia).
The alarm created by the Bush Doctrine is not entirely a bad thing. It's not only our friends who are worried. So are our enemies. This helps explain Muammar Qaddafi's sudden willingness to give up his WMD arsenal, lest he too wind up in a spider hole trying to evade Delta Force. This may also explain the Iranian mullahs' willingness to accept greater international scrutiny of their nuclear program.
How does this balance out? Do the deterrence benefits of preemption outweigh its public relations costs? Does the image of strength that America projects in the Middle East offset the image of lawlessness that America projects in Europe? At this point it's impossible to say. But whether or not American leaders continue to trumpet a policy of preemption (Bush did not mention it last month in his State of the Union address), it will remain in the presidential toolkit because there is no other plausible alternative for dealing with the mega-dangers we now face. To quote Robert Cooper again: "It would be irresponsible to do nothing while even one further country acquires nuclear capability. Nor is it good enough to wait until that country acquires the bomb. By then the costs of military action may be too high. Hence the doctrine of preventative action in the U.S. National Security Strategy."
But what about the costs of preventive action? Aren't they also too high, as numerous critics of the Iraq war assert? Again, it's impossible to say, because we don't know what would have happened had Saddam Hussein remained in power. It's possible that the policy of containment would have worked, but it seems unlikely. Remember that containment was failing before Bush came into office. Russia, France, and other countries that would sing the joys of sanctions as an alternative to military action in 2002-03 were strongly lobbying, before military action was on the table, to relax or lift sanctions altogether. And the United States and Britain likely would have gone along at some point, if only because the costs of containment were so high. Containment kept tens of thousands of troops surrounding Iraq and dozens of warplanes patrolling the no-fly zones. It also meant conniving in a policy under which the Iraqi people were starved of milk and medicine even while Saddam continued to build all the palaces his sick heart desired. The "oil-for-palaces" program, as one military wag dubbed it, was not a sustainable long-term policy, morally or politically. Something had to give.
Based on what we now know, Saddam had kept at least the nucleus of his WMD program intact, waiting for the day when world attention would wander and he would be free to rebuild his fearsome capacity. According to David Kay's testimony, he was concentrating on developing long-range missiles, in the expectation that warheads would come later. The fact that his nuclear program was less advanced than was commonly believed does not mean he was harmless. As the examples of Iran, Libya, and North Korea demonstrate (all instances where the CIA underestimated WMD development), it is distressingly easy these days to buy nuclear-weapons technology on the black market. Given Iraq's oil wealth, if sanctions had been relaxed, Saddam Hussein would have had the financial resources to become a nuclear menace overnight--as he had almost succeeded in doing before the 1991 Gulf War. It would have been irresponsible of President Bush not to act. (Incidentally, Bush is pilloried by Democrats for not acting on much sketchier evidence before the attacks of September 11.)
None of this is meant to excuse the intelligence lapses that occurred before the war or the nation-building lapses that occurred afterwards. Both are real problems. Bush's commitment to launch an independent probe is a good sign. The United States desperately needs to improve its intelligence and peacekeeping capabilities, though it must be said that no intelligence agency or nation-building bureaucracy could possibly achieve the level of prescience demanded by America's critics. In particular, if as David Kay suggests, Iraqi generals and possibly even Saddam Hussein himself were fooled by corrupt scientists into thinking that they had WMD, how was the CIA supposed to conclude otherwise?
Still, the criticisms of Bush, Cheney, Powell, Rumsfeld, et al., for their prewar claims regarding weapons of mass destruction carry a good bit of sting. The American public and especially other nations may well be wary, absent ironclad proof of a sort that rarely exists, about accepting a future administration's claims that another nation poses a WMD or terrorist threat. This, however, remains mainly a theoretical danger since, for now at least, there is a considerable degree of unanimity between America and its major allies that both Iran and North Korea pose unacceptable risks of nuclear proliferation. Bush has had no problems in getting 10 allies, including Germany and France, to join the Proliferation Security Initiative aimed at forestalling such dangers--another relatively unheralded example of preventive action.
Which is not to say that Bush could get Germany and France to agree to an invasion of Iran or North Korea, even if he were so inclined, which he's not. Yet the fundamental reality is that failed states and rogue states are the biggest challenges faced by the West in the post-Cold War era. There is no reason to think that either deterrence or sanctions are sufficient to deal with these threats. That leaves preemption--a policy urged by no less an authority than Wesley Clark before his foray into politics. Obviously, if the only thing preemption can mean is an Iraq-size occupation, it is not an option that can be hauled out very often. But what if preemption is understood to include military strikes, coalition occupations, and political/diplomatic action?
Many critics and even some supporters of the Bush administration have fostered the illusion that preemption means large-scale military actions on the model of Afghanistan or Iraq, period. This is not what the Bush administration itself intends. While preemptive military action has received all the attention, it actually forms only a small part of Bush's National Security Strategy. Just look at the chapter headings of the strategy: "Champion Aspirations for Human Dignity," "Strengthen Alliances to Defeat Global Terrorism and Work to Prevent Attacks Against Us and Our Friends," "Work with others to Defuse Regional Conflicts," "Prevent Our Enemies from Threatening Us, Our Allies, and Our Friends with Weapons of Mass Destruction," "Ignite a New Era of Global Economic Growth through Free Markets and Free Trade," "Expand the Circle of Development by Opening Societies and Building the Infrastructure of Democracy," "Develop Agendas for Cooperative Action with the Other Main Centers of Global Power," "Transform America's National Security Institutions to Meet the Challenges and Opportunities of the Twenty-First Century."
Many of these priorities--in particular, expanding capitalism and democracy--are "preemptive" in the broadest sense: They are intended to transform other societies so they will not threaten us in the future. This is not just lofty rhetoric. As seen from Bush's continual harping on the need to spread democracy to the Middle East, the president views this as a major priority, because he understands that catching terrorists isn't enough. We need to stop new recruits from joining the terrorist cause. This is the kind of preemption that should have the widest possible support not only from the president's usual backers but also from Democrats and the French.
Specific actions to push regime change in places like Iran and North Korea are far more controversial. But, whatever happens in Iraq, the United States retains a host of options when it comes to advancing the cause of freedom in nonmilitary ways--by supporting political dissidents, stepping up radio and television broadcasts, and using economic and diplomatic pressure to undermine totalitarian regimes. In other words, the sort of strategy we pursued against the Soviet Union during the Cold War. That policy was hardly limited to passive "containment," as some revisionists now claim. Ronald Reagan waged political, economic, and moral warfare on the "evil empire," and even sponsored proxy wars, but he prudently refrained from direct military attacks. His is a preemptive strategy we can and should apply around the world today.
Timely intelligence about WMD programs in other countries is not strictly essential to this policy. We should aim to hasten the demise of the regimes of Ayatollah Ali Khamenei and Kim Jong Il because those regimes' very existence threatens the people of those countries, neighboring states, and, indirectly, the United States, regardless of their precise current chemical, biological, or nuclear capacity. The regimes themselves are weapons of mass destruction. If this policy had been carried out a little more aggressively before 2003--if George H.W. Bush, Bill Clinton, and George W. Bush had provided more support to anti-Baathist Iraqis--an invasion of Iraq might never have been necessary.
Of course military action can never be ruled out, not least because the very threat of armed intervention makes our diplomacy much more potent. But military action doesn't have to mean hundreds of thousands of troops garrisoning a state for decades. The Israelis showed in 1981, when they bombed Saddam Hussein's Osirak nuclear reactor, how effective a pinprick strike can be. If the Israelis hadn't acted, the world would have faced a nuclear-armed Iraq when Saddam invaded Kuwait in 1991. Unfortunately, various rogue states have taken note of the Osirak example and have taken pains to shield their WMD facilities from air strikes. But during the past two decades the American military's targeting capabilities have advanced immeasurably. The Osirak option remains viable, especially if coupled with a limited insertion of ground troops to direct the airstrikes and oversee the eradication of the suspect facilities.
Special Forces, with or without airstrikes, form another powerful tool to be used against our foes. They are in fact hunting suspected terrorists around the world every day. Not even John Kerry could possibly disagree with this example of preemption.
What about full-scale occupation and nation-building? Is this off the table after Iraq? By no means. In the first place the utility of this option might seem very different in a few years' time if, knock on wood, Iraq becomes a functioning democracy. In the second place, the trend toward international occupations of failed states started long before Iraq. Since the end of the Cold War, Cambodia, Somalia, East Timor, Haiti, Kosovo, Bosnia, Liberia, Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, the Solomon Islands, and Afghanistan have been occupied for varying lengths of time by foreign peacekeepers. Western countries, including the United States, have no choice but to try to restore some semblance of order in these failed states, lest their problems give rise to WMD development, terrorism, contagious disease, or refugee flows. The trick is to intervene in such a way that the United States doesn't wind up shouldering a disproportionate share of the costs, as it has in Iraq. The obvious answer--easy to formulate, hard to execute--is to build more of an international consensus behind such interventions. This may not have been possible in the case of Iraq, since Gerhard Schr?der and Jacques Chirac were dead set against military action, but it should be more doable in other instances.
In the January/February issue of Foreign Affairs, Lee Feinstein and Anne-Marie Slaughter argue for revising international law--which currently respects national sovereignty above all--to create an obligation for outside intervention should a state commit crimes against humanity, develop WMD, or shelter terrorists. They argue that "the biggest problem with the Bush preemption strategy may be that it does not go far enough," because it doesn't advocate a global "duty to prevent" wrongdoing.
These aren't the ravings of crackpots, warmongers, or neocons. Feinstein served in the Clinton State Department and today is a senior fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. Slaughter is dean of Princeton's Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs and president of the Society of International Law. They're both liberals, but they realize there is an overwhelming imperative for "early and effective collective action" when "faced with the prospect, as in Iraq, of a brutal ruler acquiring nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction."
Here's a counterintuitive possibility: The Iraq war, by showing the limits of national sovereignty, may wind up expanding preemptive interventions rather than extinguishing them. Sure, this is speculation. But while it may be premature to suggest that the ideas advocated by Feinstein and Slaughter will become reality, it's no more premature than claiming that preemption is finished. In all likelihood, it's only just begun.
Max Boot is Olin senior fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. He is a contributing editor to The Weekly Standard and a weekly columnist for the Los Angeles Times.
? Copyright 2004, News Corporation, Weekly Standard, All Rights Reserved.
----------------------------------------------------------------------

It's Not Always What You Know
From the February 16, 2004 issue: In the nonproliferation arena, political failures outweigh intelligence blunders.
by Henry Sokolski
02/16/2004, Volume 009, Issue 22
BOTH ZEALOUS CRITICS and supporters of President Bush's war against Saddam seem finally to have agreed on one thing--the Central Intelligence Agency goofed. The president's own Iraq weapons sleuth, David Kay, now asserts that our intelligence on Iraq was simply wrong, that Saddam didn't have weapons of mass destruction in 2003. This intelligence failure must be corrected, it is argued, lest we make fresh mistakes against the strategic weapons programs in North Korea and Iran. Hence, President Bush's announcement last week of a special panel to investigate our intelligence agencies' performance on Iraq.
Implicit in all this is a belief that our government cannot succeed in its fight against proliferation of WMD unless our information on other countries' covert weapons programs is dramatically improved. "Pristine intelligence--good, accurate intelligence--is a fundamental benchstone of any sort of policy of preemption to even be thought about," as David Kay said. This seems plausible. What serious policymaker would insist on getting less intelligence?
Ultimately, however, the clamor for more specific proliferation information is wrongheaded. Washington's problem isn't its sorry supply of good tactical intelligence on covert strategic weapons programs. Such intelligence has rarely been good and is unlikely to get much better. Instead, the challenge in nonproliferation has been the dearth of senior officials willing to respond to the generally sound strategic warnings our intelligence agencies produce years before any proliferation becomes a crisis. Far from heeding such warnings, policymakers often wish them away. This unwillingness to act on early intelligence warnings is the exact opposite of the problem everyone is now focusing on.
Our intelligence agencies have in fact never been very good at pinpointing specific proliferation activities. U.S. intelligence got cold-cocked by the Soviets' first nuclear test in 1949; by India's nuclear tests in 1974 and 1998; by Israel's nuclear weapons deception efforts in the 1960s; and by Iraq's, Iran's, Pakistan's, and North Korea's strategic weapons programs in the 1970s, '80s, and '90s. All these tactical intelligence failures, though, were predictable. Unlike monitoring conventional arsenals--military forces that are hard to hide and rarely worrisome unless they're quite large--tracking small (but more deadly) covert missile, nuclear, biological, and chemical programs is highly prone to error. That's why the spread of these latter capabilities is a much greater threat than the acquisition of more common military systems.
Trying to fix this intelligence weakness--the presumed aim of the Iraq intelligence investigations--may not be a fool's errand, but it's unlikely to succeed. Certainly, by the time our intelligence agencies could ever prove they knew exactly what other nations had in the way of strategic weapons capabilities and identified precisely where these capabilities were, the only options left to reverse what they had discovered would be to bomb or bribe--extreme measures neither of which is very attractive.
Washington has long grappled with this truth. In some cases, it has done well. With Taiwan's, South Korea's, and Ukraine's nuclear weapons aspirations and the large-rocket ambitions of Argentina, Iraq, Egypt, and South Africa, U.S. officials chose to act upon receiving the earliest strategic intelligence warnings. None of these countries completed the programs it began; all were quietly nipped in the bud.
More often, though, U.S. officials have taken a more cowardly course, downplaying initial proliferation reports, especially when they involved nations Washington wanted to engage. Thus, U.S. officials were skeptical of the early intelligence that highlighted Israel's nuclear program in the 1960s, Iraq's and South Africa's nuclear weapons activities in the late 1970s, Pakistan's nuclear weapons efforts in the 1980s, and Iran's and North Korea's in the 1990s. Early evidence of China's, Russia's, and, more recently, Pakistan's illicit strategic assistance to these nations was similarly viewed with reservation.
This caution did little to encourage intelligence analysts tracking these proliferators. Thankfully, though, after 9/11, this reluctance receded: For the first time, a president publicly emphasized the desirability of acting against proliferators whenever and wherever practical. This helped put fighting proliferation back on the policy map, but it also had a downside: The increased interest in reporting proliferation developments focused attention on what little tactical information we had.
In the case of Iraq--a nation with a clear intent and history of acquiring and using strategic weapons capabilities and a persistent and annoying habit of openly defying U.N. inspections and dismantlement resolutions--policymakers and intelligence analysts leaned forward, emphasizing specifics that turned out to be wrong. Many of Saddam's strategic weapons capabilities, it now appears, were either dismantled in the early 1990s or bombed during Clinton's second term.
This gaffe is hardly good news, but it's not nearly as bad as Washington pundits are making it out to be. As they see it, the lesson to be learned (and, if we are not careful, to be driven home by the newly announced investigations) is that the United States must be more cautious in acting against proliferation, lest it repeat the Iraqi error. And what error was this? Attacking Saddam on the basis of insufficient proliferation intelligence.
Yet, surely, this was not our key mistake. Instead, it was waiting as long as we did to act against Saddam's strategic weapons ambitions and his hostility to us, the U.N., and his own population. We had abundant strategic intelligence on this, and had it for two decades or more, but we chose to ignore it. Instead, we actually supported Saddam financially and militarily and sent him the dual-use goods he needed to pursue his strategic weapons programs.
Had we taken a different course when the first intelligence reports emerged about his nuclear ambitions 25 years ago (and his subsequent military buildup), we might have been able to avoid not just one, but both wars we waged against him. The problem wasn't a lack of intelligence on Saddam's strategic weapons programs. It was a lack of will to use the sound strategic warnings we had.
Certainly, before investigations get underway and recommendations start flying to centralize our intelligence agencies further and spend ever more money on more layers of management and new sources of intelligence, we would do well to focus on our uneven use of accurate early warnings. In the end, knowledge of proliferation specifics is the least of our problems.
Henry Sokolski is the executive director of the Nonproliferation Policy Education Center and editor with Patrick Clawson of "Checking Iran's Nuclear Ambitions" (Army War College, 2004).
? Copyright 2004, News Corporation, Weekly Standard, All Rights Reserved.


--------------------------------------------------------------
USAWC STRATEGY RESEARCH PROJECT
"ALL NECESSARY MEANS" - EMPLOYING CIA OPERATIVES IN A WARFIGHTING ROLE
ALONGSIDE SPECIAL OPERATIONS FORCES
by
COLONEL KATHRYN STONE
United States Army
Professor Anthony R. Williams
Project Advisor
The views expressed in this academic research paper are those of the
author and do not necessarily reflect the official policy or position of the
U.S. Government, the Department of Defense, or any of its agencies.
U.S. Army War College
CARLISLE BARRACKS, PENNSYLVANIA 17013
REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE Form Approved OMB No.
0704-0188
Public reporting burder for this collection of information is estibated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing
and reviewing this collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burder to Department of Defense, Washington
Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports (0704-0188), 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302. Respondents should be aware that notwithstanding any other provision of
law, no person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if it does not display a currently valid OMB control number. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN YOUR FORM TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS.

ABSTRACT
AUTHOR: Colonel Kathryn Stone
TITLE: "ALL NECESSARY MEANS" - EMPLOYING CIA OPERATIVES IN A
WARFIGHTING ROLE ALONGSIDE SPECIAL OPERATIONS FORCES
FORMAT: Strategy Research Project
DATE: 07 April 2003 PAGES: 55 CLASSIFICATION: Unclassified
In response to the terrorist attacks on the United States on 11 September 2001, the President -- as both Commander-in-Chief and as authorized by Congress in Joint Resolution 23 -- ordered our armed forces into combat in order to disrupt and defeat the global terror network. The President concomitantly signed a Presidential Finding directing the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) to use all necessary means to destroy Osama bin Laden and Al Qaeda. As a consequence of these orders, CIA paramilitary operatives have been performing a warfighting role alongside Special Operations Forces (SOF) in the war against terrorism. This strategy research paper explores the respective roles and missions of the CIA and SOF, their legal authority to execute their assigned missions, the policy advantages and disadvantages of integrating their warfighting operations in combat, and the legal and operational ramifications of such integrated combat operations. The paper concludes that integrated combat operations between the CIA and SOF are an appropriate template for warfare in certain situations, provided we develop and adhere to clear, well-understood criteria to manage this CIA-SOF warfighting relationship.
The war against terrorism is a fight for the preservation of our national interests and values, our way of life, and the very future of our country. We must employ every element of national power -- all necessary means -- in its prosecution. While managing the CIA-SOF warfighting relationship will present significant challenges, those challenges can be minimized in a manner that both preserves the combatant commander's flexibility and capitalizes on each agency's strengths and capabilities.

PREFACE
This paper is dedicated to Judge Advocates everywhere who toil industriously but unremarked in loyal support and defense of our country and the rule of law.
viii
"ALL NECESSARY MEANS" - EMPLOYING CIA OPERATIVES IN A WARFIGHTING ROLE
ALONGSIDE SPECIAL OPERATIONS FORCES
I wish to be useful, and every kind of service necessary to the public good becomes honorable by being necessary.
?Nathan Hale
This research paper looks at the separate roles, missions, and responsibilities of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) paramilitary operatives and the Department of Defense (DOD) Special Operations Forces (SOF); the new and apparently ad hoc policy of integrating their operations together in combat; and the legal ramifications of such warfighting integration. This paper will be based on open source materials and media accounts of the CIA's involvement in the war against terrorism. This paper is intended as a general discussion vehicle for those legal issues associated with the employment of CIA paramilitary operatives in a warfighting role alongside SOF, and does not purport to speak with any operational authority regarding the conduct of CIA activities; nor does it discuss the wide range of traditional CIA activities that might be involved in the war against terrorism.
On September 11, 1999, a small number of operatives from the CIA were in Afghanistan. They were there in a non-combat mode for the purpose of recruiting sources, supporting anti- Taliban warlords and their operations, liaising with members of the Northern Alliance,1 and generating intelligence on Osama bin Laden2 and his Al Qaeda3 terrorist organization. 4 Two years later, on September 11, 2001, the United States was attacked by terrorist hijackers who flew three airliners into both towers of the World Trade Center in New York City, and the Pentagon in Washington, D.C. A fourth hijacked airliner, heading in the direction of Washington, D.C., crashed instead in a rural section of Pennsylvania.5 These terrorist acts6 killed over 3000 people and caused an estimated national economic loss of over $ 33 billion.7 The evidence soon concluded that these acts of terrorism -- which amounted to an act of war8 -- were committed by members of the terrorist organization known as Al Qaeda, and masterminded by Osama bin Laden.
On September 14, 2001, the United States Congress passed a joint resolution authorizing the President of the United States, George W. Bush, to "use all necessary and appropriate force" against those who were involved in the terrorist attacks that occurred against the U.S. on
2
September 11, 2001.9 Close in time, President Bush signed a Memorandum of Notification* ordering the CIA to "use all necessary means" to destroy bin Laden and Al Qaeda.10 Consequently, CIA paramilitary teams were on the ground in Afghanistan "within days" of the attacks on New York and the Pentagon, "trained not just to observe conditions but if need be to change them," according to the CIA Deputy Director for Operations.11 President Bush's Finding ordering the CIA to "use all necessary means" to destroy bin Laden and Al Qaeda meant the inserted CIA officers were legally free to identify Taliban and Al Qaeda targets for the Northern Alliance to attack; to accompany Northern Alliance and U.S. SOF units (when they arrived) on their combat missions against the Taliban; and to call in U.S. airstrikes against the Taliban and Al Qaeda.12
On September 24, 2001, a few days after the Presidential Finding, President Bush, acting pursuant to his Constitutional authority to conduct U.S. foreign relations and as Commander-in- Chief and Chief Executive, ordered the deployment of various combat equipped and combat support forces to several foreign nations in the Central and Pacific command areas of operations in order to prevent and deter further acts of terrorism.13 Two weeks later, on October 7, 2001, President Bush announced that he had ordered the U.S. military to begin strikes against Al Qaeda terrorist training camps and Taliban14 military installations in Afghanistan in order to disrupt the use of Afghanistan as a terrorist base of operations and to attack the military capability of the Taliban regime.15
CIA paramilitary operatives entered Afghanistan on 26 September 200116 ahead of U.S. Special Operations Forces (SOF) in order to link up with Northern Alliance17 forces, secure helicopter landing zones for follow-on SOF, and guide SOF teams -- who arrived with their arsenal of laser target designators to enable U.S. aircraft to strike Taliban positions -- to the enemy.18 These CIA officers were inserted ahead of the SOF because of their ability to get on the ground quickly, their language skills and knowledge of the terrain, and their existing contacts with anti-Taliban groups.19 At the same time, U.S. military forces continued to flow quickly into Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, Pakistan, and the Arabian Sea, while the CIA continued to increase its activity in the region, adding logistics hubs, communication sites, and command and control centers and capabilities. All of this CIA paramilitary activity -- identifying targets, accompanying the Northern Alliance and SOF into combat, calling in airstrikes -- amounts to a warfighting role in the war against terrorism that continues today.
* Commonly known as a Presidential Finding.
3
CURRENT UNITED STATES POLICY
OBJECTIVE (ENDS)
The President's strategic objective is to win the global war on terrorism by employing all instruments of national power at his command, not just military power: "We will direct every resource at our command - every means of diplomacy, every tool of intelligence, every instrument of law enforcement, every financial influence and every necessary weapon of war - to the disruption and to the defeat of the global terror network."20 The important point about the President's objective ("end") is that the war on terrorism is global in nature and directs multiple elements of U.S. national power against all terrorists who threaten U.S. interests; the war is not just about the destruction or capture of Al Qaeda.21 This integration of all elements of national power is also one of the unifying themes of the 2002 National Military Strategy (pre-decisional draft) - to integrate military activities and operations with activities across the interagency spectrum.22
WAYS
Although CIA operatives have worked with U.S. military forces in the past,23 their current warfighting operations in Afghanistan constitute the Agency's "most sweeping and lethal" covert action since its statutory founding in 1947 and signal a major return to the Agency's paramilitary involvement in armed conflicts.24 This new policy, or course of action -- using CIA paramilitary operatives in a warfighting role alongside SOF (e.g., calling in airstrikes, accompanying SOF and Northern Alliance groups on combat missions, and other clandestine combat operations) -- epitomizes the President's determination to win the war on terrorism using all elements of national power, and constitutes "unprecedented" coordination between the CIA and SOF military units.25
According to Bob Woodward of the Washington Post, administration officials have said that President Bush has "pledged to dispatch military units to take advantage of the CIA's latest and best intelligence."26 For example, according to one reporter, Dana Priest, Washington Post Staff Writer, it took just 316 SOF soldiers* to oust the Taliban from power, with nearly every Ateam including one or two CIA operatives.27 Priest even describes a mission briefing given by a CIA operative to both CIA and SOF personnel.28 Other U.S. sources have said that SOF have been "seconded" to the CIA for paramilitary operations in Afghanistan.29 In his book, Bush at War, Bob Woodward quotes the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Richard B. * Eighteen A-teams, four company-level units and three battalion-level commands, all reporting to a Joint Special Operations Task Force in Karshi, Uzbekistan, 100 miles north of the Afghanistan border.
4
Myers, as telling President Bush, "We're ready to put Special Forces on the ground with CIA forces."30 Woodward also quotes "Hank," the CIA's counterterrorism special operations chief, as saying in a message to CIA assets in the field that, among other things, "we are fighting for the future of CIA/DOD integrated counterterrorism warfare around the globe . . . [w]hile we will make mistakes as we chart new territory and new methodology, our objectives are clear, and our concept of partnership is sound."31
Regardless of who is seconded to whom, however, it is clear that the war in Afghanistan highlights not just the tight integration, but also the erosion of distinctions between SOF and the CIA in the war against terrorism. Past administrations made more of an effort to differentiate between military combat activities and CIA missions.32 In the war on terrorism, however, the Bush Administration has gradually blurred these distinctive lines in response to an asymmetrical, non-State threat that requires greater coordination and cooperation among intelligence, military, and law enforcement officials.33
RESOURCES/MEANS
To accomplish his strategic objective and resource this course of action, President Bush ordered the use of all necessary means.34 This order in turn generated an operationally-driven ad hoc relationship between CIA paramilitary operatives and SOF on the ground in Afghanistan that resulted in improved lethality and agility on the battlefield stemming from each group's distinct contribution to warfighting. For example, Jim Pavitt, head of the CIA's clandestine service, acknowledged publicly in a speech that the CIA's covert operations inside Afghanistan immediately after September 11 paved the way for follow-on SOF and the resulting rout of the Taliban in the fall of 2001.35 Clearly then, working together, the CIA's and SOF's respective capabilities complimented each other in a manner sufficient to ensure the defeat of the Taliban. According to one author, this new type of operation involving "fastmoving CIA paramilitary teams" and SOF may well "serve as a model for future encounters against terrorism in other parts of the world . . . [t]he dramatic success of specialized use of reconnaissance weapons and a dynamic, small-unit combat strategy obviated" the need to deploy large numbers of ground troops.36
Clearly, the full spectrum dominance bought with this CIA-SOF integration of warfighting capabilities has produced a new, successful battlefield synergy. Improving the ways of warfighting by integrating all means has resulted in a synergy that has not only succeeded, but that has transformed the traditional view on the prosecution of armed conflict.
5
RISKS
This multidimensional integration is not without significant legal and operational risks, however. The CIA and SOF communities possess very distinct identities and mandates, with separate legal authorities, operating structures, and methods of organization. Though this relationship between the DOD and CIA has been successful to date, and was praised by Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld (who was also Secretary of Defense in the mid-1970s) in February 2002 as "good as I've ever seen it . . . They've got a darn good record . . . .,"37 the relationship has not been without problems that deserve attention. To understand the context of these problems and their associated issues, however, this paper must first review the statutory basis, and roles and missions, of the DOD, SOF and the CIA.
DOD AND CIA AUTHORITIES AND MISSIONS
Separate groups of Constitutional authorities, statutory authorities and responsibilities, and executive orders separate the CIA and DOD/SOF, which in turn delineate separate divisions of responsibility for national security.
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
Legal Authority
Constitutional. The legal authority for the existence of the armed forces is set forth in Articles I and II of the U.S. Constitution. Specifically, Article I, Section 8, provides that the Congress shall have the power to raise and support Armies, to provide and maintain a Navy, and to make rules for the government and regulation of the same. Article II, Section 2, provides that the President shall be Commander-in-Chief of the Army and Navy of the United States.38 Statutory (U.S. Code). While the U.S. Constitution provides the overarching genesis of authority for the armed forces, Title 10 of the United States Code fills in the blanks by codifying in more concrete terms the statutory authority, and broad missions and functions, of DOD.39 Roles and Missions DOD Writ Large. Of more practical daily use is the delineation of DOD's mission statement in DOD Directive 5100.1, Functions of the Department of Defense and its Major Components. Specifically, as prescribed by higher authority (i.e., U.S. Code Title 10), the DOD "shall maintain and employ Armed Forces to: Support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; ensure, by timely and effective military action (emphasis added by author), the security of the United States, its possessions, and areas vital
6
to its interests; and uphold and advance the national policies and interests of the United States.40
SOF. Wartime special operations conducted by U.S. armed forces are as old as the American Revolutionary War, in which General George Washington approved a plan for several of his soldiers to capture the traitor Benedict Arnold and return him to American control.41 In 1986, as part of the Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act,42 Congress consolidated all SOF from all the services into one new command, the U.S. Special Operations Command. This reorganization resulted in large part from the failed 1980 Desert One operation to rescue American hostages in Iran, which exposed shortfalls in the training and equipping of SOF and highlighted in tragic form the neglect that the covert side of warfare had suffered for far too long.43
SOF forces conduct special operations missions and activities in war and peace, either independent from or integrated with conventional military operations.44 While special operations encompass the use of small units in direct or indirect military actions, they are usually focused on strategic and operational objectives, which are frequently shaped by political-military considerations, thereby requiring "clandestine, covert, or low-visibility techniques and oversight at the national level."45 SOF units consist of combinations of specialized personnel, training, equipment, and tactics that exceed the routine capabilities of conventional military forces.46 Importantly, unless otherwise directed by the President or Secretary of Defense, a special operations activity or mission is supposed to ["shall"] be conducted under the command of the unified combatant commander47 in whose geographic area the activity or mission is to be conducted.48 Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld's recent change establishing the U.S. Special Operations Command as both a supported and supporting command may require a change to Title 10 of the U.S. Code.
The current National Military Strategy of the United States provides that the Armed Forces "are the Nation's instrument for ensuring our security," their primary purpose is to "defeat" threats of violence against the U.S. should deterrence fail, and their foremost task is to "fight and win our Nation's wars."49 The Pre-Decisional Draft of the 2002 National Military Strategy of the United States of America, dated 19 September 2002, continues the theme of the previous strategy by stating that our national military objectives remain, among other things, to "defend the Nation" and "win the Nation's wars."50 However, the Constitution does not dictate how (ways) our country should be protected, or what our national security establishment should specifically look like. This flexibility in national defense has produced various statutory and regulatory forms
7
of national security organization, to include the National Security Act of 1947,51 which is codified in portions of Titles 10, 32 and 50 of the United States Code.
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Legal Authority
Statutory (U.S. Code). The legal basis for the CIA is set forth in the National Security Act of 1947, which established the CIA and the DOD, among other agencies.52 Constitutional. Intelligence operations are as old as our Nation, as noted in the 64th Federalist, which "commended" the new U.S. Constitution, in granting power to the President to make treaties, for providing the means (resources) "by which the President could `manage the
business of intelligence in such a manner as prudence may suggest.'"53
Roles and Missions
Definition of Covert Action. One of the CIA's several missions, among other duties and responsibilities related to intelligence functions, is to conduct special activities approved by the President.54 Special Activities were defined by President Reagan in Executive Order 12333, United States Intelligence Activities, dated December 4, 1981, and still in effect, as "activities conducted in support of national foreign policy objectives abroad which are planned and executed so that the role of the United States Government is not apparent or acknowledged publicly."55 In fact, no agency except the CIA may conduct any special activity unless the President directs such, and the CIA itself must have a Presidential Finding in order to conduct special activities or covert action.56 The U.S. military may also conduct special activities during a time of war declared by Congress or during any period covered by a report from the President to the Congress under the War Powers Resolution.57
According to one author, Executive Order 12333's reference to "special activities" is a euphemism for "covert action."58 In fact, 10 years later, in the Intelligence Authorization Act of 1991, Congress provided a detailed definition of covert action that closely resembles the definition of "special activities" in Executive Order 12333, specifically: an "activity or activities of the United States Government to influence political, economic, or military conditions abroad, where it is intended that the role of the United States Government will not be apparent or acknowledged publicly, but does not include . . . traditional . . . military activities or routine support to such activities."59 This language -- the definition of covert action in the 1991 Intelligence Authorization Act -- is mirrored in Title 50, U.S. Code, Section 413b(e)60and remains
8
the controlling legal definition for covert action today, even though Executive Order 12333 -- and its definition of "special activities" -- remains effective as well. In plain language, then, covert action is action designed to produce certain results in foreign countries without such action being clearly and openly identified with the United States. Accordingly, because it can be a convenient and stealthy tool for the execution of foreign policy, covert action has been the traditional tool of U.S. Presidents when confronted with problems that have not responded to other tools of statecraft pressure.61 Former Director of Central Intelligence Stansfield Turner explained it best when he stated, "Covert action is not intelligence. Covert action is the conduct of foreign policy. Its object is to affect the course of events, not to inform our policy makers about events."62 Further, the most extreme form of covert action -- paramilitary operations -- can be described as secret wars, according to David Isenberg, a research associate at the Washington-based Cato Institute Project on Military Procurement.63 Legal Authority for Covert Action. Interestingly, the National Security Act of 1947 did not explicitly indicate that the CIA as an agency should or would engage in covert action, nor did it specify therein that covert action is one of the CIA's assigned missions.64 In fact, nowhere in the Act was covert action mentioned, although some have argued that the Act's legislative history indicates an intention for the CIA to collect intelligence by engaging in espionage (vice covert action) abroad.65
Accordingly, the CIA's covert action mission, and underlying capability attendant thereto, have an ambiguous foundation. Nevertheless, successive Presidential administrations have found statutory authority for the CIA to conduct covert action in an obscure phrase in the agency's basic charter, wherein the "CIA is given the duty `to perform such other functions and duties related to intelligence affecting the national security as the National Security Council may from time to time direct.'"66 The U.S. Congress "acquiesced" in this interpretation;67 and early National Security Council directives during the Cold War instructed the CIA to conduct paramilitary operations as part of the U.S. effort to contain the former Soviet Union.68 During the 1950's, "more and more covert operations were assigned to the CIA because State and Defense did not want to do them in the open or because the simplest and fastest way to get something done was to assign the job to the secret arm."69
Interestingly, the CIA's first general counsel, Lawrence R. Houston, who helped draft the Act establishing the CIA, has stated that the clause permitting the CIA to engage in "such other functions" referred only to intelligence collection and not to covert action, and that the CIA was stretching the law's original intent by using the "such other functions" clause to justify covert action.70 According to Houston, "all during this drafting of the Act, all during the presentations to
9
congressional committees, there was no mention of covert action. . . It was entirely intelligence . . . That was [to be] the sole product."71 After the Act was passed into law, however, and at the request of Truman administration officials, Houston wrote a legal opinion stating that the CIA could legally execute covert action if the President gave it a directive to do so and if Congress funded the action. 72
Thus began the dawn of CIA covert actions, and U.S. Presidents have "systematically employed [the CIA] as a mechanism through which they can . . . carry out military actions (emphasis added) without the armed forces."73 The Intelligence Authorization Act of 1991, codified in Title 50, U.S. Code, Section 413 and discussed above, further solidified in statute the definition of, and authority to conduct, covert action. One type of covert action that closely resembles military action is the CIA's paramilitary operations, or, according to one author, "unconventional warfare: to support or stimulate armed resistance elements in their homeland against the regime in power, or to employ irregular troops to invade a country and unseat its regime - or a combination of both."74 The President may not authorize the conduct of a covert action, however, unless he determines such an action is necessary to support identifiable foreign policy objectives of the United States and is important to the national security of the United States. That determination must be set forth in a written finding.75 Further, each finding must specify each agency or other U.S. Government entity that is authorized to fund or otherwise participate in any significant way in such covert action,76 and no finding may authorize any action that would violate the Constitution or any statute of the United States.77 CIA Support to Military Operations. While America's history of covert action dates back to the colonial era, when Revolutionary officials conspired with certain Bermuda officials to "obtain" a store of gunpowder from the Royal Arsenal at Bermuda,78 the "CIA's" history of support to U.S. military operations is also not new, but began immediately upon the birth of the CIA's predecessor agency.
"CIA" support to military operations originated during World War II, with the creation of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), which built for its own use a covert paramilitary force.79 OSS officers ran commando operations in Europe, acted as guides in the Allied landings in North Africa in 1942, conducted sabotage to support the Allied landings in Normandy in 1944, established effective intelligence sources and networks, provided technical and logisticalsupport to resistance groups and fighters, and worked to coordinate paramilitary activities with conventional military operations.80 Of note is the fact that OSS agents also received instructions from military commanders, and "reported on the results of sabotage missions and the effectiveness of Allied bombing."81 According to Charles D. Ameringer in his book, U.S. Foreign
10
Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History, OSS field activities were under the control of the theater commanders.82
CIA paramilitary operatives continued to operate with U.S. military forces in Korea, Vietnam, and the Gulf War, and in recent years the Agency has actually been tasked to provide direct support to military operations and deployments.83 With the exponential growth in U.S. military peacekeeping deployments in the 1990s, there was a concomitant need by the Armed Forces for ever more tactical intelligence support, and President William Clinton supported that need by issuing a 1995 Presidential Order (Presidential Decision Directive (PDD) - 35) instructing the Intelligence Community to provide the military with the tactical intelligence it needed.84 During a visit to CIA headquarters a few months after issuing PDD-35, President Clinton explained his directive and emphasized that the intelligence community's "first priority was to support `the intelligence needs of our military during an operation,' and that commanders in the field needed `prompt, thorough intelligence to fully inform their decisions and maximize the security of our troops.'"85
According to CIA officials, however, this resulted in a "diversion of shrinking national strategic (emphasis added) intelligence resources to growing, tactical (emphasis added) missions."86 Despite other warnings from intelligence community officials that DOD budgetary cuts were forcing the armed forces to "trim [their] tactical intelligence programs" and thereby shift their work to the "national" intelligence services, Congress did not resist this "shift of national means to tactical ends."87 Whether this is a smart move in the long run is not within the scope of this paper. However, as will be discussed later in this paper, U.S. Central Command is successfully fighting the war against terrorism by using the CIA, a national strategic resource (means), in an operational/tactical-level warfight (ways) in order to achieve both the President's strategic objective (win the war on terrorism) and the operational-level objective (disrupt the use of Afghanistan as a safe haven for terrorists and destroy the military capability of the Taliban and Al Qaeda).
COVERT ACTION WITHIN DOD
Integrated CIA-SOF combat operations in support of Operation Enduring Freedom have transcended the typical forms of unconventional warfare performed by each agency and have even been described as a new template for warfare. Despite the successful resurgence of CIA paramilitary covert action in the war against terrorism in Afghanistan, however, one CIA veteran has told Bob Woodward of the Washington Post that the CIA is "not fully equipped or trained" to perform the high-risk operations that President Bush directed in his Presidential Finding
11
ordering the CIA to "destroy bin Laden and Al Qaeda," since the Directorate of Operations, which runs covert actions, "has been out of the business of funding and managing lethal covert action" since the end of the Cold War.88 This opinion, although certainly not dispositive, is not new. Back in 1987, Allan E. Goodman, relying on former CIA Director Stansfield Turner's contention that a majority of espionage professionals believe that covert activities detract from the CIA's primary mission to collect and analyze intelligence, proposed that covert action should be limited to paramilitary operations and given to the Department of Defense.89 Even earlier, in 1975, Harry Rositzke championed the transfer of paramilitary covert action (a subset of covert action) to the Department of Defense based on his belief that the "self-defeating amalgam of covert action and secret intelligence in one organization was key to the CIA's ineffectiveness."90 It would seem that the CIA has never seen a time in its history when someone has not been declaring the ineffectiveness of its covert actions, as many others over the years have also called for the transfer of paramilitary covert actions to the Department of Defense. Rositzke's proposal to transfer the CIA's paramilitary operations to DOD makes somewhat more sense than Goodman's proposal to limit all covert action to paramilitary covert action and also transfer such to DOD. By limiting covert action to only paramilitary action, Goodman's proposal would remove from the CIA's arsenal those non-paramilitary intelligence tools that are not appropriate for DOD or any other government agency to execute, such as influence operations, press placements, exfiltration operations, etc. Limiting covert activities to paramilitary operations would also severely restrict the President's ability to conduct effective foreign policy. In addition, the transfer of covert paramilitary operations to DOD would confront the military with an operational problem for which it has no prior history - i.e., the possibility that a military operation would have to be undertaken in the context of official deniability. If the covert military operation was of vital interest to U.S. security but also extremely sensitive, the President would be vulnerable to the unfortunate possibility that one day he might have to choose between abandoning military personnel in the field in order to maintain plausible deniability, or acknowledging the covert activity, with all the second and third order affects attendant thereto.
This leads to another issue. The use of formal military force to conduct a covert military operation amounts to an act of war in terms of international law. If such an operation were undertaken and was somehow discovered and publicized, the President would not only lack plausible deniability, but unless he was prepared to punish severely the military personnel involved (which would be extremely difficult to do if he directed or "permitted" the operation), the Nation would face de facto and de jure a condition of war that had not been authorized by
12
Congress. By using the CIA, or some other non-military organization to undertake such missions, the President at least fuzzes the legal issue of an act of war. While it is true that CIA covert actions can themselves amount to an act of war, the President can use the CIA to engage in an act of war without U.S. fingerprints. This capability lies in the CIA's lap for a reason.
The following example is illustrative and assists our analysis here. U.S. intelligence sources discover an Al Qaeda command and control headquarters in a friendly country, and the President decides it must be destroyed. If responsibility for paramilitary covert action were to lie with the Department of Defense, then the President would direct the Secretary of Defense to conduct a deniable covert operation to destroy the terrorist headquarters. Technically, the Department of Defense could execute the mission with minimal difficulty. SOF possess the required skill-sets and would need only to render anonymous their fingerprints: no uniforms or other identification tags associated with the U.S., and no weapons traceable back to the U.S. Operationally, however, several roadblocks present themselves.
By entering the friendly country with military forces in execution of a military mission, the U.S. has committed an act of war even though our interest lies not with them but in the terrorist headquarters. [Note: This is so regardless of whether the mission is executed by SOF in a covert mode or in a public mode, or whether it is executed by CIA paramilitary operatives, for that matter]. The Secretary of Defense's tasking to U.S. Special Operations Command to execute this covert action ("act of war"), however, works smoothly only if we can get SOF into and out of Pakistan without their being noticed. In that case, we have a de facto war that is deniable. If any of the SOF are captured or killed, however, we have a de jure act of war. Most of the world has come to look at CIA de facto wars as a way of life because most powers benefit from their own CIA-equivalents operating in foreign countries, with nothing to be gained politically by claiming an act of war when another's covert action is discovered. The world, however, is not likely to tolerate the U.S. throwing its regular military muscle around in a covert fashion. The world will rightly ask: Where does it stop? If the U.S. employs SOF to conduct deniable covert action, then is the next step a clandestine tomahawk missile strike, or maybe even a missile strike whose origin is manipulated to conceal U.S. fingerprints? By abdicating their open identification as U.S. military personnel, SOF would forfeit their Geneva Conventions status. This is important not just because of their loss of entitlement to prisoner of war status should they be captured, but also because of their loss of lawful combatant immunity against charges of spying, or murder for anyone they killed in the operation. SOF in this scenario could also be considered unlawful combatants.
13
There is another consequence if SOF forfeit their U.S. identity in a covert military operation. If they are killed, the lack of evidence associating them with the U.S. would preserve the President's plausible deniability option, and the dead SOF personnel would not be affected because they are, after all, dead. If SOF are captured, however, the issue is more difficult. The President could continue to plausibly deny the operation in spite of claims by the captives that they are U.S. military personnel, although such claims would undoubtedly muddy the political waters, create a public relations challenge, and embarrass the President. The more significant aspect to the President's decision to continue denying the operation would be that the SOF captives could expect to receive no protection or help from the U.S. If the CIA were to conduct the operation, however, these issues disappear because CIA paramilitary operatives are trained -- from their first day in that specialty -- to accept as part of their mission the requirement to operate in the "cold," without protection or help from their Government. It is unlikely that the Secretary of Defense or anyone else could lawfully order SOF personnel to conduct a covert action that would require them to forfeit their Geneva Convention status in order to retain deniability. Clearly a commander could issue a lawful order to SOF to conduct a covert operation, but no one can order military personnel to forfeit their status asotherwise lawful combatants in the execution of that mission. This is problematic. Covert actions are not covert if they lose their anonymity and deniability. SOF personnel, however, although permitted to reduce their operating profile like any good soldier, can be required only to maintain the secrecy of their mission, not to actively hide their military identity to their detriment. Accordingly, the Department of Defense would be seriously limited in its ability to execute successful covert military operations that are anonymous and deniable. This dilemma could be solved if there is found within the SOF ranks a sufficient number willing to forfeit this status. The method used to solicit such "volunteers," however, is fraught with the dangers of undue influence, peer pressure, traditional military values, the U.S. public's long-standing expectations of how their SOF sons and daughters will be treated at the hands of the enemy, and, perhaps most important, informed consent.
Lastly, some form of legal instrument would likely be needed to empower and direct the Department of Defense to conduct the type and scope of covert actions heretofore conducted under the CIA's domain. Regardless of the necessary legal mechanism, however, the issues discussed above highlight the complications associated with tasking the Department of Defense to conduct covert actions. In the 2004 defense budget Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld provided the U.S. Special Operations Command with more budget authority and manpower to enable it to assume an expanded strategic military role. Recent press reports have speculated
14
that this new role will include covert actions similar to the CIA's. If this is so, this change in roles and missions for SOF should be approached with great caution and informed analysis.
LEGAL RAMIFICATIONS OF INTEGRATED CIA-SOF WARFIGHTING
There are a number of profound legal and operational issues associated with integrating CIA and SOF warfighting operations, and then managing that integrated relationship on the battlefield. This remains so whether the operation is CIA-led, with SOF seconded to the Agency, or vice versa, with SOF in the lead and CIA seconded. These issues are categorized in the following discussion under the general subheadings of Deniability, Lawful Action, Geneva Conventions, and Command and Control. As these issues are discussed below, it is important to keep in mind that in integrated CIA-SOF warfighting, SOF are still conducting military operations. The CIA paramilitary operatives are usually also performing military operations. Further, although the CIA paramilitary operatives maintain their covert cover, SOF hide only the mission and not their U.S. identity, although they have every right to reduce their profile through lawful means. A collateral effect during integrated operations is that SOF often become the CIA paramilitaries' operational cover.
DENIABILITY
While some covert CIA operations receive extensive support from various military units and DOD agencies, in general the intent is for the CIA's covert operations -- because of their very purpose and nature -- to avoid overly close identification with the U.S. Government.91 Nevertheless, the more often we integrate CIA and SOF operations on the battlefield, the more we subject the covert action to an overly close identification with the U.S. Government, with resultant "deniability" problems. In contrast, stand-alone SOF operations demonstrate a public commitment of U.S. military forces to protect our national interests, though the specifics may remain secret or receive little scrutiny. Such secrecy, however, at times provides SOF the opportunity to operate closer to the edge of the law.92
"Paramilitary operations are the noisiest of all covert actions."93 Add to that noise the presence of U.S. military forces alongside CIA paramilitary operatives, and one runs the risk of making the covert action more visible to its enemies. As the size of the operation increases, secrecy becomes more problematic, particularly if military or paramilitary forces are involved. Forces mean people, and people talk.94 As the size of the operation increases, it also becomes more complicated, with the attendant possibility that something will go wrong. For example, the end of the covert Iran-Contra operation began when a "single American survived an airplane crash."95
15
LAWFUL ACTION
Another issue associated with integrated CIA-SOF warfighting operations is the lawfulness of each agency's methods of operations. CIA covert paramilitary operations may be contrary to customary international law or the laws of the country in which the activity is taking place, whereas U.S. military forces routinely operate in the public domain in a legally based forum requiring them to follow international law, with all the attendant scrutiny and Mondaymorning second-guessing. When the CIA and SOF operate together on the battlefield, the legal distinctions regarding operating authorities and procedures, and accountability, can become blurred. While these blurred boundaries are of significant concern, they can be overcome through situational awareness and adherence to proper governing (legal) authorities. Given that some rogue countries and non-State entities such as Al Qaeda and other terrorist groups have threatened the United States and its allies and friends with death and destruction, the U.S. must be prepared to take whatever action it deems necessary in order to protect our vital interests.96 Nevertheless, the employment of the CIA and DOD in protecting such interests must be consistent with national law. Whereas U.S. military operations are more easily proven to be in compliance with both national and international law because they occur in the public domain, this is not the case with CIA covert operations.97 Covert actions do not imply that U.S. law is superior to that of another country's, or that of international law, but that, instead, there are overriding national interests (vital interests) that must be protected outside the framework of international law and regular diplomatic relations.98
While there is a statutory requirement for CIA covert actions to comply with U.S. national law,99 there is no parallel statutory requirement for such actions to comply with international law. According to Ronald Kessler in Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy Agency, it is the job of the Directorate of Operations (the CIA Directorate that undertakes covert action) to "break the laws of other countries."100 Stansfield Turner, CIA Director during the Carter Administration, stated in 1996, when comparing the CIA to the FBI, a law enforcement agency, that "The FBI agent's first reaction when given a job is, `How do I do this within the law?'," whereas the CIA agent's first reaction when given a mission is, "How do I do this regardless of the law of the country in which I am operating?"101 When William Webster became Director of the CIA after the Iran-Contra affair, however, he reemphasized the need to ensure CIA activities complied at a minimum with U.S. national law, if not international law. One of his policy imperatives was to make sure that every proposal from the White House and National Security Council not only made sense, but also complied with established U.S. law and precedent. He did this by testing every covert action proposal "against a set of unvarying
16
questions: Does it fall within U.S. law? What would happen if it became public? Will the public understand it? Finally, will it work?"102
The DOD, on the other hand, is legally bound to execute its military operations in accordance not only with national law but also the international treaties governing the laws of armed conflict to which the U.S. is a signatory. Further, U.S. government policy dictates that U.S. military forces must "comply with the law of war during all armed conflicts, however such conflicts are characterized, and with the principles and spirit of the law of war during all other operations."103 This policy edict is important for two reasons: First, the laws of war generally apply only to international armed conflicts between nation-states (and organized resistance movements under certain circumstances);104 second, the laws of war usually do not govern the conduct of military personnel against non-State actors in law enforcement operations.105 Thus, even though the U.S.-led war against terrorism is not an international armed conflict between nation-states, U.S. military forces must adhere to the international laws of war as codified in the various Geneva and Hague Conventions.
The CIA, however, is under no similar requirement regarding international law. This provides the U.S. with tremendous flexibility when it implements foreign policy. Because of the additional legal constraints imposed on the DOD, however, we must be careful to maintain a well-delineated separation between the CIA and DOD when they integrate their battlefield operations.
Accountability and control of CIA paramilitary covert actions on the battlefield are just as vital as they are for SOF operations if all such activities are to remain legitimate instruments of U.S. foreign policy. Accountability and control demonstrate that regardless of the mixture of CIA-SOF forces on the battlefield, their integrated operations are compatible with our democratic form of government because they are conducted with accountability and adherence to the law.106 For CIA covert activities to remain a viable option in furtherance of our national security, they must also have the support of the American people in overarching concept, if not the details. In this regard, the CIA is ultimately accountable to the American people -- whether directly, or through the Congress.107
This accountability and control are assured because, as discussed previously, the U.S. Code mandates that covert actions not be contrary to the U.S. Constitution or our Nation's laws.108 This also means that CIA operatives remain subject to international norms, human rights laws, and war crimes prosecutions, should they get themselves into that situation.109 This accountability is further ensured in that, as noted earlier, CIA covert actions must be authorized
17
by the President, and the Agency must report to the House and Senate Intelligence committees for accountability and oversight purposes.110
GENEVA CONVENTIONS
During the U.S. Civil War, the Lincoln Administration commissioned Francis Lieber, a professor at Columbia College, to draft a code of the laws of war, which became the basis of The Hague and Geneva Conventions, to which the United States is a signatory.111 In 1863 Mr. Lieber advised President Lincoln and the Union Army that guerrillas, spies, and saboteurs could be summarily shot.112
Because CIA personnel operate without uniforms or identification as U.S. Government officers -- even though their arsenal includes airplanes, helicopters, and unmanned aerial Predators armed with Hellfire missiles, all typically thought of as military equipment -- they are not normally afforded the protections of the Geneva Conventions, whereas regular military forces are. In a combat operation where CIA and SOF forces are tightly integrated, the result could be that, if captured, the SOF soldiers are afforded Geneva Convention protections while the CIA operatives are not; further, CIA operatives might even be considered by the enemy to be unlawful combatants. Worse, the intermingling of CIA and SOF forces/operations could result in our enemy, unable to distinguish between the two groups, categorizing all captives as unlawful combatants.
While this lack of lawful combatant status is a condition that CIA paramilitary operatives work under daily, such is not the case for U.S. military personnel. Further, from a practical standpoint, should such a dilemma arise, would U.S. officials be willing to stand up and say, "the SOF captives are prisoners of war entitled to Geneva Convention protections, but the CIA operatives you are holding captive are not"? Are U.S. officials equipped with such moral courage? How would the American public react to such a statement, even if they knew the officials spoke the truth about the status of the CIA captives? Additionally, how would we explain the presence of CIA operatives with military forces but, more importantly, if we decide to officially acknowledge their presence on the battlefield, how would we categorize their status: lawful combatants (even if they are not wearing uniforms or distinctive insignia)? Noncombatants? Entitled to Geneva Conventions protections? There may be no good answers to these questions when we must resort to protecting our national interests through CIA paramilitary operations.
In some conflicts, such as the current war against terrorism, the issue of whether Geneva Convention status applies to SOF but not to CIA operatives may be irrelevant in law, though not
18
irrelevant in diplomatic relations and on the political stage. As noted earlier, the laws of war generally apply only to international armed conflicts between nation-states (and organized resistance movements under certain circumstances).113 This means that the Geneva Conventions apply normally when nations fight. So, if members of an integrated CIA-SOF team are captured by a State actor (e.g., a member of the Armed Forces of a hostile country) during an international armed conflict, the CIA operatives normally would not be entitled to prisoner of war/Geneva Conventions status, whereas the military team members would, so long as they do not meet one of the exceptions, such as acting as spies or saboteurs in hostile territory. If that same CIA-SOF team is captured by a non-State actor, such as a terrorist group, the military members are technically not prisoners of war but are instead crime victims - hostages, in fact, subject to immediate release under Geneva Convention III.114 In such a case, the U.S. could legally demand that all of the captives, both CIA operatives and SOF, be immediately released. The U.S. could also argue on the stage of world opinion that all captives -- whether CIA or SOF -- should be treated by their non-State captors in accordance with the Geneva Conventions as a matter of policy, just as the U.S. does even when a conflict does not rise to the level of an international armed conflict. That argument is likely to fail, however, given the Bush Administration's decision to classify all Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters as unlawful combatants not entitled to prisoner of war status, although the Administration's policy is to treat them in a manner consistent with the principles of the Geneva Conventions.
COMMAND AND CONTROL
As a consequence of the Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986,115 Unified Combatant Commanders116 are charged with overseeing all military operations in their regional areas of responsibility, whether conducted by conventional military forces or SOF.117 Title 10, U.S. Code, Section 162(a)(4) states with more specificity that, "except as otherwise directed by the Secretary of Defense, all forces operating within the geographic areaassigned to a unified combatant command shall be assigned to, and under the command of, the commander of that command."118 Further, a combatant commander is responsible to the President and to the Secretary of Defense for the performance of missions assigned to that command.119 To implement this authority in military regulations, DOD Directive 5100.1, Functions of the Department of Defense and Its Major Components, assigns the combatant commanders with the command function to employ forces within that combatant command as he considers necessary to carry out missions assigned to the command.120 Of additional note is the fact that commanders of commands and forces assigned to a combatant command are
19
under the authority, direction, and control of, and are responsible to, the combatant commander on all matters for which the combatant commander has been assigned authority.121 Stated more succinctly, the combatant commander has the responsibility for missions in his geographical area of command, and commands all military forces assigned to his area of responsibility. The combatant commander, however, has no specific statutory authority over other U.S. Government personnel in his area of operations, such as CIA paramilitary operatives. Accordingly, when CIA paramilitary operatives are integrated with SOF in a warfighting operation in a combatant commander's area of operations, the combatant commander has no authority over those CIA paramilitary operatives -- whose very presence in that integrated mix is in furtherance of a military mission -- unless the President has given him such authority. This lack of authority over all participants in the combatant commander's military mission can potentially but not necessarily handicap the combatant commander's statutory responsibility to the President and Secretary of Defense to accomplish his assigned missions. Accordingly, this potential problem must be addressed up front in the planning stages of every military operation in which integrated CIA-SOF operations may be employed. One way to resolve this potential problem would be to place CIA paramilitary assets directly under the authority and control of the regional combatant commanders. One journalist, Nathan Hodge of Defense Week, has opined that in wartime the CIA Director is "supposed to put all CIA assets within a given command region . . . under the operational control of the regional commander in chief" because the CIA is mainly an intelligence gathering agency, with military operations not one of its core, or traditional competencies.122 Hodge reinforces his opinion on this matter with his assertion that when the CIA receives information of value to U.S. commanders, it should turn such information over to the "professional" [U.S. military] warfighters.123 Hodge also asserts that even though officers from the CIA's predecessor agency, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), worked under military commanders in World War II, the CIA in Afghanistan today is conducting its own campaign independent of U.S. Central Command. Hodge proposes that this is consistent with the CIA's pattern of "resisting subordination to military command," and he cites as examples the CIA's covert paramilitary actions in Honduras, Nicaragua, and El Salvador during the 1980s, where the CIA completely bypassed the Combatant Commander of U.S. Southern Command.124 Hodge fails to note, however, that all such CIA operations are undertaken at the order of the President, the Commander-in-Chief.
Another opinion in a vein similar to that of Hodge's is that of Michael Vickers, a former Army Green Beret and CIA official and now the Director of Strategic Studies at the Center for
20
Strategic and Budgetary Assessments. According to a press report quoting Mr. Vickers, all of the CIA operatives in Afghanistan, including the operators of the Predator drones, are supposed to report to U.S. Central Command, but they also report to the CIA's Near-East Division, which is responsible for Afghanistan and Pakistan.125 However, Vickers notes that not all CIA paramilitary operatives have diligently consulted with, much less reported to, their military commanders, leading to some friction.126
In an article written before and independent of Hodge's, Douglas Waller, writing for Time magazine, made some additional observations. According to Waller, after Vietnam and the scandals of the 1970s, the CIA practically disbanded its paramilitary force, and when they subsequently needed paramilitary experts for their own covert actions against the Soviets in Afghanistan or to train contra rebels in Nicaragua, the Agency "borrowed" Army Green Berets or Navy SEALs, or hired retired SOF on a contract basis. Waller also noted that, in the past two years, CIA Director George Tenet has expanded the CIA's paramilitary force to the point where, according to one intelligence source cited by Waller, "the CIA is practically creating its own army, navy and air force."127
Another way to resolve this potential problem (i.e., the combatant commander's lack of direct authority and control over CIA paramilitary operatives in his area of responsibility) is for the CIA paramilitary operatives to maintain their separate (CIA) line of authority but be required to coordinate and consult directly with the combatant commander when they will be part of an integrated CIA-SOF warfighting operation. This option is more practical and realistic in a large scale military operation such as the global war on terrorism. For example, it is working successfully in Afghanistan today, although on an ad hoc rather than a formalized (required coordination and consultation) basis. In his book Bush at War, Bob Woodward describes how "Hank," the CIA's counterterrorism special operations chief met with General Tommy Franks, commander of U.S. Central Command, and made it clear that the CIA paramilitary teams in Afghanistan would be "working for Franks," somewhat contrary to recent practice, as "partners" with the military.128 This option will not only help to reduce the potential problem discussed above, but will preserve the combatant commander's operational flexibility to capitalize on the strengths that each agency (CIA and DOD/SOF) brings to the battlefield by applying the force most advantageous to successful mission accomplishment.
In further support of this option, CIA operatives are reportedly working "hand in glove" with SOF and have provided a "crucial eyes-on-the-ground capability," while still reporting through CIA operational channels.129 CIA paramilitary operatives are small in number, flexible, and generally freer from bureaucratic hierarchies than their SOF counterparts, who must usually
21

jump through 18 food chains, 20 levels of paperwork and 22 hoops before they can take action.130 CIA operatives are able to use cash and other favors, such as supplying modern combat gear, to buy loyalty and information from tribal warlords in Afghanistan, whereas military forces do not possess such legal authorities.131 Another advantage to using CIA paramilitary operatives is that their ability to pinpoint the enemy is in many cases more humane than a fullscale military assault because the result will generally be fewer civilian casualties.132 In a war against terrorists, where the enemy does not wear uniforms and intermingles with the local populace, CIA paramilitary operatives are better able to distinguish the "good guys from the bad guys" and thus identify the right targets.133
Nevertheless, close cooperation and intermingling between the CIA and SOF is fraught with danger given their respective cultures, operational modes, sources of information, and oversight structures.134 For example, the CIA did not always obtain landing rights from neighboring countries before it moved its teams into Afghanistan, and it was free to ignore the traditional military requirement when going into combat to be backed up with an extraction plan and search-and-rescue teams. If the CIA teams got into any trouble, they were on their own.135 Integrated CIA and SOF warfighting operations, accordingly, invite significant legal and operational issues associated with deniability, legality, Geneva Conventions status, andcommand and control. These issues can be minimized or even overcome, however, if this integrated relationship is managed in a coordinated manner that best preserves the combatant commander's flexibility in battle by capitalizing on the strengths and capabilities that each agency brings to the fight.
ADDITIONAL ISSUES ASSOCIATED WITH INTEGRATED CIA-SOF WARFIGHTING.
Three additional concerns associated with integrated CIA-SOF warfighting merit comment.
CAPABILITIES-SHIFTING
We must be careful to capitalize on what the CIA brings to the fight, not give them a military mission to execute in DOD's stead. While the CIA's covert paramilitary capability is a valuable and attractive means of operation compared to the usual "noise" of military combat operations, both agencies must be careful to ensure that their integrated operations do not negatively affect the positive capabilities of each. For example, is CIA-SOF warfighting integration true capabilities-shifting, i.e., a reasonable means of "outsourcing" by the National Security Council in order to use the CIA as supplemental warfighters alongside SOF? Or, is such integration merely burden-shifting from the DOD to the CIA based on the CIA's high-speed
22
low-drag flexibility and reduced span of complexity? If it is burden-shifting by the DOD, how would this affect DOD writ large as the various military departments transform themselves to deal more effectively and efficiently with future threats? These policy implications suggest strongly that we must capitalize on each agency's strength and capabilities in combat, not cannibalize each other's missions or shift unwanted burdens.
CONGRESSIONAL OVERSIGHT
It is difficult for Congress to provide effective oversight of integrated CIA and SOF operations, as different sets of committees with disparate agendas and jurisdictions attend this issue. The ways by which the U.S. Congress funds and oversees both the CIA and DOD may not be optimized to support their evolving and overlapping mission in the war against terrorism.136 Further, it is already difficult to provide effective and seamless oversight of intelligence activities and military operations abroad;137 to attempt to do so over shared missions imposes an even greater challenge. For covert operations to remain a legitimate national tool, however, this very accountability and control are vital. The fact that Congressional oversight will be more difficult does not militate against the viability of integrated CIA-SOF combat operations as a legitimate tool of U.S. foreign policy.
TARGETING
Both SOF and CIA personnel on the ground in Afghanistan have provided "real-time and near-real-time" targeting data - using either laser designators or radios and laptops to call in global positioning system coordinates to U.S. aircraft flying over the battlefield.138 Yet there were difficulties in a few of the new targeting tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) that had to be hurriedly fielded between the CIA and DOD, and even though the targeting tactics, techniques, and procedures were improved on the battlefield as the war progressed, "as many as a dozen opportunities to strike high-value but time-critical targets" were lost in the first weeks of the war in Afghanistan.139 Some of these problems were due to interoperability issues between the CIA and DOD, while others were due to "the length of the decision loop - the time required from when a sensor detects a target to when it can be identified and approved by a human operator."140 Nevertheless, when compared to each other, the CIA's targeting process isusually quicker, more fluid, and encompasses fewer decision-makers in its "trigger-pulling chain of command" than DOD's141 According to one anonymous senior defense official in November2002, today's military is still not designed to move with speed or agility, despite its success in Afghanistan.142
23
Target engagement in integrated CIA-SOF operations involves another major coordination concern, namely, the increased difficulties in preventing friendly fire incidents on battlefields where other government agencies are operating, like Afghanistan. For example, during Operation Anaconda in Afghanistan in March 2002, CIA assets operating on the ground wanted large No Fire Areas over each of their positions, "many of which covered key terrain of interest" to the joint and coalition unconventional warfare and special reconnaissance teams.143 The use of large No Fire Areas would have denied these unconventional warfare and special reconnaissance teams the flexibility they needed to engage targets in those areas. To address this problem, Coalition Joint Task Force - Mountain (CJTF-Mountain) employed Restricted Fire Areas instead. Restricted Fire Areas enabled the approving ground tactical commander to engage targets he deemed necessary, while facilitating unconventional warfare and special reconnaissance team movement and allowing the commander to set the conditions for future engagements,144 and continuing to provide friendly fire protection for all concerned. Keeping up to date with all of the CIA assets and non-government agency personnel on the ground and their changing locations was often a significant challenge, however. Although CJTF-Mountain executed an incredibly effective and successful targeting plan while meeting the legitimate concerns of the CIA and non-government agencies, this issue is critical. To prevent fratricide on a battlefield such as that confronted in Afghanistan, where there is no clear front or rear, all participants must work together before the fight to establish interoperable communications in targeting cells and intelligence fusion centers, as well as same-meaning terminology - with all forces clear on the operational terminology and the meaning of those terms.145
RECOMMENDATION
In order to win the war on terrorism decisively and with dispatch, the President should continue this new policy of employing CIA paramilitary operatives in a warfighting role alongside SOF in combat. To better manage this new policy, however, the CIA and DOD should jointly develop clear, well-understood procedures that ensure close and effective coordination and that provide for the seamless sharing of battlefield information.
Interagency coordination and cohesion of strategy are the vital links in this new template for warfare.146 To implement this new policy and ensure a seamless sharing of battlefield information and a consolidated unity of effort on the battlefield, the Joint Interagency Coordinating Group at each combatant command should develop or expand as appropriate the following:
24
Joint Interagency Coordinating Groups. These groups, headquartered at each unified combatant command, should be composed of liaison officers from any and all organizations that can potentially be helpful to the combatant commander.
Interagency Coordination Annex (Annex V).147 An Annex V should be included in every combatant command contingency plan to ensure the integration of all pertinent instruments of national power into the combatant commander's deliberate planning process, and to articulate the combatant commander's criteria for entry and exit conditions for other U.S. Government agencies during an operation. Annex V should also serve as the combatant commander's vehicle to identify major missions and tasks for interagency coordination; to identify interagency issues arising with each phase of military operations; to develop follow-on interagency politicalmilitary planning; and to request other relevant interagency activities.148 New Procedures to Govern Integrated Operations. These procedures should address doctrine, training, policies, and coordination, to ensure their synchronization on the battlefield. Herein lies a thorny thicket of command and control issues, which should be resolved in a manner that provides the combatant commander with more sharply focused unity of command, and the requisite authority -- however defined and accomplished -- over CIA operatives during combat operations to accomplish his assigned tasks. Unity of command necessarily requires clearly defined authorities, roles, and relationships.149 If CIA operatives are going to be involved in warfighting missions on the battlefield, then they should be responsible to the combatant commander in some organized and formal shape or form.
Laws of War. A working group should be established to formally develop procedures to protect SOF forces from inadvertently violating the Laws of War when they intermingle their operations with CIA operations. This working group should also study and develop legal bases to protect CIA paramilitary operatives and associated SOF from allegations that they are unlawful combatants (this is an issue only for periods of legally recognized armed conflict). Training Plan. An interagency training plan should be developed to delineate and incorporate coordination measures.
Training Exercise. An interagency training exercise should take place to validate the training plan and coordination measures.
Memorandum of Understanding. This memorandum of understanding should be between the CIA and DOD (and any other agency as deemed necessary) and should outline the authorities and responsibilities of both agencies when they operate together in combat in order to ensure unity of effort.
25
Although there is no overarching interagency doctrine that specifies or even dictates the procedures and relationships governing all organizations involved in interagency operations, Joint Publication 3-08, Interagency Coordination During Joint Operations, and Presidential Decision Directive-56, Managing Complex Contingency Operations, provide useful general guidance and procedures for planning and managing complex operations.150
CONCLUSION
Changed international realities require the U.S. to adapt its response to transnational threats by employing CIA paramilitary operatives in a warfighting role alongside SOF. According to former Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Bob Graham, Democrat - Florida, "The type of combat we're likely to be in from now on is not World War II, with mass tank attacks, but rather this type of small-unit operation where good intelligence, operational intelligence is the key to your success. . . . We've asked the question [about coordination] consistently . . . and we've gotten . . . increasingly positive statements about the close and effective relationship between intelligence and war fighters."151 This integration blurs organizational boundaries, however, and for policy reasons, legal protections, and operational effectiveness, we must develop new procedures to deal with these blurred boundaries. Further, there is a concomitant need for both groups to maintain a well-delineated separation between themselves. Without this separation, we risk losing the political and military value of covert operations, and invite the perception that we are attempting to avoid customary international law and the laws of war by disguising SOF operations as CIA operations or, more likely, vice versa. Because America's political-military activities are increasingly colored by self-imposed legal constraints as well as the weight of world opinion, choosing between CIA covert action, military action, or a combination of the two, presents important and difficult challenges to America's senior policy-makers. Competing interests must be weighed and balanced, and compromises will surely have to be made.152 In that the political object to be had by war will affect not only the level of effort to be made but also the conduct of the operations, it is also appropriate to quote Carl von Clausewitz, who rejected the idea that there is only one "best path to victory, finding instead that `many roads lead to success.'"153
Word Count = 10,740
26
27
ENDNOTES
1 In October 1996, Uzbek and Tajik factions in the geographical northern third of Afghanistan formed the "Northern Alliance" to combat the Taliban. Since then the Northern Alliance became known as the umbrella grouping of anti-Taliban forces in Afghanistan. See "Country Profile: Afghanistan," World News Digest, 29 August 2002; available from http://www.2facts.com/ancillaries/index/c00002.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002. See also "Afghanistan - Countrywatch;" available from http://www.countrywatch.com/cw_topic.asp?vCOUNTRY=1&SECTION=SUB&TOPIC=POPCO&T.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
2 Osama bin Laden is an Islamic fundamentalist believed by intelligence officials to be the leader of Al Qaeda, an international terrorist network. See Endnote 6, supra. Bin Laden was born in Saudi Arabia in 1957 to a Yemeni-born Saudi billionaire. Osama bin Laden left Saudi Arabia in 1991 after aiding groups opposed to the reigning Fahd family, taking his $250 million inheritance with him. Bin Laden's sworn hostility to the United States purportedly stems from Saudi Arabia's 1990 decision to permit the U.S. to station troops on Saudi soil after Iraq invaded Kuwait. Bin Laden has issued fatwahs (religious rulings) encouraging Muslims to kill Americans. See "Facts on Osama bin Laden," World News Digest, 29 August 2002; available from http://www.2facts.com/ancillaries/index/b00222.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
3 Al Qaeda (Arabic for "the base") is an international terrorist network formed around 1987 by Osama bin Laden and militants from the Egyptian Islamic Jihad as a base for their worldwide crusade. See "Facts on Osama bin Laden," World News Digest, 29 August 2002; available from http://www.2facts.com/ancillaries/index/b00222.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002. Al Qaeda "terrorists practice a fringe form of Islamic extremism that has been rejected by Muslim scholars and the vast majority of Muslim clerics . . . The terrorists' directive commands them to kill Christians and Jews, to kill all Americans and make no distinctions among military and civilians, including women and children." See "World Trade Center and Pentagon Terrorist Attacks: Transcript of Bush's Speech to Congress," World News Digest, 27 September 2002; available from http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001227310.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
4 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 40. See also Bob Drogin, "U.S. Had Plan for Covert Afghan Options Before 9/11," Los Angeles Times, sec. A, p. 14 (1074 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. 5 United Airlines Flight # 93 crashed near Shanksville, Pennsylvania when passengers fought back against four terrorists who had hijacked the airliner. Passengers learned from cellular telephone calls with family members and friends on the ground that three other airlinershad been hijacked minutes earlier and flown into the Twin Towers and the Pentagon. Because the terrorists had turned Flight # 93 back east, away from its intended West Coast destination, passengers believed the hijackers were trying to fly the plane back to a target in the D.C. area when they fought back. Several months later, U.S. officials said that captured senior Al Qaeda leader Abu Zubaydah had told them that Flight 93 was intended to hit the White House on 11 September 2001. See "White House Target of Flight 93, Officials Say," CNN.COM, 23 May 2002; available from http://www.cnn.com/2002/US/05/23/flight.93/index.html; Internet; accessed 17 March 2003.
28
6 An "act of terrorism" means an activity that involves a violent act or an act dangerous to human life that is a violation of the criminal laws of the United States or of any State . . . and appears to be intended to intimidate or coerce a civilian population; to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or to affect the conduct of a government by assassination or kidnapping. Title 18, U.S. Code, Section 3077, Definitions (Section 3077 is a part of Chapter 204, Rewards for Information Concerning Terrorist Acts and Espionage). DOD Directive 2000.12, DOD Antiterrorism/Force Protection (ATFP) Program, 13 April 1999, defines "terrorism" as the "calculated use of violence or threat of violence to inculcate fear; intended to coerce or to intimidate governments or societies in the pursuit of goals that are generally political, religious, or ideological." Department of Defense, DOD Antiterrorism/Force Protection (ATFP) Program, Department of Defense Directive 2000.12 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 1 April 1999).
7 Amy Westfeldt, "9/11 Cost for NYC Tops $33 Billion," The Patriot-News, 13 November 2002, sec. A, p. 8. The total worldwide economic loss impact has been estimated to top $600 billion, a "strategically significant" event according to remarks made by a speaker participating in the Commandant's Lecture Series at the Army War College in 2002.
8 "The deliberate and deadly attacks, which were carried out yesterday against our country, were more than acts of terror. They were acts of war." See "Hijacked Jets Destroy World Trade Center, Hit Pentagon: Text of President Bush's September 12 Statement," World News Digest, 13 September 2001; available from http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001226370.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002. See also United States Congress, Report on Actions Taken to Respond to the Threat of Terrorism Communication from the President of the United States Transmitting a Report, Consistent with the War Powers Resolution and Senate Joint Resolution 23, to Help Ensure that the Congress is Kept Fully Informed on Actions Taken to Respond to the Threat of Terrorism, 107th Cong., 1st sess., 25 September 2001. This report became House Document 107-127. See also United States Congress, Senate Joint Resolution 23: Authorization for Use of United States Armed Forces, 107th Cong., 1st sess., 14 September 2001. This joint resolution became Public Law on September 20, 2001 (see P.L. 107-40). 9 United States Congress, Senate Joint Resolution 23: Authorization for Use of United States Armed Forces, 107th Cong., 1st sess., 14 September 2002. This joint resolution became Public Law on September 20, 2002 (see P.L. 107-40).
10 Bob Woodward, "Secret CIA Units Playing a Central Combat Role," The Washington Post, 18 November 2001, sec. A, p. 1 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002. See also Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, sec. 413b (2002).
11 Jim Pavitt, Deputy Director for Operations, Central Intelligence Agency, Text of Address to Duke University Law School Conference (as delivered), 11 April 2002; available from http://www.cia.gov/cia/public_affairs/speeches/archives/2002/pavitt_04262002.html; Internet; accessed 17 March 2003. See also Maxim Kniazkov, "CIA Creates Super Secret Hit Team to Target Terrorists Abroad," Agence France Presse, 4 June 2002, p. 1 (547 words) [database online]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
12 Ibid., 101, 134-135.
29
13 United States Congress, Report on Actions Taken to Respond to the Threat of Terrorism Communication from the President of the United States Transmitting a Report, Consistent with the War Powers Resolution and Senate Joint Resolution 23, to Help Ensure that the Congress is Kept Fully Informed on Actions Taken to Respond to the Threat of Terrorism, 107th Cong., 1st sess., 25 September 2001. This report became House Document 107-127. See also Alexander Hamilton, "Federalist No. 74: The Command of the Military and Naval Forces, and the Pardoning Power of the Executive," Federalist Papers, from the New York Packet, 25 March 1788 ("The President of the United States is to be commander-in-chief of the army and navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several States when called into the actual service of the United States.").
14 On September 27, 1996, members of the Islamic Taliban (Religious Students Movement), a Moslem fundamentalist group composed largely of former theology students, displaced the ruling members of the Afghan Government and declared themselves -- the Taliban -- the legitimate government of Afghanistan. The Taliban were never recognized by the United Nations. See "CIA -- The World Factbook -- Afghanistan;" available from http://www.cia.gov.cia/publications/factbook/geos/af.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
See also "Afghanistan - Countrywatch;" available from http://www.countrywatch.com/cw_topic.asp?vCOUNTRY=1&SECTION=SUB&TOPIC=POPCO& T.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
15 "Bush's Address Announcing Military Strikes Against Afghanistan: Text," World News Digest, 11 October 2001; available from http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001228130.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
16 The CQ Researcher, Intelligence Reforms, Washington, D.C.: CQ Press, 25 January 2002, vol. 12, no. 3. See also Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 139.
17 See Endnote 1, supra.
18 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 101, 134, 141. See also Associated Press, "CIA Plays High-Profile Military Role in Afghanistan with US-CIAShadow Army," Associated Press Worldstream, 20 May 2002, p.1 (379 words) [database online]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002; and Evan Thomas and Colin Soloway, "A Street Fight," Newsweek, 29 April 2002, sec. International, p. 30 (2596 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 193.
19 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 101, 134.
20 "World Trade Center and Pentagon Terrorist Attacks: Transcript of Bush's Speech to
Congress," World News Digest, 27 September 2002; available from http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001227310.asp.html; Internet; accessed 29 August 2002.
21 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 90.
22 Richard B. Myers, National Military Strategy of the United States of America (Pre- Decisional Draft) (Washington, D.C.: The Pentagon, 19 September 2002).
30
23 See generally Pat M. Holt, Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy (Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995), 149-156.
24 Bob Woodward, "CIA Told to Do 'Whatever Necessary' to Kill Bin Laden," The Washington Post, 21 October 2001; available from http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wpdyn/ A27452-2001Oct20; Internet; accessed 26 September 2002. See also Associated Press, "CIA Plays High-Profile Military Role in Afghanistan with US-CIA-Shadow Army," AssociatedPress Worldstream, 20 May 2002, p.1 (379 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis- Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also generally Ronald Kessler, Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy Agency (New York: Pocket Books, 1992); and Charles D. Ameringer, U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990).
25 Bob Woodward, "CIA Told to Do 'Whatever Necessary' to Kill Bin Laden," The Washington Post, 21 October 2001; available from http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wpdyn/ A27452-2001Oct20; Internet; accessed 26 September 2002. See also Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 166.
26 Ibid.
27 Dana Priest, "'Team 555' Shaped a New Way of War; Special Forces and Smart Bombs Turned Tide and Routed Taliban," The Washington Post - Final Edition, 3 April 2002, sec. A, p. 1 (4014 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
28 Ibid. "Phil [from the CIA's analytical branch] gave a briefing on the mission: The next day, the team [SOF Team 555] would join up with commanders allied with Massoud's successor, Gen. Mohammed Fahim, the Northern Alliance's defense minister. . . . First, they [Team 555] were to help U.S. warplanes destroy the Taliban front line around that airfield. Then, they were to search for and destroy Taliban and Al Qaeda targets in the 35-mile stretch south to Kabul. Finally, they were to help the alliance seize Kabul . . . When Phil introduced [the team members] to Bismullah Khan at their next safe house . . . he said, `Here's the Special Forces team I've been promising you.'" See also Jonathan Weisman, "CIA, Pentagon Feuding Complicates War Effort," USA Today, 17 June 2002, sec. A, p. 11 (1534 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
29 Bryan Bender, Kim Burger, and Andrew Koch, "Afghanistan: First Lessons," Jane's Special Reports, 14 December 2001; available from http://www.janes.com.html; Internet; accessed 12 September 2002.
30 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 166.
31 Ibid., 202.
32 Thom Shanker and James Risen, "Rumsfeld Weighs New Covert Acts by Military Units," The New York Times, Late Edition - Final, 12 August 2002, sec. A, p. 1 (1604 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
33 Ibid.
34 See Endnote 19, supra.
31
35 Jim Pavitt, Deputy Director for Operations, Central Intelligence Agency, Text of Address to Duke University Law School Conference (as delivered), 11 April 2002; available from http://www.cia.gov/cia/public_affairs/speeches/archives/2002/pavitt_04262002.html; Internet; accessed 17 March 2003. See also Bob Drogin, "U.S. Had Plan for Covert Afghan Options Before 9/11," Los Angeles Times, sec. A, p. 14 (1074 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
36 J. Daniel Moore, "CIA Support to Operation Enduring Freedom," Military Intelligence Professional Bulletin, vol. 28, iss. 3 (Jul-Sep 2002): 46 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
37 Ron Kampeas, "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes," Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002, p. 1 (968 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also Bryan Bender, Kim Burger, and Andrew Koch, "Afghanistan: First Lessons," Jane's Special Reports, 14 December 2001; available from http://www.janes.com.html; Internet; accessed 12 September 2002 ("U.S. Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld has denied any coordination problems, saying the CIA forces on the ground `are tucked in very tight with the U.S. military.'")
38 See Constitution of the United States, Article I, Section 8; and Article II, Section 2.
39 See generally Armed Forces, U.S. Code, Title 10 (2002).
40 Department of Defense, Functions of the Department of Defense and Its Major
Components, Department of Defense Directive 5100.1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 1 August 2002), 4.
41 The mission to capture Arnold was aborted when Arnold's change in travel plans made his capture impossible. See "Intelligence Operations (Wartime Special Operations)," 2 October 2002; available from http://www.cia.gov/csi/books/warindep/intellopos.html; Internet; accessed 2 October 2002. Other examples of special operations in the colonial era include Major Robert Rogers, who led the New England Companies of Rangers in the French and Indian War; Francis Marion (aka the "Swamp Fox"), a guerilla leader during the American Revolutionary War; and Sergeant Ezra Lee, who used an oak submersible to attack a British frigate in New York Harbor in August 1776. See United States Special Operations Command, Special Operations in Peace and War, United States Special Operations Command Pub 1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Special Operations Command, 25 January 1996), 2-2.
42 Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986, Public Law 99-433, 99th U.S. Congress, October 1, 1986, codified at U.S. Code, Title 10, Subtitle A, Part 1, Chapter 5. With respect to Special Operations Forces in particular, see Unified Combatant Command for Special Operations Forces, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 167 (2002).
43 Rowan Scarborough, "Rumsfeld Gives `Blank Sheet' to Update Special Operations," The Washington Times, 21 November 2002, p. 15.
44 For a list of special operations activities, see Unified Combatant Command for Special Operations Forces, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 167(j) (2002). See also United States Special Operations Command, Special Operations in Peace and War, United States Special Operations
32
Command Pub 1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Special Operations Command, 25 January 1996), 3-2 - 3-6.
45 United States Special Operations Command, Special Operations in Peace and War, United States Special Operations Command Pub 1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Special Operations Command, 25 January 1996), 3-1.
46 Ibid, 1-1.
47 The term "unified combatant command" means a military command which has broad, continuing missions and which is composed of forces from two or more military departments." Combatant Commands: Establishment, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 161(c)(1) (2002).
48 Unified Combatant Command for Special Operations Forces, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 167(d) (2002).
49 John M. Shalikashvili, National Military Strategy of the United States of America (Washington, D.C.: The Pentagon, September 1997), 5.
50 Richard B. Myers, National Military Strategy of the United States of America (Pre-Decisional Draft) (Washington, D.C.: The Pentagon, 19 September 2002), 14.
51 National Security Act of 1947, Public Law 235, 61 Stat. 496, July 26, 1947, codified in various portions of Titles 10, 32, and 50 of the U.S. Code.
52 Ibid.
53 Harry Rositzke, The CIA's Secret Operations (New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977), xviii. See also John Jay, "Federalist No. 64: The Powers of the Senate," Federalist Papers, from the New York Packet, 7 March 1788; and Article II, Section 2, Constitution of the United States, which provides the President with the power to make treaties, with the advice and consent of the Senate.
54 All duties and responsibilities of the CIA shall be related to the intelligence functions set out in paragraph 1.8 of Executive Order 12333; and as authorized by the National Security Act of 1947, as amended; the CIA Act of 1949, as amended; and other appropriate directives or other applicable law. See Executive Order 12333--United States Intelligence Activities, paragraph 1.8, 46 Federal Register 59941, 3 CFR, 1981 Comp., p. 200; also available from http://www.cia.gov/cia/information/eo12333.html; Internet; accessed 29 September 2002. See also George J. Tenet, The Authorities and Responsibilities of the Director of Central Intelligence as Head of the U.S. Intelligence Community, Director of Central Intelligence Directive 1/1(Washington, D.C.: Director of Central Intelligence, 19 November 1998), para's 7.a, 7.c.
55 Ibid.
56 Executive Order 12333--United States Intelligence Activities, paragraph 3.4(h), 46 Federal Register 59941, 3 CFR, 1981 Comp., p. 200; also available from http://www.cia.gov/cia/information/eo12333.html; Internet; accessed 29 September 2002.
57 Ibid.
33
58 Pat M. Holt, Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy (Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995), 136.
59 Intelligence Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1991, Statutes at Large 105, sec. 602, 443 (1991) [Public Law 102-88, 14 August 1991]; See also War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(e) (2002); and Pat M. Holt, Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy, (Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995), 136.
60 War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(e) (2002).
61 Charles D. Ameringer, U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990), 392.
62 Stansfield Turner, "Intelligence and Secrecy in an Open Society," The Center Magazine
XIX, no. 2 (March/April 1986): 4.
63 Ibid.
64 John M. Oseth, Regulating U.S. Intelligence Operations (Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1985), 36. See also generally National Security Act of 1947. Get cite.
65 Ronald Kessler, Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy Agency (New York: Pocket Books, 1992), 237.
66 John M. Oseth, Regulating U.S. Intelligence Operations (Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1985), 136. See also Sec. 102(d)(5) (50 U.S.C. 403-3) of the National Security Act of 1947, as amended, at Public Law 235, 61 Stat. 496, July 26, 1947.
67 John M. Oseth, Regulating U.S. Intelligence Operations (Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1985), 136.
68 Ibid, 36.
69 Harry Rositzke, The CIA's Secret Operations (New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977), 155.
70 Ronald Kessler, Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy
Agency (New York: Pocket Books, 1992), 237-238.
71 Ibid, 238.
72 Ibid.
73 Harry Rositzke, The CIA's Secret Operations (New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977), xvi.
74 Ibid, 152.
34
75 War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(a) and (a)(1) (2002). See also Intelligence Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1991, Public Law 102-88 [H.R. 1455]; 14 August 1991; title VI, sec. 503. See also footnote 9, supra.
76 War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(a)(3) (2002).
77 Ibid, 413b(a)(5). See also Pat M. Holt, Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy (Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995), 158.
78 "Intelligence Operations (Covert Action)," 2 October 2002; available from http://www.cia.gov/csi/books/warindep/intellopos.html; Internet; accessed 2 October 2002.
79 J. Daniel Moore, "CIA Support to Operation Enduring Freedom," Military Intelligence Professional Bulletin, vol. 28, iss. 3 (Jul-Sep 2002): 46 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
80 Ibid. See also Charles D. Ameringer, U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990), 168.
81 Charles D. Ameringer, U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990), 168.
82 Ibid.
83 Ibid.
84 Central Intelligence Agency, Center for the Study of Intelligence, Central Intelligence:
Origin and Evolution (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, September 2001), 13.
85 Ibid.
86 Ibid.
87 Ibid, 14.
88 Bob Woodward, "CIA Told to Do 'Whatever Necessary' to Kill Bin Laden," The Washington Post, 21 October 2001; available from http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wpdyn/A27452-2001Oct20; Internet; accessed 26 September 2002. See also Evan Thomas and Colin Soloway, "A Street Fight," Newsweek, 29 April 2002, sec. International, p. 30 (2596 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002; and Bob Woodward, "Secret CIA Units Playing a Central Combat Role," The Washington Post, 18 November 2001, sec. A, p. 1 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
89 Alan E. Goodman, "Reforming U.S. Intelligence," Foreign Policy, no. 67 (Summer 1987): 131, 133. See also John C. Green, Secret Intelligence and Covert Action: Consensus in an Open Society, Strategy Research Project (Carlisle Barracks: U.S. Army War College, 19 March 1993), 29.
35
90 Harry Rositzke, "America's Secret Operations: A Perspective," Foreign Affairs 53, no. 2 (January 1975): 344-345, 348. See also John C. Green, Secret Intelligence and Covert Action: Consensus in an Open Society, Strategy Research Project (Carlisle Barracks: U.S. Army War College, 19 March 1993), 29.
91 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-26.
92 The ideas for this sentence came from William M. Arkin, "Warfare; Dressed -- and Equipped -- to Kill," Los Angeles Times, 4 August 2002, p. M1 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
93 Harry Rositzke, The CIA's Secret Operations (New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977), 166.
94 Pat M. Holt, Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy (Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995), 159.
95 Ibid. This begs an obvious political question: What happens if the operation fails, or is compromised? It depends on the nature of the operation, of course. For example, the U.S. might find itself in the position where it must abandon its operatives rather than admit U.S. complicity. Or, the President might face a crisis, such as the failed Desert One mission in April of 1980, that contributes in part to the loss of his office in the next election. This question, although meaningful, addresses an issue that is beyond the scope of this paper.
96 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-26 - 27. See also generally The White House, National Security Strategy of the United States of America 10-12 (2002); available at http://www.whitehouse.gov/nsc/nssall.html.
97 By their very nature and purpose, CIA covert operations reflect an inability -- or perhaps an unwillingness -- to accept the constraints of acting openly within legal norms and, ipso facto, challenge the traditional U.S. values of openness and respect for the sovereignty of other nations. See "Special Ops; Exploring New Uses is Appropriate," Star Tribune (Minneapolis, MN), 19 August 2002, sec. A, p. 10 (432 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-27.
98 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-26. However, the secrecy of such covert actions, as necessary as they are, and as well understood as that necessity is by other law-abiding nations, does deprive the U.S. of demonstrable evidence that all of our actions in protecting our vital interests are consistent with either national or international law
99 War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(a) and (a)(1) (2002).
36
100 Ronald Kessler, Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy Agency (New York: Pocket Books, 1992), 3.
101 Quoted in Benjamin Wittes, "Blurring the Line Between Cops and Spies," Legal Times, 9 September 1996, p.20. See also Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-9; and Unified Combatant Command for Special Operations Forces, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 167 (2002); and Department of Defense, Functions of the Department of Defense and its Major Components, Department of Defense Directive 5100.1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 1 August 2002) 4, 10-11.
102 Ronald Kessler, Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy Agency (New York: Pocket Books, 1992), 188.
103 Department of Defense, Law of War Program, Department of Defense Directive 5100.77 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 9 December 1998), para. 5.3.1. 104 See Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of Wounded and Sick in Armed Conflict in the Field, 12 August 1949, art. 2, 6 U.S.T. 3114, 3118, 75 U.N.T.S. 31, 33; Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of Wounded, Sick and Shipwrecked Members of Armed Forces at Sea, 12 August 1949, art. 2, 6 U.S.T. 3217, 3220, 75 U.N.T.S. 85, 88; Convention Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War, 12 August 1949, art. 2, 6 U.S.T. 3316, 3318, 75 U.N.T.S. 135, 137 [Geneva Convention III]; Convention Relative to the Protection of Civilian Persons in Time of War, 12 August 1949, art. 2, 6 U.S.T. 3516, 3518, 75 U.N.T.S. 287, 289 [Geneva Convention IV].
105 Brigadier General Charles J. Dunlap, Jr., USAF, "International Law and Terrorism: Some
`Qs and As' for Operators," The Army Lawyer, Department of the Army Pamphlet 27-50-357
(October/November 2002): 24.
106 Charles D. Ameringer, U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History (Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990), 392.
107 John C. Green, Secret Intelligence and Covert Action: Consensus in an Open Society, Strategy Research Project (Carlisle Barracks: U.S. Army War College, 19 March 1993), 14. See also Robert M. Gates, "CIA and Openness," Vital Speeches of the Day LVIII, no. 14 (1 May 1992): 430-431.
108 War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(a)(5) (2002).
109 Ron Kampeas, "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes," Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002, p. 1 (968 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also War and National Defense, National Security: Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions, U.S. Code, Title 50, section 413b(a)(5) (2002).
110 War and National Defense, National Security, Accountability for Intelligence Activities, General Congressional Oversight Provisions, U.S. Code, Title 50, sec. 413(a) (2002). See also
37
Ron Kampeas, "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes," Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002, p. 1 (968 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. 111 Frank J. Williams, Chief Justice, Supreme Court of Rhode Island, "Letter to the Editor: Abraham Lincoln and Al Qaeda," American Heritage, October 2002, 10-11.
112 Ibid.
113 See supra note 105.
114 Brigadier General Charles J. Dunlap, Jr., USAF, "International Law and Terrorism: Some `Qs and As' for Operators," The Army Lawyer, Department of the Army Pamphlet 27-50-357 (October/November 2002): 24-25, 29. See also generally supra note 105.
115 Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986, Public Law 99- 433, 99th U.S. Congress, October 1, 1986, codified at U.S. Code, Title 10, Subtitle A, Part 1,
Chapter 5.
116 Commanders of Combatant Commands: Assignment; Powers and Duties, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 164 (2002).
117 Susan Schmidt and Thomas E. Ricks, "Pentagon Plans Shift in War on Terror: Special Operations Command's Role to Grow with Covert Approach," The Washington Post, 18 September 2002, p. 1 [database on-line]; available from https://www.us.army.mil/portal/jhtml/earlyBird/Sep2002/e20020918pentagon.htm; accessed 18 September 2002.
118 Combatant Commands: Assigned Forces; Chain of Command, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 162 (2002).
119 Commanders of Combatant Commands: Assignment; Powers and Duties, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 164(b)(1) (2002). The Goldwater-Nichols Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1986 makes the following statement of policy: "In enacting this Act, it is the intent of Congress, consistent with the congressional declaration of policy in section 2 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 401) - . . . (3) to place clear responsibility on the commanders of the unified and specified combatant commands for the accomplishment of missions assigned to those commands." See Joint Chiefs of Staff, Unified Action Armed Forces (UNAAF), Joint Publication 0-2 (Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 10 July 2001), I-2.
120 Department of Defense, Functions of the Department of Defense and Its Major Components, Department of Defense Directive 5100.1 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 1 August 2002), 11.
121 Commanders of Combatant Commands: Assignment; Powers and Duties, U.S. Code, Title 10, sec. 164(d)(1) (2002).
122 Nathan Hodge, "CIA's Predator Behavior is Cause for Concern," Newsday, 6 June 2002, sec. Viewpoints, p. A49 (979 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
38
123 Ibid. Hodge's viewpoint is consistent with Presidential Decision Directive (PDD) - 35 issued by President Clinton, which instructs the Intelligence Community to provide military commanders with the tactical intelligence they need in operations. See Central Intelligence Agency, Center for the Study of Intelligence. Central Intelligence: Origin and Evolution (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, September 2001), 13. 124 Nathan Hodge, "CIA's Predator Behavior is Cause for Concern," Newsday, 6 June 2002, sec. Viewpoints, p. A49 (979 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
125 Jonathan Weisman, "CIA, Pentagon Feuding Complicates War Effort," USA Today, 17 June 2002, sec. A, p. 11 (1534 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
126 Ibid.
127 Douglas Waller, "Inside the CIA's Covert Forces," Time, 10 December 2001, p. 56 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
128 Bob Woodward, Bush at War (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002), 193-194.
129 Bob Woodward, "Secret CIA Units Playing a Central Combat Role," The Washington Post, 18 November 2001, sec. A, p. 1 [database on-line]; available from ProQuest; accessed 29 August 2002.
130 The idea, and number figures, for this sentence and its point of view came from Thom Shanker and James Risen, "Rumsfeld Weighs New Covert Acts by Military Units," The New York Times, Late Edition - Final, 12 August 2002, sec. A, p. 1 (1604 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
131 Ron Kampeas, "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes," Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002, p. 1 (968 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002. See also Thom Shanker and James Risen, "Rumsfeld Weighs New Covert Acts by Military Units," The New York Times, Late Edition - Final, 12 August 2002, sec. A, p. 1 (1604 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
132 The CQ Researcher, Intelligence Reforms, Washington, D.C.: CQ Press, 25 January 2002, vol. 12, no. 3.
133 Ron Kampeas, "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes," Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002, p. 1 (968 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
134 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-14.
135 Evan Thomas and Colin Soloway, "A Street Fight," Newsweek, 29 April 2002, sec. International, p. 30 (2596 words) [database on-line]; available from Lexis-Nexis; accessed 29 August 2002.
39
136 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-4.
137 Ibid.
138 Bryan Bender, Kim Burger, and Andrew Koch, "Afghanistan: First Lessons," Jane's Special Reports, 14 December 2001; available from http://www.janes.com.html; Internet; accessed 12 September 2002.
139 Ibid.
140 Ibid.
141 Dana Priest, "CIA Killed U.S. Citizen in Yemen Missile Strike," The Washington Post, 8
November 2002, Sec. A, p. 1.
142 Vince Crawley and Amy Svitak, "Execution or Act of War: CIA Attack on Al-Qaida Leader
Surprises Pentagon, Brings Up Ethical Concerns," Army Times, 18 November 2002, p. 10.
143 Lieutenant Colonel Christopher F. Bentley, "Afghanistan: Joint and Coalition Fire Support in Operation Anaconda," Field Artillery (September-October 2002): 10.
144 Ibid.
145 These comments are based on the author's personal experience and discussions with Lieutenant Colonel Christopher F. Bentley in Uzbekistan and Afghanistan from December 2001 through June 2002. Lieutenant Colonel Bentley served as the Division Fire Support Coordinator (DFSCOORD), and the author served as the Staff Judge Advocate, for Coalition Joint Task Force - Mountain/10th Mountain Division (Light Infantry).
146 See generally Joint Chiefs of Staff, Interagency Coordination During Joint Operations, Joint Publication 3-08 (Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 9 October 1996).
147 Ibid.
148 The ideas regarding Annex V are derived in part from Rick Westermeyer, "Theater Interagency Operations," briefing slides with scripted commentary, Carlisle Barracks, U.S. Army War College, December 2002. See also generally Joint Chiefs of Staff, Interagency Coordination During Joint Operations, Joint Publication 3-08 (Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 9 October 1996).
149 Joint Chiefs of Staff, Unified Action Armed Forces (UNAAF), Joint Publication 0-2 (Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 10 July 2001), xiii. 150 See Joint Chiefs of Staff, Interagency Coordination During Joint Operations, Joint Publication 3-08 (Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 9 October 1996); and The White House, Presidential Decision Directive/National Security Council 56, Managing Complex Contingency Operations (May 1997); available from http://carlislewww.
army.mil/usacsl/divisions/pki/Political/Planning/interagency.htm; accessed 5 March 2003.
40
See also Association of the United States Army, Handbook for Interagency Management of Complex Contingency Operations (Washington, D.C., 13 August 1998); available from http://www.ausa.org/RAMPnew/PCR-PDD56Handbook.doc.htm; accessed 5 March 2003. This handbook is intended to institutionalize the mechanisms mandated by Presidential Decision Directive (PDD)-56. The procedures therein were derived from lessons learned from past U.S. participation in complex contingency operations and subsequent improvements made in the interagency planning process. The handbook provides a guide for those in the interagency that are or will be involved in planning such operations.
151 Chuck McCutcheon, "Intelligence Authorization Calls for Greater Reliance on Spies and New Technology," Congressional Quarterly Weekly, 15 December 2001, p. 2993. 152 Congressional Research Service Report for Congress, Intelligence and Law Enforcement: Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. (Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001), p. CRS-29.
153 Suzanne C. Nielson, "Political Control Over the Use of Force: A Clausewitzian Perspective," The Letort Papers, U.S. Army War College (May 2001): 17, quoting Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. and eds. Michael Howard and Peter Paret (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976), 94. No serious research paper by a student at the U.S. Army War College can neglect to include a quote from Clausewitz.
41
BIBLIOGRAPHY
"Afghanistan - Countrywatch." Available from
http://www.countrywatch.com/cw_topic.asp?vCOUNTRY=1&SECTION=SUB&TOPIC=PO PCO&T.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Ameringer, Charles D. U.S. Foreign Intelligence - The Secret Side of American History. Lexington, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, 1990.
Arkin, William M. "Warfare; Dressed -- and Equipped -- to Kill." Los Angeles Times, 4 August
2002, M1. Database on-line. Available from ProQuest. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Associated Press. "CIA Plays High-Profile Military Role in Afghanistan with US-CIA-Shadow
Army." Associated Press Worldstream, 20 May 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Association of the United States Army. Handbook for Interagency Management of Complex
Contingency Operations. Washington, D.C., 13 August 1998. Available from
http://www.ausa.org/RAMPnew/PCR-PDD56Handbook.doc.htm. Accessed 5 March 2003.
Authorities of the Director of Central Intelligence. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 403-4 (2002).
Bender, Bryan, Kim Burger, and Andrew Koch. "Afghanistan: First Lessons." Jane's Special
Reports, 14 December 2001. Available from http://www.janes.com.html. Internet. Accessed 12 September 2002.
Bentley, Lieutenant Colonel Christopher F. "Afghanistan: Joint and Coalition Fire Support in
Operation Anaconda." Field Artillery (September-October 2002): 10.
"Bush's Address Announcing Military Strikes Against Afghanistan." World News Digest, 11
October 2001. Available from http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001228130.asp.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Bush, George H.W. Statement on Signing the Intelligence Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1991,
14 August 1991. Available from http://bushlibrary.tamu.edu.papers/1991/91081401.html. Internet. Accessed 2 October 2002.
Central Intelligence Agency, Center for the Study of Intelligence. Central Intelligence: Origin and
Evolution. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, September 2001.
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Seminar 2001. The Interagency Approach toward Complex
Contingencies: Narrowing the Gaps Between Planning and Action. Carlisle Barracks, Pennsylvania: U.S. Army Peacekeeping Institute, 10-12 July 2001.
Charlton, Peter. "Conspiracy Theory." Courier Mail, 18 June 2002, 15. Database on-line.
Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
"CIA -- The World Factbook -- Afghanistan." Available from
http://www.cia.gov.cia/publications/factbook/geos/af.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
42
Combatant Commands. U.S. Code. Title 10, sections 161-162, 164 (2002).
Combatant Commands: Assigned Forces; Chain of Command. U.S. Code. Title 10, sec. 162 (2002).
Commanders of Combatant Commands: Assignment; Powers and Duties. U.S. Code. Title 10, sec. 164(b)(1) and (d)(1) (2002).
Congress, United States. Senate Joint Resolution 23: Authorization for Use of United States
Armed Forces, 107th Cong., 1st sess., 14 September 2002.
Congressional Record -- Senate. 107th Cong., 1st sess., 1 October 2001. Vol. 147, No. 129, sec. 9948.
Congressional Research Service Issue Brief for Congress. Intelligence Issues for Congress.
Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 8, 2002.
Congressional Research Service Report for Congress. Intelligence and Law Enforcement:
Countering Transnational Threats to the U.S. Washington, D.C.: The Library of Congress, January 16, 2001.
"Country Profile: Afghanistan." World News Digest, 29 August 2002. Available from
http://www.2facts.com/ancillaries/index/c00002.asp.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Crawley, Vince and Amy Svitak. "Execution or Act of War: CIA Attack on Al-Qaida Leader
Surprises Pentagon, Brings Up Ethical Concerns." Army Times, 18 November 2002, 10.
Department of Defense. Functions of the Department of Defense and its Major Components.
Department of Defense Directive 5100.1. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 1 August 2002.
Department of Defense. Law of War Program. Department of Defense Directive 5100.77.
Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 9 December 1998.
Department of Defense. DOD Antiterrorism/Force Protection (AT?FP) Program. Department of
Defense Directive 2000.12. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Defense, 13 April 1999.
Drogin, Bob. "U.S. Had Plan for Covert Afghan Options Before 9/11." Los Angeles Times, 14.
Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Dunlap, Brigadier General Charles J., Jr., USAF. "International Law and Terrorism: Some `Qs
and As' for Operators." The Army Lawyer. Department of the Army Pamphlet 27-50-357, October/November 2002.
Executive Order 12333--United States Intelligence Activities. 46 Federal Register 59941, 3
CFR, 1981 Comp., p. 200. Also available from
http://www.cia.gov/cia/information/eo12333.html. Internet. Accessed 29 September 2002. 43
"Facts on Osama bin Laden." World News Digest, 29 August 2002. Available from
http://www.2facts.com/ancillaries/index/b00222.asp.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Funding of Intelligence Activities. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 414 (2002).
Gates, Robert M. "CIA and Openness." Vital Speeches of the Day LVIII, no. 14 (1 May 1992): 430-431.
General Authorities of Agency. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 403f (2002).
Gertz, Bill. "Legal Concerns Make the CIA `Risk Averse'." The Washington Times, 27 August 2002, 1.
Goodman, Alan E. "Reforming U.S. Intelligence." Foreign Policy no 67 (Summer 1987): 131, 133.
Green, John C. Secret Intelligence and Covert Action: Consensus in an Open Society. Strategy
Research Project. Carlisle Barracks: U.S. Army War College, 19 March 1993.
Hersh, Seymour. "Manhunt: The Bush Administration's New Strategy in the War Against Terrorism." New Yorker, 23 December 2002.
"Hijacked Jets Destroy World Trade Center, Hit Pentagon: Text of President Bush's
Statements." World News Digest, 13 September 2001. Available from
http://www.2facts.com/stories/index/2001226370.asp.html. Internet. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Hodge, Nathan. "CIA's Predator Behavior is Cause for Concern." Newsday, 6 June 2002, A49.
Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Holt, Pat M. Secret Intelligence and Public Policy - A Dilemma of Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Congressional Quarterly Inc., 1995.
Intelligence Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1991. Statutes at Large 105, sec. 602 (1991) [Public Law 102-88, 14 August 1991].
Jay, John. "Federalist Number 64." Federalist Papers, 7 March 1788.
Joint Chiefs of Staff. Interagency Coordination During Joint Operations. Joint Publication 3-08.
Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 9 October 1996.
Joint Chiefs of Staff. Unified Action Armed Forces (UNAAF). Joint Publication 0-2. Washington, D.C.: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 10 July 2001.
Kampeas, Ron. "CIA's Paramilitary Scores Successes." Associated Press Online, 20 May 2002,
1. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Kessler, Ronald. Inside the CIA - Revealing the Secrets of the World's Most Powerful Spy
Agency. New York: Pocket Books, 1992. 44
Kniazkov, Maxim. "CIA Creates Super Secret Hit Team to Target Terrorists Abroad." Agence
France Presse, 4 June 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Lumpkin, John J. "CIA Creates Terror Fighting Outfit." Associated Press Online, 3 June 2002, 1.
Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
McCutcheon, Chuck. "Intelligence Authorization Calls for Greater Reliance on Spies and New Technology." CQ Weekly, 15 December 2001, 2993.
Moore, J. Daniel. "CIA Support to Operation Enduring Freedom." Military Intelligence
Professional Bulletin, vol. 28, iss. 3 (Jul-Sep 2002): 46. Database on-line. Available from ProQuest. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Nielson, Suzanne C. "Political Control Over the Use of Force: A Clausewitzian Perspective."
The Letort Papers, U.S. Army War College (May 2001); quoting Carl von Clausewitz, On
War, trans. and eds. Michael Howard and Peter Paret. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976.
Office of the Director of Central Intelligence. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 403 (2002).
Oseth, John M. Regulating U.S. Intelligence Operations. Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1985.
Pavitt, Jim, Deputy Director for Operations, Central Intelligence Agency. Text of Address to
Duke University Law School Conference (as delivered), 11 April 2002. Available from
http://www.cia.gov/cia/public_affairs/speeches/archives/2002/pavitt_04262002.html. Internet. Accessed 17 March 2003.
Pavitt, Jim, Deputy Director for Operations, Central Intelligence Agency. Text of Remarks at the
American Bar Association Standing Committee on Law and National Security Breakfast
Program, 23 January 2003. Available from
http://www.cia.gov/cia/public_affairs/speeches/ddo_speech_01232003.html. Internet. Accessed 17 March 2003.
Pincus, Walter. "Missile Strike Carried Out With Yemeni Cooperation." The Washington Post, 6 November 2002, 10.
Presidential Approval and Reporting of Covert Actions. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 413b (2002). Priest, Dana. "'Team 555' Shaped a New Way of War; Special Forces and Smart Bombs
Turned Tide and Routed Taliban." The Washington Post - Final Edition, 3 April 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Priest, Dana. "CIA Killed U.S. Citizen in Yemen Missile Strike." The Washington Post, 8 November 2002, 1.
Protection of Nature of Agency's Functions. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 403g (2002).
Ratnesar, Romesh. "Grading the Other War: Does our Fighting in Afghanistan Hold Any Lessons for a Battle with Iraq? A Report Card on the Afghan War's Uneven First Year." 45
Time, 14 October 2002. Database on-line. Available from
https://www.us.army.mil/portal/jhtml/earlyBird/Oct2002/e20021007grading.htm. Accessed 7 October 2002.
Responsibilities of the Director of Central Intelligence. U.S. Code. Title 50, sec. 403-3 (2002).
Rewards for Information Concerning Terrorist Acts and Espionage; Definitions. Title 18, U.S. Code, Section 3077 (2002).
Rositzke, Harry. "America's Secret Operations: A Perspective." Foreign Affairs 53, no. 2 (January 1975): 344-345, 348.
Rositzke, Harry. The CIA's Secret Operations. New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977. Scarborough, Rowan. "Rumsfeld Gives `Blank Sheet' to Update Special Operations." The Washington Times, 21 November 2002, 15.
Scarborough, Rowan. "U.S. Forces Get OK to Use CIA Methods." The Washington Times, 1 October 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from https://www.us.army.mil/portal/jhtml/earlyBird/Oct2002/e20021001methods.htm. Accessed 1 October 2002.
Schmidt, Susan and Thomas E. Ricks. "Pentagon Plans Shift in War on Terror: Special Operations Command's Role to Grow with Covert Approach." The Washington Post, 18 September 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from https://www.us.army.mil/portal/jhtml/earlyBird/Sep2002/e20020918pentagon.htm. Accessed 18 September 2002.
Shalikashvili, John M. National Military Strategy of the United States of America. Washington, D.C.: The Pentagon, September 1997, 5.
Shanker, Thom and James Risen. "Rumsfeld Weighs New Covert Acts by Military Units." The New York Times, Late Edition - Final, 12 August 2002, 1. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
"Special Ops; Exploring New Uses is Appropriate." Star Tribune (Minneapolis, MN), 19 August 2002, sec. A, p. 10 (432 words). Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Svitak, Amy. "Pentagon Blueprint to Guide Joint-Forces Tests, Development." Army Times, 11 November 2002, 24.
The CQ Researcher. Intelligence Reforms. Washington, D.C.: CQ Press, 25 January 2002, vol. 12, no. 3.
The White House. National Security Strategy of the United States of America 10-12 (2002). Available at http://www.whitehouse.gov/nsc/nssall.html.
The White House. Presidential Decision Directive/National Security Council 56, Managing Complex Contingency Operations (May 1997). Available from http://carlisle46 www.army.mil/usacsl/divisions/pki/Political/Planning/interagency.htm. Accessed 5 March 2003.
Thomas, Evan and Colin Soloway. "A Street Fight." Newsweek, 29 April 2002, International 30. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Turner, Stansfield. "Intelligence and Secrecy in an Open Society." The Center Magazine XIX, no. 2 (March/April 1986): 4.
Unified Combatant Command for Special Operations Forces. U.S. Code. Title 10, sec. 167, 167(d), 167(j) (2002).
United Press International. "CIA Plays Key Role." NewsMax Wires, 19 November 2001.
Database on-line. Available from
http://www.newsmax.com/archives/articles/2001/11/18/123101.shtml. Accessed 26 September 2002.
"U.S. Faces Islamic Radical Network." Strategic Forecasting LLC., 16 September 2001, p.1. Database on-line. Available from STRATFOR.com. Accessed 29 August 2002.
United States Special Operations Command. Special Operations in Peace and War. United States Special Operations Command Pub 1. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Special Operations Command, 25 January 1996, 2-2.
Waller, Douglas. "Inside the CIA's Covert Forces." Time, 10 December 2001, 56. Database online. Available from ProQuest. Accessed 29 August 2002.
Weisman, Jonathan. "CIA, Pentagon Feuding Complicates War Effort." USA Today, 17 June 2002, 11. Database on-line. Available from Lexis-Nexis. Accessed 29 August 2002. Westermeyer. "Theater Interagency Operations." Briefing slides with scripted commentary. Carlisle Barracks: U.S. Army War College, December 2002.
Westfeldt, Amy. "9/11 Cost for NYC Tops $33 Billion." The Patriot-News, 13 November 2002, 8.
The total worldwide economic loss impact has been estimated to top $600 billion, a "strategically significant" event according to remarks made by a speaker participating in the Commandant's Lecture Series at the Army War College in 2002.
"White House Target of Flight 93, Officials Say." CNN.COM, 23 May 2002. Available from http://www.cnn.com/2002/US/05/23/flight.93/index.html. Internet. Accessed 17 March 2003.
Williams, Frank J., Chief Justice. Supreme Court of Rhode Island. "Letter to the Editor: Abraham Lincoln and Al Qaeda." American Heritage, October 2002, 10-11. Wittes, Benjamin. "Blurring the Line Between Cops and Spies." Legal Times, 9 September 1996.
Woodward, Bob. Bush at War. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2002.



----------------------------------------------------------------------
Pentagon to Alter Military Tribunal Rules
U.S. to Tell Attorneys When Listening In on Talks With Guantanamo Clients
By John Mintz
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, February 6, 2004; Page A11
In response to complaints from civil libertarians, Pentagon officials said yesterday that they will change some of the rules governing the work of lawyers representing alleged al Qaeda and Taliban fighters before military tribunals.
Under the new rules, attorneys for the defendants who will be tried before the special military courts at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, will be notified when their conversations with clients are electronically monitored by military officials, a Pentagon source said. The old rules had not clarified whether the defense lawyers would be informed about such eavesdropping.
The government's ability to listen in on attorney-client talks was one of many provisions of the tribunal rules denounced by human rights groups, some foreign officials and legal organizations such as the American Bar Association.
With rare exceptions, conversations between defense attorneys and their clients are confidential under military and civilian law. Last year, when military officials drew up the rules allowing the electronic monitoring of attorney-client sessions, some defense lawyer groups said they would refuse to participate.
Yesterday, some legal experts welcomed the rule changes but said they do not go far enough.
"These are certainly positive changes, and not simply cosmetic changes, but they're unlikely to have much impact" in persuading defense attorneys to take part in the tribunals, said Eugene R. Fidell, a military law expert who represents a U.S. Army Muslim chaplain who was stationed at Guantanamo Bay and is accused of security breaches. A much larger inequity in the rules, he said, is that convictions can only be appealed up the Pentagon's chain of command to the president, instead of to civil courts.
"These changes don't alter the fundamentals of that equation in the rules," Fidell said.
Air Force Maj. John Smith, spokesman for the Pentagon's Office of Military Commissions, said: "We're tweaking and making some clarifications and modifications to the rules. . . . I think the changes will be well received." The altered rules will be announced soon, he said.
Some military lawyers, including a number of Defense Department lawyers assigned to the tribunals, also have voiced concerns about the regulations. To date, six of the 680 detainees at the U.S. Navy prison at Guantanamo Bay have been designated eligible to stand trial before military tribunals.
One previous rule will remain: It requires that the monitoring of attorney-client conversations be undertaken only for security or intelligence reasons, and any information derived will not be given to the prosecution. But the new regulations include a provision that only military officials responsible for security, and not prosecutors, can order such eavesdropping, sources said. A bureaucratic wall will be erected to prevent migration of that information to the prosecution, one official said.
The old rules suggested defense lawyers could not ask for trial delays for personal or professional reasons, but the new rules allow that. The previous procedures suggested private defense lawyers would be constrained in working on the cases with their home offices, but the new rules make clear that they may do so.
Military officials say the rules allowing listening in on attorney-client sessions are comparable to procedures governing the U.S. Bureau of Prisons when it confronts security problems or assists in intelligence investigations.
Twenty civilian lawyers have applied to represent defendants before tribunals, which the Pentagon calls commissions. Only four have passed background checks that will allow them to take part, officials said.
? 2004 The Washington Post Company

-----------------------------------------------------------



>> OUR FRIENDS IN CANADA...CSIS WATCH...

CALLING THE KANGAROO COURT
The following arrived in an email report from the courtroom where Ernst Zundel is seeking his release. At issue appears to be a deliberate attempt by CSIS to frame and smear Zundel because of his unpopular views. The judge in the case, himself a former CSIS official, is clearly trying to swing the case in CSIS favor and has refuised to recuse himself despite the obvious conflicts of interest. In virtually every instance where Zundel's lawyer attempted to ascertain just WHY Zundel had been declared a terrorist even though he has no criminal record, the judge sustained an objection based on "National Security".
Read the following report yourself, and you will get a good idea of just how afraid of Zundel the CSIS has become. More to the point, for you Canadian readers, this will illustrate the covert activities your own government is using against you.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Can't Tell You -- National Security
TORONTO. January 26, 2004. For the second day in a row, defence lead counsel Peter Lindsay questioned a representative of the Canadian Intelligence Service (CSIS) on the witness stand in the Zundel hearing in Toronto. Mr. Lindsay got CSIS spokesman Dave Stewart to explain that a summary prepared for the then Minister of Citizenship and Immigration (Denis Coderre) and the Solicitor General Wayne Easter) last spring was a balanced document.
In questioning that was frequently interrupted by CSIS counsel Murray Rodych, lead Crown Attorney Donald MacIntosh and the judge Mr. Pierre Blais, all of whom seemed to run interference for witness Dave Stewart, Mr. Lindsay slowly revealed a picture of a skewed document which suppressed material favourable to Mr. Zundel. This was the information on which the ministers based their May 1, 2003 certificate declaring Ernst Zundel a "terrorist" and a threat to the security of Canada.
Today, especially, a repeated disruptive chorus stymied Mr. Lindsay in his questioning. "Objection: National security," Justice Department lawyer Donald MacIntosh would say.
"Objection sustained," Mr. Justice Blais, a former Solicitor-General and CSIS boss would respond. The judge had been asked by Douglas H. Christie, Mr. Zundel's former leader counsel to recuse himself on the basis of a "reasonable apprehension of bias" last fall, but he had refused.
After considerable argument, Friday, Mr. Lindsay had won the right to cross-examine Mr. Stewart. As a spokesman for an "adverse" party, the witness, under the rules of the Province of Ontario, can be cross-examined in direct questioning; that is, he can be questioned more aggressively and confrontationally than is customary with one's own normally friendly witness.
"Is it a fact that Mr. Zundel has no criminal convictions in Canada, despite having been here from 1958 to 2000?" Mr. Lindsay asked. Mr. Stewart agreed.
"It would appear that the Ministers of Citizenship and Immigration and the Solicitor-General were not told that Mr. Zundel had no criminal record after living here for 42 years," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Not in this document," Mr. Stewart admitted.
"Are you able to explain to us why it was not put in the summary that Ernst Zundel had no criminal record?" the dogged Mr. Lindsay pursued.
"I did not write the summary," the CSIS spokesman answered. "The authors would have felt that it didn't need to be included in the summary," he added.
Mr. Lindsay questioned Mr. Stewart extensively about people mentioned in the summary whose guilt-by-association with Mr. Zundel serves, in the Crown's argument, to blacken Mr. Zundel's character.
In one of the numerous occasions when the witness was excluded, while the judge and lawyers argued procedure, Mr. Justice Blais asked; "It would be helpful for me to know why it is important that the summary mentions that some people have no criminal record."
"It's important," Mr. Lindsay replied, "because the witness said Friday that the report purports to be a balanced document as to why Mr. Zundel is a threat to the security of Canada. If so, it would present information on both sides. Yet, the document didn't mention that Ernst Zundel had no criminal record. Your Lordship has examined secret evidence that I have no knowledge of. I'm trying to undermine the fairness of CSIS. How fair has CSIS been? That's going to be a repetitive theme."
Mr. Lindsay then took the witness through a list of persons mentioned as associates of Mr. Zundel, eliciting the fact that most had no criminal record.
"Marc Lemire is mentioned in the summary. Does Mr. Lemire have a criminal record, sir?" Mr. Lindsay queried.
"There's no indication in the summary," Mr. Stewart admitted.
Mr. Lindsay also drew from the witness a reluctant admission that several of the people mentioned as Zundel associates were no longer politically active, including Wolfgang Droege, a founder of the Heritage Front and George Burdi, a former racialist firebrand and skinhead musician.
Mr. Stewart admitted that he'd read only about half of the voluminous material presented with the report. "Would there be someone at CSIS who has read more of it," Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Your Lordship ruled that the names of CSIS agents and the RCMP should not be revealed in the interests of national security," Murray Rodych objected.
Arguing for his right to question which had already been severely restricted, Mr. Lindsay said: "My friend called no witnesses. He strongly objected to the calling of Mr. Stewart until faced with an order from the judge and he opposed cross-examination.
"Do you know anyone at CSIS who quite likely has read more of the material than you have?" Mr. Lindsay again asked the witness.
"The witness should not be permitted to say whether others have more information. My friend is engaged in a fishing expedition?" Mr. MacIntosh argued.
"Have any of the people Mr. Zundel associated with been classified as a danger to the security of Canada?" Mr. Lindsay asked the witness.
"I don't know," Mr. Stewart admitted.
"Mr. Zundel lived in Canada from 1958 to 2000," Mr. Lindsay continued. "When did he begin to be a threat to the security of Canada?"
"That goes to operations and is classified," Mr. Rodych, the CSIS lawyer, objected.
"We know the answer: May 1, 2003," when the certificate of national security was served on Mr. Zundel, Mr. Justice Blais interrupted. "You're going nowhere. You're being tricky," he scolded Mr. Lindsay.
"I don't think, with respect, it's appropriate to call me tricky," the lanky defence lawyer retorted. "CSIS believes Mr. Zundel is a danger to the security of Canada," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"That's correct," Mr. Stewart responded.
Eventually, Mr. Stewart revealed that CSIS began to consider Mr. Zundel a threat to national security in 1990.
Entering on the explosive ground that lies at the heart of this case -- the animosity of CSIS to Mr. Zundel and the whole right wing -- Mr. Lindsay inquired: "Did CSIS play any role in the creation of the Heritage Front?"
"Not to my knowledge," the CSIS spokesman said.
"Didn't a gentleman named Grant Bristow play a major role in the development of the Heritage Front?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"I recall the name, but I would say no," the witness replied.
"Was Grant Bristow an agent of CSIS," Mr. Lindsay continued.
Justice Department lawyer Donald MacIntosh was on his feet. "It's irrelevant. It's not connected to whether the certificate is reasonable, not whether it's true, but reasonable," he said, re-stating the incredible low threshold the Crown has to meet the triumph in this case.
"The question about Bristow's being an agent is not allowed," the judge ruled.
"Whether Bristow is an agent of CSIS goes to the fairness of CSIS. The Service makes a big production of the role and dominance of the White Supremacist Movement and Mr. Zundel's influence in it. If CSIS played a role in it, it would be significant."
"I don't think it's acceptable. We're not going to enter that territory. I accept the submissions of Mr. Rodych. I already made a decision on naming employees of CSIS and the RCMP" Mr. Justice Blais, the former boss of CSIS, ruled, temporarily sandbagging the defence counsel.
Pursuing another tack, M. Lindsay asked: "The summary refers to Mr. Zundel's book The West, War and Islam. Mr. Zundel was charged with spreading false news with this book. Did you know Mr. Zundel was acquitted of this charge? Did the summary provide the results?"
"I don't believe it does," Mr. Stewart admitted.
The CSIS summary to the ministers mentioned that Pastor Butler, a Zundel acquaintance was among those charged with conspiracy to overthrow the U,.S. government. "Does the summary bother to mention that the defendants were found not guilty by an Arkansas jury?" Mr. Lindsay demanded.
"It does not," Mr. Stewart again had to admit.
"But the Ministers of Citizenship and Immigration and the Solicitor-General were not informed that they had been acquitted. The ministers were given incomplete information?"
"That's correct," Mr. Stewart acknowledged.
"Does CSIS believe that Mr. Zundel has engaged in terrorism, that he is a terrorist?" Mr., Lindsay asked.
"Yes," the CSIS spokesman replied.
"What if I suggest to you that Mr. Zundel is a rightwing extremist but not a terrorist?" Mr. Lindsay continued.
Then, Mr. Lindsay dropped his bombshell. Reading from CSIS Director General Ward Elcock's testimony to the Commons Subcommittee on National Security, November 24, 2003, he said: "Mr. Zundel is certainly a widely known extremist on the rightwing side. I'm not sure I'd go so far as to call him a terrorist. An extremist he certainly is."
"Is he testifying on behalf of CSIS," Mr. Lindsay asked.
"I don't know," Mr. Stewart responded lamely. "I don't know the precise context of what Mr. Elcock is testifying to here. There are many definitions of terrorists."
Mr. Justice Blais hurriedly adjourned the hearing for lunch wanting to know the document on which Mr. Elcock was being questioned by Joe Clark in the committee hearing. The hasty adjournment rescued the witness.
After lunch, Mr. Lindsay pursued the allegation that Mr. Zundel is a threat to national security because he's seen as a beacon to the White Supremacist Movement. Mr. Lindsay pointed out that the movement had been in decline in Canada since 1994. Yet, Mr. Zundel had remained in Canada from 1994 to 2000.
"Then, did Mr. Zundel's threat to the security of Canada end in 1995?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"No. If Mr. Zundel's activities continue as they were prior to 1995, he'd be a threat to the security of Canada
"So, the logical conclusion is he would be less of a threat since 1995," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"I see your point," Mr. Stewart admitted. "It's difficult for me to say if an individual would have less impact."
Under questioning, Mr. Stewart admitted that the CSIS summary, which made much of Mr. Zundel's use of the mails for distributing "hate literature", failed to tell the ministers that, in 1982, Mr. Zundel's mailing privileges had been restored after a one year suspension on just such allegations.
The afternoon ended with a tense exchange about the dramatic charges in Andrew Mitrovica's book Covert Entry: Spies Lies and Crimes Within Canada's Secret Service.
"Did CSIS ever intercept Mr. Zundel's mail?" the defence lawyer asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," the unsmiling former boss of CSIS ruled.
"Did CSIS have an agent named John Farrell?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," the unsmiling former boss of CSIS ruled.
The book Covert Entry suggests that "Mr. Zundel's mail had been intercepted by CSIS," Mr. Lindsay stated.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"CSIS ordered Mr. Farrell to temporarily stop intercepting mail to Mr. Zundel," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
On page 140 of the book, there's the suggestion that the May, 1885 bomb "delivered to Mr. Zundel's home had been intercepted by CSIS," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"There's the suggestion that CSIS was aware of the bomb?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
The book suggests "that CSIS knew of the potential bomb and did not alert Metro police, the post office or Mr. Zundel."
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"There is the suggestion that Mr. Farrell raised the issue with CSIS about the danger to passengers on airplanes" that might have transported the bomb.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
Court resumes Tuesday, with Mr. Stewart on the stand.
In another development, Mr. Lindsay will appear in the Federal Court of Appeal (330 University Avenue) in Toronto, Wednesday at 10:00 a.m. to argue a motion seeking a stay of proceedings pending an appeal against Mr. Justice Blais's denying disclosure to the defence of the names of CSIS and RCMP agents involved in preparing the Zundel case. -- Paul Fromm
TORONTO. January 26, 2004. For the second day in a row, defence lead counsel Peter Lindsay questioned a representative of the Canadian Intelligence Service (CSIS) on the witness stand in the Zundel hearing in Toronto. Mr. Lindsay got CSIS spokesman Dave Stewart to explain that a summary prepared for the then Minister of Citizenship and Immigration (Denis Coderre) and the Solicitor General (Wayne Easter) last spring was a balanced document. In questioning that was frequently interrupted by CSIS counsel Murray Rodych, lead Crown Attorney Donald MAcIntosh and the judge Mr. Pierre Blais, all of whom seemed to run interference for witness Dave Stewart, Mr. Lindsay slowly revealed a picture of a skewed document which suppressed material favourable to Mr. Zundel. This was the information on which the ministers based their May 1, 2003 certificate declaring Ernst Zundel a "terrorist" and a threat to the security of Canada.
Today, especially, a repeated disruptive chorus stymied Mr. Lindsay in his questioning. "Objection: National security," Justice Department lawyer Donald MacIntosh would say.
"Objection sustained," Mr. Justice Blais, a former Solicitor-General and CSIS boss would respond. The judge had been asked by Douglas H. Christie, Mr. Zundel's former leader counsel to recuse himself on the basis of a "reasonable apprehension of bias" last fall, but he had refused.
After considerable argument, Friday, Mr. Lindsay had won the right to cross-examine Mr. Stewart. As a spokesman for an "adverse" party, the witness, under the rules of the Province of Ontario, can be cross-examined in direct questioning; that is, he can be questioned more aggressively and confrontationally than is customary with one's own normally friendly witness.
"Is it a fact that Mr. Zundel has no criminal convictions in Canada, despite hjaving been here from 1958 to 2000?" Mr. Lindsay asked. Mr. Stewart agreed.
"It would appear that the Ministers of Citizenship and Immigration and the Solicitor-General were not told that Mr. Zundel had no criminal record after living here for 42 years," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Not in this document," Mr. Stewart admitted.
"Are you able to explain to us why it was not put in the summary that Ernst Zundel had no criminal record?" the dogged Mr. Lindsay pursued.
"I did not write the summary," the CSIS spokesman answered. "The authors would have felt that it didn't need to be included in the summary," he added.
Mr. Lindsay questioned Mr. Stewart extensively about people mentioned in the summary whose guilt-by-association with Mr. Zundel serves, in the Crown's argument, to blacken Mr. Zundel's character.
In one of the numerous occasions when the witness was excluded, while the judge and lawyers argued procedure, Mr. Justice Blais asked; "It would be helpful for me to know why it is important that the summary mentions that some people have no criminal record."
"It's important," Mr. Lindsay replied, "because the witness said Friday that the report purports to be a balanced document as to why Mr. Zundel is a threat to the security of Canada. If so, it would present information on both sides. Yet, the document didn't mention that Ernst Zundel had no criminal record. Your Lordship has examined secret evidence that I have no knowledge of. I'm trying to undermine the fairness of CSIS. How fair has CSIS been? That's going to be a repetitive theme."
Mr. Lindsay then took the witness through a list of persons mentioned as associates of Mr. Zundel, eliciting the fact that most had no criminal record.
"Marc Lemire is mentioned in the summary. Does Mr. Lemire have a criminal record, sir?" Mr. Lindsay queried.
"There's no indication in the summary," Mr. Stewart admitted.
Mr. Lindsay also drew from the witness a reluctant admission that several of the people mentioned as Zundel associates were no longer politically active, inclkuding Wolfgang Droege, a founder of the Heritage Front and George Burdi, a former racialist firebrand and skinhead musician.
Mr. Stewart admitted that he'd read only about half of the voluminous material presented with the report. "Would there be someone at CSIS who has read more of it," Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Your Lordship ruled that the names of CSIS agents and the RCMP should not be revealed in the interests of national security," Murray Rodych objected.
Arguing for his right to question which had alrady been severely restricted, Mr. Lindsay said: "My friend called no witnesses. He strongly objected to the calling of Mr. Stewart until faced with an order from the judge and he opposed cross-examination.
"Do you know anyone at CSIS who quite likely has read more of the material than you have?" Mr. Lindsay again asked the witness.
"The witness should not be permitted to say whether others have more information. My friend is engaged in a fishing expedition?" Mr. MacIntosh argued.
"Have any of the people Mr. Zundel associated with been classified as a danger to the saecurity of Canada?" Mr. Lindsay asked the witness. "I don't know," Mr. Stewart admitted.
"Mr. Zundel lived in Canada from 1958 to 2000," Mr. Lindsay continued. "When did he begin to be a threat to the security of Canada?"
"That goes to operations and is classified," Mr. Rodych, the CSIS lawyer, objected.
"We know the answer: May 1, 2003," when the certificate of national security was served on Mr. Zundel, Mr. Justice Blais interrupted. "You're going nowhere. You're being tricky," he scolded Mr. Lindsay.
"I don't think, with respect, it's appropriate to call me tricky," the lanky defence lawyer retorted. "CSIS believes Mr. Zundel is a danger to the security of Canada," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"That's correct," Mr. Stewart responded.
Eventually, Mr. Stewart revealed that CSIS began to consider Mr. Zundel a threat to national security in 1990.
Entering on the explosive ground that lies at the heart of this case -- the animposity of CSIS to Mr. Zundel and the whole right wing -- Mr. Lindsay inquired: "Did CSIS play any role in the creation of the Heritage Front?"
"Not to my knowledge," the CSIS spokesman said.
"Didn't a gentleman named Grant Bristow play a major role in the developm,ent of the Heritage Front?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"I recall the name, but I would say no," the witness replied.
"Was Grant Bristow an agent of CSIS," Mr. Lindsay continued.
Justice Department lawyer Donald MacIntosh was on his feet. "It's irrelevant. It's not connected to whether the certificate is reasonabvle, not whether it's true, but reasonable," he said, re-stating the incredible low threshold the Crown has to meet the triumph in this case.
"The question about Bristow's being an agent is not allowed," the judge ruled.
"Whether Bristow is an agent of CSIS goes to the fairness of CSIS.the Service makes a big production of the role and dominance of the White Supremacist Movement and Mr. Zundel's influence in it. If CSIS played a role in it, it would be significant."
"I don't think it's acceptable. We're not going to enter that territory. I accept the submissions of Mr. Rodych. I already made a decision on naming employees of CSIS and the RCMP" Mr. Justice Blais, the former boss of CSIS, ruled, temporarily sandbagging the defence counsel.
Pursuing another tack, M. Lindsay asked: "The summary refers to Mr. Zundel's book The West, War and Islam. Mr. Zundel was charged with spreading false news with this book. Did you know Mr. Zundel was acquitted of this charge? Did the summary provide the results?"
"I don't believe it does," Mr. Stewart admitted.
The CSIS summary to the ministers mentioned that Pastor Butler, a Zundel acquaitance was among those charged with conspiracy to overthrow the U,.S. government. "Does the summary bother to mention that the defendants were found not guilty by an Arkansas jury?" Mr. Lindsay demanded.
"It does not," Mr. Stewart again had to admit.
"But the Ministers of Citizenship and Immigration and the Solicitor-General were not informed that they had been acquitted. The ministers were given incomplete information?"
"That's correct," Mr. Stewart acknowledged.
"Does CSIS believe that Mr. Zundel has engaged in terrorism, that he is a terrorist?" Mr., Lindsay aksed.
"Yes," the CSIS spokesman replied.
"What if I suggest to you that Mr. Zundel is a rightwing extremist but not a terrorist?" Mr. Lindsay continued.
Then, Mr. Lindsay dropped his bombshell. Reading from CSIS Director General Ward Elcock's testimony to the Commons Subcommittee on National Security, November 24, 2003, he said: "Mr. Zundel is certainly a widely known extremist on the rightwing side. I'm not sure I'd go so far as to call him a terrorist. An extremist he certainly is."
"Is he testifying on behalf of CSIS," Mr. Lindsay asked.
"I don't know," Mr. Stewart responded lamely. "I don't know th precise context of what Mr. Elcock is testifying to here. There are many definitions of terrorists."
Mr. Justice Blais hurriedly adjourned the hearing for lunch wanting to know the document on which Mr. Elcock was being questioned by Joe Clark in the committee hearing. The hasty adjournment rescued the witness.
After lunch, Mr. Lindsay pursued the allegation that Mr. Zundel is a threat to national security because he's seen as a beacon to the White Supremacist Movement. Mr. Lindsay pointed out that the movement had been in decline in Canada since 1994. Yet, Mr. Zundel had remained in Canada from 1994 to 2000.
"Then, did Mr. Zundel's threat to the security of Canada end in 1995?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"No. If Mr. Zundel's activities continue as they were prior to 1995, he'd be a threat to the security of Canada
"So, the logical conclusion is he would be less of a threat since 1995," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"I see your point," Mr. Stewart admitted. "It's difficult for me to say if an individual would have less impact."
Under questioning, Mr. Stewart admitted that the CSIS summary, which made much of Mr. Zundel's use of the mails for distributing "hate literature", failed to tell the ministers that, in 1982, Mr. Zundel's mailing privileges had been restored after a one year suspension on just such allegations.
The afternoon ended with a tense exchange about the dramatic charges in Andrew Mitrovica's book Covert Entry: Spies Lies and Crtimes Within Canada's Secret Service.
"Did CSIS ever intercept Mr. Zundel's mail?" the defence lawyer asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," the unsmiling former boss of CSIS ruled.
"Did CSIS have an agent named John Farrell?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," the unsmiling former boss of CSIS ruled.
The book Covert Entry suggests that "Mr. Zundel's mail had been intercepted by CSIS," Mr. Lindsay stated.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"CSIS ordered Mr. Farrell to temporarily stop intercepting mail to Mr. Zundel," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
On page 140 of the book, there's the suggestion that the May, 1885 bomb "delivered to Mr. Zundel's home had been intercepted by CSIS," Mr. Lindsay continued.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"There's the suggestion that CSIS was aware of the bomb?" Mr. Lindsay asked.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
The book suggests "that CSIS knew of the potential bomb and did not alert Metro police, the post office or Mr. Zundel."
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
"There is the suggestion that Mr. Farrell raised the issue with CSIS about the danger to passengers on airplanes" that might have transported the bomb.
"Objection: national security," Donald MacIntosh snapped.
"Sustained," Mr. Justice Blais ruled.
Court resumes Tuesday, with Mr. Stewart on the stand.
In another development, Mr. Lindsay will appear in the Federal Court of Appeal(330 University Avenue) in Toronto, Wednesday at 10:00 a.m. to argue a motion seeking a stay of proceedings pending an appeal against Mr. Justice Blais's denying disclosure to the defence of the names of CSIS and RCMP agents involved in preparing the Zundel case.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> AHEM...

Reformers implore Sistani to Intervene in Iran Crisis
Ali Nourizadeh of the Saudi newspaper ash-Sharq al-Awsat reports today that more than 400 Iranian writers and cultural figures, along with some members of parliament, have penned a letter to Grand Ayatollah Ali Sistani of Najaf, requesting that he express his opinion on the "massacre of democracy and the transformation of parliamentary elections into a mere stage play."
They wrote, "We have followed with appreciation your courageous positions in calling for the holding of free, fair, and direct elections in Iraq, where the population did not have, until the fall of the Baath regime, the right to own a shortwave radio. That is, holding free elections that can escape foreign influence is a difficult matter if not an impossible one. Nevertheless, your excellency is insisting that the first and last word in the matter of choosing rulers and representatives belongs to the Iraqi people. How wonderful it would be if your excellency would express your opinion regarding the farce that some in your native land of Iran are attempting to impose on its people, who are wide awake, under the rubric of "elections." Najaf has always been a support for freedom lovers in Iran, for in the Constitutional Revolution [of 1905-1911], your righteous predecessors such as Mirza Na'ini, Akhund Khurasani, and Allamah Mazandarani, supported the devotees of liberty in Iran. Without their famous fatwa, the people would not have been able to bring down the tyrant Muhammad Ali Shah."
They refer as well to the positive role of the Najaf clerics in Iran's oil nationalization movement under Prime Minister Mosaddegh. They then complain that Iran is presently one big prison and that major clerics such as Ayatollahs Montazeri and Tabataba'i Qomi are under house arrest. [Montazeri is in trouble for rejecting the Khomeinist doctrine of the Guardianship of the Jurisprudent, which says that clerics must directly rule the state. Sistani also rejects this doctrine, and would be under house arrest if he were in Iran.] They describe the exclusion of more than 2500 reformist candidates from running as a [political] "massacre", and pointedly say that many of those excluded are followers of Sistani in religious affairs [rather than of Khamenei]!
Iran is currently undergoing a constitutional crisis. The clerical Guardian Council excluded some 4000 of 8000 announced candidates from running in the February 20 elections, including large numbers of sitting members of parliament, on the grounds that they were insufficiently faithful to the ideals of Ayatollah Khomeini. Once elections are actually held, they appear to have been relatively free in Iran in recent years, but the ability of clerical conservatives to exclude candidates and to overturn legislation has crippled the once-flourishing reform movement in parliament. On appeal, some of the exclusions were reversed.
Still, a third of the Iranian parliament has resigned in protest against the Guardian Council's power play. President Khatami has threatened to postpone the elections.
On Wednesday, Supreme Jurisprudent Ali Khamenei intervened, saying that elections would be held, if necessary under the armed supervision of the Revolutionary Guards, on the scheduled date, thus slapping down Khatami. But he also permitted the Ministry of Intelligence, where Khatami supporters have some influence, to review the candidate exclusions and overturn those it wished, and promised that the ministry's decision would be final. Reformers are unconvinced that the Feb. 20 elections can possibly be fair, nevertheless.
The reformers' reference to the Constitutional Revolution, which instituted the first elected parliament in Iran and first challenged absolutist rule, is extremely provocative, since it casts Khamenei in the role of the tyrant Muhammad Ali Shah. And the call for another intervention on the side of constitutionalism and the rule of law from Najaf is striking for its invocation of historical parallels.
I don't know if Sistani will respond to this appeal. He has his hands full with the situation in Iraq, after all. But this could get very interesting indeed.
posted by Juan Cole at 2/5/2004 09:03:54 AM



Al-Hakim: Presidential Council OK
Abdul Aziz al-Hakim, head of the Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution in Iraq and a member of the US-appointed Interim Governing Council, has according to AFP given his assent to the presidential council proposed by Adnan Pachachi and the Sunnis.
Pachachi had suggested a rotating 3-man presidency, which would appoint the prime minister and the cabinet, and would have a veto over laws passed by parliament. In essence, the presidential council would function as a sort of small Senate, but confusingly placed in the executive branch. It would itself be elected by the transitional parliament. It would be expected to have a representative from each of the three major ethnic groups, Shiites, Sunni Arabs, and Kurds.
Al-Hakim said, "The idea of a sovereignty council is not rejected from our side." He is further quoted as saying, "The reason to have this council is to solve a problem. If we want to talk more frankly, the Iraqi people have concerns. The Kurds suffered from injustice, they have fears and they would like to occupy different [government] positions." He continued, "Everyone should be reassured, we want to reassure them all and we want everyone to participate actively in this period until a constitution is drafted and elections are held . . . The number of members [in the presidential council] should be studied. If the problem can be solved by three members, let it be three; if it's five, then it should be five, and if more are needed, then there should be more."
I think this idea of a multi-person rotating presidency is a horrible idea, guaranteed to cause gridlock in the executive branch. If they want a senate to over-rule the Shiite majority in the parliament, they should just create a senate. One executive is enough.
Meanwhile, the London daily al-Hayat quoted Grand Ayatollah Ali Sistani as warning on Wednesday, "A difficult confrontation is coming next, with the forces of evil that wish to prevent Iraqis from enjoying their right to a free and democratic life." The article gives no context for this statement, so it is hard to know what exactly he is warning against, but it may be a reference to the Sunni radicals, of the sort who seem to have been responsible for the massive Irbil bombings on Sunday.
The same newspaper said that Iraqi Islamic Party leader Muhsin Abdul Hamid said that he finds the prospect of a civil war in Iraq unlikely.
posted by Juan Cole at 2/5/2004 09:03:33 AM



Sistani Aide: Loose Federalism not in Iraq's Interests
BBC Monitoring picked up a radio interview in Cairo on Sawt al-`Arab on Wednesday with an aide to Grand Ayatollah Ali Sistani named Ayatollah Abu al-Qasim Bidali, conducted by Fawzi al-Jundi. Some brief excerpts:
Bidali "With respect to the issue of elections, His Eminence Grand Ayatollah Al-Sistani says they should be held before the date they had chosen [May 31] - within the coming days. That is Ayatollah Al-Sistani's opinion . . . "
Al-Jundi But many members of the Governing Council oppose early elections in Iraq, at least at this stage, because the security situation is deteriorating?
Bidali They have finally been convinced that the meeting of UN envoys and Iraqi experts is an excellent idea.
Al-Jundi If the United Nations decides that elections should be held at a later stage, how will you react?
Bidali "There would be contacts and discussions on various issues. We see the situation on the ground and we will seek alternatives if they rejected this proposal. However, we cannot say at this point what we will do then. We must wait for the report of the UN envoy and then we will decide . . . "
Al-Jundi There are reports circulating about proposals to establish a federation based on ethnic or sectarian division. What sort of federal system do you support?
Bidali We have no specific opinion on the issue of an [loose] Iraqi federation, but we do not believe that it would be in the interests of Iraq . . . "
posted by Juan Cole at 2/5/2004 09:02:05 AM



Tension in Najaf between SCIRI and Sadrists
Hamza Hendawi of AP recently reported on the rising tensions between the followers of young radical cleric Muqtada al-Sadr and other Shiite factions in Iraq.
In my own view, such tension is a side effect of the rise of the Shiites to political prominence. As the community becomes a prime source of power, the struggle to control it will intensify.
Hendawi's report is borne out by a piece in Xinhua on Tuesday 2/3, which says that tensions are high in Najaf because of disputes between the Sadrist militia and the Badr Corps of the Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution in Iraq, in part over control of the shrine of Imam Ali. Its reporter wrote, '"The shrine of the Imam Ali (the forth caliph at the Islamic State) is closed to visitors for days now, and the situation is very tense," [Aswad] Al Abayachi said and advised us to return immediately to Baghdad.'
The word on the street in Najaf, according to Xinhua, is that Muqtada al-Sadr, 30, has lost the political spotlight to Sistani, 73, recently and wants to regain it. Also, it was alleged that Sadr was using his office inside the Imam Ali Shrine complex at Najaf as a court in which to try people. Followers of Sistani demanded that the office be closed, provoking the tension.
Xinhua said, "Some Iraqi newspapers mentioned lately that the IGC gave Al Sadr a 48-hour deadline to cancel the court that he formed and close the prison that came with the court and hand the detainees to the government. They pointed out that the Council had decided to send a special delegation to Najaf to mediate between the two disputing parties.
Many observers expect tensions among Shiites to peak during the upcoming Ashura mourning ceremonies, in which emotions run high and tens of thousands of pilgrims will come to Najaf and Karbala.
posted by Juan Cole at 2/5/2004 09:01:20 AM

-----------------------------------------------------------


>> IRAQ MONEY FLOWS...HOW NOT TO INJECT?...

Mohammed Assem Abu Darwish
January 15, 2004
Lebanonwire
Lebanese authorities confiscate $15 million worth of Iraqi currency aboard private jetliner
BEIRUT, Lebanon, Jan 15, 2004 (AP WorldStream via COMTEX) -- Lebanese customs authorities have confiscated more than US$15 million worth of new Iraqi dinars that came to the country aboard a private plane from Baghdad, security officials said Thursday.
The officials, speaking on condition of anonymity, said 19.5 billion dinars (US$15.6 million) were confiscated aboard the Lebanese-owned Magic Carpet plane late Wednesday.
Authorities detained three Lebanese businessmen who were aboard the plane and are being questioned at the Financial Prosecutor's office, the officials said. The three were identified as Richard Jreisati, Mohammed Assem Abu-Darwish and Michel Mukattaf.
Some officials said the notes might have been brought to money exchange companies in Lebanon.
An official with Magic Carpet, speaking on condition of anonymity, said the plane was not carrying illegal items. He said those responsible for what is put on the plane are the authorities in the country where the plane took off.
The confiscation came a day before Iraq's old bank notes - bearing former Iraqi President Saddam Hussein's portrait - became obsolete following a three-month period to exchange them for the new currency.
Magic Carpet, which began chartered flights from Beirut to Baghdad after the collapse of Saddam's government in April, recently resumed flights after a gap in the summer due to attacks on some planes flying to or from Baghdad International Airport.
Magic Carpet officials have said another reason for ceasing flights to Iraq was that American occupation authorities refused to give them licenses.
It recently resumed the flights.

By BASSEM MROUE Associated Press Writer
-----------------------------------------------------
Iraq riches whisked to Syria
By Paul Martin -THE WASHINGTON TIMES 19/1/04
PARIS -- Syria's Central Bank and the Medina Bank in Lebanon are holding at least $2 billion in cash, as well as gold bullion and platinum, that was smuggled out of Iraq, according to a letter written on the stationery of the Syrian army's intelligence department.
The letter says $1.3 billion was deposited in the Syrian Central Bank in an official "presidency" account, while another $700 million was placed in the Medina Bank. The document does not state the value of the gold and platinum, although it says these are also in the Syrian Central Bank.
The handwritten letter to a Syrian exile in Europe, which also bears what appears to be the official stamp of the Syrian army intelligence department, says the deal was struck not long before a U.S.-led coalition invaded Iraq early last year.
The document was sent to Nizar Nayouf, an exiled Syrian human-rights activist and past winner of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization's World Press Freedom Prize who is living in Paris.
While the claims in the letter could not be further verified, Mr. Nayouf, a journalist and democracy activist who was released from a Syrian prison in May 2001, said past information provided by the same person had proved reliable.
The letter names two members of the Lebanese parliament as go-betweens.
One of them is Emil Lahoud, son of the pro-Syrian president of Lebanon. The second is Talal Arsilan, a member of the minority Druze ethnic group. A third go-between is listed as Karim Bakr Adouni, who is described as head of the al Qata'ib Party.
The letter says the go-betweens met with three top Syrian security chiefs before they left on their secret trip to Baghdad.
One security chief is listed as Gen. Ghazi Kanaan, Syria's former chief of military intelligence in Lebanon, who has since been put in charge of Syria's political security department. Other sources say Gen. Kanaan helped provide means of transporting the money and precious metals across the Iraqi-Syrian border.
The other senior Syrian officers are listed in the document as Brigadier Zulhimmah Shalish, who is believed to be the chief of President Bashir Assad's Special Guards, and Gen. Ristom Ghazali, the chief of Syrian intelligence in Lebanon.
Lebanon has been under varying degrees of Syrian domination for more than two decades.
American authorities have long suspected that Syria took Saddam Hussein's money into safe custody shortly before the war. The Treasury Department sent senior investigators to Syria in October and again this month, demanding that the Syrians open their books.
Saddam is believed to have stashed vast sums of money around the world, including funds that he and close associates siphoned from the United Nations' oil-for-food program beginning in 1996.
Money deducted from officials' salaries supposedly to support Saddam's Ba'ath Party is also unaccounted for.
Saddam's son Uday hauled away about $1 billion from the Iraqi Central Bank in three trucks just as the war started, but coalition officials say most of that money has been recovered. It was headed toward Syria when intercepted, they say.
Secretary of State Colin L. Powell went to Syria soon after the war ended and publicly warned Mr. Assad to cooperate in tracking Iraqi fugitives and money.
Mr. Assad has become much more active lately in seeking to reduce American pressure. He recently made the first official visit to neighboring Turkey after decades of tension over the latter's pro-Western stance.
Mr. Assad also made the first official Syrian presidential visit to Britain in December 2002 as the United States and Britain were preparing for the war in Iraq.
"The U.S. has Syria firmly in its sights," said one analyst, "and Assad may feel compelled to admit the Iraqi money is there, if only to reduce American pressure for changing his regime."

----------------------------------------------------

Iraq Council Says Lebanon to Release Money
By Associated Press
January 31, 2004, 11:27 PM EST
BEIRUT, Lebanon -- Lebanon has agreed to return to Iraq $15.6 million that it confiscated from a plane at Beirut's airport in early January, a member of the Iraqi Governing Council said Saturday.
Mouwafak al-Rubaie spoke to reporters about the cash after talks with Lebanese Prime Minister Rafik Hariri. Airport officials seized the money -- 19.5 billion Iraqi dinars -- after it was found on a private plane that flew in from Baghdad on Jan. 14.
One of the Lebanese businessman on the plane, Mohammed Assem Abu Darwish, who was arrested and then released, was quoted as telling police that the money was to pay mainly for armored cars to protect Iraqi officials.
"We discussed many issues, including the issue of money in dinars held in Beirut," al-Rubaie said of his Hariri meeting. "This issue is in its final phase. God willing, this money will be released and returned to Iraq."
Al-Rubaie said Lebanon had also promised to return the funds that Iraq deposited in Lebanese banks during the regime of ousted President Saddam Hussein. But he did not give a date for when this would happen.
Lebanese authorities have said the money will be returned when Iraq has a sovereign government. Lebanon has not given a figure for the money, but the U.S. Treasury has said it amounts to $495 million.
Also Saturday, Al-Rubaie met Lebanon's top Shiite Muslim cleric, Ayatollah Sheik Mohammed Hussein Fadlallah.
He said Fadlallah wanted to see a quick end to the U.S.-led occupation of Iraq, and that he explained to the sheik the process by which the occupying powers are scheduled to hand over authority to an Iraqi government on June 30.
Copyright ? 2004, The Associated Press
-----------------------------------------------------

>> IRAQ MONEY FLOWS...2

Lebanon May Unfreeze Iraqi Assets in Beirut Banks
A member of the Iraqi Governing Council said Lebanon will return the Iraqi millions in its banks, but he gave no indication of when it will happen.
Mouwafak al-Rubaie met the speaker of Lebanon's parliament, Nabih Berri, together with fellow Governing Council member Younadem Kanna.
"The talks were good, and we spoke about the Iraqi money held in Lebanon. We heard good comments that Iraqi money in Beirut will be released," al-Rubaie said. He did not elaborate.
In May, a U.S. Treasury official said Lebanon had US$495 million in Iraqi funds from the years when President Saddam Hussein was in power. Lebanon has acknowledged it has Iraqi money, but it has not released a figure. Its authorities have said the money will be returned when Iraq has a sovereign government.
In November, Iraqi Finance Minister Kamel al-Gailani said in Beirut that Lebanon and Iraq were developing a means of returning the Iraqi assets.
Al-Rubaie's comments came a day after he and Kanna held talks with Syrian President Bashar Assad in Damascus about the Iraqi funds in Syrian banks, which are estimated at US$300-500 million.
Kanna said afterward that Assad told him "the Iraqi money that exists in Syria is secure and will be turned over to Iraqi authorities."
But Kanna reported Assad as saying the money would be given to an elected Iraqi government, not the current U.S.-appointment administration.
It is likely that Lebanon, which is close to Syria's diplomacy, will adopt the same position.
Relations between Lebanon and the U.S.-appointed Governing Council have been cool because of Lebanon's strong opposition to the U.S. occupation of Iraq. Lebanon still has not recognized the council as representing the Iraqi people.
The two-day visit of al-Rubaie and Kanna comes two weeks after Lebanese authorities confiscated 19.5 billion Iraqi dinars (US$15.6) from a private plane that flew to Beirut from Iraq.
The Iraqi Interior Ministry said the money was to be used for government purchases. A Lebanese businessmen on the plane, Mohammed Assem Abu Darwish, told investigators the money was to pay mainly for armored cars for Iraqi officials.
Al-Rubaie and Kanna did not say whether they spoke to Berri about the confiscated dinars.(AP)
Beirut, Updated 03 Feb 04, 09:01
------------------------------------------------------

Salameh: Government cannot force return of Iraqi money
Baghdad official wants funds repatriated
Ousted regime is said to have hidden some $550 million in Lebanese banks
Karine Raad
Daily Star correspondent
Lebanon's Central Bank has no authority to force the return of more than $550 million deposited in the country's banks by the regime of former Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein, said the bank governor Riyadh Salameh on Thursday.
Salameh said that Parliament would have to pass a law to provide such authorization.
He said, "Transactions between Iraqi authorities, the proprietors of the funds, and the Lebanese (banks) were governed by existing laws and left to the discretion of the banks themselves."
Iraqi Governing Council member Mowaffaq al-Roubaie said after meeting with Prime Minister Rafik Hariri on Saturday that Lebanon had agreed to return the funds. He put the total at some $495 million, but Salameh said that "the
sum exceeds $550 million, deposited in over 20 private Lebanese banks."
Beirut has never been opposed to the repatriation of the funds, but wanted to wait until a permanent government was installed in Iraq, which currently has only the temporary Governing Council overseen by the US-led coalition.
Salameh said that the Central Bank had done nothing more than inform the interim Iraqi authorities of the funds deposited in the country.
Another stumbling block has been that funds claimed by Iraq were also frozen in Lebanon to cover debts owed by the former regime to Lebanese businesses.
Salameh declined to say how much money there might be, adding that the Central Bank was not involved in the matter.
Meanwhile, State Prosecutor Adnan Addoum decided on Thursday to lift a ban forbidding Mohammed Abu Darwish, foreign affairs official of the disbanded Lebanese Forces Party Richard Jreisati, and customs agent Zawdo Zouein from leaving the country. The three men were detained in connection with the transfer of $15.6 million worth of Iraqi dinars into the country.
Addoum will meet Friday with Iraq's charge d'affaires, Tahseen Olayan, who will provide additional documents linked to the case.
In a separate development, Addoum announced on Thursday that the leader of the disbanded Lebanese Forces Party, Samir Geagea, was in good health and receiving regular medical attention. Geagea, who is serving a life sentence with hard labor at the Roumieh Central Prison, was transferred to the Sacred Heart Hospital in Hazmieh several days ago for regular clinical tests.
In regard to the Cotonou airplane crash, Addoum received a letter from the French investigating team saying that they had evidence that the airplane was the same one that landed on a weekly basis in the Beirut International Airport (BIA) and that it met the required safety standards. The team said that the Boeing, which crashed in Cotonou on Dec. 24, 2003, was not the same aircraft that had been banned by BIA authorities.
Similarly, the state prosecutor referred to Central Criminal Investigations two complaints lodged by Public Works and Transport Minister Najib Mikati against the New TV station for holding him responsible for the crash in news bulletins.
Addoum instructed that the complaints be included in investigations into "violations to administrative systems" at the BIA civil aviation directorate-general.
As for recent developments in the Al-Madina Bank case, Assistant State Prosecutor Rabia Ammash Qaddoura will interrogate the bank's executive secretary Rana Qoleilat on Tuesday. ? With AFP
Copyright?Daily Star
-------------------------------------------------------------
Gebran Tueni: Only in Lebanon Are Accusations of Bribery, Corruption Ignored
The entire world was shaken by the lists of officials bribed by Saddam Hussein's ousted regime and France and Jordan, among others, have begun judicial proceedings against the suspected recipients of bribes including free oil coupons, Gebran Tueni noted Thursday.
Only in Lebanon would an accused - whether guilty or innocent - sleep with no remorse regardless of charges of embezzlement, money laundering, illegal financial transactions or Saddam's bribes, which overnight turned their recipients into millionaires, An Nahar's general manager wrote in his weekly column.
Tueni boldly recalled that President Lahoud's son had been implicated in the scandal unveiled in Baghdad by Iraq's Governing Council. "In any other country, if a president's son, an MP or a public figure had been put on such a list, the judiciary would have risen and the individual would have acted to prove his innocence. But not in Lebanon," Tueni remarked sarcastically.
Only one of the alleged recipients of bribes, former MP Najah Wakim, has denied the charges, drawing a retort from the publisher of Iraq's Al-Mada newspaper who said the list was "real and official" and pledged to confront in court those seeking to discredit the disclosure.
Tueni asked why the Lebanese judiciary had not acted until now, adding that the allegations were damaging to Lebanon in the run-up to municipal elections, presidential elections and finally general elections next year.
"Unless the guardians of this state of institutions and the rule of the law feel that these are unimportant issues and they do not owe any explanation to the public opinion," he said.
Separately, Tueni chastised the government for allowing Hizbullah to act as the only player in the festivities marking the return of Lebanese prisoners from Israeli jails.
He questioned why other groups, such as the Communist Party, a key contributor to the resistance whose activists were among the bodies repatriated in last week's swap, were excluded from the official reception.
"We had hoped that Hizbullah would not kidnap the event, but unfortunately it did," Tueni wrote. "While observing the reception, we felt as though we were in Hizbullah-land or the Republic of Hizbullah."
Tueni congratulated the Lebanese for the swap, but recalled with anger that Lebanese released from Syrian jails were greeted by "military personnel that whisked them to further detention" in contrast with the heroes' welcome afforded to those returning from Israeli prisons.
Click here for the full text of Tueni's editorial

Beirut, Updated 05 Feb 04, 19:13
-----------------------------------------------

>> IRAQ MONEY FLOWS 3...
Vote of confidence in Iraq's economy
Despite political unrest, nation's financial system appears to be holding firm
By Stephen J. Glain, Globe Staff, 2/6/2004
WASHINGTON -- With anxiety growing as Iraq hurtles toward self rule, the country's fledgling financial system is proving itself surprisingly resilient, and foreign investors remain eager for a stake in the war-torn nation. The US decision to transfer sovereignty over Iraq to a local government by July 1, sooner than occupation officials had expected a few months ago, has triggered fears of a political vacuum that could destabilize the country. But Iraq's currency, the dinar, has held steady against the dollar, and foreign firms appear undaunted by the country's vast political risk and enormous unpaid debt.
The advent of foreign banks in Iraq, signaled this week by the Iraqi central bank's selection of three banks eligible to open branches in Baghdad, should help alleviate a serious capital crunch, US officials say. The three banks -- HSBC Group, Standard Chartered Bank, and the National Bank of Kuwait -- are the first to be eligible for licenses to provide a full range of financial services in the country.
"Any economy goes nowhere without a banking sector, so that's the first place to invest your money," said Bill Barron, managing director, global head of equity research at Deutsche Asset Management Ltd. "HSBC and Standard Chartered have the expertise and the Middle Eastern network, so it's no surprise they got in. I'm surprised there were no US banks, but it's only a matter of time before Citibank and the others plant their flags there."
Iraq is engulfed in a political clash between the US-led coalition running the occupation and the country's powerful Shiite elite over how to select the country's first sovereign government since the fall of Saddam Hussein. While the United States favors a complex series of caucuses, the majority Shiites prefer direct elections -- a process that would give them greater influence over the character and policies of the new administration. Tensions surrounding the negotiations and an increase in sectarian and ethnic unrest have raised concerns that the abbreviated transition could end in a violent power struggle.
Despite such fears, the Iraqi people -- by not selling dinars for dollars, the currency of choice in uncertain times -- are casting an implicit vote of confidence in the future. A team of US Treasury and Iraqi banking officials in Baghdad last summer hammered out an ambitious overhaul of the country's financial system that appears to be holding firm. They established an independent central bank, a currency exchange that replaced Iraq's old notes, a foreign investment law that allows non-Iraqis to own 100 percent of most companies and banks, tax codes for corporations and individuals, and customs duties.
The stable dinar is one of the coalition's success stories and a badly needed attraction for foreign investors. Since Baghdad fell, the dinar has actually strengthened, from 1,200 to the dollar to just 900 last month before easing back to 1,200. This week, the Iraqi central bank announced it would remove interest rate controls, a sign of growing confidence in the economy's ability to evolve without government intervention.
"Overall, the accelerated schedule has had a positive impact," said John Taylor, the US Treasury Department's undersecretary for international affairs.
There won't be enough time, Taylor said, to tackle the most politically challenging of Iraq's economic reforms: the dismantling of price supports on food and energy products. Under Hussein, generous subsidies on everything from bread to university educations helped the regime keep Iraq's sometimes restive population in line; removing subsidies prior to the handover could prompt a destabilizing round of inflation, say economists.
When US Treasury officials arrived in Baghdad last year, they were issued a World Bank report on the liberalization of 24 ex-Soviet economies that concluded the faster a command economy was unburdened of its subsidies, the less painful would be the recession that follows. Largely for political reasons, both US and Iraqi officials decided to keep the most sensitive of price supports in place.
"From an economist's point of view, you hope to move quickly" against price supports, said Peter McPherson, president of Michigan State University and the leader of the US Treasury team in Baghdad. "But there are trade-offs. I understand the pressure they're under."
Stephen J. Glain can be reached at glain@globe.com.
? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weapons of Mass Hysteria
If anything, the war was about 100,000 corpses too late.
The United States has lost less than 350 American dead in actual combat in Iraq, deposed the worst tyrant on the planet, and offered the first real hope of a humane government in the recent history of the Middle East -- and is being roundly condemned rather than praised for one of the most remarkable occurrences of our age. Yet a careful postbellum anatomy of the recent WMD controversy makes the original case for the war stronger rather weaker.
1. A Weapon of Mass Destruction. There were four unique factors in the calculus involving Saddam Hussein and his so-called weapons of mass destruction: (1) Saddam Hussein had petrodollars to buy such strategic weapons; (2) He had acquired and stockpiled such arms and used them in war against Iran and in peace against his own people; (3) He had a long history of aggression against the United States -- from Gulf War I to trying to assassinate an American president; and (4) His Baathist police state had a systematic policy of hiding such weapons, from both the United States postwar intelligence gatherers and the U.N. inspectors.
Therefore as long as Saddam Hussein was in power it mattered little what the professed status of his chemical and biological arsenal was at any particular time, since our only certain knowledge was that he had a proven desire and ability to purchase, recreate, and use them on any given day -- and that day would be mostly unknown to everyone outside of Iraq. He may have had thousands of tons of weapons in 1980, hundreds of tons in 1990, and tens of tons in 1995, almost zero in 2003 -- and yet once again perhaps hundreds in 2005 and thousands again in 2010. Thus the clich? that Saddam Hussein himself was the weapon of mass destruction was in fact entirely accurate.
Throughout this war there has been consistently fuzzy nomenclature that reflects mistaken logic: WMDs are supposedly the problem, rather than the tyrannical regimes that stockpile them -- as if Tony Blair's nuclear arsenal threatens world peace; we are warring against the method of "terror" rather than states that promote or allow it -- as if the Cold War was a struggle against SAM-6's or KGB-like tactics; September 11 had nothing to do with the Iraqi war, as if after 3,000 Americans were butchered through unconventional and terrorist tactics the margin of tolerance against Middle East tyrannical regimes that seek the weapons of such a trade does not diminish radically.
2. Casus Belli. The threat of WMDs may have been the centerpiece of the administration's arguments to go to war, but for most of us, there were plenty of other -- and far more important reasons -- for prompt action now.
Let us for the nth time recite them: Saddam had broken the 1991 armistice agreements and after September 11 it was no longer tolerable to allow Middle East dictators to continue as rogue states and virtual belligerents. Two-thirds of Iraqi airspace were de facto controlled by the United States -- ultimately an unsustainable commitment requiring over a decade of daily vigilance, billions of dollars, and hundreds of thousands of sorties to prevent further genocide. He had defied U.N. resolutions; and he had expelled inspectors, demanding either enforcement or appeasement and subsequent humiliation of the international community.
It really was an intolerable situation that in perpetuity thousands of Kurds and Shiites were doomed on any given week that American and British planes might have been grounded. Saddam had a history of war against Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Israel, Iran, and the United States, destroyed the ecology of the Mesopotamian wetlands, gassed his own people, and relented in his massacres only to the degree that the United States monitored him constantly. Should we continue with the shameful litany?
Well, in addition, in northern Iraq al Qaedists were battling the Kurds. Old-line terrorists like Abu Abbas and Abu Nidal were at home in Baghdad. Husseinite bounties subsidized suicide-murdering in Israel. A number of accounts had cited relationships between al Qaeda and Baathist intelligence. Iraq, in fact, was already at a critical mass. Faced with a brutal unending U.N. embargo and the loss of its airspace, it was descending into a badland like Afghanistan. The amorality is not that we took him out, but that after 1991 we waited about 100,000 corpses too long.
3. "Intelligence" is rarely intelligent. It is regrettable that two successive administrations apparently (inasmuch as the complete truth really does await translations of the Iraqi archives, a complete inquiry of former Baathists, and assurances from Syria) have had no accurate idea of the extent, or lack thereof, of the Iraqi WMD arsenal. But incomplete or faulty intelligence -- both hysterical overreactions or laxity and naivet? -- is not rare when nations go to war.
We were fooled by Japan in 1941 and had no idea that its enormous fleet was a few hundred miles off Hawaii. The Soviet absorption of Eastern Europe caught utopians off guard in 1945-6. Everyone underestimated Mao's resilience ("Who lost China?"). MacArthur's "infiltrators" across the Yalu River turned out to be several Chinese armies. We know only now that the Soviets cheated on several major arms agreements -- and had WMD arsenals far beyond what was disclosed. Its nuclear accidents and WMD catastrophes are still clouded in mysteries. Remember the Missile Gap of the 1960 election that helped to elect John Kennedy? Yet Cuba, we now learn, had more ready nukes than even Curtis LeMay imagined. The British surely had no warning about the Falklands invasion. An American ambassador gave the wrong message to Saddam Hussein in summer 1990, precisely because the CIA had no clue that Saddam Hussein was gearing up to invade Kuwait. Libya and Iran were further along with their nuclear programs than the CIA dared to imagine. Ditto North Korea. Who knew that Pakistan has been running a nuclear clearinghouse? The point is not to excuse faulty intelligence, but rather to understand that knowing exactly what the enemy is up to is difficult and yet almost never acknowledged to be so.
4. The wages of bluffing. If present stockpiles of WMDs are discovered not to have been present in Iraq in spring 2003 or to have been transported to Syria, it is probably because of deception inside Iraq itself. Either Iraqi weapons procurers and scientists may have misled an unhinged Saddam Hussein or Saddam knew he had no arsenal and yet deliberately misled the U.N. In other words, if the world decides that such a monster cannot have such weapons (as the U.N., in fact, did in several resolutions), and such a monster chooses for whatever bizarre reasons to avoid disclosing information about them, then either one acts on logical inferences or does not -- and thus accepts the wages of such defiance.
I am sorry that the United States has established a hair-trigger reputation in matters of deadly agents of mass destruction -- but apparently other rogue nations now believe that the burden of proof is no longer on us to establish that they have them, but rather on them to ensure the world that they do not. And that is not necessarily a bad thing if we ponder that the lives of thousands may hang in the balance.
5. WMD deterrence. So it turns out that the emphasis on weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, and the subsequent effort to take out Saddam Hussein have had a powerful effect on such arsenals far beyond Baghdad. Without the removal of the Baathists, Libya would never have confessed to its nuclear roguery. Without the recent war, Iran would never have professed a desire to follow international protocols. Without the recent conflict, Pakistan would never have investigated its own outlaw scientists.
Whether we like it or not, the precedent that the United Sates might act decisively against regimes that were both suspected of pursuing WMD acquisition and doing nothing to allay those fears, has had a powerful prophylactic effect in the neighborhood. Only in this Orwellian election year, would candidates for the presidency decry that the war had nothing to do with the dilemma of WMDs -- even as Libya, Iran, and Pakistan by their very actions apparently disagreed.
6. Cost-benefit analysis. A decade-long U.N. trade embargo, coupled with occasional U.S. strikes (the 1999 Desert Fox operation may have killed 4,000 Iraqis) probably led to as much damage and death as the recent war -- but without either freeing the Iraq people or finally ascertaining the exact nature of Saddam's chemical, biological, and nuclear arsenal. Once Saddam Hussein took Iraq down the path of tyranny, invasion, and WMD acquisition, then it was not a question of stopping him without losses, but simply finding the most economical way to rid the world of his regime at the least cost in lives. When reckoned over a 30-year era, the recent war will have seemed humane in comparison to what transpired between 1975 and 2003.
Again, I am sorry that David Kay's preliminary findings suggest an intelligence lapse; but that sorrow is mitigated by the recognition that there are tens of thousands of rotting skulls in the deserts of Iraq -- the work of a psychopath and his sons, who, thanks to the belated efforts of the United States, have now been put permanently out of the business of mass death.
7. WMD paranoia. While conventional arsenals kill far more than chemical or biological weapons, the latter hold a particular horror for us all given the stealthy nature of microbes and gas, and their theoretical ability to kill us en masse without the scream of an artillery shell or burp of a machine gun. Illogical perhaps, but true nonetheless is our paranoia about these horrific weapons. My grandfather who was mustard gassed in the Argonne, coughed out horrific tales of yellow clouds; rarely artillery bursts that killed most of his friends. The Chinese demand reparations from Japan over the brutality of Unit 731 in a way they do not even concerning the Rape of Nanking. A few grains of Ricin empty the Capitol in a way a random artillery shell or abandoned M-16 would not.
Unconventional weapons, in other words, by their very nature of stealth, horrific death, and the failure of conventional military deterrence scare people -- especially in the present context of asymmetrical warfare where rogue states and terrorist cells seek them precisely to nullify Western military advantage. This is not to excuse WMD paranoia, but only to suggest, for example, that Colin Powell's excursus to the U.N. might in retrospect been inaccurate in all its details, but nevertheless a well-meaning effort to ensure the United States did not experience something like the cloud in Kurdistan -- or unconventional and unpredictable acts analogous to September 11.
8. History's verdict. The morality of a war, perhaps tragically so, is usually judged by the way it was waged and its aftermath. Thus while historians quibble about whether Roosevelt "knew" about December 7, most care little because they accept Japanese aggression and the ultimate success and morality of our efforts to defeat it. Conservatives harp that President Clinton neither went to the U.N. nor the U.S. Senate to bomb Serbia; but their objections to his preemption rightly fell on deaf ears because the real moral question was rather to stop genocide and end the reign of a mass murderer. Most of us did not care a whit about Monica, but appreciated deeply the Clinton effort (way too late) to stop the slaughter in the Balkans and finally to show some displeasure with Saddam Hussein.
This is not an argument to ignore concerns over dissimulation, but rather to appreciate that when confronted with an ogre the moral issue sometimes is ending his reign and leaving millions safe and free in his wake, rather than quibbling over the legal basis to do so.
In contrast, we talk still about an exaggerated Gulf of Tonkin resolution precisely because the ensuing war became morally questionable, was often waged nonsensically, and was ultimately lost -- resulting in millions of dead in vain, refugees, and internees. Had we acted wisely in Vietnam, created a South Korea-like state within three years, and today be witnessing a Saigon similar to Seoul, the Gulf of Tonkin legislation would be seen instead as an irrelevant if improper effort to prompt needed action to save millions from Communism rather than the disingenuous catalyst that led to quagmire.
Again, this is not to suggest the ends justify the means, but rather to acknowledge that there are always deeper reasons to go to war than what lawyers, diplomats, and politicians profess. Those underlying factors are ultimately judged as moral or immoral by history's unforgiving logic of how, and for what reason, the war was waged -- and what were its ultimate results. We live in a sick, sick West if we investigate Mr. Bush's and Mr. Blair's courageous efforts to end Iraqi fascism, while ignoring the thousands of Europeans and multinational corporations who profited from his reign of terror.
Postmortem. If the United States went to war with Iraq only because of the threat of WMDs; if the mass murdering of Saddam Hussein was found on examination to be highly exaggerated; if we had some secret plan for stealing the oil of Iraq, if Saddam Hussein posed no future threat to the United States or its allies; if the war resulted in a worse future for Iraq, the United States, and the surrounding Middle East; and if the administration deliberately constructed false intelligence evidence to advance such an unnecessary war that resulted in misery rather than hope, then an apology is needed now. But so far, that has simply not been the case.
The real outrage is instead that at a time of one of most important developments of the last half-century, when this country is waging a war to the death against radical Islamic fascism and attempting to bring democracy to an autocratic wasteland, we hear instead daily about some mythical rogue CIA agent who supposedly faked evidence, Martha Stewart's courtroom shoes, Michael Jackson's purported perversion, and Scott Peterson's most recent alibi. Amazing.

http://www.nationalreview.com/hanson/hanson200402060837.asp



>> IRAN WATCH...

Iran Acquires Cruise Missile
From DEBKA-Net-Weekly 143 Jan 30, 2003
February 6, 2004, 8:31 PM (GMT+02:00)
Iran`s threat to Gulf shipping
Iran's Islamic Revolutionary regime last month marked the 25th anniversary of its victory over the Shah by launching a sophisticated missile dubbed Raad and its accompanying advanced radar system designated DM-3b. Minister of defense Rear Admiral Ali Shamkhani led the ceremony in full naval dress uniform.
The official handout described the radar system as navigating and guiding the combatant missile in its final stage. The medium-range Raad missile is equipped with a self-guidance device. Shamkhani enthused: the two systems manufactured in Iran's state aviation industry further enhance the capabilities of Iranian armed forces.
What the handout did not reveal was that Raad is no ordinary coastal or shipboard projectile but a cruise missile, capable of halting Personal Gulf shipping by blockading the Hormuz Strait. It can also choke off incoming and outgoing sea traffic via the Shatt al-Arb, Iraq's only exit point for its oil exports and entrance for its vital imports.
DEBKA-Net-Weekly 's Gulf sources report launching bases for the new missiles are going up at four places on Iran's Gulf coast: the northern end at Bandar a-Khomeini opposite the mouth of the Shatt al Arb and facing Kuwait and Bahrain, at Bushehr, site of its nuclear reactor, at the big Bandar Abbas naval base and Revolutionary Guards headquarters, and at Bandar e-Lengeh west of Qeshm Island.
From these installations, Iranian missiles will cover the tanker and merchant ship lanes leading into the Persian Gulf from the Indian Ocean through the Gulf of Aden.
A fifth launching base will be located on the small highly-strategic island of Great Tumb situated just north of the Hormuz Strait at the mouth of the Gulf.
According to our military experts, the locations of the new Raad missile bases betray both aggressive intent and determination to defend Iran's Gulf shore from assault by warships or hostile marine landings. Iran's military command appears to be preparing the country's national defenses for an anticipated American attack in the course of 2004 or early 2005.

-------------------------------------------------------------------
Russia Sells Iran AVLIS System for Advanced Uranium Enrichment
DEBKAfile Exclusive Report
August 28, 2003, 9:31 AM (GMT+02:00)
The Vienna-based International Atomic Energy Agency - IAEA - put out a disturbing report this week confirming earlier DEBKAfile revelations that traces of uranium enrichment activity were found in samples at Natanz nuclear facility in Iran, 290 km south of Tehran, evidence that Iran was in the process of building a nuclear arsenal.
Agency officials admit that Tehran is in clear non-compliance with its nuclear safeguard obligations and may even have laid itself open to a complaint to the UN Security Council and the threat of sanctions.
In issue Number 120, published on August 8, DEBKA-Net-Weekly's military sources reported exclusively that in the second week of July Russia secretly delivered the components of the AVLIS (atomic vapor laser isotope separator) system aboard unmarked military transports.
This accelerated and environmentally clean process of uranium enrichment was first developed at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, California, for the US Department of Energy in the 1970s. In 1998, the Iranians were reported working on their own AVLIS. The version supplied by Russian is apparently based on more advanced technology. While the US energy department suspended AVLIS development in 1998, the Russians appear to have stepped up production, counting on an expanding future exports to governments bent on acquiring nuclear weapons, such as Saddam Hussein's Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, North Korea, India and Pakistan.
The Russian components came with Russian technicians for assembling the apparatus and teaching Iranian nuclear technicians how to use it.
According to the information obtained by DEBKA-Net-Weekly , AVLIS has been installed at two of Iran's uranium enrichment facilities, Natanz and Moallen Kalayeh. The latter is Iran's most secluded subterranean nuclear plant, buried under the Albroz Mountains 40 km north of Tehran. In its tall tunnels, Iran carries out its most secret tests.
Moallen Kalayeh used to be a small rural village. Today it is a closed township populated by hundreds of scientists and technicians. It is also one of the most heavily protected places in the country. The Iranians are putting the new equipment to work at top speed at the peak of their effort to build up a stock of enriched uranium sufficient for a nuclear device before September 8, when the Nuclear Atomic Energy Agency's board convenes in Vienna to discuss the Iran report.
Tehran has also been racing against the clock to forestall decisions at the six-nation talks on North Korea's nuclear program that began in Beijing August 27, before they impede Iran's related progress towards a nuclear weapon. Attending the talks are the US, the two Koreas, Japan, Russia and China, the host.
According to our Moscow sources, Russian military circles as certain that without that AVLIS would not have been consigned to Iran without the okay of President Vladimir Putin. He would have seen the delivery as a means of getting round his promise to President George W. Bush not to send Iran spent nuclear rods to fuel the Bushehr nuclear reactor and a way of compensating Iran for this letdown.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> TERROR FILES CONTINUED...

Video shows al-Qaida attack preparation
NEW YORK, Feb. 6 (UPI) -- ABC News says it discovered video footage of al-Qaida terrorists preparing for, and executing, an attack has been discovered on the Internet .
The six 15-minute videos appear on the Web site of the Islamic Center for Studies and Research and implicate the men responsible for a Nov. 8, 2003, suicide bomb attack on a residential compound in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, that killed 17 people.
The tape shows men training in military camouflage uniforms with a stockpile of advanced weapons.
Also shown are building plans and surveillance photos of the target and the location of security guards, who were the first to be killed in the attack.
The tape also shows a bomb being built in a training camp in Saudi Arabia. Next to the device is a radio transmitter, which indicates how the bomb was detonated.
The only men whose faces are shown are two individuals who are described as the eventual suicide bombers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tape Shows Purported Saudi Militant Plot
By TAREK AL-ISSAWI
ASSOCIATED PRESS
DUBAI, United Arab Emirates (AP) - A video purported to be from Osama bin Laden's al-Qaida terror network shows Saudi militants planning, training for and carrying out what it claimed was the Nov. 8 bombing of a housing compound for foreigners in the Saudi capital that killed 17 people.
The 90-minute video, viewed on an Islamic Web site by The Associated Press in Dubai, shows a vehicle driving up to what it says is the Muhaya compound in Riyadh before loud explosions and gunfire erupt. That portion is blurry and badly lit, and the building is not visible.
It was not possible to verify the video's authenticity. However, it uses language similar to past statements attributed to al-Qaida, and the training scenes are like those seen in videos of al-Qaida camps in Afghanistan. The Web site that showed the video has released other seemingly credible al-Qaida statements.
In October, an al-Qaida-style recording surfaced on the Internet that included what was described as audio of militants launching May 12 attacks on Western housing compounds in Riyadh that killed 26 people and the nine attackers. Bits of video also were accessible with it, but the only clip allegedly of the assault itself showed a black screen with text identifying gunshot noises as a recording of the start of the attack.
The new video contains excerpts from several of bin Laden's previously broadcast comments, as well as the words of other al-Qaida members and Khattab, a Saudi-born Chechen military leader who was killed by Russian forces in 2002.
Militants are seen training with rocket-propelled grenades and surface-to-air missiles, and in hand-to-hand combat.
The video also showed training courses on bomb-making and displayed detonators, timers and wires. It calls the training camp al-Battar and says it is on the Arabian peninsula.
American and Saudi officials blamed al-Qaida for the attack on the Muhaya compound. Although Arabs and other Muslims were living in the compound, the video claimed it housed members of the CIA as well as other Americans. No Americans were killed in the attack.
"If we wanted to destroy the country, then attacking institutions beneficial to the people is much easier than killing a single American," said a man who identifies himself as Nasser bin Hamed al-Harbi, allegedly one of the two suicide bombers.
The video showed men purportedly carrying out reconnaissance of the compound, and said the attack was rehearsed repeatedly and computer-simulated.
Some of the footage clearly came from a handheld camera. Two voices could be heard praying as the vehicle moved, moments before the sound of an explosion.
Some members of the team that attacked the compound were believed to have escaped.
In one scene on the video, more than 10 men are shown, most of them covering their faces with ski masks or Arab headscarves, carrying RPGs, semiautomatic weapons, grenades and AK-47 semiautomatic rifles. The video also showed the two purported suicide bombers.
Some militants were shown spraying the vehicle dark blue with light blue stripes along the sides. Saudi authorities said the vehicle used in the attack had been painted to resemble a Saudi security vehicle, with a dark blue body and light blue markings.
"The mujahedeen target only the crusaders. As for the infidel leaders, their day will come, God willing," a masked man identified in a subtitle as Abdul Aziz al-Moqrin said on the video, holding an assault rifle.
Al-Moqrin is on a Saudi list of most-wanted terror suspects. He has been identified in newspaper reports as the mastermind of the attack.
Saudi Arabia has been under pressure to show it is more active in fighting terrorism since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, in which 15 of the 19 hijackers were Saudi citizens.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> PA WATCH...

Something important is happening in the PA
By Nazir Majally
Something important is happening on the Palestinian street, especially among the second and third generation of its leadership, as relates to Israel and the conflict and the vision of the future of the Palestinian Arab people. The change appears to be genuine, and also strategic.
There's no doubt that those in Israel who ought to know what is happening there are aware of this. But for some reason, this knowledge is not being expressed in a correspondingly practical policy. And as usual, the Palestinian side is not making an effort to expose these important developments to the public.
Imad Shakur, one of the Palestinian Authority chairman's many advisers, described the prevailing attitude in the territories in a courageous article published in the mass-circulation Arab newspaper A-Sharq al-Awsat last week. In it, he calls not just for a halt to the intifada, but also for the dismantling of all the armed organizations, including the Fatah Tanzim. He even expresses contempt for the term "the blessed intifada" and severely criticizes the leadership that refuses to recognize its mistakes and is not internalizing the changes in the world and the region. Shakur reminds his readers of the fate of President Saddam Hussein, who promised to wage a victorious war against the United States. He argues that a genuine and dignified solution to the Palestinian matter can only come from a drastic change in the patterns of thinking and governing to move toward a real democratic and pluralistic system.
Anyone who knows the Palestinian leadership from up close, including Arafat's inner circle, knows that Shakur's article is not expressing solely his opinion. As a matter of fact, it was reprinted in full in the PA's main newspaper, Al Ayam, which is published in Ramallah and edited by Akram Haniya, one of Arafat's closest advisers; in the competing Al Quds, published in Jerusalem; and also in the Jordanian newspaper A-Ra'i and became the talk of the day there, too. It is also known that the article was seen by Arafat and Ahmed Qureia (Abu Ala) prior to its publication and they did not prevent it from being published.
Clearly, many Palestinians, including some of the leaders, think the same way, and this is not such a recent development. It's known that the first Palestinian prime minister, Mahmoud Abbas (Abu Mazen), opposed the intifada from the start and sought to stop it. Others have referred to it as a death blow to the Palestinian people. And some spoke, even then, of the foolish mistake at Camp David when the Palestinians rejected the Clinton-Barak proposal. At a later stage, they began to organize in order to promote these ideas.
These people did not concentrate solely on today's diplomatic-security situation. They also thought about the future of the Palestinian people. At their meetings, which were held openly, they talked not just about reforms but also about how to establish a special Arab state in democratic and pluralistic Palestine, and about a free and thriving economy. They cited Japan and Germany, which were compelled to dismantle their armies following the surrender in World War II, and how they have since become economic and technological superpowers. They talked about Israel in terms of cooperation instead of hostility, in terms of envy instead of hatred.
But every time they decided to openly publicize their positions, something happened that caused them to postpone the publication to a later time. The first time it was the siege on Arafat. The second time it was the Seder night terror attack in Netanya, to which Israel responded with a reoccupation of all the Palestinian cities. The third time, it was another terror attack and another occupation. And the idea was quashed. Until now, when it has been brought out in the open.
How Israel relates to this development is important. Will it understand and respond with encouraging initiatives - or will Israel ignore it?
The writer is a journalist and Israeli affairs analyst for the Arab media, including A-Sharq al-Awsat newspaper, Abu Dhabi Television and Al-Arabia Television.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
>> TERROR FILES...ATTA ROOMMATE...


HAMBURGER TERRORPROZESS
Im Zweifel f?r Mzoudi
Von Matthias Gebauer
Nach monatelangen Querelen ist der im zweiten Hamburger Terrorprozess angeklagte Abdelghani Mzoudi ein freier Mann - aus Mangel an Beweisen gegen den mutma?lichen Helfer der Todes-Piloten. Das Gericht lie? jedoch keinen Zweifel daran, dass dies keinesfalls Mzoudis Unschuld bedeute.
DDP
Abdelghani Mzoudi: Schweigen nach dem Freispruch
Hamburg - Es war Punkt 11.37 Uhr, da war der mutma?liche Terror-Helfer Abdelghani Mzoudi ein freier Mann. Viel gegens?tzlicher allerdings h?tten die Reaktionen in den Minuten nach dem spektakul?ren Freispruch kaum sein k?nnen. "F?r Sie, Herr Mzoudi, mag dieser Tag ein Grund zur Freude sein", sagte der Vorsitzende Richter Klaus R?hle gewohnt k?hl, "doch ein Grund zum Jubeln f?r die Justiz ist es keinesfalls." Ganz anders sah das freilich der Verteidiger des jungen Marokkaners. Mit breitem Grinsen sprach der kurz nach dem Richter von einem "gro?artigen Tag f?r die Justiz", die sich nicht als willf?hriger Vollstrecker der internationalen Terrorbek?mpfung habe missbrauchen lassen.
Die Wahrheit liegt wohl irgendwo in der Mitte. Die Richter machten in ihrer Urteilsbegr?ndung deutlich, dass sie nach dem Rechtsgrundsatz "im Zweifel f?r den Angeklagten" entschieden hatten. F?r eine Verurteilung wegen Beihilfe bei den Attacken vom 11. September 2001 und der Mitgliedschaft in der Terror-Gruppe um die Todespiloten Atta und Co. "reichte es einfach nicht", wiederholte Richter R?hle mehrmals. Zweifelsohne aber bleibt nach dem Freispruch des Angeklagten nicht nur f?r das Gericht ein bitterer Beigeschmack, denn sie sind nach R?hles Worten "von der Unschuld des Angeklagten keineswegs ?berzeugt".
Revision ist bereits eingereicht
F?r Bundesanwalt Walter Hemberger ist der Angeklagte noch immer ein "gef?hrlicher Terrorist", der an den Anschl?gen in den USA beteiligt war. Aus diesem Grund wolle er umgehend eine Revision gegen den Freispruch pr?fen. Die Nebenkl?ger im Prozess lie?en sich nicht so lange Zeit. Keine zwei Minuten nach dem Urteil hatte der Richter bereits per Fax den Revisionsantrag des Berliner Rechtsanwalts Andreas Schulz auf seinem Schreibtisch.
Doch neben all den bewertenden Aussagen reichte schon die Urteilsbegr?ndung des Richters aus, um den komplizierten Ablauf des Prozesses bis hin zum Freispruch zu verstehen. Punkt f?r Punkt schilderte Richter R?hle, warum der weltweit beachtete Prozess scheiterte. Letztlich habe die mehr als 30-t?gige Gerichtsverhandlung mit mehr als 50 Zeugen und Hunderten von Beweisdokumenten keine ausreichenden Beweise f?r den Vorwurf ergeben, dass Mzoudi die Anschl?ge mit vorbereitete, so R?hle. "Nur sie wissen, was Atta und Co. ihnen von den t?dlichen Pl?nen erz?hlt haben", sagte R?hle zu Mzoudi. Doch auch wenn die Anschl?ge eines der "schrecklichsten Verbrechen in der Geschichte der Menschheit seien", k?nne es in einem Rechtsstaat "nur aus Gr?nden der S?hne" keine Verurteilung geben.
Pr?gel f?r die Schlapph?te
AP
Richter Klaus R?hle: Freispruch trotz Belastungsmaterial
Danach schilderte R?hle die vielen Zweifel, die das Gericht letztlich zum Freispruch f?hrten. Von Beginn an seien die Beweise der Ankl?ger d?nn gewesen. Lediglich einige Geld?berweisungen an die sp?teren Attent?ter und die Erledigung kleiner Gefallen konnten die Fahnder gegen Mzoudi vorbringen. Ebenso erwiesen sich Zeugenaussagen, die Mzoudi zuerst als fanatischen Eiferer gegen das Weltjudentum erscheinen lie?en, am Ende ?bertrieben und wenig ?berzeugend. "Die Planung des 11. Septembers war eine Geheimaktion sondergleichen", f?hrte R?hle aus. Nach Meinung des Gerichts habe Mzoudi deshalb auch ebenso gut nichts von den Pl?nen seiner Freunde wissen k?nnen, obwohl diese zumindest die Endphase der Anschlagsplanung in der gemeinsamen Wohnung koordinierten.
Doch nicht nur die Ankl?ger bekamen zu Prozess-Ende Pr?gel. Richter R?hle widmete einen ganzen Teil seines Vortrags der Arbeit der internationalen Geheimdienste. Die US-Dienste aber auch die deutschen Sicherheitsbeh?rden hatten immer wieder wichtige Beweise und potentielle Zeugen wie den Drahtzieher Ramzi Binalshibh vom Gericht ferngehalten - weil dies entweder die nationale Sicherheit der USA oder auf deutscher Seite die Kooperation mit den US-Beh?rden gef?hrde. R?hle zog am Ende seiner pers?nlichen Erfahrung mit den Diensten eine ern?chterte Bilanz: "Wir m?ssen es hinnehmen, dass der Angeklagte freigesprochen wird, obwohl an verschiedensten Stellen ganz offenbar belastendes Material vorliegt".
Ein Richter zwischen vielen St?hlen
Bei der Urteilsverk?ndung war Klaus R?hle der gesamte Druck anzumerken, der auf einem Richter liegt, der gegen einen potentiellen Beteiligten des Massenmords vom 11. Septembers verhandelt. Einem Richter, von dem viele nur ein hartes Urteil verlangten, der aber selber durch und durch Jurist ist und Fakten braucht. Immer wieder verteidigte er sich und seinen Senat. "Wir sind in dem Verfahren an die Grenzen der Wahrheitsfindung gesto?en", sagte er in Bezug auf nicht vorgelegtes Beweismaterial, "doch wir haben es uns nicht leicht gemacht".
Fast geriet die Urteilsbegr?ndung des Senats zu einer Entschuldigungsrede. "Manche Menschen, vor allem in den USA, werden dieses Urteil mit Fassungslosigkeit oder gar Wut aufnehmen", gestand R?hle ein, "andere werden das Urteils als Niederlage gegen den internationalen Terrorismus sehen." R?hle betonte, dass Gericht sei besonders von dem Auftritt der Angeh?rigen der Opfer und ihrem Leid beeindruckt gewesen sei. "Der Schrecken des Terrors ist nicht gebannt", sagte der Richter. In dem Hamburger Verfahren aber sei es ausschlie?lich um die Schuld des Angeklagten gegangen und nicht um ein "Fanal gegen den Terror".
Die offene Schuldfrage
Der einzige, der am Donnerstag eisern schwieg, war der Ex-Angeklagte selber. Beim Freispruch im Gerichtssaal zeigte Abdelghani Mzoudi kaum eine Regung und starrte auf den Boden. Erst als ihm sein Verteidiger ermuntert auf die Schultern klopfte, grinste er kurz. Danach verschwand er wie gewohnt in den Gerichtsg?ngen. Auch auf der Pressekonferenz sagte er nichts, weder zu seinem Fall noch zu seinem Befinden. "Er ist einfach ein sehr zur?ck haltender Mensch", sagte sein Verteidiger. Auf die Frage, ob er seinen Mandanten auch pers?nlich f?r unschuldig halte, schwieg auch er. Trotz des Freispruchs vom Donnerstag ist diese Frage genauso offen wie zu Prozessbeginn.

---------------------------------------------------------
MZOUDI-FREISPRUCH
Bundesanwaltschaft will Urteil anfechten
Das Urteil im zweiten Hamburger Terrorprozess ist gefallen. Das Gericht befand, Abdelghani Mzoudi k?nne keine Beteiligung an den Anschl?gen vom 11. September nachgewiesen werden, und sprach den Marokkaner frei. Die Bundesanwaltschaft will jetzt vor den Bundesgerichtshof in Karlsruhe ziehen.
Terrorprozess: Freispruch f?r Mzoudi
AP
Grund zur Freude: Abdelghani Mzoudi
Hamburg - Die Anklage hatte die H?chststrafe von 15 Jahren Gef?ngnis gefordert, die Verteidigung Freispruch beantragt. Die meisten Prozessbeobachter hatten den Freispruch erwartet. Das Hamburger Oberlandesgericht hatte im Dezember ?berraschend den Haftbefehl gegen Mzoudi aufgehoben, weil es eine vom Bundeskriminalamt ?bermittelte anonyme Zeugenaussage als entlastend wertete.
Die Bundesanwaltschaft will jetzt Revision einlegen. "Wir sind davon ?berzeugt, dass sich der Angeklagte der Mitgliedschaft in einer terroristischen Vereinigung und der Beihilfe zum Mord schuldig gemacht hat", sagte Bundesanwalt Walter Hemberger nach den Urteil. Man wolle allerdings zun?chst die schriftliche Urteilsbegr?ndung des Gerichts abwarten, sagte Hemberger.
Unmittelbar vor der Urteilsverk?ndung hatte das Gericht einen noch am Morgen eingebrachten Antrag der Nebenklage auf Wiedereintritt in die Beweisaufnahme abgelehnt. Nebenkl?ger-Anwalt Andreas Schulz hatte den Vorsto? damit begr?ndet, er gehe davon aus, dass es in der US-Regierung eine ge?nderte Meinung ?ber die Freigabe von Vernehmungsakten ?ber den wichtigen Zeugen Ramzi Binalshibh gebe. Er forderte deshalb ein erneutes Rechtshilfeersuchen an die USA. Das Gericht war dagegen der Ansicht, es gebe keine Hinweis darauf, dass die US-Beh?rden nun eher bereit seien, Geheim-Informationen herauszugeben.
Nach Ansicht der Anklage und der Nebenkl?ger war Mzoudi als Mitglied der Hamburger Terrorzelle um den Todespiloten Mohammed Atta in die Anschlagsvorbereitungen eingebunden. Die Anklage hatte die H?chststrafe von 15 Jahren Gef?ngnis gefordert, die Verteidigung Freispruch beantragt. Das Gericht hatte im Dezember ?berraschend den Haftbefehl gegen Mzoudi aufgehoben, weil es eine vom Bundeskriminalamt ?bermittelte anonyme Zeugenaussage als entlastend wertete. Das Gericht ging davon aus, dass diese Aussage von Binalshibh stammte.
An den Angeklagten gewandt, sagte der Vorsitzende Richter Klaus R?hle in der Urteilsbegr?ndung w?rtlich: "Herr Mzoudi, Sie sind freigesprochen, es ist aber kein Grund zum Jubeln." R?hle betonte, der Freispruch sei nicht erfolgt, weil das Gericht von der Unschuld ?berzeugt sei, sondern weil die Beweise gegen den Angeklagten nicht ausgereicht h?tten. Daher gelte der Grundsatz "in dubio pro reo" (im Zweifel f?r den Angeklagten).
Was Mzoudi von der Hamburger Terrorzelle tats?chlich ?ber die Anschlagsvorbereitungen f?r den 11. September gewusst habe, das wisse nur er, nicht aber das Gericht.
--------------------------------------------------

REAKTIONEN
Schily ?ber Urteil entt?uscht
Der Bundesinnenminister hat sich im ZDF entt?uscht ?ber das Hamburger Urteil im zweiten Terroristenprozess ge?u?ert. Gleichzeitig k?ndigte Schily an, dass der freigesprochene Mzoudi im Visier der Sicherheitsbeh?rden bleibt.
Berlin - Bundesinnenminister Otto Schily (SPD) hat den Freispruch des Marokkaners Abdelghani Mzoudi im Hamburger Prozess um die Anschl?ge vom 11. September 2001 als entt?uschend bezeichnet.
"Es ist nat?rlich entt?uschend, dass hier ein Urteil in diese Richtung ergangen ist", sagte Schily im ZDF-"Heute Journal" am Donnerstagabend. "Ich teile die Auffassung des Generalbundesanwalts, dass durchaus gute Aussichten bestehen, das freisprechende Urteil in der Revisionsinstanz zu ver?ndern. Er m?sse jedoch zun?chst die Unabh?ngigkeit der Justiz respektieren, sagte Schily.
Der im zweiten Hamburger Terroristenprozess frei gesprochene Marokkaner Abdelghani Mzoudi bleibe aber im Visier der Sicherheitsbeh?rden k?ndigte Schily zugleich an. Es m?ssten die erforderlichen Vorkehrungen getroffen werden, um die Sicherheit der Menschen in Deutschland zu gew?hrleisten.
--------------------------------------------------------------

IN HAMBURG UNERW?NSCHT
Innensenator will Mzoudi abschieben
Der Hamburger Innensenator Dirk Nockemann will den vom Terrorverdacht freigesprochenen Marokkaner Abdelghani Mzoudi "so schnell wie m?glich" abschieben.
Hamburg - "Ich habe die Ausl?nderbeh?rde angewiesen, die Ausweisung zu pr?fen", sagte Nockemann nach dem Urteil. Die Beh?rde solle mit Hochdruck an dem Fall arbeiten: "Es gibt keinen vorrangigeren Fall als Mzoudi", sagte der Politiker von der Partei Rechtsstaatlicher Offensive.
Sein Wunsch sei, "sofort abschieben, denn der Mann ist gef?hrlich". Der Status von Mzoudi nach dem Freispruch sei "geduldeter Ausl?nder". Nockemann sagte, die Ausl?nderbeh?rde m?sse f?r ihre Entscheidung nun auf die schriftliche Urteilsbegr?ndung warten. "Grunds?tzlich ist es m?glich, dass die Ausl?nderbeh?rde abschiebt, auch wenn das Gericht freigesprochen hat", sagte der Innensenator. Die Beh?rde m?sse pr?fen, was im Urteil ?ber ihn stehe. Die Entscheidung "kann sich ein paar Tage hinziehen", meinte er.
Nockemann sagte, der 31 Jahre alte Marokkaner sei gef?hrlich. "Er war in Afghanistan und hat eine Schie?ausbildung gemacht, weil er k?mpfen will", stellte der Politiker fest. Auf die Frage, ob Mzoudi von der Polizei nun besonders ?berwacht werde, sagte Nockemann: "Wir wissen, was die islamistische Szene tut und Mzoudi ist Teil dieser Szene".
Der konservative Politiker forderte von Bundesinnenminister Otto Schily einen Gesetzentwurf, wonach eine Ausweisung auch schon bei Terrorverdacht m?glich sein soll. Bisher hei?e es im Ausl?ndergesetz, "es m?ssen Tatsachen belegen", dass ein Ausl?nder in Terroraktivit?ten verstrickt ist, ehe er abgeschoben werden darf.
Mzoudis Anw?ltin G?l Pinar sagte dazu: "Herr Mzoudi wird l?nger hier sein als Herr Nockemann im Amt". Mzoudi soll f?r seine Zeit in der Untersuchungshaft entsch?digt werden. Die Kosten des Verfahrens zahle die Staatskasse.
Nach seinem Freispruch darf Mzoudi die Hansestadt nicht verlassen. Er m?sse im Zust?ndigkeitsbereich der Hamburger Ausl?nderbeh?rde bleiben und jederzeit erreichbar sein, sagte der Sprecher der Hamburger Innenbeh?rde, Marco Haase am Donnerstag. Mzoudi habe ein beschr?nktes Aufenthaltsrecht in Form einer Duldung.

----------------------------------------------

>> GERHARD WATCH...

Gerhard Schr?der quitte la pr?sidence du SPD
LEMONDE.FR | 06.02.04 | 18h56
Le chancelier allemand tente ainsi de sortir de la crise provoqu?e au sein du parti social-d?mocrate par les r?formes ?conomiques et sociales du gouvernement.
Confront? ? une baisse persistante de sa cote de popularit? et au vif m?contentement de nombre de ses partisans face ? son programme d'aust?rit? ?conomique, le chancelier allemand, Gerhard Schr?der, a cr?? la surprise, vendredi 6 f?vrier, en renon?ant ? la pr?sidence du Parti social-d?mocrate (SPD).
Le chancelier a propos? que Franz M?ntefering, 64 ans, chef de file du groupe parlementaire SPD au Bundestag et l'un de ses proches alli?s, lui succ?de ? la t?te du parti. Dans la foul?e, le secr?taire g?n?ral du SPD, Olaf Scholz, 45 ans, fortement contest? par la base sociale-d?mocrate, a ?galement d?missionn? de ses fonctions.
Gerhard Schr?der tente ainsi de sortir de la crise ouverte par une fronde de la base du SPD face ? sa douloureuse r?forme de l'Etat-providence, qui frappe de plein fouet son ?lectorat. "Je vais me concentrer sur mon travail de chef de gouvernement", a indiqu? Gerhard Schr?der, 59 ans, lors d'une conf?rence de presse surprise, vendredi, ? Berlin.
Gerhard Schr?der a assur? qu'il restait attach? ? la mise en ?uvre de ses r?formes ?conomiques et que son d?part de la pr?sidence du SPD lui permettrait de mieux s'y consacrer. "L'Allemagne est engag?e dans l'un des plus importants processus de r?forme de son histoire d'apr?s-guerre", a tenu ? rappeler le chancelier, qui estime que "certains probl?mes de communication internes" au sein du SPD sur ce sujet justifient une nouvelle r?partition des t?ches.
Le choix de Franz M?ntefering n'est pas innocent, ce dernier ?tant plus populaire que Gerhard Schr?der aupr?s des militants de base du parti. Il pourrait ainsi servir de "paratonnerre" face aux critiques.
PROFONDE CRISE D'IDENTIT?
La fronde monte depuis plusieurs mois chez les militants du parti, qui vont affronter une ann?e ?lectorale charni?re, avec notamment cinq scrutins r?gionaux et huit scrutins municipaux. Sans compter la prise de distance de la puissante conf?d?ration syndicale allemande (DGB), traditionnellement li?e au SPD, qui est prise ? contre-pied par la politique d'aust?rit? du chancelier.
La base craint plus que tout le vote-sanction d'un ?lectorat d?boussol? par les r?formes ?conomiques et sociales mises en place par le gouvernement "rouge-vert" pour r?former l'Etat-providence issu du "miracle ?conomique" de l'apr?s-guerre. R?forme de la sant? demandant surtout aux patients de mettre la main au portefeuille, baisses d'imp?ts aux effets incertains, moindre indemnisation des ch?meurs : "Le seuil de tol?rance pour les gens est atteint", avait estim? il y a quelques jours le porte-parole du SPD pour les affaires ?conomiques, Rainer Wend.
Plus de 43 000 adh?rents du parti ont rendu leur carte en 2003 et le dernier sondage en date de l'institut Forsa cr?dite le SPD de seulement 24 % d'intentions de vote, le plus bas niveau depuis que Gerhard Schr?der est ? sa t?te, contre 50 % pour l'opposition conservatrice CDU.
Les appels ? des mesures drastiques pour enrayer cette descente ont ?man? ces derni?res semaines des rangs m?mes du SPD. Plusieurs hauts responsables sociaux-d?mocrates ont pr?conis? un remaniement minist?riel, un changement ? la t?te du SPD, ou tout bonnement un changement de politique.
Vendredi, pour la premi?re fois, un haut responsable du parti, la pr?sidente du SPD en Hesse, avait r?clam? du chancelier qu'il quitte la pr?sidence f?d?rale. La situation au SPD est "tr?s grave", avait estim? Mme Andrea Ypsilanti. D'autres voix exigent ?galement un remaniement minist?riel.
La semaine derni?re, le chancelier avait sembl? faire un geste en direction des contestataires en annon?ant "la fin des r?formes douloureuses" et en bloquant un projet de la ministre de la sant?, qui voulait taxer davantage les personnes sans enfants afin de financer l'assurance-d?pendance. Gerhard Schr?der avait eu beau parler de "mesure isol?e", sa d?cision avait ?t? interpr?t?e comme un changement de cap politique.
LA CDU AUX AGUETS
Pour l'opposition, sa d?mission de la pr?sidence du SPD t?moigne d'une "perte d'autorit? sur toute la ligne". La pr?sidente de l'Union chr?tienne-d?mocrate (CDU), Angela Merkel, y voit le "d?but de la fin pour le chancelier et le d?but de la fin pour le gouvernement".
"Je ne redoute pas une quelconque perte d'autorit?", a affirm?, vendredi, Gerhard Schr?der. Pourtant, les experts de la vie politique allemande estiment que son d?part de la t?te du SPD pourrait ?tre de nature ? affaiblir le chef du gouvernement. "C'est une r?action de panique, estime ainsi Frank Decker, politologue ? l'universit? de Bonn. Je ne vois pas comment le parti va pouvoir se d?brouiller avec cette chute de popularit? dans l'opinion. S'il continue ? perdre des ?lections r?gionales, ce gouvernement tombera avant la fin de la l?gislature", en 2006.
En revanche, les milieux ?conomiques se montrent satisfaits, ? l'image de Stefan Schneider, ?conomiste ? la Deutsche Bank. "La question est : est-ce que cette d?cision acc?l?rera le rythme des r?formes ? s'interroge-t-il. L'interpr?tation positive, c'est que Schr?der aura davantage de temps ? consacrer ? son programme de r?formes. M?ntefering a fait du bon travail en tant que chef du groupe parlementaire. (...) Il sera mieux ? m?me de contr?ler la situation."
Gerhard Schr?der est devenu pr?sident du SPD en 1999, ? la suite de la d?mission d'Oskar Lafontaine, qui avait aussi abandonn? ses fonctions de ministre des finances. Il cumulait les casquettes de chef de parti et de chancelier depuis avril 1999, mais a toujours ?t? un "marginal" au sein du SPD, la base l'ayant affubl? du surnom de "camarade des patrons" en raison de ses bonnes relations avec certains grands industriels. Son programme de r?formes, l'"Agenda 2010", vise ? relancer l'?conomie en d?r?glementant le march? du travail et en coupant dans les d?penses de protection sociale.
Le non-cumul des deux postes a d?j? connu un pr?c?dent, lorsque Helmut Schmidt avait succ?d? en 1974 ? la chancellerie ? Willy Brandt, laissant ce dernier conserver la pr?sidence du parti. Cette exp?rience s'?tait mal termin?e pour les sociaux-d?mocrates : Helmut Schmidt avait ?t? mis en minorit? par les conservateurs men?s par Helmut Kohl alors qu'il ?tait confront? ? une fronde du SPD hostile ? certaines r?formes ?conomiques et sociales et ? sa prise de position en faveur de l'implantation en Allemagne des missiles am?ricains Pershing face aux SS-20 sovi?tiques.
Avec AFP et Reuters
-----------------------------------------
>> L'AFFAIRE CONTINUED...

------
L'"affaire Jupp?" domine le premier grand d?bat t?l?vis? de la campagne
LE MONDE | 06.02.04 | 13h21
Le tirage au sort lui a conf?r? la septi?me place, la derni?re des intervenants pr?sents, jeudi 5 f?vrier, sur le plateau de TF1. Le secr?taire g?n?ral de l'UMP, Philippe Douste-Blazy, remplace Alain Jupp?, son pr?sident, pour ce premier d?bat t?l?vis? de la campagne r?gionale - suivi par 8 millions de t?l?spectateurs, selon la cha?ne - auquel participent Fran?ois Hollande (PS), Marie-George Buffet (PCF), Dominique Voynet (Verts), Olivier Besancenot (LCR), Fran?ois Bayrou (UDF) et Jean-Marie Le Pen (FN).
"Ai-je cinq fois le temps de parole de mes pr?d?cesseurs ?", commence M. Douste-Blazy, alors que la discussion s'est imm?diatement engag?e sur "l'affaire Jupp?". Cinq ? Le maire de Toulouse croit alors pouvoir trouver en M. Bayrou un soutien. Il ne l'obtiendra jamais.
M. Douste-Blazy d?fend la d?cision de Jacques Chirac de ne pas saisir directement le Conseil sup?rieur de la magistrature (CSM) pour enqu?ter sur les pressions dont se sont plaint les juges du tribunal de Nanterre. "Il y aura une mission parlementaire, explique-t-il. Lorsque la pr?sidente de ce tribunal sera devant nous, il faudra lui poser trois questions (...) et surtout : "Est-ce que vous avez des preuves, Madame la pr?sidente ?"". "C'est tr?s grave ce que vous faites", l'interrompt Mme Voynet. "C'est une entorse ? la s?paration des pouvoirs, ce n'est pas au Parlement de contr?ler la justice", rench?rit M. Hollande.
Quelques minutes plus t?t, M. Le Pen s'est empar? du sujet. Citant "l'affaire du foulard" et "l'affaire du RPR", le chef du parti d'extr?me droite a cibl? son discours sur ce qu'il appelle "deux tabous"- "l'immigration et la corruption" -, revenant ainsi aux fondamentaux du discours du Front national. Pas une seule fois il n'intervient sur "l'ins?curit? sociale", qui est pourtant la th?matique officielle de son parti dans la campagne des r?gionales.
M. Bayrou, lui, est bien d?cid? ? ne faire aucun cadeau ? ses "amis" de l'UMP. "D?sormais, le parti gouvernemental vit enti?rement autour des affaires d'un c?t? et de la guerre de succession de l'autre", d?clare-t-il, en ?voquant "un climat malsain". "Le malaise vient de ce que les Fran?ais ont l'impression que ceux qui paient les r?formes, ce sont les plus fragiles", poursuit-il.
"CYNISME"
Face ? la division de la droite, les repr?sentants de la gauche prennent soin de ne pas s'agresser. M. Besancenot, qui se pr?sente comme "un des rares, sur le plateau, ? gagner moins de 8 000 francs par mois", mod?re ses piques. Quand M. Douste-Blazy affirme que "ce pays reprend confiance, ce gouvernement s'est occup? des plus modestes", tous s'indignent. "Il faut arr?ter !", s'exclame Mme Buffet. Mme Voynet d?nonce un "m?lange de dilettantisme et de cynisme -qui- n'est pas acceptable" et M. Besancenot l?ve les yeux au ciel.
M. Hollande insiste sur le message qu'il veut avant tout faire passer : "S'il y a une chance ? saisir, c'est bien ces ?lections qui viennent, pour ?tre utile (...) si on veut que ce gouvernement soit arr?t?." Pour Mme Buffet, ce doit ?tre aussi "un vote pour que la gauche redevienne une gauche populaire, une gauche des cit?s et des entreprises". M. Besancenot y voit l'occasion de mettre fin aux "subventions publiques ? des groupes industriels qui font des b?n?fices mais licencient quand m?me".
Isabelle Mandraud et Caroline Monnot

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 07.02.04
-----------------------------------------------------

Alain Jupp? ?voque son d?part de la mairie de Bordeaux "le moment venu"
LE MONDE | 06.02.04 | 13h21
Dans un entretien au journal "Sud-Ouest", il pr?cise sa nouvelle strat?gie de d?fense pour son proc?s en appel.
Apr?s avoir annonc?, mardi 3 f?vrier, sur TF1 son retrait programm? de la pr?sidence de l'UMP, ? l'?ch?ance du congr?s du parti ? la fin 2004, Alain Jupp? ?voque, dans un entretien accord? vendredi 6 f?vrier, ? France Bleu Gironde, un ?ventuel d?part de la mairie de Bordeaux et de la communaut? urbaine.
"Pour ce qui concerne Bordeaux, j'exercerai mes responsabilit?s de maire et de pr?sident de la communaut? urbaine, explique l'ancien premier ministre, et puis, le moment venu, selon un calendrier que je n'ai pas encore arr?t? en d?tail, le conseil municipal d'un c?t?, le conseil de communaut? de l'autre d?lib?reront et voteront" pour ?lire un nouveau maire et pr?sident. "J'ai ?t? heureux, poursuit-il, de consacrer une partie de ma vie ? cette ville (...) C'est toujours dur d'envisager de passer la main, mais bon, c'est la vie." Ces propos redonnent du cr?dit ? l'hypoth?se d'un retrait progressif qui avait ?t? ?voqu?, dans son entourage, au moment o? M. Jupp? s'interrogeait sur son avenir, apr?s sa condamnation.
Dans un autre entretien, publi? le m?me jour dans le quotidien Sud-Ouest, il indique, que "quelle que soit la d?cision de la cour d'appel, il est clair que, pour moi, rien ne sera jamais plus comme avant". M. Jupp? juge, notamment, que son retour au gouvernement, qui avait ?t? ?voqu? par certains, est, "aujourd'hui, totalement exclu". "C'est vraiment un point sur lequel on peut ?tre clair", a-t-il ajout?.
Abordant le sujet de sa succession ? la t?te de l'UMP, il affirme ne pas vouloir en ?tre l'organisateur. "Je n'ai pas ? d?signer mon successeur. Il va y avoir des ?lections, elles seront tout ? fait libres et transparentes (...) Il n'y a aucun barrage contre qui que ce soit", affirme-t-il. Sur TF1, le 3 f?vrier, il avait expliqu? vouloir " profiter de ces quelques mois (...) pour organiser la rel?ve, passer le t?moin".
"JE L'ASSUME"
Dans ces deux entretiens accord?s vendredi, M. Jupp? semble confirmer un changement de strat?gie de d?fense (Le Monde du 5 f?vrier). "Si j'ai commis une erreur, voire une faute c'est que je n'ai pas ?t? assez vite pour remettre de l'ordre dans les finances du RPR. Peut-?tre n'ai-je pas ?t? assez rigoureux, pas assez attentif. Je l'assume", d?clare-t-il ? Sud-Ouest. Le maire de Bordeaux se dit "pr?t bien s?r ? -s'- en expliquer davantage" devant la cour d'appel. "J'esp?re dans ce second proc?s pouvoir expliquer un certain nombre de choses que je n'ai peut-?tre pas bien expliqu?es dans le premier", a-t-il pr?cis?.
D?cid? ? conserver un profil "modeste", M. Jupp? - qui se dit "touch?" par les d?clarations de MM. Fabius et Emmanuelli - refuse "de porter un jugement sur les lois que nous avons vot?es". Mais il souligne que "toutes les juridictions ont toujours une marge d'appr?ciation dans l'application des lois. La jurisprudence cr?e aussi du droit".
M. Jupp? pr?cise que qu'il avait d?cid?, "dans la journ?e de lundi, seul, en -son- ?me et conscience" de ne pas mettre fin ? sa carri?re politique. Une mani?re de d?mentir l'effet des pressions de Jacques Chirac. Toutefois, cet aveu teinte d'ambigu?t? les manifestations de ferveur militante, mardi 3 f?vrier, auxquelles M. Jupp? avait assist? avec ?motion.
Christophe Jakubyszyn


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M. Dupont-Aignan "surpris de la surprise"
Nicolas Dupont-Aignan, d?put? (UMP) de l'Essonne, a estim?, vendredi 6 f?vrier sur l'antenne de RTL, que les juges de Nanterre (Hauts-de-Seine) "ont fait leur travail"en condamnant Alain Jupp?. Il a d?nonc? le "comportement clanique" qui r?gne, selon lui, ? l'UMP. Le fondateur du club Debout la R?publique d?clare avoir "?t? surpris de la surprise". "Chacun doit balayer devant sa porte", a-t-il indiqu? en commentant les d?clarations du premier ministre, Jean-Pierre Raffarin, qui, le 30 janvier, s'?tait dit "surpris" de la d?cision des juges.
"Notre responsabilit? est de conforter la loi que l'on vote et ceux qui l'appliquent", a-t-il poursuivi, tout en d?plorant que "les hommes politiques, surtout s'ils ont des fonctions ?lev?es, critiquent la justice". M. Dupont-Aignan a annonc? qu'il serait candidat ? la succession de M. Jupp? ? la t?te de l'UMP, en esp?rant que cette ?lection ne consistera pas "? transmettre un fief".

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 07.02.04
---------------------------------------------------------
Le CSM "regrette" d'avoir ?t? tenu ? l'?cart par Jacques Chirac
LE MONDE | 06.02.04 | 13h21
A la suite d'une r?union houleuse, jeudi 5 f?vrier, le Conseil sup?rieur de la magistrature a publiquement exprim? son d?saccord apr?s la cr?ation par le chef de l'Etat, pr?sident du CSM, d'une mission d'enqu?te administrative sur les pressions ?voqu?es par les magistrats du proc?s Jupp?.
Les mots peuvent sembler mesur?s. Mais la d?marche est exceptionnelle. Dans un communiqu? publi? jeudi 5 f?vrier, le Conseil sup?rieur de la magistrature (CSM) a marqu? clairement son d?saccord avec la cr?ation, par le pr?sident de la R?publique, d'une commission d'enqu?te administrative charg?e de faire la lumi?re sur les pressions ?voqu?es par les juges de Nanterre lors du d?lib?r? du jugement d'Alain Jupp?.
"Le CSM rappelle qu'il lui revient d'assister le pr?sident de la R?publique dans son r?le de garant de l'ind?pendance de l'autorit? judiciaire, conform?ment ? l'article 64 de la Constitution", souligne d'abord ce communiqu?.
Le CSM "regrette de ne pas avoir ?t? consult? avant la cr?ation d'une commission administrative charg?e d'enqu?ter sur des faits qui font l'objet d'une information judiciaire". Il "prend acte qu'il sera tenu compl?tement inform? des r?sultats de ces investigations et consult? pour avis". Et souligne enfin qu'il est "d'ores et d?j? saisi par le chef de l'Etat d'une demande d'avis sur les mesures qui pourraient ?tre prises pour mieux garantir l'autorit? judiciaire contre la mise en cause injustifi?e de tel ou tel de ses membres". Le 25 novembre 2003, Jacques Chirac a en effet saisi dans ces termes le CSM ? la suite de la demande de r?cusation d'une juge parisienne au motif de sa religion juive suppos?e.
Dans le langage raffin? de cette institution de la R?publique, on ne peut gu?re faire plus ferme ? l'adresse du chef de l'Etat, qui est aussi le pr?sident du CSM. Depuis quelques jours, la justice vit sous le feu des critiques des responsables politiques. L'entretien accord? au Monde par Dominique Rousseau, qui est la premi?re expression publique de l'un des membres du CSM, a r?v?l? l'ampleur de l'exasp?ration du monde judiciaire (Le Monde du 6 f?vrier). Pour M. Rousseau, professeur de droit constitutionnel, la d?marche pr?sidentielle constitue "une v?ritable entorse ? l'Etat de droit", dans lequel "on ne cr?e par du fait du prince une institution ad hoc hors de celles pr?vues".
DES SENSIBILIT?S VARI?ES
Dans ce contexte, le CSM a v?cu jeudi l'une des journ?es les plus tendues de son histoire. Dans les derni?res quarante-huit heures, les partisans d'une r?action publique du Conseil ont d? batailler pour obtenir satisfaction. Le CSM doit composer avec des sensibilit?s vari?es. Parmi ses seize membres, il compte des personnalit?s d?sign?es par le pr?sident de la R?publique, ceux de l'Assembl?e nationale et du S?nat. Il comprend un procureur g?n?ral (r?vocable en conseil des ministres), des procureurs, des juges du si?ge, ind?pendants, un professeur d'universit?. Si l'affaire Jupp? a cr?? une fracture entre les partisans d'une r?action ferme ? l'initiative chiraquienne et les autres, d'autres initiatives gouvernementales r?centes avaient au contraire rassembl? les membres du CSM. Ce fut le cas de la cr?ation, par le ministre de la justice, de la commission pr?sid?e par Alain Cabannes, charg?e de r?fl?chir ? la d?ontologie des magistrats. Dans ce pr?c?dent cas aussi, le CSM aurait d? ?tre l'organe naturellement d?sign? par le pouvoir politique : charg? de donner son avis sur les nominations de la magistrature, il est ?galement comp?tent pour traiter de la discipline des juges. C'est sa jurisprudence disciplinaire qui sert de r?f?rence pour sanctionner les manquements au devoir de r?serve, les insuffisances professionnelles ou les d?bordements de la vie priv?e des magistrats.
L'apr?s-midi de jeudi a commenc? par une explication de texte. Les conseillers du chef de l'Etat et du premier ministre charg?s de la justice, Laurent Lemesle et Denis Rapone, accompagn?s du directeur de cabinet du garde des sceaux, Patrick Hubert, sont venus devant le CSM "d?passionner" le climat et justifier la d?marche du chef de l'Etat. "Nous avons pens? au CSM, envers lequel il n'y a aucune m?fiance", ont-ils dit en substance, tout en rappelant que face ? la "gravit?" des faits ?voqu?s par les juges de Nanterre, le pr?sident avait voulu agir vite. Mais si cette premi?re r?union s'est d?roul?e dans une ambiance courtoise, celle qui a suivi fut beaucoup moins sereine. Suspensions de s?ance, prises ? partie menaces de d?mission, le CSM a tangu?. Apr?s une longue discussion, une prise de position collective a finalement pu avoir lieu. Au final, le communiqu? est tout ? la fois une fa?on de replacer le CSM au c?ur des institutions r?publicaines, une adresse aux responsables politiques, et un message de soutien ? une magistrature malmen?e.
A Bordeaux, o? il ?tait venu assister ? la prestation de serment de la nouvelle promotion de l'Ecole nationale de la magistrature (ENM), le ministre de la justice, Dominique Perben, a tenu ? pr?ciser le r?le de la mission d'enqu?te administrative dont sont charg?s les trois plus hauts magistrats fran?ais, Renaud Denoix de Saint-Marc (Conseil d'Etat), Guy Canivet (Cour de cassation) et Fran?ois Logerot (Cour des comptes). A c?t? de l'information judiciaire confi?e par le procureur de Nanterre ? deux juges d'instruction, cette mission, assist?e de plusieurs corps d'inspection, devra se pencher sur les dysfonctionnements qui ont pu se produire entre les diff?rents services de l'Etat. Elle pourrait aussi ?tablir des pr?conisations permettant aux juges qui rencontrent des pressions de conna?tre la conduite ? tenir.
"VERS LE BLOCAGE"
Les trois hauts magistrats, qui ont commenc? ? travailler, n'ont pas l'intention de g?ner l'instruction judiciaire en cours. Mais, ? l'issue de la journ?e de jeudi, il semble que leur travail soit moins ais? que pr?vu. "On s'achemine tout doucement vers le blocage de cette mission", analyse un magistrat. Entendus les premiers, avec la pr?sidente du tribunal de Nanterre, les trois juges qui ont statu? sur le sort d'Alain Jupp? n'avaient, selon plusieurs sources, pas tous l'intention de coop?rer. Samedi, seront ? leur tour convoqu?s devant la mission le procureur de Nanterre, Bernard Pag?s, le procureur g?n?ral de la cour d'appel de Versailles, Henri Desclaux, ainsi que le premier pr?sident de cette cour, Vincent Lamanda. Mais celui-ci est ?galement membre du CSM.
Nathalie Guibert

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 07.02.04
------------------------------------------
Les juges de Jupp? boudent la commission administrative
Avec AFP.
[06 f?vrier 2004]
Les juges de Nanterre qui ont condamn? Alain Jupp? ont refus? de s'exprimer devant la commission administrative cr??e ? l'initiative de l'Elys?e, a-t-on indiqu? aujourd'hui de source judiciaire.
Les juges se sont rendus ? la cour de cassation pour une premi?re audition par la commission mais ils ont indiqu? qu'ils r?servaient leurs d?clarations aux juges charg?s de l'instruction sur cette affaire, a indiqu? cette source, confirmant une information donn?e ce matin par un quotidien.
La commission administrative a ?t? charg?e d'enqu?ter sur les pressions et les ?coutes t?l?phoniques dont les trois juges auraient fait l'objet.
Selon une autre source judiciaire, les trois juges ont ?crit ? la commission pour s'informer du contenu de la lettre de mission de cet organe et les textes l?gislatifs qui lui permettent de se saisir de l'affaire.
---------------------------------------
JUSTICE Le Conseil sup?rieur de la magistrature s'?meut que la cr?ation d'une mission d'enqu?te administrative ait ?t? saisie de l'affaire du tribunal de Nanterre
Le CSM ?regrette? que Chirac l'ait ignor?
Guillaume Perrault
[06 f?vrier 2004]
La d?marche n'est pas banale. Elle est m?me unique dans les annales. Hier Val?ry Turcey, membre du Conseil sup?rieur de la magistrature (CSM) et ancien pr?sident de l'Union syndicale des magistrats, a lu un communiqu? devant la porte du si?ge de cette v?n?rable institution. Dans ce document rendu public au terme d'une r?union pl?ni?re, le CSM a ?regrett?? de ne pas avoir ?t? consult? sur la cr?ation d'une mission d'enqu?te administrative au sujet d'?ventuelles pressions au tribunal de Nanterre.
Les 16 membres du CSM en avaient d?battu hier apr?s-midi au cours d'une s?ance pr?vue de longue date. Cependant, en d?but de soir?e, un membre de l'institution assurait au Figaro que ?plusieurs d'entre-nous, hostiles ? cette d?marche, ?taient d?j? partis lorsque la discussion a eu lieu?. Et ce membre du CSM de d?noncer ?un v?ritable coup de force !?.
Charg? par la Constitution d'assister le Chef de l'Etat, ?garant de l'ind?pendance de l'autorit? judiciaire?, le CSM - compos? en majorit? de magistrats ?lus par leurs pairs - a d'abord auditionn? hier trois collaborateurs des plus hautes autorit?s de l'Etat : le directeur de cabinet du garde des Sceaux, le conseiller charg? de la justice ? Matignon et son homologue ? l'Elys?e.
Ces trois hauts fonctionnaires se sont efforc?s de dissiper leurs craintes : non, ont-ils assur? en substance, la mission d'enqu?te administrative annonc?e dimanche par Jacques Chirac n'a pas pour objet de les court-circuiter. Avant d'ajouter que les deux instances sont compl?mentaires.
?Les membres du CSM seront inform?s r?guli?rement des progr?s de l'enqu?te administrative sur d'?ventuelles pressions au tribunal de Nanterre?, a d'ailleurs pr?cis? hier le ministre de la Justice, Dominique Perben. Le pr?sident de la R?publique demandera ensuite au CSM son avis officiel sur les faits, comme la Constitution lui en donne la possibilit?.
La tentative d'apaisement ?tait-elle l'aveu d'une maladresse ? De nombreux magistrats s'?taient ?tonn?s que le ministre de la Justice ne saisisse pas l'Inspection des services judiciaires ou le pr?sident de la R?publique le CSM (nos ?ditions du 3 f?vrier). Apr?s une courte h?sitation, les syndicats de magistrats avaient fait part de leur ?tonnement. Dominique Rousseau, professeur de droit nomm? en 2002 au CSM par le pr?sident de l'Assembl?e nationale de l'?poque, Raymond Forni, a m?me estim?, dans une interview accord?e hier au Monde, que la mission d'enqu?te cr??e par Jacques Chirac ?tait ?une v?ritable entorse ? l'Etat de droit. (...) Dans l'Etat de droit, on ne cr?e pas du fait du prince une institution ad hoc, hors de celles pr?vues. Aucun texte constitutionnel, l?gal ou r?glementaire, ne pr?voit? l'initiative que vient de prendre le pr?sident de la R?publique.
?On cr?e depuis toujours des commissions d'enqu?te sans qu'un texte pr?voie cette pratique, r?torque l'entourage du chef de l'Etat. Le probl?me n'?tait pas juridique mais politique : l'Inspection des services judiciaires est sous l'autorit? du garde des Sceaux. Si Dominique Perben l'avait saisie, on aurait aussit?t soup?onn? une volont? d'?touffer l'affaire. C'est pourquoi on a choisi trois hauts magistrats ? l'ind?pendance incontest?e.?
Pourquoi au moins ne pas saisir le CSM, comme l'avait fait Fran?ois Mitterrand en 1995 quand le juge Halphen avait ?t? victime de pressions ? ?Ce pr?c?dent n'en est pas un, r?pond-on ? l'Elys?e. En r?alit?, Fran?ois Mitterrand avait pos? une question tr?s pr?cise : ?Le dessaisissement d'Eric Halphen est-il justifi? et porte-t-il atteinte ? son ind?pendance ?? Aujourd'hui, quelle question aurait-on pu poser au CSM ? on ne sait pas encore si les soup?ons de pressions sont fond?s ou non !?

-----------------------------------------------
AFFAIRE
Halliburton : une enqu?te pour corruption ouverte ? Washington
E. D.
[06 f?vrier 2004]
L'enqu?te visant notamment la soci?t? fran?aise Technip et l'am?ricaine Halliburton - que Dick Cheney, le vice-pr?sident des Etats-Unis, dirigeait jusqu'en 2000 - vient de conna?tre un premier rebondissement outre-Atlantique. Alors qu'? Paris le juge Renaud Van Ruymbeke est saisi du dossier depuis plusieurs mois, la section du d?partement de la Justice charg?e des violations de la loi anticorruption a ouvert, courant janvier, une enqu?te sur d'?ventuels pots-de-vin vers?s par Halliburton pour la r?alisation d'un complexe gazier au Nigeria, comme l'indique le site Internet de l'hebdomadaire Newsweek. Dans le m?me temps, la SEC (Securities and Exchange Commission), le gendarme des march?s financiers am?ricains, s'est lanc?e dans une v?rification (?probe?) sur les m?mes faits.
L'affaire, r?v?l?e en juin dernier par Le Figaro et d?velopp?e dans les m?dias am?ricains ces derni?res semaines, porte sur le paiement de 180 millions de dollars de commissions occultes vers?es entre 1995 et 2002 par un consortium charg? de construire le complexe industriel de Bonny Island, au Nigeria. Ce consortium est d?nomm? TSKJ du nom des quatre soci?t?s qui le composent : Technip, l'italien Snamprogetti, l'am?ricain Kellog - filiale de Halliburton - et le japonais JGC. Le juge Renaud Van Ruymbeke, qui est saisi d'une enqu?te pour ?corruption d'agent public ?tranger et abus de biens sociaux?, tente d?sormais d'identifier les v?ritables destinataires de cette somme. Il est toutefois acquis qu'elle a servi ? r?mun?rer un interm?diaire du nom de Jeffrey Tesler, un avocat britannique, choisi par la filiale de Halliburton. Concernant Dick Cheney, un rapport du parquet de Paris transmis ? la Chancellerie ? l'automne dernier ?tablissait que l'?ventualit? ?d'une mise en cause? du vice-pr?sident des Etats-Unis en sa qualit? d'ex-PDG de Halliburton jusqu'en 2000 n'?tait pas ? exclure (voir Le Figaro du 20 d?cembre).
Interrog? d?but janvier par le quotidien Dallas Morning News, l'entourage du vice-pr?sident am?ricain s'?tait refus? ? toute d?claration. Une position renouvel?e hier, un de ses porte-parole indiquant n'avoir ?aucune information sur cette question?. Reste ? savoir d?sormais si les proc?dures fran?aises et am?ricaines, totalement ind?pendantes, ne risquent pas d'interf?rer. Mais, pour l'heure, personne n'a encore ?t? interrog? ? Washington, o? la justice s'est pour l'instant content?e de r?clamer des documents ? la filiale de Halliburton.
Le juge Van Ruymbeke a, pour sa part, entendu de multiples personnes, mais surtout lanc? deux commissions rogatoires sur les comptes de Jeffrey Tesler en Suisse et ? Monaco. R?cemment, il a aussi recueilli les d?clarations d'un ancien dirigeant de Technip. Sur proc?s-verbal, celui-ci lui a expliqu? que le paiement des commissions aurait valu ? la soci?t? japonaise JGC une sanction administrative dans son pays, ce qui confirmerait le caract?re illicite de ces r?glements. Sollicit?e par Le Figaro, celle-ci n'a pas apport? de r?ponse.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> ELECTION NOTES...

Kerry fought for insurer that donated to him
By John Solomon
ASSOCIATED PRESS
Sen. John Kerry intervened to keep open a loophole that had let a major insurer divert millions of federal dollars from the nation's most expensive construction project, then received tens of thousands of dollars from the company in the next two years, documents show.
American International Group (AIG) paid Mr. Kerry's way on a trip to Vermont and donated at least $30,000 to a tax-exempt group that Mr. Kerry had used to set up his presidential campaign. Company executives also donated $18,000 to his Senate and presidential campaigns, according to records obtained by the Associated Press.
But Mr. Kerry, the current leader of the Democratic presidential race, said there was no connection between his actions in 2000 and the donations in 2001 and 2002.
Responding to an AP report Wednesday about the donations, the Massachusetts senator said he had worked to block the legislation because it would have cost Boston's "Big Dig" project $150 million. The legislation in 2000 aimed to close a loophole that had allowed the insurer to divert millions of federal dollars from the project.
The entire Massachusetts delegation "fought to hold on to $150 million for the Big Dig, which is the most important single project in Massachusetts and New England, and it had absolutely nothing to do with the industry," Mr. Kerry said.
He said he had opposed the insurance industry on other legislative issues, including bankruptcy changes and terrorism insurance.
But some government watchdogs said Mr. Kerry's story is a textbook case of the Washington special-interest politicking that he rails against on the presidential trail.
"The idea that Kerry has not helped or benefited from a specific special interest, which he has said, is utterly absurd," said Charles Lewis, head of the Center for Public Integrity that just published a book on political donations to the presidential candidates.
"Anyone who gets millions of dollars over time, and thousands of dollars from specific donors, knows there's a symbiotic relationship," Mr. Lewis said. "He needs the donors' money. The donors need favors. Welcome to Washington. That is how it works."
The documents obtained by AP detail Mr. Kerry's effort as a member of the Senate Commerce Committee to persuade committee chairman Sen. John McCain, Arizona Republican, to drop legislation that would have stripped $150 million from the Big Dig project and ended the insurance funding loophole.
Mr. Kerry actually was critical of the loophole but didn't want money stripped from the project because it would hurt his constituents who needed the Boston project finished, Kerry campaign spokeswoman Stephanie Cutter said.
Instead of Mr. McCain's bluntly worded legislation, Mr. Kerry asked for a committee hearing in May 2000. Mr. Kerry thanked Mr. McCain at the start of the hearing for dropping his legislation, and an AIG executive was permitted to testify that he thought the company's work for the Big Dig was a good thing even though it was criticized by federal auditors.
Asked why Mr. Kerry subsequently would accept a trip and money from AIG in 2001 and 2002 if he was concerned by the investment scheme, Ms. Cutter replied: "Any contributions AIG made to the senator's campaign came years after the investigation."
The New York-based insurer, one of the world's largest, declined to comment on its donations to Mr. Kerry, simply stating, "AIG never requested any assistance from Senator Kerry concerning the insurance we provided the Big Dig."
In September 2001, AIG paid an estimated $540 in travel expenses to cover Mr. Kerry's costs for a speech in Burlington, Vt., according to a Senate report filed by Mr. Kerry.
A few months later in December 2001, several AIG executives gave maximum $1,000 donations to Mr. Kerry's Senate campaign on the same day. The donations totaled $9,700 and were followed by several thousand dollars more in the next two years.
In spring 2002, AIG donated $10,000 to a new tax-exempt group, the Citizen Soldier Fund, that Mr. Kerry formed to lay groundwork for his presidential campaign. Later that same year, AIG gave two more donations of $10,000 each to the same group, making it one of the largest corporate donors to Mr. Kerry's group.
The insurer wasn't the only company to donate to Mr. Kerry's new group that had connections to the Big Dig -- a plan to alleviate congestion in downtown Boston by building an eight-to-ten-lane underground expressway directly beneath the existing six-lane Central Artery.
Two construction companies on the project -- Modern Continental Group and Jay Cashman Construction -- each donated $25,000, IRS records show.
----------------------------------------------------------------
AP Exclusive: Three times, Kerry nominations and donations coincided

JOHN SOLOMON, Associated Press Writers
Thursday, February 5, 2004
(02-05) 23:26 PST WASHINGTON (AP) --
At least three times in his Senate career, Democratic presidential hopeful John Kerry has recommended individuals for positions at federal home loan banks just before or after receiving political contributions from the nominees, records show.
In one case, Kerry wrote to the Federal Housing Finance Board to urge the reappointment of a candidate just one day before a Kerry campaign committee received $1,000 from the nominee, the records show.
"One has nothing to do with the other," said Marvin Siflinger, who contributed around the time of Kerry's Oct. 1, 1996, recommendation that he be reappointed for another term to the board.
Kerry's office, like the nominees, insists the timing of the donations and the nominations was a coincidence.
"Sen. Kerry recommends dozens of very qualified individuals each year without regard to their politics or contributions. In this case each of the individuals were highly qualified for the jobs they were appointed to and served with distinction," spokeswoman Stephanie Cutter said.
"John Kerry is grateful for their support, and we should be thanking them for their service, not questioning it," she added. "The timing of the contributions was completely circumstantial."
But a longtime government watchdog says it is common for Washington appointees to donate just before or after they are nominated.
"This is just business as usual in Washington," said Larry Noble, the former chief lawyer for the Federal Election Commission who now heads the nonpartisan Center for Responsive Politics. "Kerry is out there saying he is not being part of that game, yet he is the product of the same money system."
With Kerry more vocally portraying himself on the presidential campaign trail as an opponent of special interest money in Washington, scrutiny of his dealings with donors and special interests has increased among his rivals and the news media.
Noble said while Kerry long has advocated campaign finance reform, he also has benefited from the big money system he now distances himself from on the campaign trail. "It's like a game where you say the people who support me just want good government, but the people who support my opponent are special interests," he said.
When he first ran for the Senate, Kerry promised voters he would carefully choose nominees on merit.
"I will act as a persistent watchdog over presidential appointments to ensure that only people of integrity, ability and commitment hold positions of power in our national government," Kerry wrote in a June 1984 fund-raising appeal.
All three of the people Kerry recommended got the positions they sought on various boards of Federal Home Loan Banks in Boston and New York that provide money for home mortgages.
Kerry's recommendations went to the five-member Federal Housing Finance Board, the regulatory body that votes on the final selections. Recommendations come from members of Congress, the White House and trade associations.
Siflinger, who was a state housing finance official when Kerry was Massachusetts lieutenant governor, was first appointed to the bank board in Boston during President George H.W. Bush's presidency and in 1996 sought Kerry's help to get reappointed.
"You normally seek the support of prominent people who are respected. Certainly in this instance I sought the support of Senator Kerry and I sought support of other members of the congressional delegation," Siflinger said in an interview Thursday.
Siflinger made his first donation to Kerry's Senate campaign committee in 1995 more than a year before his reappointment, according to Federal Election Commission records. His most recent donation to Kerry was several weeks ago, Siflinger said.
Investment banker Derek Bryson Park says it's "pure happenstance" that he made a pair of $1,000 donations to Kerry a month before the senator's Dec. 29, 1998, letter recommending Park for a position at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.
"I got assistance from both ... Democrats and Republicans" in attaining the bank board post, Park said.
The only political donations Park made to federal candidates around the period of his appointment were to Kerry, according to FEC records.
"I've been fortunate to be invited to Senator Kerry's home and we've had a number of meals together and get-togethers," said Park, who got to know Kerry through a longtime supporter of the senator.
Former congressional staffer Patrick Dober said that "there's absolutely no relationship" between his $408 donation nearly three months after Kerry's Oct. 9, 1998, recommendation to the federal bank board. Kerry's letter praised Dober for having "worked closely with my office" on "the banking crisis in the early 1990s."
At the time, Dober worked for Boston Capital, a real estate financing and investment firm co-founded by Kerry supporter Jack Manning. Manning, who has donated more than $800,000 to the Democratic causes over the past 14 years, gave $65,000 in 2001 and 2002 to a tax-exempt political group Kerry set up.
Dober says he thinks his $408 for tickets to a Kerry fund-raiser is the only contribution he's ever made to Kerry.
"There was a fund-raiser for Kerry and they had James Taylor and Robin Williams playing," Dober recalled. "My wife and I said this looks like fun. The tickets were a hundred bucks and a $2 service charge, so my wife and I went with another couple and I wrote the check."
Associated Press writer Pete Yost contributed to this report.


-----------------------------------------------------------
The Pragmatists' Primary
Desperately seeking electability.
By Michael Kinsley
Posted Thursday, Feb. 5, 2004, at 12:26 PM PT
Democrats are cute when they're being pragmatic. They furrow their brows and try to think like Republicans. Or as they imagine Republicans must think. They turn off their hearts and listen for signals from their brains. No swooning is allowed this presidential primary season. "I only care about one thing," they all say. "Which of these guys can beat Bush?" Secretly, they believe none of them can, which makes the amateur pragmatism especially poignant.
Nevertheless, Democrats persevere. They ricochet from candidate to candidate, hoping to smell a winner. In effect, they give their proxy to the other party. "If I was a Republican," they ask themselves, "which of these Democratic candidates would I be most likely to vote for?" And by the time this is all over, most of the serious contenders will have been crowned the practical choice for at least a moment. First it was Lieberman the Centrist. "I'm actually for Dennis Kucinich," a Democrat might say, "because I like his position on nationalizing all the churches. But I'm supporting Joe Lieberman. His views on nearly everything are repellent to me, and I think that's a good sign."
Then the General entered the race. And I don't mean General Anesthesia. A man in uniform, Democrats thought. People like that sort of thing, don't they? And yet he's a Democrat. Or at least he plays one on TV. True, on most issues he has either no known position or two contradictory positions. But he says he can requisition those missing parts. And he's a General. Talk about pragmatic! But when the General traded in his uniform for a fuzzy sweater, he suddenly looked less General-like than Al Sharpton.
Some Democrats cheated and looked into their hearts, where they found Howard Dean. But he was so appealing that he scared them. This is no moment to vote for a guy just because he inspires you, they thought. If he inspires me, there must be something wrong with him. So, Democrats looked around and rediscovered John Kerry. He'd been there all along, inspiring almost no one. You're not going to find John Kerry inspiring unless you're married to him or he literally saved your life. Obviously neither of those is a strategy that can be rolled out on a national level. But he's got the r?sum?. And gosh, he sure looks like a president (an "animatronic Lincoln," as my Slate colleague Mickey Kaus uncharitably described him).
So, it's a deal? Probably, but just to be completely businesslike, Democrats are taking the opportunity to check out John Edwards. He certainly is good-looking, though maybe not in a presidential way. He lacks the uniform, but he has a Southern accent, which is almost as good if you're trying to seduce those non-liberals. Aspiring pragmatists also have noted recent press reports that Edwards has a stunning ability to sway an audience. I'm not looking to be swayed myself, our Democrat thinks. No need to sway me this year; my views don't matter, even to me. But swaying the heathenry would be good.
And Edwards is a first-term senator who never held office before. Thus he offers almost no experience, which is just the right amount. No political experience at all makes you look silly running for president, as Wesley Clark is discovering. But experience is also a disadvantage in American politics. All politicians, including incumbent presidents, campaign against Washington insiders and the political establishment. But it's a bit more convincing if you're a relative newcomer. Also, experience means a record of past votes and speeches. This limits your ability to invent yourself for the needs of today. As Kerry is discovering, even the most uninteresting two decades in the Senate can provide rich material simultaneously for Bush operatives trying to convince voters that you are a dangerous liberal and for primary opponents trying to convince voters that you are not one.
As each candidate takes his turn in the pragmatists' spotlight, he gets beaten up a bit, irritates supporters of the other candidates, and gives the Bush troops a chance for some early target practice.
If political pragmatism is defined as thinking like a Republican, it's no surprise that Republicans do it better. Four years ago, in a roughly analogous situation, it was decided that the Republican candidate for president should be the less impressive of the two political sons of the man who had most recently lost them the White House. A far from obvious choice. Decided by whom? If you're going to be pragmatic, that's just the kind of question you don't ask. It was decided, OK? On the issues that divided their party, his views were hard to fathom and stayed that way. He was rich in valuable inexperience. And so, with one voice, millions of Republicans shouted a mighty, "Well, I'm glad that's settled."
The process the Democrats are putting themselves through resembles John Maynard Keynes' famous description of the stock market. The game isn't to figure out which stocks are most likely to do well, but to figure out which stocks other investors think are most likely to do well. And these other investors are thinking of other investors and so on. Keynes thought this helped to explain the volatility of stock price. Your judgment about other people's judgment, let alone other people's judgment about other people's judgment, is inherently less certain and more subject to breezes of false or true insight and information than your judgment about your own judgment.
Something similar may be going on in the Democratic primaries. But the analogy breaks down, because only the Democrats are intent on figuring out what other people want. Republicans know what they want.

Michael Kinsley is Slate's founding editor.






>> NEW YORK CITY AND BLOOMBERG WATCH...

KILLING HOUSING
By JULIA VITULLO-MARTIN
February 5, 2004 -- OVER the veto of Mayor Bloomberg and despite the pleadings of prominent nonprofit housing developers, the City Council yesterday passed its Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Act. The new law holds landlords responsible for the presence of lead paint and dust and sets up a stringent schedule for inspection, removal and clean up. While a few of the law's features are good - requiring better procedures in handling lead dust, for example - others spell disaster for rehabilitating affordable housing.
One of New York City's greatest triumphs of the last two decades has been the rehabilitation of tens of thousands of units of affordable housing in once desperate neighborhoods. The South Bronx, Bedford-Stuyvesant and others flourish today because of the huge public and private investment in housing that began in the second Koch administration.
The lead-paint law will jeopardize further investment, say nonprofit housing developers, particularly in small, 20- to 40- unit occupied buildings in fragile neighborhoods. These are precisely the neighborhoods the City Council claims to be helping.
And while the comeback of many neighborhoods has been astonishing, the scale of what still needs to be done remains immense. Michael Lappin, president of the Community Preservation Corp., estimates that 1.4 million housing units "need ongoing access to capital" for new plumbing, windows, boilers and other repairs.
The "key thing," he argues, is to rehabilitate "occupied buildings that are still habitable. We don't want to wait until conditions become so bad that gut rehab becomes the only option."
Yet by making landlords solely responsible for the existence of lead-based paint, the bill sets excessively high legal standards of liability and deters rehabilitation. Indeed, the law permits landlords to be sued even when there is no lead paint in the building. If a child's blood is found to have elevated lead levels, the law presumes that the child's residence has lead - until the owner can refute the presumption in a contested proceeding, either in court or to a city agency.
The law gives tenants and tort lawyers a clear path to sue property owners, even those who are not at fault. Such liability will choke off insurance, which is already hard to come by in many neighborhoods.
Ronay Menschel, chairman of Phipps Houses, says that the bill is an "invitation to expand tort litigation that will waste precious resources to no good effect." The insurance industry has indicated very clearly, she notes, that "they're not going to provide insurance, particularly for small buildings owned by small-property owners."
The withdrawal of insurance in declining urban neighborhoods during the 1960s and 1970s nearly killed off American cities. At the time, few elected officials understood what was happening. Now our City Council is deliberately setting up the conditions for yet another withdrawal.
The bill's supporters scoff at these arguments, saying that responsible landlords have nothing to fear. Yet Phipps Houses has already been sued under the previous law for lead exposure in properties that were built in the last five years. "It cost us money to file papers just to have the suits dismissed," says Menschel. "A wave of litigious activity is going to waste resources that can be better applied to housing improvements."
Indeed, a consortium of nonprofit developers has produced a list of endangered projects: some 1,900 apartments slated for $70 million to $85 million in rehabilitation investment to begin over the next nine months. Their regular insurers warned them that the bill will imperil their ability to get liability protection on these occupied, pre-1960 buildings.
"If we can't get insurance or can't get insurance at a price the building could afford, we won't be able to do the rehabilitation," says CPC Executive Vice President John McCarthy.
Mayor Bloomberg pointed out another problem in his veto letter: Because the bill's onerous provisions are triggered by the presence of children, it may lead to increased discrimination against families with children. This has happened in Massachusetts, which has a very strict tort liability law on lead paint hazards.
City Council Speaker Gifford Miller has said he will amend the law if it proves to be as egregious as nonprofit developers say. But, of course, by that point both insurance and capital will have fled, as they often have before.
The mayor is now the best hope for affordable housing here: His housing and health agencies will write the regulations to implement the law, and may be able to limit the damage from the bill.
New Yorkers are lucky that this administration fully understands the importance of revitalized low- and moderate-income neighborhoods to the city's well-being.
Julia Vitullo-Martin is a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute.
NEW YORK POST is a registered trademark of NYP Holdings, Inc.

------------------------------------------------------------------

Publication:The New York Sun; Date:Jan 14, 2004; Section:Editorial & Opinion; Page:9
Public Housing's Difficult Future
By JULIA VITULLO-MARTIN Ms. Vitullo-Martin is a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute.
One of the largest and most serious housing and development issues in New York City receives almost no attention in the press: and that's public housing. It only gets extensive coverage when something bizarre or potentially violent occurs,or better yet,both.For example,the press immensely enjoyed writing about the full-grown male Bengal tiger and the 5-foot-long crocodile that were discovered in October living in a 5-bedroom apartment in the Drew Hamilton Houses in Harlem.
Yet by any objective measure, the New York City Housing Authority is important -- and huge.With its 345 projects holding 181,000 units and housing about 175,000 families, it owns one of every 13 rental units in the city. And the demand for its housing is impressive: Over 146,000 families are on its waiting list.
Nycha is by far the largest American housing authority, managing one out of every seven public housing units in the country. And because New York, unlike most cities, deliberately sited its projects throughout the city, including in middleincome neighborhoods, it now has many low-income, sometimes decaying projects smack in the middle of gentrifying development. (New York thereby avoided the far greater calamity of excessive concentration of low-income,non-working households in neighborhoods from which working families then flee.)
Some projects,such as the landmarked Harlem River Houses in Manhattan and the Williamsburg Houses in Brooklyn, make good neighbors.They are well maintained and reasonably well managed.Others, such as Coney Island Houses, have nearly destroyed their neighborhoods with violent crime,drug dealing,and rampant vandalism.
Good neighbors or bad, all Nycha projects face a difficult future.The federal government,which has often played a ruinous role in public housing,has pretty much settled on a strategy of capped funding toward local authorities. In other words, while authorities will continue to get some federal funds, they have for several years been under increasing pressure to cover their expenses with rental income, just like any landlord.
In particular, the federal "modernization" funds that paid for capital improvements have been seriously restricted. This would be fine if public authorities were also allowed, like private landlords, to make their own decisions about tenant eligibility,rent levels,eviction policies, rehabilitation standards, etc.
Nycha has the resources and properties on its own to make some profitable transactions that could subsidize its poorer tenants. But, of course, authorities such as Nycha have long labored under the whims of the federal government, whose decades of contradictory and coercive federal policies have undermined the original high ideals behind public housing.
The idea of the 1937 Wagner-Steagall Act was to free working families from their dark,primitive,disease-ridden,overcrowded tenements, and house them instead in clean, if austere, modern buildings engineered with modern plumbing. Tenants were to pay a modest rent -- 25% of their income -- while accumulating enough savings to make a down payment on homes of their own. Public housing, much like the Depression's public assistance, was thought to be transitional.
Even before the 1937 Wagner-Steagall Act, Nycha erected the first governmentbuilt and -financed housing project. First Houses,a masterfully rehabilitated row of old tenements on the Lower East Side,was completed in 1936.However,the genius of its design lay in a principle that Nycha -- and all other housing authorities -- quickly abandoned. Every third tenement was demolished, thereby admitting the light and air that had always been missing, beforethe remaining tenements were extensively rehabilitated.
First Houses is in good shape today because Nycha has cared for it well and, though Nycha officials deny any favoritism, they have not housed their most troubled families there. Of First Houses' 168 residents, 23% are minors. Indeed, 47% of the 112 families in First Houses are headed by people 62 years or older. Only 14% of the families are on welfare -- as compared with 21% of all Nycha families.
Nycha has fought hard -- against bitter opposition by advocates in New York and bureaucrats and politicians in Washington, D.C. -- to maintain income diversity and working families in its projects.This is in startling contrast to nearly every other big city system. These systems became housing of last resort primarily for the desperately poor with no place better to go. An impressive 38% of Nycha families work.Yet here's the long-term problem: The average rent for all households is $302, which cannot possibly cover proper repair and maintenance.
Even if national politics were to change substantially,producing both a Democratic president and Democratic Congress, federal policies will probably never again favor generous subsidies to housing authorities. Because everyone has known this for a long time, most cities have responded by demolishing bad projects and taking advantage of federal programs,primarily Hope VI, that reward privatization efforts.
Proudly abstaining from large-scale demolition, saying all its projects are sound, Nycha has barely dipped its toe into Hope VI. Hope VI funding requires projects to be scaled down in size or density and replaced with low-rise,preferably owner-occupied townhouses, sometimes mixed with renters. (Nycha has one Hope VI program in Far Rockaway, in Queens, and another in Ocean Hill-Brownsville, in Brooklyn.) Yet Nycha is the one authority in which privatization has a chance of working -- because Nycha owns good properties in good neighborhoods.
During the first Bush administration, the secretary of Housing and Urban Development, Jack Kemp, passionately espoused home ownership for public housing tenants. However, he made a serious miscalculation that the tenants did not make.The housing he wanted to sell them was undesirable. He ineptly tried selling bad properties in bad neighborhoods to poor people, who lacked the income to make ongoing mortgage payments, much less cover capital improvements.
Nycha has a different situation altogether. It owns good properties, and it has many hard-working, ambitious, potentially home-owning households, who would make good neighbors in a mixed-income development. Old-fashioned, ugly projects mar many neighborhoods in New York.The federal government has offered one way out via Hope VI -- a first step to privatization and home-ownership.
--------------------------------------------------------------------



Posted by maximpost at 8:49 PM EST
Permalink
Thursday, 5 February 2004


>> FRENCH MAFIA?

---------------------------------------------------------
Chirac Rapped for Naming Own Court Probe
ASSOCIATED PRESS
PARIS (AP) -
President Jacques Chirac was on the firing line Thursday for creating his own panel to probe allegations that judges who convicted a close political ally in a party financing scandal came under pressure before the verdict.
Chirac bypassed the body charged with assuring the judiciary's independence and instead named a special commission to investigate the case that grew out of former Prime Minister Alain Juppe's trial and conviction.
"It's a veritable twisting of a state of law," said Dominique Rousseau, a member of the High Council for the Magistrature, or CSM, speaking to the daily Le Monde. The French constitution calls for the CSM to investigate irregularities in the judicial system.
Juppe, a leading political figure in France, was found guilty last Friday of a leading role in a scheme to fill the coffers of Chirac's conservative party when both men served at Paris City Hall.
Juppe was given an 18-month suspended prison sentence and banned from holding political office for a decade - a sentence suspended by his appeal. Juppe is a lawmaker and mayor of Bordeaux.
Meanwhile, the presiding judge in the Juppe case, Catherine Pierce, claimed that she and her two colleagues had been threatened and harassed before they issued the verdict.
A criminal investigation was opened in Nanterre, the Paris suburb where the trial was held. However, Chirac quickly named a three-judge panel to carry out its own investigation.
Parliament also opened an inquiry - and drew criticism from opposition Socialists who said the legislature had no business meddling in an affair that clearly falls within the judicial branch's domain.
Chirac served as Paris mayor from 1977 to 1995, and there had been efforts to question him in the Juppe case, in which city funds were used to pay personnel of Chirac's Rally for the Republic Party, now known as the UMP. However, Chirac is protected by presidential immunity - which he will lose if not re-elected in 2007.

---------------------------------------------------------------
The News International Pakistan, 23 January 2003
Anti-corruption group cites Chirac over
kickbacks
BERLIN: Publishing its 2003 report on corruption around the world on Wednesday, the
international watchdog group Transparency International (TI) had words of criticism for French
President Jacques Chirac, noting that "a significant number" of legal actions had been set in motion
against members of his entourage.
"President Jacques Chirac has seen a significant number of legal actions taken against
people in his entourage" over affairs stretching from the 1970's to the 1990's, and was himself involved
in controversy in 2001 over the buying of travel tickets with secret government funds, the report said.
The allegations against members of Chirac's entourage "concerned the period when he was president of
his own party, the Rally for the Republic (RPR), and mayor of Paris," the TI report said. Before being
elected president in 1995, Chirac headed the RPR, which he founded, from 1976 to 1994, and served as
the Paris mayor from 1977 to 1995.
The report noted that the allegations against Chirac from the 1970's, 80's and 90's included
"illegal financing of political parties and electoral campaigns via kickbacks for public works projects"
as well as "the rigging of electoral rolls in order to influence local elections."
http://www.jang.com.pk and http://www.jang-group.com

------------------------------------------------------------------
Most French back Jupp?: poll

PARIS, Feb 5 (AFP) - A clear majority of the French public supports the decision by former prime minister Alain Juppe to stay in politics pending his appeal against a conviction for illegal party funding, according to a poll Thursday.
In the IFOP survey in Le Figaro newspaper, 62 percent of those questioned approved Juppe's decision, announced in a television interview Tuesday, and 38 percent opposed it. Among voters for Juppe's Union for a Popular Movement (UMP) party, support jumped to 89 percent.
Some 65 percent of the public said Juppe was convincing and 63 percent said he was sincere.
However a majority - 55 percent - also thought the decision would have a negative impact for the UMP in regional elections in March, and 57 percent said it would have a negative impact for President Jacques Chirac.
Juppe was put under pressure to leave the presidency of the UMP - as well as his seat in the National Assembly and the mayorship of Bordeaux - after being sentenced on Friday to an 18 month suspended jail term and a 10 year bar on elected office.
But on Tuesday he told television viewers that his punishment was excessive and that he was staying in politics to fight the verdict on appeal.
The former prime minister is a close ally of Chirac. He was found guilty of organising the payment of party workers with Paris municipal funds when Chirac was the capital's mayor.

? AFP

------------------------------------------------------------------
Jupp? touch?
Former French prime minister Alain Jupp?, loyal party chairman of president Chirac's centre-right UMP party, is at the centre of France's latest corruption scandal. Hugh Schofield profiles the technocrat so supposedly sharp he became nicknamed Amstrad.
Presidential hopeful Jupp? said he would leave politics if found guilty.
Convicted last Friday of illegal party funding and barred from public office, Alain Jupp? is a gifted leader of the French right whose efforts on behalf of his political mentor, President Jacques Chirac, have twice proved his undoing.
Between 1995 and 1997 it was to implement Chirac's presidential promise to modernise French society that Jupp? embarked on a campaign of social reforms - leading to strikes, an early election and his departure as one of the most unpopular prime ministers in recent history.
But well before that Jupp? was Chirac's financial director when the president was mayor of Paris, and in that capacity connived in a system of illegal funding that allowed party functionaries to be paid out of municipal and private company funds.
Jupp?'s trial was the closest magistrates have come to investigating Chirac's own role in the scandal, but his lieutenant remained loyal to the last. While denying knowledge of the illegal funding, Jupp? admitted that "as the boss I must assume my responsibilities."
Chirac - the real boss at the Hotel de Ville - would not be touched. The cost of this loyalty came clear last Friday when the court in the Paris suburb of Nanterre gave Jupp? an 18-month suspended prison term - which under election rules bears an automatic period of "ineligibility from public office."
Jupp? said before the verdict he would leave politics if barred from office - in addition to the presidency of Chirac's Union for a Popular Majority (UMP) party, he is a member (MP) of the National Assembly as well as being mayor of Bordeaux - but his decision to immediately appeal the sentence has put the its application on hold.
No longer "ensemble": Jupp? with ambitious rival Nicolas Sarkozy (left).
The precociously intelligent son of a southwestern farmer - his bald head seems to vindicate his reputation for braininess - Jupp? went to the elite forcing-ground that is the National Administration School (ENA) and was talent-spotted by Chirac when he was prime minister in 1976.
When Chirac broke with then president Val?ry Giscard d'Estaing and set up his party, the Rally for the Republic (RPR) - the precursor to the UMP - Jupp? went with him, serving loyally through the party's crises, splits and electoral rebuffs in the 1980s and 1990s.
In 1993 he performed a trick which less able operators missed when he agreed to become foreign minister under Chirac's arch-rival Edouard Balladur.
As the RPR broke into rival camps, Jupp? said he was "loyal to Balladur, faithful to Chirac," and kept in with both.
After Chirac's presidential victory in 1995, Jupp? was the obvious choice as prime minister - but apart from his reforms it was his typecasting as a cold and intellectual technocrat that cost him the popularity of the voters.
Advised to see a communications specialist, he had one session then stopped, saying he "hated having someone explain in an hour what I can understand in 15 seconds." After his resignation he said, "it is always easier to smile than to reform. I tried to reform. I did not try to smile."
But Jupp?'s most important achievement was to come. Operating out of the public eye, he spent five years painstakingly making the alliances and political arrangements that in 2001 would see the birth of the UMP and a year later the centre-right's triumphant return to power.
Admired if not always loved in the party, he has been Chirac's personal choice to replace him if he steps down from the presidency in 2007 - and a counterweight to the openly ambitious Interior Minister Nicolas Sarkozy, who Chirac mistrusts.
But his sentence makes it hard to see how Jupp? can make it to the top. Though the appeal means he can in theory keep alive his hopes, he must remain for at least another year in political limbo - with the words of the judge that he "deceived the confidence of the sovereign people" ringing in the ears of the French public.

? AFP
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Juppe guilty of RPR Paris scam
but appeal postpones sentence
PARIS, Jan 30 (AFP) - In a verdict with major implications for France's governing centre-right, one of President Jacques Chirac's top political allies - former prime minister Alain Juppe - was found guilty Friday of illegal party funding and barred from public office.
Juppe, who at 58 now heads the pro-Chirac Union for a Popular Movement (UMP) party, was given a 18-month suspended jail term by the court in the Paris suburb of Nanterre - a sentence which under electoral rules means an an automatic disqualification from public office for at least five years.
The former prime minister had threatened to leave politics if disqualified from office, ruling himself out of contention to succeed Chirac after 2007 presidential elections and setting off a potentially bitter period of in-fighting within the UMP.
However, he immediately launched an appeal, which meant the entire sentence was put on hold. Juppe's political future thus was likely to remain in limbo until the appeal hearing, which could be at least a year away.
Juppe did not react as the verdict was read. His lawyer, Francis Szpiner, called the ruling "open to criticism and unjust".
The former prime minister was convicted of "taking illegal benefits" in the biggest case yet to come to court centring on allegations of financial irregularities during Chirac's 18-year tenure to 1995 as mayor of Paris.
Then head of Chirac's Rally for the Republic (RPR) party - the UMP's precursor - as well as financial director at Paris city hall, Juppe was found to have arranged for the payment of RPR staffers with municipal funds between 1998 and 1995.
During last September's trial he denied the accusations, saying he only became aware of the system in 1993 and then put a stop to it. But one of his former colleagues told the court that "everyone knew" about the illegal payments.
Twenty-six other people faced charges in the trial, including two former RPR treasurers and businessmen accused of paying RPR salaries in order to get access to municipal contracts. Most were convicted and given suspended prison terms.
Juppe served as Chirac's first prime minister from 1995 but his attempts at social reform led to strikes and he lost office to the Socialist Lionel Jospin in the 1997 election. He was then instrumental in the formation of the UMP and the centre-right's successful fight back in 2002.
Described once by Chirac as "the best from among us," he has a close relationship with the president who is widely presumed to want him as his successor. However critics say he is a cold intellectual who lacks the charisma necessary to carry him to the top.
Commentators said that Juppe alone has been able to control the rival Gaullist, pro-European and liberal factions of the UMP, and that he is also seen by Chirac as the best way of thwarting the presidential ambitions of the popular interior minister Nicolas Sarkozy.
The charges in Juppe's trial dated from a time when all French poliical parties were resorting to underhand methods to finance themselves. Chirac himself has avoided judicial investigations into how much he knew of the payment scam by claiming presidential immunity.

? AFP
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Juppe judge targeted by death
threats, break-ins, phone taps
PARIS, Feb 2 (AFP) - France was in political turmoil Monday over the conviction on corruption charges of former prime minister Alain Juppe, as three separate investigations were launched into claims that the judge who sentenced him was the target of phone taps and threats.
The speaker of the National Assembly Jean-Louis Debre announced plans for a parliamentary enquiry into allegations made Saturday by judge Catherine Pierce that her offices were broken into and her computer tampered with during the run-up to Friday's verdict.
The enquiry came after President Jacques Chirac ordered an investigation under three top judges, and the justice ministry began proceedings to determine if criminal charges can be brought.
The row over the alleged interference drew attention away from the separate debate over the future of Juppe himself, the head of Chirac's Union for a Popular Movement (UMP) party who has been widely tipped as a centre-right candiate for presidential elections in 2007.
Juppe, 58, was found guilty of illegally paying party workers with funds belonging to Paris city hall and given an 18-month suspended prison term and a ten-year bar on holding public office. However he immediately announced an appeal, which put the sentences on hold.
France's political world was awash with speculation about Juppe's intentions, with commentators saying his resignation from the UMP could open up a period of fierce in-fighting, just seven weeks before important regional elections.
Juppe, who is also mayor of the southwestern city of Bordeaux and a member of the National Assembly, confirmed that he would announce his decision Tuesday.
"I have had a good think. I respect the court. Tomorrow probably on television I shall tell the French what I have decided. Till then I hope you will understand that I am keeping it to myself," he told supporters who gathered to wish him well at the Bordeaux city hall.
Prompting speculation that he is urging Juppe to stick it out in the hope of quashing the verdict on appeal, Chirac told journalists in Marseille that his protege was a "political figure of exceptional quality, competence, humanity and honesty. France needs men of his quality."
Chirac's left-wing opponents said that he himself had been indirectly damaged by the Juppe verdict, because during the period when the illegal payments were being made - the late 1980s and early 1990s - the president was the mayor of Paris and Juppe his financial director.
"Given what the judge said there can be no doubt at all that when Jacques Chirac has completed his term in office, at some time or other - by some manner or another - he will face judicial proceedings," said Socialist leader Francois Hollande. Chirac is currently protected by presidential immunity.
Rumours were circulating about who could have ordered the alleged phone taps at judge Pierce's offices in the western Paris suburb of Nanterre, with memories reawakened of another magistrate - Eric Halphen - who complained of harassment while looking into corruption at Chirac's party.
In an interview with Le Parisien newspaper, Pierce said, "Our offices ... received regular 'visits' over these last months ... Our work computers were gone through. We also think our telephones - including our personal ones - were tapped.
"We don't know who was behind all this. We simply came to the conclusion that a lot of people wanted to know what would be our decision," she said.
The state prosecutor in Nanterre said that two preliminary police investigations were already set up earlier this month. The first followed the receipt of a threatening letter in which the author said that if Juppe was not barred from office he would face justice "by force if necessary."
The second investigation was into an incident in which a workman was found dismantling the ceiling in Pierce's office. The man told police he was trying to make his way into the next-door office, whose lock had broken.

? AFP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Who broke the judge?
Eric Halphen is the name of the French investigating magistrate who embarassed president Jacques Chirac by calling him for questioning over the alleged corruption scam at Paris city hall when Chirac was mayor of the capital.
Judge Halphen, like other magistrates who took on the mighty in France, is no more -- or rather, is no longer practising his profession.
This year he published his own account of the uncovering of the scandal known as that of "Les HLMs de Paris". Sept ans de solitude (Seven years of solitude), published by Deno?l, is a deeply disturbing read, and strongly recommended to anyone interested in understanding just why France has become so notorious in Europe for its institutionalised corruption.
Halphen, although he does not say so clearly, took leave of his job after failing to take his case to what he thought was its ultimate conclusion: the indictment of Chirac, who refused to be interrogatedby Halphen, on the legally justified basis that a president, while in office, cannot be questioned in such an investigation.
The magistrate then soon failed in his next enterprise -- that of getting elected in this year's legislative elections as a representative of the maverick centrist politician Jean-Pierre Chev?nement. Along with his sheepish physical appearance, Halphen cuts a somewhat sad figure, a man who one realises, by reading his book, has been broken somewhere inside by his harrowing experiences probing into one of France's biggest corruption scandals.
The facts which he outlines almost begger belief.
Firstly, in the extent of the already widely-reported scam which he was charged with investigating; it seems that hardly a single public building contract in and around Paris escaped the rule that construction companies were successful only if they paid a kick-back to Chirac's RPR party henchmen. The sums were huge, and transited around the world in an elaborate network of secret bank accounts, often in 'fiscal paradises' like Litchenstein, Switzerland or the Isle of Man.
Just how much the brazen system financially benefited political funds or individuals is not clear, but the sums involved were huge.
Secondly, in the account of the overt personal intimidation and professional sabotage suffered by Halphen, which is so outrageous that even a fiction writer might not have dared such a plot was, in fact, possible. The intimidation included disguised threats to him and his family, phone taps, secretly taken pictures of his love life, frightening notes left under the windscreen wipers of his car.
For much of the time during his seven-year investigation the RPR party was in government, and Halphen describes political manouevering of police and prosecution officials to thwart his activities.
Halphen is convinced, as are most newspaper readers, that financial corruption scams are common to all parties, and he is as scathing about the attitude of Socialist ministers as he is about those of the right. He suggests that despite the laws passed in recent years to clean up the illegal practices of party funding, little or nothing has changed and -- more sadly -- ever will.
It is here that Halphen, with whom one can only sympathise until then, strays off the track. Reading between the lines, one is struck by the dilemna he feels after having had his ideals in French justice shattered (he was one of the longest-serving French examining magistrates), and yet he is unable to denounce the fundamental flaws in the system which allowed this to happen.
He is almost smug in his assertion that he is about to surprise his reader by claiming that he wishes no radical reform of the French justice machine, and he makes this comment after some 200 pages of detailed description of a bankrupt and corrupt beaurocracy. For, if he was to suggest otherwise, the role of the examining magistrate comes under question.
Rather, Halphen contents himself to outline the inherent overwork and ultimate impotence of the magistrates, who in France lead all serious criminal investigations. There is, he appears to admit, no cure in sight to prevent the abominable story he recounts happening again.
The many, many disturbing issues he raises should be the subject of urgent reform, of public outrage and political shame. In many countries, his book would create a scandal and a political crisis. Less clear is whether it's France, or Halphen, who lost the plot.
Graham Tearse
Editor
Expatica France
graham.tearse @expatica.com
21 November 2002
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chirac's private enemy No 1
He is France's most popular politician; he is permanently in the public eye parading his roster of successes as minister of the interior; he is young, able and ambitious. But Nicolas Sarkozy has one problem: he is on collision course with the president. Hugh Schofield reports.
The heart of the tension is Sarkozy's clear aim to become president in 2007.
French newspapers chose 14 January to trumpet the ill-concealed state of warfare that has broken out between Jacques Chirac and the man who would replace him.
"Sarkozy lays siege to the Elysee," ran the front page of the left-wing Lib?ration. "Why Sarkozy is doing all he can to get himself fired," blazoned the popular daily Le Parisien, while the pro-government Le Figaro asked: "Is Sarkozy going too far?"
At the heart of the mounting tension lies the 49 year-old minister's manifest desire to take over at the next presidential elections in 2007.
Since November 2003, he has made no attempt to hide his hopes. Asked on a television show if he thought much of the presidency, he replied "Oh yes, and not just when I am shaving."
In another interview he said presidents should be limited to two mandates - and that old politicians should give way to a new generation.
The target of the message was not hard to read because Chirac is 71, half way through his second term and considering a third. The president began his career in the mid-1960s.
And while on an official visit to China earlier this month, Sarkozy had teeth gnashing once more in the Elysee when he was quoted asking Chinese President Hu Jintao, "What is it like taking over as number one when like you one has spent ten years as number two?"
In a system where ministers doff their caps his behaviour is provocative.
In January he was flexing his political muscles again - offering a buffet dinner for 100 parliamentarians from Chirac's Union for a Popular Movement (UMP) party and last Wednesday appearing in a press conference to report on his ministry's achievements for 2003.
The news was good - a 3.4 percent drop in reported crime - and there was more grist to the presidential mill when commentators said Sarkozy's chosen method of communication - a live broadcast from his ministry in Paris - reminded them of Charles de Gaulle.
On policy the minister has also marked his own territory, publicly disagreeing with the president on the hot issue of affirmative action. While Chirac has stuck to the view that discriminating in favour of Muslim immigrants is unFrench, Sarkozy has said it is vital to encourage integration.
His supporters warn: three years till the presidential race is a long time.
In a political system in which ministers are expected to doff their caps to the head of state, his behaviour has been deliberately provocative.
What vexes the Elys?e is that Sarkozy's opinion ratings remain in the high 60s - oustripping Chirac by several points - and that makes him hard to touch.
"In an increasingly complex political universe, Nicolas Sarkozy travels with simple ideas. He wants to be president of the republic. Not very original, but he has decided to get there by the shortest route possible," said Lib?ration in an editorial last Wednesday .
Insiders at the Place Beauvau - the ministry building that conveniently lies a few hundred metres across from the Elys?e palace - say Sarkozy is well aware of the effect he is having. "Chirac doesn't hate me," he was quoted as saying in Le Monde newspaper last week,
"it is worse: he fears me."
But even his supporters are warning that he risks over-reaching himself, and that the three years till the next presidential race are a long time in which to sustain a political guerrilla campaign without at some point taking return fire.
Nicolas Sarkozy - hot seat hotshot
As one insider at the Elysee told AFP: "He is acting a little too much in a hurry."
This could mean that the young pretender will soon ease off the pressure, calculating that having laid down a marker for the election he is now clearly seen by the public as one who is "presidentiable" - fit for the job.
January 2004
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Juppe victim of 'communists': Berlusconi
BRUSSELS, Feb 5 (AFP) - Italian Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi expressed support Thursday for embattled former French premier Alain Juppe, and launched a stinging attack on "political justice" and "communism."
Berlusconi - no stranger to legal problems himself - won polite applause from an audience of rightwing delegates after the tirade which accompanied an expression of solidarity with Juppe, convicted of corruption last week.
"There is another form of communism. It is communism without communism," he told a congress of the European People's Party (EPP) in Brussels, without specifying which countries he was criticizing.
"It is the most dangerous form, because it is the least visible .. That means one disowns one's own past, that one washes ones hands piously of all the crimes of the communist regimes .. while keeping the communist methods."
Such methods include "seeking to eliminate the political adversary, not by the vote or by democracy, but by resorting to political justice, as it used to be in certain countries and as it continues to be in certain countries."
Berlusconi concluded his tirade, launched at a meeting held in the European Parliament, by saying: "Allow me to address a message of soliarity with Alain Juppe, whom I know and whom I respect deeply."
Juppe, a close ally of President Jacques Chirac, confounded predictions of his departure from politics Tuesday, announcing he will remain at his elected posts until his appeal against a conviction for illegal party funding.
Berlusconi, known for his inimitable rhetorical style, was hit by new legal problems last month after a top court removed his immunity from prosecution on corruption charges.

? AFP

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ex-French PM Cresson faces EU fraud case
BRUSSELS, Feb 4 (AFP) - Belgian prosecutors have decided to drop most charges against former French prime minister Edith Cresson, although she will still face court over one fraud indictment, a spokeswoman said Wednesday.
The charges stem from a corruption scandal which sparked the collapse in 1999 of the European Commission, the EU executive of which Cresson was a member.
Cresson, who was French prime minister from 1991 to 1992, was indicted last March on charges of cronyism during her time as a member of the Brussels-based EU executive in the late 1990s.
She was specifically accused of organising the hiring by her department of Rene Berthelot, a personal friend and retired dentist, from 1996-1997, who was allegedly paid some EUR 150,000 (USD 188,000) for a fictitious job.
According to a spokeswoman, the only indictment on which prosecutors are pursuing Cresson relates to a number of allegedly counterfeit orders mandating missions or tasks to be carried out on the commission's behalf.
The Belgian daily Le Soir reported that the allegedly false documents involve expenditure of about EUR 7,000 to Berthelot.
"The prosecution is asking that Mme. Cresson and a civil servant be sent to court for 13 mission orders" which are suspected of being counterfeit, said Estelle Arpigny, spokeswoman for the prosecutor's office.
Prosecutors are set to propose that all other charges be dropped, she said, adding that a decision in the case is likely "in the coming weeks or the coming months".
The 1999 Brussels fraud scandal sparked the collapse of the commission headed by Jacques Santer, whose successor Romano Prodi has battled to clean up the EU executive's tarnished reputation.
As well as the alleged fraud involving Berthelot, Cresson was also alleged to have given benefits to a French company in work carried out in connection with an EU training programme of which she was in charge.

? AFP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wednesday, 10 October, 2001, 12:09 GMT 13:09 UK
Q & A: Chirac's corruption battle
France's President, Jacques Chirac, has been accused of corruption during his time as Mayor of Paris and as president of the Gaullist RPR Party.
Judges investigating the allegations wanted to question him, but have been thwarted by Mr Chirac's claim to presidential immunity, causing one of them to resign in disgust.
BBC News Online's Alexandra Fouch? looks at what that means for Mr Chirac and French politics ahead of this year's elections.
What are the allegations against Chirac?
There are several cases under investigation, of which the four biggest are:
Paris public housing (or HLM) contracts backhanders: This investigation, initially opened by Judge Eric Halphen in 1994, concerns bribes allegedly paid for the allocation of public housing contracts, which are thought to have contributed to the financing of the RPR and other political parties. The allegations against two people close to Mr Chirac - the late Jean-Claude Mery and Michel Roussin - prompted prosecutors to ask how much he knew about the scam.
Chirac's career
1976-1994: RPR President
1977-1995: Mayor of Paris
1974-1976 and 1986-1988: Prime Minister
Since 1995: President
In September, the Court of Appeals threw out the case because of procedural flaws, but replaced Judge Halphen, with another magistrate, Armand Riberolles, who observers say may be able to resume the investigation.
Cash-for-tickets, linked to bribes on secondary school contracts: Backhander payments are also reported to have been made in return for contracts to refurbish secondary schools in the Paris region. The scheme, thought to have been put in place in the late 1980s, is said to have benefited all major political parties.
Once again, Mr Roussin and Mr Mery were implicated, leading the investigation, which opened in 1997, in Mr Chirac's direction.
In July it was revealed that large sums of cash, allegedly totalling almost 2.4m francs ($320,000), had been used to pay for trips for Mr Chirac and his family and close colleagues between 1992 and 1995. He says the money came from his personal allowances, but investigators believe it may have been one way of spending the illegal commissions.
Fake RPR jobs: This investigation, opened in 1996 by Judge Patrick Desmure, relates to fictitious jobs given to members of Jacques Chirac's RPR party by private firms - who would be granted public contracts in return - and the Paris town hall between 1988 and 1995. It is alleged Mr Chirac knew of the arrangement.
Sempap fraud: This investigation, which began in 1997 and is headed by Judges Armand Riberolles and Marc Brisset-Foucault, examines allegations of fraud and favouritism towards the Sempap company, responsible for the Paris town hall's printing requirements between 1986 and 1996 while Mr Chirac was mayor.
Can Chirac claim presidential immunity?
Under France's constitution, the president can be prosecuted during his term only for high treason and only by the High Court of Justice, which is called by parliament and is made up of 12 deputies and 12 senators.
Legal glossary
Cour de Cassation: France's highest civil and criminal court
State Council: France's highest administrative court
Constitutional Council: Rules on the constitutionality of laws and on the interpretation of the constitution
High Court of Justice: the only court able to judge a serving president
However, the constitution is silent on offences committed before the president's accession to power - in Mr Chirac's case when he was Paris mayor or heading the RPR.
A ruling by the Constitutional Council in 1999 said that even then, the president could claim immunity.
But there are no provisions in the constitution for the president appearing as a witness in legal cases. This led to extended legal wrangling as the president repeatedly ignored judges' summons to face questioning.
The Cour de Cassation gave a final ruling in October which upholds and refines the Constitutional Council's decision.
It says Mr Chirac cannot be prosecuted or called as a witness against his will during his term of office, though after that it is open season. But some believe by then - especially if Mr Chirac is re-elected in 2002 - it will be too late.
This decision so disgusted Judge Eric Halphen that he resigned from public office. He has compared Mr Chirac's actions to those of former US President Richard Nixon and said that justice did not exist in France.
What is all this doing for Mr Chirac's career?
Although he has yet to announce whether he is running for a second term, Mr Chirac is thought likely to seek re-election.
His popularity has so far not suffered in the polls and his likely opponent, Prime Minister Lionel Jospin, has not exploited the sleaze card against him.
His daughter and her former partner have already been questioned, and other close family and aides, including the first lady, may be asked to appear before the investigators.
This would be certain to create controversy but might some observers say may very well increase the sympathy vote in Mr Chirac's favour.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Drops Chirac Corruption Probe
By Elaine Ganley
Associated Press
April 26, 2001
The judge investigating a corruption scandal that appeared to be closing in on President Jacques Chirac has dropped his pursuit of the chief of state, news reports and judicial sources said Thursday. Judge Eric Halphen filed his decision Wednesday to stop pursuing the president, saying it falls outside his jurisdiction, judicial sources said, speaking on condition of anonymity. The sources were confirming a report that first appeared in Thursday's edition of the regional newspaper l'Est Republicain.
Halphen's decision came just a month after he had summoned the conservative president to appear as a witness in the case, which involves a kickback scheme centering on Paris City Hall when Chirac served as mayor of the French capital from 1977 to 1995. Chirac refused to appear before the judge, with his office saying the summons violated the constitutional separation of powers.
According to the French Constitution, a president is protected from being brought before judicial bodies while he is in office. But it says nothing about his answering a summons as a witness, with no charges weighing on him. Only the High Court of Justice, a special body that judges officials for crimes committed while in office, is in a position to go forward with the investigation, Halphen said, according to Le Monde newspaper.
A Socialist lawmaker, Arnaud de Montebourg, has pressed for the special court to take up the case, but there is no indication it will do so. Halphen's summons in March for Chirac to testify as a witness drew a rash of criticism from Chirac's conservative allies and injected a dose of acrimony into already tense relations between the conservative president and his Socialist prime minister, Lionel Jospin. The two men are seen as likely contenders in next year's presidential election. Halphen cited both the Constitution and the Jan. 22, 1999, decision of the Constitutional Council in his decision to keep Chirac out of the case, which he has been investigating since 1994.
The case centers on allegations that bribes were extracted from building contractors, in part to help finance Chirac's conservative Rally for the Republic party and other political parties. Some 50 people have been placed under formal investigation -- a step just short of being charged. ``There now exist indications making it probable that Jacques Chirac could have participated, as player or accomplice, in the commission of infractions,'' Le Monde quoted the judge as saying in his decision. Halphen began investigating Chirac in earnest after he was directly implicated in a videotaped account from a key figure in the case, Jean-Claude Mery, released after Mery's death. Mery's account was corroborated earlier this month by Francois Ciolina, former deputy director of the public housing office that was part of the alleged scheme. Ciolina is among those under investigation.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
M. Chirac rattrap?
LE MONDE | 31.01.04 | 11h28
LA JUSTICE a donc tranch?. Sans trembler devant les cons?quences politiques ?ventuelles de sa d?cision. C'est, en effet, une condamnation cinglante que le tribunal correctionnel de Nanterre a inflig?e ? Alain Jupp?, vendredi 30 janvier. Mais, au-del? de l'homme, c'est un syst?me qui a ?t? condamn?.
Un syst?me dont le b?n?ficiaire ?tait Jacques Chirac, alors pr?sident du RPR et maire de Paris.
M. Jupp? est donc reconnu coupable de prise ill?gale d'int?r?t dans l'affaire des emplois fictifs du RPR pris en charge frauduleusement par la Ville de Paris entre 1988 et 1995, lorsqu'il ?tait ? la fois secr?taire g?n?ral du RPR et adjoint charg? des finances ? la Mairie de Paris. L'actuel pr?sident de l'UMP ?cope de dix-huit mois de prison avec sursis. Cette condamnation entra?ne automatiquement dix ans d'in?ligibilit?, sous r?serve qu'elle soit confirm?e en appel.
Ce jugement est un r?quisitoire contre M. Jupp? (lire pages 6 ? 8), les juges n'h?sitant pas ? rappeler cruellement ? l'int?ress? que les valeurs de la R?publique sont au c?ur de l'enseignement des grandes ?coles o? il s'est form?. Mais, bien au-del? du sort de l'actuel maire de Bordeaux, c'est tout le syst?me de financement occulte du RPR gr?ce ? la Mairie de Paris durant les ann?es 1980-1990 qui a ?t? condamn? par le tribunal de Nanterre. Ainsi, tous les responsables politiques poursuivis avec Alain Jupp? sont ?galement condamn?s ? des peines de prison avec sursis allant de sept ? quatorze mois.
Le seul qui manque ? l'appel est celui qui, alors, pr?sidait le parti gaulliste et ?tait le maire de Paris : Jacques Chirac. Le jugement du tribunal de Nanterre est sur ce point sans ambigu?t? : M. Jupp?, souligne-t-il, "?tait directement subordonn? au pr?sident du mouvement". Et, comme chacun le sait, celui-l?, pr?cis?ment, est ? l'abri de la justice tant qu'il si?gera ? l'Elys?e. L'affaire dans laquelle est condamn? Alain Jupp? est, en effet, celle dans laquelle le juge Patrick Desmure avait constat? l'existence de "faits susceptibles d'?tre reproch?s ? M. Chirac ? titre personnel". Prot?g? par son statut de pr?sident de la R?publique, Jacques Chirac n'est aucunement ? l'abri de poursuites une fois qu'il aura quitt? l'Elys?e.
Au d?tour d'une petite phrase, le jugement de Nanterre ?nonce donc, clairement, ce que personne n'ignore, notamment les int?ress?s : Alain Jupp? paye pour Jacques Chirac. Si le premier est condamn? p?nalement, la justice assure sans ambigu?t? que le second est responsable moralement. Voil? le chef de l'Etat pr?venu : le jugement condamnant Alain Jupp? donne la mesure de celui qu'il pourrait subir ? son tour quand il ne sera plus ? l'abri de l'immunit? pr?sidentielle.
Le pr?sident de la R?publique est rattrap? par son pass? de chef de parti. Un pass? qui n'est pas digne de la morale r?publicaine qu'il est cens? incarner ? la place qui est la sienne. La politique ne saurait se placer au-dessus de la justice, sauf, comme le rappelle le jugement de Nanterre, ? "tromper la confiance du peuple souverain". Et, aujourd'hui que les magistrats font ?tat des intimidations dont ils auraient ?t? la cible, on voudrait ?tre certain qu'? la tromperie ne s'est pas ajout?e la barbouzerie.

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 01.02.04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Les faits contre Jupp?
LE MONDE | 03.02.04 | 15h31
"CETTE AFFAIRE montre que la France est un pays en voie de d?veloppement d?mocratique dont les ?lus n'ont pas encore int?gr? psychologiquement l'id?e d'ind?pendance de la justice." Le propos n'est pas d'un gauchiste, mais de Dominique Barella, pr?sident de l'Union syndicale des magistrats, syndicat majoritaire et mod?r?.
Il r?sume sobrement l'invraisemblable r?action de la plupart des responsables de la droite fran?aise au lendemain de la condamnation d'Alain Jupp? ? dix-huit mois de prison avec sursis et dix ans d'in?ligibilit?, pour prise ill?gale d'int?r?t dans l'affaire des emplois fictifs de la Ville de Paris.
Le premier ministre, Jean-Pierre Raffarin, a donn? le ton en d?clarant sa "surprise" devant ce jugement "provisoire", tandis que son ministre d?l?gu? ? l'enseignement scolaire, Xavier Darcos, parlait d'une "condamnation ? mort politique". Josselin de Rohan, pr?sident du groupe UMP du S?nat, n'a pas h?sit? ? s'indigner "qu'on puisse traiter quelqu'un de cette qualit? comme un malfaiteur". Eric Raoult, vice-pr?sident de l'Assembl?e nationale, a d?nonc? ce "jugement disproportionn?, hypocrite et cynique".
Quant au pr?sident de la R?publique - th?oriquement "garant de l'ind?pendance de l'autorit? judiciaire", selon l'article 64 de la Constitution -, non seulement il n'a pas rappel? chacun au respect de la chose jug?e, mais il n'a pas h?sit?, lundi 2 f?vrier, ? louer publiquement les "qualit?s exceptionnelles" d'Alain Jupp?, notamment son "honn?tet?".
C'est peu de dire que ces d?rapages sont stup?fiants. Car enfin, les faits sont t?tus. Et, au-del? de la connotation plus morale que strictement juridique de l'un ou l'autre de ses attendus, le jugement rendu le 30 janvier ? Nanterre confirme et condamne l'existence d'un syst?me ill?gal de financement d'un parti politique - le RPR, ? l'?poque pr?sid? par Jacques Chirac et dont Alain Jupp? ?tait secr?taire g?n?ral - par la Ville de Paris, dont les deux hommes ?taient alors maire et adjoint charg? des finances.
La prise ill?gale d'int?r?t pour laquelle Alain Jupp? est condamn? est tr?s simplement d?crite ainsi par les juges de Nanterre : de septembre 1990 ? mai 1995, alors qu'il avait la charge et la responsabilit? de contr?ler et d'ordonner les d?penses aff?rentes aux employ?s de la ville, il a pr?sent? lors du vote des budgets annuels de la Ville de Paris une masse salariale comprenant les d?penses aff?rentes ? sept personnes "qu'il savait ?tre en r?alit? mises ? la disposition du RPR".
Autrement dit, pendant des ann?es, les contribuables parisiens ont pay?, sans le savoir, les salaires de permanents du RPR. Selon la formule de l'actuel maire de la capitale, Bertrand Delano? (PS), "un clan a mis la main sur la ville, sur les fonds d'une collectivit? locale ? travers des emplois fictifs". Le pr?judice, selon les services municipaux, s'?l?ve ? 1,2 million d'euros. Tels sont les faits sur lesquels Alain Jupp? et les dirigeants du RPR poursuivis ? ses c?t?s ont ?t? condamn?s.

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 04.02.04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
La majorit? sp?cule sur l'?ventuel remplacement du pr?sident de l'UMP
LE MONDE | 29.01.04 | 12h28
Personne n'en parle, mais tout le monde y pense. Et si Alain Jupp? ?tait condamn?, vendredi 30 janvier, ? une peine de dix ans d'in?ligibilit? par le tribunal correctionnel de Nanterre (Hauts-de-Seine) et se retirait de la vie politique - comme il l'a annonc? le 13 janvier ? "?a parcourt tous les esprits, mais personne ne peut imaginer qu'il mette un terme ? sa carri?re.
Ce serait v?cu comme un traumatisme consid?rable", explique Renaud Donnedieu de Vabres, l'un des porte-parole de l'UMP. "Ne serait-ce que par d?cence, je n'ose m?me pas imaginer un tel sc?nario", confie-t-il. La g?ne est si forte que la plupart des dirigeants de la droite n'acceptent d'aborder le cas Jupp? que sous couvert d'anonymat.
Comme pour conjurer le mauvais sort, nombreux sont ceux qui refusent d'envisager le pire, tandis que d'autres pronostiquent "un v?ritable tremblement de terre". "Ce 30 janvier constitue un vrai rendez-vous politique qui, pour la droite, peut avoir des cons?quences plus importantes que le r?sultat des ?lections r?gionales", redoute un des principaux chefs de la majorit?. Un proche collaborateur d'un ministre important se montre plus cat?gorique : "Jupp? condamn?, c'est la droite qui est d?capit?e", l?che-t-il, envisageant d?j? "les turbulences tr?s fortes" qui ne manqueraient pas de secouer "la chiraquie".
FRONT ANTI-SARKOZY
Les responsables de la droite n'en doutent pas : en pr?venant qu'il fera "autre chose" s'il est in?ligible, le maire de Bordeaux n'a pas prononc? une phrase en l'air et il se retirera bien de la vie politique. "Il a pes? ses mots. Il n'est pas du genre ? lancer n'importe quoi", assure Eric Woerth, d?put? de l'Oise et tr?sorier de l'UMP. Tous admettent - "pro" ou "anti" Jupp? - que le retrait du pr?sident du parti chiraquien ouvrirait une crise dont la droite sortirait ?branl?e. Cr?dible ou pas, cette situation risque d'avoir une cons?quence : d?clencher une guerre ouverte entre ceux qui r?vent de prendre les commandes d'un parti que Jacques Chirac a con?u comme une machine ? gagner l'?lection pr?sidentielle.
Deux candidats semblent en mesure de s'imposer : Nicolas Sarkozy bien s?r, que beaucoup consid?rent largement favori aupr?s des militants, et Jean-Pierre Raffarin, seul capable de rivaliser face au ministre de l'int?rieur aux yeux de plusieurs responsables. L'entourage de M. Sarkozy feint de s'interroger : "Nicolas a-t-il r?ellement envie d'y aller ?" Mais personne n'est dupe. Surtout pas les purs chiraquiens de l'UMP, qui n'ont pas de plus grand souci que d'emp?cher le num?ro deux du gouvernement de r?ussir une OPA sur le parti. Pour mener ? bien cette entreprise, certains pourraient constituer un "front du refus contre Sarkozy" regroupant tous ceux qui s'inscrivent dans cette d?marche, de Fran?ois Fillon ? Renaud Dutreil en passant par Herv? Gaymard, Xavier Darcos, Roselyne Bachelot, Philippe Douste-Blazy et quelques autres grands notables de la droite parlementaire.
Mais ? les entendre, cette option n'a donn? lieu ? aucune concertation. Comme si, finalement, l'?ventuel retrait de M. Jupp? n'avait jamais ?t? s?rieusement envisag?. Au si?ge de l'UMP, le sujet reste tabou. "Nous n'avons pas la moindre bribe d'information", jure un responsable du parti chiraquien tout en avouant "n'avoir jamais abord? la question" avec l'int?ress?.
Si l'on s'en tient aux statuts de l'UMP, le vide serait momentan?ment combl? par Jean-Claude Gaudin, vice-pr?sident de l'UMP depuis sa cr?ation, le 17 novembre 2002. Il assurerait l'int?rim jusqu'au congr?s du parti, pr?vu en novembre 2004. Pour "l?gale" qu'elle soit, cette solution permettrait surtout de parer au plus press?. "A l'UMP, tant chez les militants qu'aupr?s des cadres et des ?lus, le seul chef qui puisse esp?rer une r?elle l?gitimit? doit ? la fois rassembler les centristes, les lib?raux et les ex-RPR. Pour l'heure, le seul capable de r?soudre cette ?quation, c'est Alain Jupp?. En son absence, il n'y a que le premier ministre, chef de la majorit?, qui pourrait au pied lev? le remplacer", pr?dit ce d?put? proche de M. Chirac. Et il n'est pas le seul. "En dehors de Jupp?, il n'y a que le premier ministre pour prendre la direction du parti et le mettre en ordre de marche en vue des ?ch?ances ?lectorales du printemps", estiment de concert plusieurs membres de la commission ex?cutive du parti, selon lesquels M. Raffarin devrait, dans ces conditions, cumuler les deux fonctions.

Yves Bordenave

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 30.01.04
---------------------------------------------
Alain Jupp? "reconnu coupable", le syst?me RPR condamn?
LE MONDE | 31.01.04 | 13h19 * MIS A JOUR LE 02.02.04 | 17h15
Le pr?sident de l'UMP a ?t? condamn?, vendredi 30 janvier, ? une peine de dix-huit mois de prison avec sursis et dix ans d'in?ligibilit? dans l'affaire du financement du RPR. Il a d?cid? de faire appel. Les juges de Nanterre ont soulign? que, ? cette ?poque, il "?tait directement subordonn? au pr?sident du mouvement".
En condamnant Alain Jupp?, vendredi 30 janvier, les juges du tribunal de Nanterre (Hauts-de-Seine) ont sanctionn? un homme, mais aussi un syst?me. Justifiant par "la gravit? des faits" dont l'ancien secr?taire g?n?ral du RPR - aujourd'hui pr?sident de l'UMP - "est reconnu coupable" la peine de dix-huit mois d'emprisonnement avec sursis qui lui est inflig?e et les dix ans d'in?ligibilit? qui en d?coulent, les magistrats ont d?nonc? avec s?v?rit? les "arrangements ill?gaux" gr?ce auxquels le parti gaulliste a fait r?mun?rer son personnel par des entreprises et par la Mairie de Paris.
Le jugement, qui invoque la "soumission ? la loi" que la Constitution exige des partis politique, souligne que "la nature des faits commis est insupportable au corps social" et que M. Jupp?, qui "?tait investi d'un mandat ?lectif public", a "tromp? la confiance du peuple souverain".
Sans mettre en exergue le fait que le parti mis en cause - le RPR - et la collectivit? publique flou?e - la Ville de Paris - ?taient tous deux plac?s, au moment des faits vis?s (1988-1995), sous l'autorit? de Jacques Chirac, les juges ont d?sign? avec nettet? la responsabilit? du pr?sident de la R?publique dans les d?lits poursuivis : le jugement indique que M. Jupp? ?tait alors "directement subordonn? au pr?sident du mouvement", r?actualisant ainsi avec force la menace judiciaire qui p?se toujours sur le chef de l'Etat, mais que son immunit? et sa r??lection avaient pouss? dans l'ombre depuis deux ans.
La condamnation de M. Jupp?, dont l'avocat a annonc? qu'il ferait appel, appara?t comme l'?pilogue logique d'un proc?s qui avait pris en d?faut sa d?fense laconique et celui d'une affaire dont les d?veloppements ont, peu ? peu, encercl? le pr?sident avec son principal lieutenant.
Ouverte en 1996, l'enqu?te, men?e par le juge Patrick Desmure, a mis en ?vidence le "syst?me" instaur? de longue date par les dirigeants du RPR pour pallier l'absence de financement officiel des partis, puis, ? partir de 1988, pour en contourner les r?gles l?gales - la premi?re loi fut adopt?e cette ann?e-l?, sous un gouvernement dirig? par M. Chirac ; la plus r?cente, promulgu?e en 1995 sous le gouvernement Balladur, dont M. Jupp? ?tait membre, est celle qui pr?voit l'in?ligibilit? dont il est aujourd'hui frapp?...
R?sumant leurs d?couvertes, les enqu?teurs de la police judiciaire concluaient, dans un rapport rendu au juge le 25 mars 1999, que les malversations commises au profit du RPR "ne proc?daient pas d'initiatives imputables exclusivement ? l'encadrement interm?diaire du mouvement politique consid?r?, mais du fonctionnement d'un syst?me d?lictueux - organis? - avec l'aval de ses instances dirigeantes". Les policiers, qui estimaient le produit total des infractions ? plus de 2,4 millions d'euros, consid?raient d?s ce moment que les documents saisis - dont des courriers sign?s ou annot?s en 1993 par le futur chef de l'Etat - permettaient de "pr?sumer la connaissance du m?canisme incrimin? par le secr?taire g?n?ral du RPR et le pr?sident du RPR, Jacques Chirac".
Un mois plus tard, le juge Desmure entrait dans les annales de la Ve R?publique en ?tant le premier magistrat ? ?voquer explicitement les infractions p?nales qui pourraient ?tre reproch?es ? un chef de l'Etat en exercice si celui-ci n'?tait pr?serv? par son inviolabilit? constitutionnelle. Dans son "ordonnance d'incomp?tence" du 15 avril 1999, il constatait l'impossibilit? de le poursuivre, mais affirmait l'existence de "faits susceptibles d'?tre imput?s ? M. Chirac ? titre personnel". La Cour de cassation ayant, depuis lors, affirm? l'immunit? du pr?sident en la limitant ? la dur?e de ses fonctions, le dossier a ?t? scind? et une enqu?te distincte ouverte (officiellement contre X...) pour r?unir, l'heure venue, les charges retenues contre M. Chirac et prononcer sa mise en examen une fois qu'il ne si?gera plus ? l'Elys?e.
Dans cette perspective, la d?cision rendue vendredi, qui rappelle le lien hi?rarchique qui existait entre le chef de l'Etat et M. Jupp?, laisse peu d'incertitude quant ? l'issue de cette seconde proc?dure : le m?me tribunal pourrait-il, pour les m?mes d?lits, condamner moins s?v?rement l'homme qui pr?sidait le parti que celui qui lui ?tait "directement subordonn?"?
Ainsi, le jugement de Nanterre marque le double ?chec des calculs ?lys?ens qui visaient ? installer le favori en position d'h?ritier et ? pr?server, derri?re lui, M. Chirac des avanc?es de l'enqu?te.
D?s 1997, c'est ? l'Elys?e que s'organisa la d?fense de M. Jupp?, au lendemain de la d?faite ?lectorale qui avait caus? son d?part de Matignon. Alors secr?taire g?n?ral de la pr?sidence, Dominique de Villepin y avait constitu? une cellule informelle qui incluait l'avocat Francis Szpiner, d?fenseur de M. Jupp? et conseil de M. Chirac dans les affaires sensibles, et qui tenta de convaincre d'autres protagonistes de revendiquer seuls la responsabilit? du syst?me d?couvert. Ni Robert Galley, ancien tr?sorier du RPR, ni Michel Roussin, ancien directeur du cabinet de M. Chirac, n'ont accept? de se sacrifier - le second, mis en examen en 1998, a d'ailleurs ?t? mis hors de cause avant le proc?s.
Depuis mai 2002, l'Elys?e a continu? de veiller ? la d?fense du prot?g? du pr?sident. Le remplacement du procureur de Nanterre, Yves Bot, qui avait lanc? l'enqu?te, fut l'un des signes visibles de cette sollicitude : nomm? en f?vrier 2003, son successeur, Bernard Pag?s, a abandonn?, ? quelques mois du proc?s, la moiti? des charges retenues jusqu'alors contre M. Jupp? : celles relatives aux permanents du RPR salari?s par des entreprises. Plus discr?tement, l'in?ligibilit? m?canique qu'encourait ce dernier par les effets automatiques de la loi de 1995 y fut d?tect?e et examin?e avant l'audience. Dans ce contexte d'int?r?ts imbriqu?s, les confidences livr?es par l'ancien premier ministre au Nouvel Observateur, en novembre 2002, n'ont cess? d'alimenter les conjectures. Relatant une conversation "les yeux dans les yeux" avec M. Chirac dans la perspective d'un proc?s, M. Jupp? assurait l'avoir pr?venu en ces termes : "Je dirai ce que je crois devoir dire." Les juges de Nanterre ne s'en seront pas content?s.
Herv? Gattegno


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Le jugement pour les chefs d'entreprise
Dix-neuf chefs d'entreprise ?taient poursuivis pour abus de biens sociaux ou abus de confiance dans le proc?s des emplois fictifs du RPR, pour avoir accept? de prendre en charge les salaires de personnes travaillant exclusivement au service du mouvement gaulliste. Un grand nombre d'entre eux avaient fait valoir, pendant les d?bats, qu'ils avaient ?t? victimes d'un "chantage" de la part du RPR, qui aurait fait d?pendre l'attribution des march?s publics auxquels ils soumissionnaient de l'embauche de ces salari?s fictifs.
Parmi ces chefs d'entreprise, treize ont ?t? condamn?s ? six mois d'emprisonnement avec sursis : Christian Kerherno, Fran?ois Rosset, Bernard Forge, Jacques Petey, Yann Le Dor?, Michel Cottot, Claude Sale, Guy Barbat du Clozel, Michel David, Jean Guillou Keredan, Michel Romestain, Jean-Claude Moillard et Philippe Jung.
Six ont ?t? relax?s. Il s'agit de G?rard Moulin, Richard Cabeza, G?rard Becquet, Laurent Cohen, Knut Gross et Jean-Claude Zemmour.

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 01.02.04


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

More Information on Corruption

http://www.globalcorruptionreport.org/download.shtml

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Europe de l'Ouest
Allemagne, Autriche, Belgique, Danemark, Espagne, France, Grande-Bretagne,
Gr?ce, Hollande, Irlande, Islande, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Norv?ge, Pologne,
Portugal, Su?de, Suisse
V?ronique Pujas
Vue d'ensemble
La corruption, sujet d'int?r?t public, occupe maintenant une place privil?gi?e dans le programme politique de l'Europe de l'Ouest. Il y a plus d'informations diffus?es sur la corruption, et les scandales impliquant des hommes et des partis politiques sont largement couverts par les m?dias.
Les ann?es 2001-2002 sont marqu?es par l'importance croissante accord?e par les milieux politiques et les m?dias aux questions relatives ? la transparence financi?re et ? la bonne gouvernance au sein de l'entreprise. Dans le cadre de la ? guerre contre le terrorisme ? au lendemain des attaques du 11 septembre, la lutte contre le blanchiment d'argent s'est intensifi?e. La lutte contre le crime organis? et pour le contr?le des paradis fiscaux a enregistr? des progr?s rapides dans le nouvel environnement international ; de m?me, la coop?ration entre les syst?mes judiciaires et les polices des pays de l'Europe occidentale a profit? de cet environnement favorable pour se renforcer. La faillite de la soci?t? Enron aux ?tats-Unis est l'une des principales raisons qui ont amen? la bonne gouvernance au sein de l'entreprise ? occuper la premi?re place dans le programme politique.
Les partis au pouvoir ont d? faire face ? des all?gations de corruption dans nombre de pays de la r?gion, notamment en Allemagne, en France, en Italie et au Portugal. L'impact politique de ces all?gations n'?tait pas le m?me partout ; en ce qui concerne le gouvernement allemand, il a fait ?tablir pour adoption une liste noire de la corruption avant les ?lections qui devaient se d?rouler vers la fin de l'ann?e ; quant au pr?sident fran?ais, il a ?t? r??lu en d?pit des all?gations qui ont continu? ? alimenter le d?bat sur l'opportunit? ou non de lever l'immunit? pr?sidentielle. Des all?gations de corruption en Italie ont provoqu? un long conflit entre le Premier ministre et la justice, conflit qui se poursuit encore aujourd'hui. Parall?lement, les modifications que le gouvernement Berlusconi a introduites dans la l?gislation semblent servir surtout ses propres int?r?ts tout en occultant la responsabilit? de l'ex?cutif.
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 99
Le niveau de fraude et de blanchiment d'argent perp?tr? dans et ? travers les ?tablissements financiers du secteur priv? suscite une inqui?tude croissante. En Espagne, une enqu?te criminelle a ?t? ouverte pour faire la lumi?re sur un des plus grands scandales qui ait touch? le secteur bancaire europ?en depuis bien des ann?es. Partout dans la r?gion, la cr?dibilit? du secteur priv? est devenue un th?me politique central.
Malgr? la forte influence de la soci?t? civile ? travers la r?gion, peu d'ONG s'occupent sp?cifiquement de lutter contre la corruption. Et m?me si la corruption fait souvent la une des journaux, le public r?agit diff?remment. Les partis populistes ont remport? des succ?s ?lectoraux dans certains pays, en partie parce que les citoyens ont ?t? d?senchant?s par une ?lite politique corrompue.
Aux niveaux international et r?gional
En 2001-2002, les initiatives qui ont eu le plus grand impact dans la lutte contre la corruption en Europe de l'Ouest sont pour l'essentiel l'oeuvre d'institutions internationales et transnationales telles que l'Organisation de coop?ration et de d?veloppement ?conomiques (OCDE), le G8 et l'Union europ?enne (UE). Il est peut-?tre plus commode pour les ?tats individuels d'?viter d'avoir ? traiter directement les questions politiques sensibles en les d?l?guant aux institutions internationales. Le caract?re transnational de la corruption ne fait que confirmer le fait que le probl?me ne peut ?tre le plus efficacement combattu qu'en renfor?ant la s?curit? internationale et la coop?ration entre les syst?mes judiciaires. Ratifi?e par tous les ?tats membres ? l'exception de l'Irlande, la Convention de l'OCDE contre la corruption est en voie d'?tre progressivement int?gr?e dans les lois nationales, m?me si pour l'heure, seuls quelques cas de corruption font l'objet d'une enqu?te dans le cadre de cette convention. Un groupe de travail a ?t? constitu? pour assurer un suivi de la situation, et ? la premi?re phase des ?valuations, il a critiqu? l'application de la l?gislation dans plusieurs pays, obligeant les gouvernements ? amender leurs lois en accord avec la Convention. Cependant, la phase 2 du suivi qui a pour but d'examiner l'application de la Convention, a d?marr? avec une lenteur d?cevante. Les r?visions ont commenc? en 2001 et devaient ?tre men?es au rythme de sept ou huit par an ; mais dans la premi?re ann?e et demie, seules quatre r?visions ont ?t? effectu?es1. Sans l'appui des gouvernements de l'OCDE au processus de suivi, il y a de fortes chances que la Convention ne soit pas appliqu?e convenablement.
La liste noire ?tablie par le groupe d'action financi?re, qui d?signe les juridictions financi?res qui ne coop?rent pas dans la lutte contre le blanchiment d'argent, continue d'?tre une source de pression. ? la fin du mois de f?vrier 2002, les autorit?s des ?les anglo-normandes de Jersey et Guernesey ont d?cid? de collaborer avec les pays de l'OCDE en vue de renforcer la transparence de leur syst?me financier2.
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 100
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 100
Des sept juridictions restant sur la liste des paradis fiscaux r?ticents ? coop?rer, trois sont en Europe de l'Ouest : il s'agit d'Andorre, du Liechtenstein et de Monaco3.
L'un des principaux th?mes du sommet du G8, tenu ? G?nes, en juillet 2001, ?tait ? le crime organis? transnational ?. La corruption est li?e ? un grand nombre d'autres ? crimes internationaux ? n?cessitant des interventions analogues ; la corruption, le blanchiment d'argent sale, l'immigration clandestine, le terrorisme et le crime technologique ont tous ?t? abord?s en tant que ph?nom?nes mondiaux ? combattre gr?ce ? la coop?ration internationale4. Le fait que la corruption soit trait?e comme un probl?me mondial marque un tournant d?cisif.
Les ?v?nements du 11 septembre ont renforc? la coop?ration entre le pouvoir judiciaire, la police et les services de renseignements des quinze ?tats membres de l'Union europ?enne, mais ils ont eu en partie pour corollaire de restreindre les libert?s civiques (voir acc?s ? l'information, page 111). Des mesures abord?es depuis des ann?es mais rest?es bloqu?es pour des raisons politiques et techniques sont maintenant int?gr?es dans un plan de lutte contre le terrorisme et le crime organis?. Le plan a introduit formellement la corruption dans tous les textes concern?s. Par exemple, en novembre 2001, une nouvelle directive sur le blanchiment d'argent a ?t? adopt?e ; elle oblige les ?tats membres ? combattre le blanchiment du produit de tous les crimes graves, y compris la corruption.
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 101
L'importance des poursuites judiciaires contre les affaires de corruption, de priv? ? priv?, a re?u une grande attention m?diatique en 2001, car les tribunaux britanniques jugeaient le plus grand scandale de corruption de ces vingt derni?res ann?es. L'affaire ?tait d'autant plus importante que la d?couverte de la corruption dans le secteur priv? et sa poursuite devant les tribunaux suscitent bien moins d'int?r?t que la corruption dans la fonction publique. Il est vrai que l'Organisation de coop?ration et de d?veloppement ?conomiques (OCDE) consid?re la Grande-Bretagne comme l'un des pays qui affiche la plus grande volont? d'engager des poursuites judiciaires, mais force est de constater que moins de dix affaires de corruption, de priv? ? priv?, ont ?t? port?es devant les tribunaux en vingt ans.
On a pris toute la mesure de la corruption, de priv? ? priv?, lorsque le PDG de la soci?t? Hobson, une entreprise alimentaire, a ?t? traduit en justice pour avoir d?tourn? 2,4 millions de livres (3,8 millions de dollars am?ricains) du compte bancaire d'une filiale pour proroger un contrat lucratif avec la soci?t? ? Cooperative Wholesale Society ? (CWS). Deux responsables de la CWS ont ?t? reconnus coupables d'avoir re?u chacun des pots-de-vin d'un million de livres (1,6 million de dollars am?ricains). Ils ont ?t? condamn?s ? une peine d'emprisonnement ferme de trois ans et demi et au remboursement des pots-devin et des frais de justice. Le juge a ordonn? le report du proc?s du PDG de L'achat de contrats en Grande-Bretagne 306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 101 Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 102 Hobson, car les jur?s n'ont pas pu rendre un verdict concluant dans son cas. L'affaire sera de nouveau jug?e en janvier 2003. Les principaux faits se sont d?roul?s en 1995, date ? laquelle expirait l'accord de la soci?t? Hobson aux termes duquel il devait approvisionner 800 magasins de CWS en produits alimentaires de sa marque. Le PDG de la soci?t? Hobson, Andrew Regan, affirme avoir ?t? contact? par un homme d'affaires qui lui aurait offert de n?gocier la prorogation de l'accord par l'interm?diaire de ses contacts au si?ge de la CWS. Les 2,4 millions de livres (3,8 millions de dollars am?ricains) vers?s ? l'homme d'affaires ont ?t? imput?s au compte ? frais de courtage ?, mais le tribunal a d?couvert que l'argent ? transit? par des banques suisses avant de parvenir ? des soci?t?s implant?es aux ?les Vierges britanniques dont les propri?taires et b?n?ficiaires sont des cadres de CWS.
Les soup?ons ont commenc? lorsque l'administrateur de la soci?t? Hobson a ?t? surpris de voir que le contrat de CWS avait ?t? prorog?. Regan lui assura ? qu'il n'y avait pas de quoi s'inqui?ter. (...) Les conseillers financiers de Hobson ont consid?r? [la transaction] comme un coup ?. Quant ? l'administrateur, il n'?tait pas convaincu et a demand? qu'on enqu?te sur les 2,4 millions de livres d?pens?s en ? frais de courtage ?. Un tel proc?s comporte des difficult?s ?videntes. Il faut que la soci?t? l?s?e veuille porter plainte aupr?s de la police. Dans une affaire o? l'image de la soci?t? risque de souffrir davantage que la perte subie dans l'op?ration de corruption, il est difficile de prendre la d?cision de solliciter l'intervention de la police. En outre, les accus?s et les t?moins faisaient partie d'un r?seau d'int?r?ts conflictuels, ce qui incite peu ? rapporter certains faits ou ? engager des poursuites p?nales. Ceux des employ?s qui sont au courant des malversations et qui peuvent donc signaler des faits importants craignent d'?tre poursuivis pour complicit?. Le scandale Hobsons-CWS a co?ncid? avec les ?tapes pr?liminaires d'une r?forme globale des lois r?primant la corruption en Grande-Bretagne et dont les dispositions ont pr?s de cent ans d'?ge. La r?forme a commenc? en f?vrier 2002, avec l'int?gration de la Convention de l'OCDE dans la l?gislation britannique, ? l'instigation surtout de la Commission de s?lection de la Chambre des communes sur le d?veloppement international charg?e d'enqu?ter sur la corruption, commission au sein de laquelle Transparency International - section Royaume-Uni - a jou? un r?le d?terminant. La loi de 2001 contre le terrorisme, le crime et la s?curit? stipule que la corruption est passible de poursuites partout o? le crime est commis, aux termes des lois britanniques. La d?finition de l'infraction doit ?tre clarifi?e dans le projet de code p?nal qui ?tablira un seul d?lit de corruption avec, pour la premi?re fois, une d?finition statutaire de ? l'acte de corruption ?. Cette d?finition s'appliquera tant au secteur public que priv?. Une attention sera accord?e ? la cr?ation d'un nouveau d?lit de ? trafic d'influence ?, qui est plut?t sp?cifique au secteur priv?. On esp?re que ces am?liorations augmenteront le nombre de poursuites p?nales contre la corruption en Grande- Bretagne. Toutefois, pour qu'elles produisent un impact significatif dans le secteur priv?, elles doivent s'accompagner de la reconnaissance par tous qu'il est plus important d'?radiquer la corruption dans l'int?r?t ? long terme d'une soci?t? que de chercher ? ?viter un scandale dans le court terme.
Catherine Courtney
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 102
Le mandat d'arr?t europ?en est une autre illustration de la nouvelle approche commune europ?enne. Introduit pour lutter contre les crimes internationaux, notamment la corruption, il remplace les proc?dures d'extradition et permet ? un mandat d'arr?t lanc? dans n'importe quel pays de l'Union europ?enne d'?tre reconnu et ex?cut? dans tous les autres ?tats membres de l'UE. Les ministres de l'Union europ?enne se sont entendus politiquement sur le mandat en d?cembre 2001, mais le processus posait probl?me. Le premier ministre italien, Silvio Berlusconi, n'a accept? de le signer que sous la forte pression des autres ?tats membres. Il s'y opposait parce que des dispositions relatives au blanchiment d'argent, ? la corruption et ? la fraude fiscale y ?taient incluses. Par ailleurs, si les Parlements doivent ratifier le mandat, cela peut retarder son entr?e en vigueur (pr?vue en janvier 2004.)
En outre, il y a une institutionnalisation progressive des organismes de lutte contre la corruption cr??s par l'UE. Europol (l'Office central de police criminelle de l'Europe) lance une politique de recrutement ? grande ?chelle et la prorogation des accords de coop?ration entre les services de renseignements des ?tats membres, alors que Eurojuste, son pendant au niveau de la justice europ?enne, a ?t? cr?? en 2001. Le bureau europ?en charg? de la r?pression de la fraude gagne en cr?dibilit? surtout apr?s avoir r?v?l?, en mars 2002, qu'il ouvrait une nouvelle enqu?te sur de possibles irr?gularit?s de proc?dures au sein des institutions europ?ennes5. Finalement, avec la Banque mondiale et le Fond mon?taire international, l'Union Eeurop?enne s'est engag?e ? introduire des strat?gies de lutte contre la fraude dans le cadre de ses programmes d'aide au d?veloppement. Le Conseil de l'Europe continue de mettre l'accent sur l'efficacit? institutionnelle des lois et institutions nationales contre la corruption, notamment ? travers le Groupe de travail des ?tats contre la corruption. La Convention p?nale sur la corruption a obtenu un nombre suffisant de ratifications (14) pour entrer en vigueur en juillet 20026. Le Conseil de l'Europe poursuit ?galement le programme OCTOPUS qui vise le renforcement de la bonne gouvernance en introduisant des dispositions contre la corruption dans les pays de l'Europe de l'Est qui demandent ? entrer dans l'Union europ?enne. La perspective de devenir membre de l'UE peut s'av?rer ?tre la meilleure incitation possible pour amener les gouvernements ? am?liorer leurs syst?mes d'int?grit?.
Le processus d'int?gration europ?enne et son impact sur la lutte contre la corruption d?pendent non seulement des politiques intergouvernementales - qui, ? leur tour, d?pendent de la volont? politique nationale - mais aussi de leur mise en oeuvre par les ?tats. Malheureusement, l'engagement est moins ?vident au niveau national. Les r?ponses ind?cises de certains ?tats aux initiatives internationales, telles que les r?ticences initiales de l'Italie ? signer le mandat d'arr?t europ?en, d?notent les r?sultats d?cevants d'un certain nombre de pays de l'Europe de l'Ouest dans leur lutte nationale contre la corruption.
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 103
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 103
Au niveau national
L'ann?e derni?re, la lutte contre la corruption s'est vu accorder diff?rents niveaux de priorit? au sein des gouvernements de l'Europe de l'Ouest. Alors que les cas de corruption successifs au sein de l'?lite politique en Allemagne et en France alimentent les d?bats politiques dans ces pays, en Espagne la corruption ?tait moins ? l'ordre du jour puisque le public ?tait focalis? sur les activit?s du Mouvement s?paratiste basque (ETA). Les sondages effectu?s en 2001 ont permis de constater que la corruption avait moins d'importance compar?e au terrorisme, consid?r? comme un probl?me ? r?gler en priorit?7.
Les questions touchant ? la corruption au niveau national sont politiquement sensibles selon qu'il s'agit d'une ann?e ?lectorale ou non. La France ne fait pas exception ? cette r?gle, et avec les ?lections tenues entre avril et juin 2002, les m?dias se sont fait l'?cho de nombreux cas d'utilisation des fonds publics ? des fins personnelles. C'est ainsi que le pr?sident Jacques Chirac a vu beaucoup de membres de son entourage interpell?s par la justice. La p?riode en cause ?tait celle o? Jacques Chirac ?tait ? la fois pr?sident de son parti politique, le Rassemblement pour la r?publique (1976-1994), et maire de Paris (1977-1995).
Les accusations portaient notamment sur une campagne ill?gale et le financement des partis avec des pots-de-vin vers?s sur les travaux publics (l'affaire des HLM de Paris et l'affaire des lyc?es de la R?gion ?le-de-France) ; les contrats publics d'impression (l'affaire Sempap); l'utilisation de fonds municipaux de Paris pour payer les salaires du personnel travaillant pour le parti et la manipulation des listes ?lectorales pour influer sur les votes de quartier8. En 2001, les nouvelles accusations ?taient encore plus accablantes. En juillet 2001, Chirac a ?t? accus? d'utiliser la caisse noire (qui sert normalement ? financer les activit?s des services de renseignements ou les augmentations de salaires du personnel proche du Premier ministre) pour r?gler ses frais de voyages personnels9. Les accusations et le refus de Chirac de t?moigner dans la plupart des affaires susvis?es n'ont fait que cristalliser le d?bat sur la lev?e de l'immunit? pr?sidentielle et l'entrave ? la justice. Au d?but de la campagne ?lectorale de f?vrier 2002, Didier Schuller, conseiller r?gional qui a vite grimp? au sommet au sein du parti de Chirac et qui s'?tait enfui sept ans plut?t ? Saint-Domingue, suite ? des accusations de corruption, est revenu en France. Sa r?apparition a relanc? le d?bat public sur le financement ill?gal des partis politiques ; on lui reprochait d'avoir utilis? l'argent obtenu par la corruption pour financer le parti de Chirac10.
En Allemagne, ? la suite du scandale sur le financement des partis auquel l'Union d?mocratique chr?tienne est m?l?e depuis 1999, le Parti socio-d?mocrate (SPD) au pouvoir, s'est emp?tr? dans son propre scandale financier, en mars 2002. Les dirigeants du SPD ? Cologne ont ?t? accus?s d'avoir re?u d'entreprises donatrices 260 000 ? (257 000 dollars am?ricains) entre 1994 et 199911. Bien que cela date de quelques ann?es, ce scandale a permis de relever le niveau de conscience du public, la
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 104
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 104
corruption municipale ?tant d?sormais reconnue comme syst?mique en Allemagne. Le gouvernement britannique a ?t? confront? ? une s?rie de scandales li?s au financement des partis en 2001-2002. Les m?dias ont enqu?t? sur plusieurs affaires importantes dans lesquelles des contrats gouvernementaux ont ?t? octroy?s ? des compagnies ou des d?cisions prises en leur faveur, notamment ENRON qui a fait des dons au parti travailliste au pouvoir. Il n'existe aucune preuve qui permette d'affirmer que les d?cisions gouvernementales ont ?t? directement influenc?es par ces dons, mais en essayant de se sortir de l'embarras, le parti annon?a qu'il allait mettre sur pied un comit? charg? d'enqu?ter sur tous les dons sup?rieurs ? 5 000 livres (7 800 dollars am?ricains)12. En ?cosse, le Premier ministre Henry McLeish, leader du parti travailliste du gouvernement d'alors, d?missionna en novembre 2001, accus? de d?tourner les revenus financiers du Parlement et de ne pas d?clarer ses revenus13. N?anmoins, le gouvernement britannique a fait un pas de plus que les autres pays de l'OCDE, lorsqu'il vota en f?vrier 2000, la nouvelle l?gislation contre la corruption pour se conformer ? la Convention contre la corruption de l'OCDE14. Contrairement ? la l?gislation des autres pays de l'OCDE qui d?clare ill?gale la corruption des fonctionnaires ?trangers, cette nouvelle loi d?clare ?galement ill?gal le paiement de facilitation. La Conf?d?ration des industries britanniques (CBI) a r?prouv? l'interdiction des paiements de facilitation - de petits paiements pour ? faciliter ? les services gouvernementaux de routine - pour la simple raison que cela pourrait placer les compagnies britanniques dans un d?savantage concurrentiel. Le gouvernement britannique a r?torqu? qu'il n'y avait aucune raison d'exempter de tels paiements et a fait remarquer qu'une ? culture de paiements de facilitation constitue un obstacle pour les gouvernements des autres pays qui essaient de combattre la corruption sous tous ses aspects15 ?. L'Irlande ?tait r?put?e ?tre ? l'un des pays les plus corrompus d'Europe ? dans un rapport ?tabli en avril 200216, ? la demande d'une organisation caritative bas?e en Grande-Bretagne. La publication du rapport a co?ncid? avec de longues proc?dures initi?es aupr?s des tribunaux en rapport avec une enqu?te sur les sommes vers?es aux hommes politiques irlandais, notamment l'ancien Premier ministre Charles Haughey, et des all?gations d'irr?gularit?s impliquant des personnalit?s politiques c?l?bres.
Les all?gations de corruption et de d?tournement de fonds publics mais aussi les probl?mes ?conomiques ont port? un coup fatal au Parti socialiste portugais au pouvoir pendant six ans. La crise a donn? lieu, en mars 2002, ? des ?lections g?n?rales anticip?es que le parti au pouvoir a perdues.
Bien que le niveau de corruption dans les pays scandinaves soit comparativement bas, des all?gations de corruption ont ?t? rapport?es et des scandales r?v?l?s. Au Danemark, des all?gations de d?tournement de fonds au Farum Council, une autorit? locale au nord de Copenhague, sont devenues un probl?me national surtout que le gouvernement l'avait d?crit comme un mod?le de gestion financi?re17.
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 105
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 105
Face au nombre de scandales li?s ? la corruption dans les pays de l'Europe de l'Ouest, les gouvernements ont pris diverses mesures pour restaurer leur int?grit?, mais entre la rh?torique de la r?forme et l'efficacit? des actions entreprises il y a un foss?. Le nouveau gouvernement italien du Premier ministre Berlusconi en est une bonne illustration. Berlusconi ?tait charg? de la mise sur pied du programme de travail intitul? ? Lutte contre le crime international ? de la r?union du G8 ? G?nes, en 2001. Dans le m?me temps, alors qu'un certain nombre de ses collaborateurs et lui-m?me ?taient sous le coup d'accusations de corruption et de truquage de la comptabilit?, il transforma la lutte contre la corruption en une lutte contre les juges d'instruction. Fin 2001, le Parlement a adopt? une nouvelle loi qui a entrav? s?rieusement le travail des juges. En effet, la publication des comptes truqu?s ne constituait plus un d?lit en Italie ; ce changement d'attitude pourrait encourager fortement les activit?s de blanchiment d'argent18. Les magistrats travaillant sur les affaires de corruption et la mafia n'?taient pas encore au bout de leur peine puisque leurs escortes leur ont ?t? aussi retir?es19. Le S?nat a adopt? une r?forme du Haut Conseil de la justice, qui est dot? d'un pouvoir disciplinaire sur le judiciaire20. La r?forme changera la composition du Conseil et pourrait avoir un impact sur l'ind?pendance des juges d'instruction. En janvier 2002, le rapporteur sp?cial des Nations unies sur l'ind?pendance des juges et des avocats a lanc? un appel ? Berlusconi dans lequel il exhortait son gouvernement ? respecter les principes de base des Nations unies sur l'ind?pendance de la justice21.
L'absence de r?formes importantes dans le financement des partis politiques, et surtout l'absence d'une structure d'investigation ind?pendante de contr?le sur les proc?dures comptables des partis politiques sont des sujets qui continuent de poser le probl?me de la l?gitimit? des partis politiques en Europe de l'Ouest. Dans la plupart des pays, la r?forme de la fonction publique ?tait insuffisante dans le cadre de la lutte contre la corruption. En Allemagne, le fait que le projet de loi sur la libert? d'information ne progresse pas et la d?cision prise en 2001 de supprimer le bureau du procureur f?d?ral charg? de la justice disciplinaire pourraient r?duire les risques pour les fonctionnaires corrompus22. ? cela, il faut ajouter le fait que la plupart des pays europ?ens manquent soit de programmes de protection des t?moins, soit de strat?gie globale de protection des d?nonciateurs.
Des conflits d'int?r?ts apparaissent r?guli?rement au grand jour dans les d?mocraties de l'Europe occidentale et concernent surtout des personnalit?s politiques ayant des int?r?ts dans l'industrie priv?e. En l'occurrence, on a d?couvert r?cemment en France qu'un membre de l'Autorit? charg?e du contr?le de l'audiovisuel d?tenait une part importante du capital d'une grande agence de presse qui n'est autre que l'ancienne soci?t? Vivendi23. Cela cr?e ?galement une situation ambigu? en Italie o? Berlusconi d?tient une part importante des actions de la t?l?vision nationale. Les proc?dures de privatisation soul?vent aussi des pr?occupations du m?me ordre. Depuis 1996, la privatisation des soci?t?s de t?l?communications et
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 106
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 106
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 107
Ces derni?res ann?es, l'Allemagne a connu des scandales financiers dans lesquels les principaux partis politiques ?taient impliqu?s. Pourtant, au printemps 2002 a ?clat? un autre scandale o? des hommes politiques de la ville de Cologneont accept? des ? dons ? de la part de soci?t?s, en ?change de contrats de construction d'une usine de traitement des ordures et d'autres projets de construction ? grande ?chelle. Mais ? y regarder de plus pr?s, on a d?couvert tout un syst?me d'octroi de pots-de-vin et de dons politiques en ?change de contrats publics. Apr?s plus de dix ans de grands scandales dans le pays, le gouvernement f?d?ral a modifi? progressivement les dispositions relatives au financement des partis ; il a, par ailleurs, soumis au Parlement plus r?cemment, en avril 2002, un projet portant ?tablissement d'une liste noire qui reprendrait les entreprises douteuses prises la main dans le sac ? distribuer des pots-de-vin, ? utiliser la main-d'oeuvre ill?gale ou m?l?es ? des entreprises de corruption. Sur cette base, le march? des contrats publics serait interdit ? ces entreprises pendant trois ans. Il appartiendrait alors au d?partement f?d?ral charg? de la gestion des contrats publics d'inscrire lesdites entreprises sur la liste noire ou de les en retirer une fois ?tabli qu'elles ont suffisamment retrouv? une ?thique de gestion.
L'Allemagne a pris des dispositions depuis le milieu des ann?es 1990, tant au niveau f?d?ral que local, pour interdire les march?s publics aux entreprises douteuses (et en tout cas criminelles.) Mais ces ? D?crets sur la pr?vention de la corruption ? qui contiennent bien des techniques de gestion des risques courants ne sont pas vraiment appliqu?s. Le nouveau projet du gouvernement sur l'?tablissement d'une liste des entreprises ? douteuses ? est le bienvenu pour renforcer la lutte contre la corruption, mais il faut que les r?gles soient appliqu?es avec plus de rigueur notamment celle qui interdit les march?s publics ? certaines entreprises. Malheureusement, le projet a rencontr? une opposition. Il a ?t? bloqu? ? deux reprises par la Chambre haute du Parlement allemand (Bundesrat) domin?e par l'opposition. Ceux qui s'opposent au projet de loi estiment que les conditions d'inscription sur la liste noire sont arbitraires, que les entreprises peuvent ?tre sanctionn?es ? tort et que certains aspects du projet de loi sont potentiellement anticonstitutionnels. Cette opposition a provoqu? une surprise g?n?rale d'autant plus que certains ?tats allemands sous administration du principal parti d'opposition avaient op?r? des listes noires similaires pendant un certain temps. Malgr? cet ?chec, les tenants de la lutte contre la corruption en Allemagne ont continu? ? exercer des pressions en faveur du maintient effectif de la liste. Il est probable que le projet de loi sera vot?, en septembre 2002, par la Chambre haute avec des amendements. L'id?al serait que pareille liste soit accessible au public, qu'elle soit g?r?e par une institution ind?pendante et qu'elle soit soutenue par les chambres de commerce et la fonction publique. Limiter l'acc?s du public ? cette liste et laisser aux seuls fonctionnaires g?rant les march?s publics le pouvoir de d?terminer les entreprises ? faire figurer sur cette liste noire revient ? cr?er d'autres possibilit?s de corruption. Par ailleurs, il faudrait des proc?dures faciles et rapides pour inscrire une entreprise sur la liste noire ; ensuite, suivrait une enqu?te pour d?terminer si les faits retenus contre l'entreprise sont suffisants pour une mise en examen. Il devrait ?tre aussi facile que
?tablissement d'une liste noire en Allemagne
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 107
des syst?mes bancaires espagnols a suscit? de nombreuses all?gations de corruption, surtout au regard des liens ?troits unissant les directeurs des nouvelles entit?s et certains membres du gouvernement.
De nombreux pays ont fait des progr?s dans la lutte contre le blanchiment d'argent. C'est ainsi qu'en Suisse, le Bureau suisse charg? d'?tablir des rapports sur le blanchiment d'argent (MROS) a re?u, fin 2001, plus de dotations en personnel afin de renforcer son efficacit?. Un accord de coop?ration entre le MROS et son partenaire ? Monaco a ?t? rendu public en janvier 2002. En France, de nouvelles mesures de renforcement de la lutte contre le blanchiment d'argent ont ?t? prises, en mai 2001, en consolidant les P?les ?conomiques et financiers, un dispositif institutionnel qui regroupe en son sein des juges sp?cialis?s dans le crime financier et le grand banditisme. Le personnel s'est depuis plaint de l'insuffisance des effectifs24. Malgr? l'ind?pendance du judiciaire promise par les ministres fran?ais de la Justice au cours des enqu?tes portant sur les activit?s des hommes politiques, nombreux sont les juges charg?s de grands dossiers qui ont d? quitter pour diverses raisons la magistrature ou ceux appel?s ? d'autres fonctions ? la fin de 2001 et au d?but de 2002. Eva Joly qui pilotait l'enqu?te sur l'affaire Elf Aquitaine a d?missionn? de son poste comme l'avaient fait ?ric Halphen, charg? du dossier des HLM de Paris et Anne-Jos? Fulg?ras, ancienne directrice du d?partement des finances du tribunal de Paris. Laurence Vichnievsky, ancienne collaboratrice d'Eva Joly, a ?t? affect?e ? un autre poste au sein du syst?me judiciaire25. Ces d?parts ont fait beaucoup de bruit d'autant plus que les protagonistes ont publi? des livres dans lesquels ils ont exprim? des r?serves sur la lutte contre la corruption en France, en particulier, et en Europe de l'Ouest, en g?n?ral.
Le secteur priv?
En 2001-2002, la lutte contre la corruption a connu une ?volution majeure ; en effet, on est de plus en plus conscient que la corruption sape la l?gitimit? et la stabilit? des institutions et march?s financiers. La corruption n'est ?tudi?e qu'en partie, d?plorent les analystes au d?but des ann?es 1990 ; l'attention serait exag?r?ment port?e sur la dimension politique et pas assez sur les r?les des acteurs finan-
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 108
rapide de retirer une entreprise de la liste noire, ? condition que celle-ci puisse prouver qu'elle est retourn?e ? une ?thique de gestion efficace. Les efforts visant ? renforcer la transparence en Allemagne pourraient se fonder sur cette liste noire. Elle inciterait les entreprises ? mettre en place une ?thique de gestion efficace, ?vitant ainsi que d'autres scandales comme celui de Cologne ne portent pr?judice ? la politique allemande.
Bj?rn Rohde-Liebenau
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 108
ciers et ?conomiques. Mais d?sormais, la corruption fait l'objet d'une attention particuli?re, dans et ? travers les m?canismes internationaux de financement. Ces deux derni?res ann?es, un certain nombre de facteurs ont contribu? au d?veloppement de la corruption en Europe de l'Ouest. La chute des actions d'Internet ? la fin des ann?es 1990 constitue l'un de ces facteurs ; le deuxi?me facteur, ce sont les all?gations selon lesquelles il existerait des comptes secrets pour blanchiment d'argent ? Clearstream, une institution financi?re luxembourgeoise dont se servent les banques pour blanchir les transactions financi?res26. Le facteur le plus significatif a ?t? l'annonce de la faillite d'Enron ? la fin de l'ann?e 2001. L'affaire Enron a permis aux populations de prendre davantage conscience que les entreprises, les cabinets d'audit et les banques pouvaient se rendre complices pour truquer les comptes de soci?t?s et donner de fausses informations aux march?s financiers.
En Grande-Bretagne, la fraude, y compris l'enqu?te et les poursuites judiciaires, aurait co?t? au pays jusqu'? 13,8 milliards de livres (21,4 milliards de dollars am?ricains) par an. Dans le Rapport annuel 2000-2001 du Comit? consultatif sur la fraude, un organe ind?pendant cr?? par l'Institut des experts comptables de l'Angleterre et du pays de Galles, il est rapport? que la fraude commerciale est ? de plus en plus li?e ? la corruption et au blanchiment d'argent organis? par le grand banditisme27 ?.
Les enqu?tes sur la corruption ? la banque espagnole BBVA ont provoqu? l'un des plus grands scandales qui a affect? le secteur bancaire europ?en pendant des ann?es. L'enqu?te criminelle qui a d?marr?, en avril 2002, a port? sur les activit?s de la Banco Bilbao Vizcaya avant sa fusion avec la Argenteria Bank en 1999. La banque aurait d?tenu 225 millions d'euros (223 millions de dollars am?ricains) dans des comptes secrets ? Jersey, au Liechtenstein et en Suisse. Ces comptes secrets auraient servi ? favoriser la fraude, le d?tournement de fonds et le blanchiment d'argent. De l'argent qui aurait ?t? ?galement utilis? pour financer les campagnes respectives du pr?sident v?n?zu?lien, Hugo Ch?vez, et de l'ancien pr?sident p?ruvien, Alberto Fujimori. Vingt-trois anciens cadres et membres du conseil d'administration de la BBVA, qui avaient d?missionn? en cours d'ann?e, ont ?t? cit?s dans l'enqu?te men?e par le Juge Baltazar Garz?n28.
Dans une autre affaire c?l?bre en Espagne, des accusations de fraude importante dans une soci?t? charg?e de la gestion de fonds, fraude qui serait li?e au blanchiment d'argent et au versement de pots-de-vin, ont abouti ? la d?mission de la pr?sidente de la commission de la Bourse et du ministre d?l?gu? aux Finances. En effet, plus de 100 millions d'euros (99 millions de dollars am?ricains) en fonds investis dans la soci?t? Gescartera ont disparu. Des enqu?tes ont ?t? diligent?es au Parlement et au tribunal de grande instance sur une affaire qui a touch? de hauts fonctionnaires de la Bourse, du gouvernement et de l'une des plus importantes organisations caritatives d'Espagne29.
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 109
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 109
L'indice de corruption des pays exportateurs de TI, dat? de mai 2002, a soulign? le r?le jou? par les soci?t?s multinationales bas?es en Europe de l'Ouest dans la corruption au niveau des pays en d?veloppement (voir page 351). L'indice a indiqu? que les industries d'armement et de construction ?taient le plus souvent les principales sources de pots-de-vin vers?s par les soci?t?s des pays exportateurs30. Plusieurs soci?t?s multinationales de construction, notamment les soci?t?s anglaises, fran?aises, allemandes, italiennes et suisses risquent des poursuites judiciaires dans le cadre de l'enqu?te en cours contre le ? Lesotho Highland Development Authority ?.
Si l'affaire du Lesotho est un exemple rare dans lequel une soci?t? europ?enne est poursuivie pour corruption dans le cadre de la l?gislation nationale d'un pays en d?veloppement, l'int?gration progressive de la Convention contre la corruption de l'OCDE dans les l?gislations nationales des pays est en voie de faire de la corruption ? l'?tranger une entreprise de plus en plus risqu?e. Et pourtant, l'indice de corruption r?v?le ?galement que la sensibilisation ? la Convention de l'OCDE est en progression. La sensibilisation massive passe par une coop?ration accrue entre les journalistes d'investigation des pays en d?veloppement, les ONG et les procureurs g?n?raux des pays de l'OCDE.
Certaines soci?t?s de l'Europe de l'Ouest sont plus impliqu?es dans la lutte contre la corruption, en partie, pour r?agir ? la Convention de l'OCDE. En Allemagne, la soci?t? des chemins de fer, Deutsche Bahn, a reconnu, en d?cembre 2001, que ses propres investigations ont identifi? plus de 200 cas de corruption. Il y avait suffisamment de preuves dans 25 de ces cas pour transmettre les r?sultats aux procureurs31. Un mois plus t?t, les procureurs de Frankfurt avaient annonc? qu'un ancien chef du d?partement de l'approvisionnement ? la Deutsche Bahn avait ?t? arr?t? pour corruption, en m?me temps que trois des directeurs d'une soci?t? fournisseur32. Dans le cadre de sa lutte pour ?radiquer la corruption et suivant les conseils de Transparency International Allemagne, la Deutsche Bahn a nomm? son propre m?diateur contre la corruption ; celui-ci devra travailler en collaboration avec les procureurs.
La soci?t? civile
Le travail de sensibilisation a peu ?voqu? la question de la corruption en Europe de l'Ouest malgr? l'importante pr?sence de la soci?t? civile. Cette d?saffection pour la corruption se retrouve dans les dossiers des sections nationales de Transparency International dans la r?gion, dont l'importance est l'exception plut?t que la r?gle. Un certain nombre d'ONG de la r?gion font n?anmoins campagne sur des questions ayant un int?r?t g?n?ral pour la lutte contre la corruption dont notamment la libert? d'information et la r?glementation des march?s financiers.
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 110
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 110
Il existe d?sormais, dans la plupart des pays occidentaux, des lois donnant au public un droit g?n?ral d'acc?s aux documents des administrations publiques. Le devoir de transparence s'?tend aux institutions de l'Union europ?enne1. Les m?diateurs europ?ens ont fait un certain nombre de d?clarations en 2001 dans lesquelles ils ont reproch? aux organes de l'Union europ?enne de ne pas divulguer les informations. Lesdits documents comportent un rapport dans lequel il est reproch? au Conseil des ministres d'avoir refus? de donner libre acc?s ? des documents traitant de la justice et des affaires nationales. C'est ainsi qu'une nouvelle r?glementation europ?enne sur l'acc?s du public aux documents de l'Union europ?enne est entr?e en vigueur, en d?cembre 2001. Par ailleurs, le Comit? des ministres du Conseil de l'Europe a fait circuler des recommandations en f?vrier 2002 sur la l?gislation relative ? la libert? d'information2.
Deux pays, l'Allemagne et la Suisse, font exception dans la r?gion ? l'image g?n?ralement positive de la l?gislation sur la libert? d'information, car aucun de ces pays n'a vot? des lois nationales sur la libert? d'information. Le projet de loi introduit au Parlement en Allemagne en 2001 a ?t? bloqu? suite ? l'opposition de l'administration et du secteur des entreprises. Quatre des seize ?tats f?d?raux allemands ont adopt? la l?gislation sur la libert? d'information, mais avec des dispositions restrictives ; cependant, beaucoup d'?tats f?d?raux (notamment la Bavi?re, la Hesse et la Saxe) ont vot?, l'ann?e derni?re, contre les lois sur la libert? d'information. Le Parlement suisse s'est prononc? en faveur de l'introduction de la l?gislation sur la libert? d'information, et une consultation publique sur la question a ?t? organis?e en mars 2001. Le public ?tait en g?n?ral pour le droit ? l'acc?s ? l'information m?me si quelques r?serves ont ?t? ?mises, notamment par les entreprises publiques qui craignaient la perte de comp?titivit?. Des d?bats sont toujours en cours sur le projet de lois3. En Grande-Bretagne, le gouvernement a mis du temps ? appliquer la loi sur la libert? d'information, adopt?e en 2000. En novembre 2001, il a annonc? que le droit g?n?ral du citoyen ? l'information n'entrerait en vigueur qu'en 2005. Pour la p?riode allant jusqu'en 2005, un calendrier a ?t? mis au point pour que les pouvoirs publics fassent conna?tre leurs ? plans de divulgation ? ; ces plans doivent syst?matiquement d?finir la programmation de la diffusion des informations4. La r?ticence de ces gouvernements tranche avec la rapidit? et la vigueur des mesures prises fin 2001 dans les pays de l'Europe de l'Ouest, au lendemain des attaques du 11 septembre. La capacit? des gouvernements ? contr?ler l'information de la presse et ? utiliser la surveillance ?lectronique a ?t? renforc?e. Les services de renseignements et de police ont un libre acc?s au courrier personnel et aux services ?lectroniques des fournisseurs d'acc?s, et les renseignements personnels rassembl?s par les autorit?s comp?tentes sont d?sormais conserv?s dans un dossier pendant une p?riode plus longue. On peut se demander si les nouvelles dispositions contre la corruption, mises en place dans beaucoup de pays europ?ens, ne vont pas entraver les libert?s, mais aussi l'acc?s ? l'information. Entre-temps, la libert? de la ligne ?ditoriale et le journalisme d'investigation sont menac?s par la crise profonde que traversent la radiodiffusion et la t?l?vision dans beaucoup de pays de
l'Europe de l'Ouest ; en effet les
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 111
L'acc?s ? l'information dans les pays de l'Europe occidentale
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 111
Ce n'est pas parce que les m?dias se sont particuli?rement int?ress?s aux scandales de corruption et que les journalistes se sentent de plus en plus ? habilit?s ? ? mener des enqu?tes sur les hommes politiques que le journalisme d'investigation re?oit davantage de ressources. Toutefois, l'int?r?t manifest? par les m?dias est loin d'?tre le m?me ; par exemple, beaucoup de journalistes fran?ais ?taient r?ticents ? enqu?ter sur la corruption politique et cela tranche avec le style de journalisme autoritaire et controvers? pratiqu? dans certains autres pays d'Europe occidentale. ? preuve, la d?saffection manifeste des m?dias fran?ais pour la responsabilit? financi?re au niveau politique pendant la campagne ?lectorale de 2002. Les hommes politiques se servent souvent des accusations de corruption comme outil politique, et profitent ainsi de l'int?r?t que les m?dias leur portent ; mais cette pratique peut, au contraire, finir par rendre le public sceptique. La corruption qui touche les hommes politiques et l'instrumentalisation des all?gations de corruption a non seulement fait perdre confiance au gouvernement et sap? la l?gitimit? des partis politiques et de leurs dirigeants, mais elles ont fini par entra?ner une d?saffection progressive du public ? l'?gard de la politique. S'agissant des ?lections, il y a eu des r?actions mitig?es devant le nombre d'articles parus dans la presse sur des scandales li?s au versement ou ? l'accepta-
Rapport mondial sur la corruption 2003 112
principales cha?nes de radiodiffusion et de t?l?vision publiques et priv?es doivent se battre pour pr?server l'ind?pendance de la r?daction. En Italie, le Premier ministre poss?de trois des plus grandes cha?nes de t?l?vision priv?es et, en sa qualit? de chef du gouvernement, il contr?le ?galement les trois cha?nes publiques5. En France, une douzaine de journalistes ont ?t? poursuivis en 2001 pour avoir publi? des articles d'enqu?te sur les affaires d'int?r?t public, notamment les scandales politiques et les questions sur les violations de la ? pr?somption d'innocence6 ?.
S'agissant de la cyber-administration, beaucoup d'administrations centrales et locales ont soutenu la r?volution num?rique ; elles publient sur Internet, pour le compte des services gouvernementaux, un nombre consid?rable de documents tir?s de publications et de bases de donn?es. Des sites Internet officiels et des services de cyber-administration sont, en g?n?ral, plus d?velopp?s dans les pays de l'Europe du Nord que dans ceux du Sud7. Les Prix de l'Europe ?lectronique pour l'innovation dans la cyber-administration ont ?t? lanc?s en novembre 2001. Leur objectif est de mettre en relief et de promouvoir les efforts r?alis?s par les administrations europ?ennes aux plans national, r?gional et local dans l'utilisation de la technologie de l'information pour am?liorer la qualit? et l'accessibilit? des services publics.
1 www.privay_international.org/issues/foia/foiasurvey.
html.
2 cm.coe.int/Stat/E/Public/2002/adapted_texts/
recommendations/.
3 www.ofj.admin.ch/themen/affprinzip/intro_d.htm.
4 www.lcd.gov.uk/foi/imprp/amrep 01.htm.
5 Economist (Grande-Bretagne), 25 avril 2002.
6 www.ifex.org.
7 europa.en.int/information_society/eeurope/.
index_en htm.
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 112
tion de pots-de-vin et ? d'autres formes de corruption. Les partis populistes tels que le Lega Nord en Italie (membre du gouvernement de coalition de Berlusconi) et le Front national en France (dont le leader, Jean-Marie le Pen, ?tait face ? Chirac au second tour des ?lections pr?sidentielles) ont tir? profit des votes de protestation contre la corruption au sein de l`?lite politique. Parce qu'ils ont en partie critiqu? les hommes politiques ?lus pour leur sens peu ?lev? de la morale, ces partis ont obtenu un soutien accru lors des r?centes ?lections. Mais ? l'?vidence, nombreux sont les citoyens qui ne se sont pas servis de leurs votes pour sanctionner les hommes politiques impliqu?s dans des affaires de corruption, comme en t?moignent l'?lection de Berlusconi en Italie, en mai 2001, et la r??lection du pr?sident Chirac en France, en avril 2002.
En Italie, les grandes manifestations qui ont eu lieu, en f?vrier 2002, ont permis d'?valuer le niveau de soutien ? la croisade contre la corruption, lanc?e dans les ann?es 1990, contre l'?lite politique impliqu?e dans la corruption syst?mique. Malgr? la forte connotation politique donn?e ? ces organisations et rassemblements par une forte pr?sence des militants de partis d'opposition, ils ?taient organis?s pour marquer le d?saccord des citoyens avec la fin de la politique Mani Pulite (mains propres) qui avait suscit? l'espoir de voir se mettre en place un nouveau syst?me politique non corrompu. Quarante mille personnes ont assist? ? une manifestation ? Milan33. Malheureusement, la campagne lanc?e par le Premier ministre Berlusconi contre les juges d'instruction ayant accumul? plusieurs dossiers contre lui, a ?t? renforc?e par sa victoire aux ?lections g?n?rales de 2001 qu'il a remport?es avec une large majorit? des voix.
Les organisations de la soci?t? civile elles-m?mes sont accus?es de corruption. Au Danemark, le pr?sident des employ?s de l'industrie, au sein du syndicat g?n?ral des travailleurs et du Fonds de retraite, Willy Strube, s'est suicid? apr?s avoir ?t? accus? d'utiliser les ressources financi?res du syndicat ? des fins personnelles34.
1 Les rapports par pays sur l'implantation de la Convention anti-corruption de l'OCDE (les deux
phases de surveillance ) sont disponibles sur le net au site www.oecd.org/EN/document/o,,EN
-document -88-3-no-3-16889-88,00.htlm.
2 www.oecdobserver.org/news/fullstory.php/aid/648/Guernsey_and_jersey_commit_to_cooperate_
with_the oecd_to_address_harmful_tax_practices.html.
3 www.oecd.oecd.org/EN/document-22-nodirectorate-no12-28534-22,FF.html.
4 www.7.utoronto.ca/g7/evaluations/2001 gensa.
5 Le Monde (France), 2 mars 2002.
6 conventions.coe.int/Treaty/EN/Cadreslistetraites.htm.
7 www.cis.es/baros/mar2429.htm.
8 Le Monde (France), 29 mars 2002.
9 Le Monde (France), 4 juillet 2001.
10 Guardian (Grande-Bretagne), 6 f?vrier 2002.
11 Le Monde (France), 9 mars 2002.
12 BBC News, 22 mai 2002.
13 Guardian (Grande-Bretagne), 9 novembre 2001.
14 La l?gislation a ?t? introduite comme une partie de la loi de 2001 contre le terrorisme, le crime et la
s?curit?.
Rapports r?gionaux Europe de l'Ouest 113
306132_p099a114 1/07/03 9:55 Page 113

Posted by maximpost at 3:55 PM EST
Permalink
Wednesday, 4 February 2004

>> SIX-WAY TALKS...IF YOU MEET THE BUDDHA KILL HIM!
-----------------------------------------------
CIA Chief to Correct 'Misperceptions' on Iraq WMD

Feb 4, 4:49 PM (ET)

By Tabassum Zakaria
By Tabassum Zakaria
WASHINGTON (Reuters) - CIA Director George Tenet plans to try and correct what he considers "misperceptions" about prewar intelligence on Iraq's weapons of mass destruction in his first public appearance since fresh controversy erupted over the issue, an intelligence official said on Wednesday.

In a speech at Georgetown University on Thursday, Tenet will "correct some of the misperceptions and downright inaccuracies concerning what the intelligence community reported and did not report regarding Iraq," the U.S. intelligence official said on condition of anonymity.

"He will point out it is premature to reach conclusions," the official added.

The furor over whether Iraq possessed banned weapons before the U.S.-led war, flared again recently after former chief U.S. weapons inspector David Kay said he believed there were no large stockpiles of chemical and biological weapons in Iraq.

Kay, who was appointed by Tenet, had led the hunt since June for evidence of banned weapons and an active program to build nuclear weapons -- the centerpiece for the U.S. decision to launch a pre-emptive invasion of Iraq last year.

After resigning in late January, Kay said the WMD search team had found probably 85 percent of what there was to found in Iraq.

His blunt comments that prewar intelligence on Iraq had been wrong bolstered calls for an independent inquiry and prompted the White House to agree to set up a commission to investigate the intelligence.

Tenet is expected to reject some of the criticisms that have been leveled at the intelligence agencies.

"People who have leaped to the conclusion that the intelligence was all wrong simply aren't right," the intelligence official said. "Those who say the search for WMD is 85 percent finished are 100 percent wrong."

Tenet plans to echo what other administration officials and congressional Republicans have been saying -- that it is premature to reach firm conclusions.

"He's going to make the point that in the search for WMD, there is still plenty of work that needs to be done on the ground before any conclusions should be reached," the intelligence official said.

Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld defended the war in testimony to congressional committees on Wednesday and held out the possibility that the team still hunting for banned weapons in Iraq eventually might find them.

He said the intelligence agencies had a "tough assignment" trying to crack closed societies and avoid surprises from threats that can emerge suddenly.

Rumsfeld noted that when the intelligence agencies fail "the world knows it. And when they succeed, as they often do to our country's great benefit, their accomplishments often have to remain secret."

Rumsfeld said he hoped Tenet would make some of the recent successes public "so that the impression that has and is being created of broad intelligence failures can be dispelled."

Tenet is expected to talk about the "difficulties and complexities" of intelligence work, where it is unusual to have a complete picture but fragments of information must be pieced together. He also plans to discuss proliferation issues in other countries, the intelligence official said.




>> 6WT

>> IF YOU MEET THE BUDDHA KILL HIM!!!!

------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP Exclusive: Kerry Blocked Law, Drew Cash
Wed Feb 4, 5:14 PM ET
By JOHN SOLOMON, Associated Press Writer
WASHINGTON - A Senate colleague was trying to close a loophole that allowed a major insurer to divert millions of federal dollars from the nation's most expensive construction project. John Kerry (news - web sites) stepped in and blocked the legislation.
Over the next two years, the insurer, American International Group, paid Kerry's way on a trip to Vermont and donated at least $30,000 to a tax-exempt group Kerry used to set up his presidential campaign. Company executives donated $18,000 to his Senate and presidential campaigns.
Were the two connected? Kerry says not.
But to some government watchdogs, the tale of the Massachusetts senator's 2000 intervention, detailed in documents obtained by The Associated Press, is a textbook case of the special interest politicking that Kerry rails against on the presidential trail.
"The idea that Kerry has not helped or benefited from a specific special interest, which he has said, is utterly absurd," said Charles Lewis, head of the Center for Public Integrity that just published a book on political donations to the presidential candidates.
"Anyone who gets millions of dollars over time, and thousands of dollars from specific donors, knows there's a symbiotic relationship. He needs the donors' money. The donors need favors. Welcome to Washington. That is how it works."
The documents obtained by AP provide a window into Kerry's involvement in a two-decade-old highway and tunnel construction project in his home state of Massachusetts. Known as the "Big Dig," it had become infamous for its multibillion dollar cost overruns.
Kerry's office confirmed Wednesday that as member of the Senate Commerce Committee he persuaded committee chairman John McCain, R-Ariz., to drop a provision that would have stripped $150 million from the project and ended the insurance funding loophole.
The Massachusetts Democrat actually was angered by the loophole but didn't want money stripped from the project because it would hurt his constituents who needed the Boston project finished, spokeswoman Stephanie Cutter said.
When the "AIG investment scheme (came) to light, John Kerry called for public hearings to investigate the parties involved and the legality of the investment practices. However, he firmly believed cutting funding for the Big Dig was not the answer," Cutter said.
Instead of McCain's bluntly worded legislation, Kerry asked for a committee hearing in May 2000. Kerry thanked McCain at the start of the hearing for dropping his legislation and an AIG executive was permitted to testify that he believed the company's work for the Big Dig was a good thing even though it was criticized by federal auditors.
"From the perspective of public and worker safety and cost control, AIG's insurance program has been a success," AIG executive Richard Thomas testified.
Asked why Kerry would subsequently accept a trip and money from AIG in 2001 and 2002 if he was angered by the investment scheme, Cutter replied: "Any contributions AIG made to the senator's campaign came years after the investigation. Throughout his career, John Kerry has stood up to special interests on behalf of average Americans. This case is no different."
The New York-based insurer, one of the world's largest, declined to comment on its donations to Kerry, simply stating, "AIG never requested any assistance from Senator Kerry concerning the insurance we provided the Big Dig."
The project has become a symbol of government contracting gone awry, known for its huge cost overruns that now total several billion dollars, and its admissions of mismanagement.
During the 1990s, Sens. Kerry and Edward Kennedy, D-Mass., helped win new federal funding for the project as its costs skyrocketed and threatened to burden the state's government. In 1998, Kerry was credited with winning $100 million in new federal funding.
But in 1999, the Transportation Department uncovered a financing scheme in which the project had overpaid $129.8 million to AIG for worker compensation and liability insurance that wasn't needed, then had allowed the insurer to keep the money in a trust and invest it in the market. The government alleged AIG kept about half of the profits it made from the investments, providing the other half to the project.
Outraged by the revelations, McCain submitted legislation that would have stripped $150 million from the Big Dig and banned the practice of allowing an insurer to invest and profit from excessive premiums paid with government money.
"Any refunds of insurance premiums or reserve amounts, including interest, that exceed a project's liabilities shall be immediately returned to the federal government," McCain's legislation declared.
But Kerry and Kennedy intervened, and McCain withdrew the legislation in 2000 in favor of the hearing.
At that hearing, the Transportation's Department inspector general made a renewed plea for a permanent federal policy banning the overpayment of insurance premiums and subsequent investment for profit -- what McCain had proposed and Kerry helped kill.
"The policy is needed to ensure that projects do not attempt to draw down federal funds for investment purposes under the guise that they are needed to pay insurance claims. It is that simple," the inspector general told senators.
In September 2001, Kerry disclosed to the Senate ethics office that AIG had paid an estimated $540 in travel expenses to cover his costs for a speech in Burlington, Vt.
A few months later in December 2001, several AIG executives gave maximum $1,000 donations to Kerry's Senate campaign on the same day. The donations totaled $9,700 and were followed by several thousand dollars more over the next two years.
The next spring, AIG donated $10,000 to a new tax-exempt group Kerry formed, the Citizen Soldier Fund, to lay groundwork for his presidential campaign. Later in 2002, AIG gave two more donations of $10,000 each to the same group, making it one of the largest corporate donors to Kerry's group.
The insurer wasn't the only company connected to the Big Dig to donate to Kerry's new group. Two construction companies on the project -- Modern Continental Group and Jay Cashman Construction -- each donated $25,000, IRS records show.
Rep. James McGovern, D-Mass., a Boston area lawmaker, credited Kerry for getting McCain's legislation blocked in favor of a hearing, saying Massachusetts lawmakers "were on the side of good government here but also concerned the language might go too far and put more of a burden on a Massachusetts project."

-------------------------------------------------

That Was Then
Deficit reduction worked for Clinton, but circumstances were different in 1993. Today's Democrats mustn't think they can merely mimic him.
By Joseph E. Stiglitz
Issue Date: 2.1.04
Print Friendly | Email Article
We live in an upside-down world where Republicans defend deficits and Democrats attack them. These are seemingly opposite views. But both have led, mistakenly, to cuts in social investment as well as to needlessly slow economic growth and high unemployment.
For years Republicans tried to slay Keynesian economics, the idea that in an economic downturn, one should run deficits. During the Clinton years, they even pushed for a balanced-budget amendment to the Constitution, which would have enshrined the principles of fiscal prudence (and precluded the Bush deficits). In those years, the Democrats were accused of being fiscally irresponsible because they sensibly believed that in times of recessions, a deficit was good policy.
All of this has changed. Ronald Reagan, of course, did run huge deficits, but that was supposedly a mistake. In his "voodoo" economics, tax cuts were supposed to somehow generate more tax revenues, so there was not supposed to be a deficit. Under George Bush Senior, taxes were raised to correct Reagan's error. But George W. Bush unabashedly defends huge, endless deficits.
As a form of economic stimulus, all deficits are not created equal. The economy may be temporarily booming, but Bush's tax cuts were not designed primarily to provide an effective stimulus but, rather, to reduce taxes, mainly on the wealthy, as an end in itself. But tax cuts for the poor, or better unemployment benefits, are far more effective in stimulating the economy. Public investment -- in, say, roads, airports, education or technology -- would have provided much more stimulus in the short run and enhanced America's productivity in the long run.
The new Republican economic logic also insists that prolonged deficits do not produce significant increases in interest rates. This logic defies the usual laws of supply and demand, in which an increase in demand (here the demand for funds by the government) leads to an increase in price (here the interest rate). Accordingly, by this logic even enormous and structural deficits do not adversely affect growth. This view is nonsense, but Democrats make a mistake when they respond by embracing the old Republican role of deficit hawks. In a downturn, tax revenues normally decrease, so deficits increase. During a recession, therefore, it makes sense to tolerate and even to increase these deficits, to stimulate economic activity and recovery.
But the new Democratic recipe is something along the lines of, "Reduce the deficit and economic prosperity will be restored." Emboldened by the seeming success of that formula in the early 1990s, and the seeming failure of the opposite strategy by Bush, many Democrats believe fiscal prudence will cure both the economy and their fiscal reputation. But, unfortunately, the wrong lessons have been drawn from both experiences.
Deficit reduction under Bill Clinton worked, both because of the peculiar circumstances of the time and because of the way it was carefully crafted. For a variety of reasons -- including regulatory mistakes that contributed to the economic recession in the first place -- banks had larger than normal portfolios of long-term government bonds. So the lowering of long-term interest rates -- which increases the price of long-term bonds -- effectively recapitalized the banking system, leading to new lending. Normally deficit reduction dampens the economy. But Clinton's carefully designed deficit reduction program was heavily backloaded (to bite after a strong recovery was well under way). Moreover, the 1993 tax increase was targeted at the rich. On both counts, aggregate demand in the short run was not reduced much.
Conversely, Bush's backloaded tax cuts, taking effect years down the road, lead the market to anticipate far larger deficits in the future, so medium- and long-term interest rates must rise relative to short-term treasury bills, partially undoing the Federal Reserve's original efforts to lower interest rates. The lesson: While deficit increases normally stimulate the economy, it is possible to design ones badly enough that they do not provide much stimulus. The economy may have a good quarter or two, but sooner or later the money markets will catch on and bid up rates. And with that, the nascent recovery may falter.
Today the economy is growing again, but it's not producing enough jobs. Bush's presidency will likely be the first since Herbert Hoover's with a net loss of jobs. The economy needs millions of new jobs just to keep up with the new entrants into the labor force. And it is not just that jobs are not being created; employed people are also working less. The United States is out of recession but still far from its potential. Huge amounts of resources are being wasted, and millions of people are suffering as a result.
Bush's defense is that he inherited a downturn; were it not for his tax cuts, he says, matters would have been even worse. That would be true, if Bush's tax cuts were our only choice. But they are not. Alternative policies would have helped more, making the downtown shallower and shorter and the recovery stronger. Indeed, it is hard to imagine such a large set of tax cuts that could have done less to stimulate the economy.
By early 2001, it was clear that the economy was facing a significant and potentially prolonged downturn. (This is not just a matter of Monday-morning quarterbacking; others and I wrote this at the time. I even tried to speak to Bush about it at a White House reception for Nobel laureates, but he was distinctly uninterested.)
We should have had tax cuts and expenditure increases targeted to where the money would be spent, and spent quickly: increased benefits for the unemployed, tax cuts for the poor, investment tax credits (just to those firms that make investments), and aid to the states and localities that would shortly be facing severe budgetary shortfalls, forcing cutbacks in expenditures or increases in taxes.
The badly designed tax cuts put an increasing burden on the Fed to keep the recovery going. But the Fed's rate cuts have worked mainly by inducing households to refinance their mortgages, taking on greater and cheaper debt. This has left the economy in a precarious position. The higher indebtedness may make a robust recovery all the more difficult, for normally as recovery sets in, interest rates rise. Debt burdens are manageable today only because of the low interest rates. There is a further risk that rising interest rates could not only squeeze consumption but also bring on a fall of real-estate prices, further dampening the recovery.
Had Bush's tax cuts been fairer and aimed more at stimulating the economy, the recovery would have occurred earlier and been far stronger; today the Fed would have had further room to maneuver, with fewer risks to our economic future.
Where does this leave the Democrats? The soaring Bush deficits are an easy target. They are a cause of concern. But the danger is that the Democrats will focus excessively on deficit reduction, thereby not only impairing the ability to maintain the economy at full employment but also reducing prospects for long-term growth. The simple fallacy is that government expenditures cause deficits, deficits force higher interest rates and higher interest rates crowd out private investment, which is the key to long-term growth. But much government expenditure also underwrites investment. And if public investment is starved, growth, too, can be impaired. Studies by the Council of Economic Advisers show that the returns on public investments, such as in education and research and development, are very high -- far higher than the returns on much private investment that was crowded out and certainly higher than the investments in the excess capacity of fiber optics, telecommunications and dot-coms.
The financial markets' focus on deficits is another piece of evidence of their shortsightedness -- and another example of the need for better accounting. One needs to look not just at liabilities (what the government owes) but at assets. A deficit in our infrastructure can be even more harmful than a financial one. And these public investments -- in education and in the environment -- are necessary for sustainable growth with equity.
Some say that Bush created the huge deficits to squeeze government, to force cuts in public investments and social programs. Democrats who focus excessively on deficit reduction are falling precisely into the trap, especially when political timidity impedes reversing the tax cuts.
It is true that increasing debt burdens -- both to government and to households -- have put our country's future at risk, a risk for which there is little compensating reward. Our looming problems -- inequality and an aging population with increasing demands on Social Security and Medicare -- have only been made worse. The cure will entail a far bolder program than just another bout of deficit reduction.
Joseph E. Stiglitz
Copyright ? 2004 by The American Prospect, Inc. Preferred Citation: Joseph E. Stiglitz, "That Was Then," The American Prospect vol. 15 no. 2, February 1, 2004 . This article may not be resold, reprinted, or redistributed for compensation of any kind without prior written permission from the author. Direct questions about permissions to permissions@prospect.org.

-------------------------------------------------------------
Robert Rubin's Contested Legacy
The High Cost of Rubinomics
By Jeff Faux
Issue Date: 2.1.04
Print Friendly | Email Article
In an Uncertain World: Tough Choices From Wall Street to Washington By Robert Rubin and Jacob Weisberg, Random House, 448 pages, $35.00
If a Democratic president gets to replace Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan when the latter's term is up in 2006, Bob Rubin is the odds-on favorite. He has the financial credentials: Goldman-Sachs, U.S. Treasury, CitiGroup. He raises money for Democrats. And he is credited with the one accomplishment of the Clinton era that all Democrats are proud of: eight years of peacetime economic growth that, by 2000, had produced something pretty close to full employment.
As Rubin tells the story in his new memoirs, he persuaded Clinton early on to make financial-market "confidence" the administration's chief economic priority. Key to the strategy was Greenspan, who was supposedly concerned that spiraling federal deficits would ignite inflation, forcing him to raise interest rates and thus choke off growth. Cut the deficit, argued Rubin, and Greenspan will let the economy live.
Clinton was an easy sell. He not only reduced the deficit but also went on to balance the budget, run a surplus and, by the end of his term, put the federal government on a path toward eliminating the entire national debt. Along the way, he embraced large parts of Wall Street's agenda: free trade, privatization and the deregulation of finance, energy and telecommunications. In turn, Greenspan kept rates low.
So Rubin's plan worked, but the cost was high. Hopes that the peace dividend from the end of the Cold War would finance major new programs in health care, education and other areas of public need were dashed. Social investments as a share of the country's national income actually declined over the Clinton years. Fights over free trade split the party and contributed to the loss of the House of Representatives, from which Democrats have still not recovered. And deregulation led to an orgy of irresponsible speculation and fraud that eventually left workers without pensions, small-scale shareholders with worthless paper and California -- among other places -- without the money to pay for basic services.
While the party lasted, Rubin and Greenspan were the toasts of Wall Street. They watched benignly (with an occasional "tut-tut" from the chairman) as mindless speculation overheated the stock market way beyond the boiling point of 1929. According to Greenspan, inflation was no longer a problem because the end of the era of coddling by big government had made workers more anxious about their jobs and less apt to demand higher wages. At the same time, he and Rubin kept anxiety from discomforting the markets by rolling out the safety net for financiers who bet wrong on Mexican bonds and the Long-Term Capital Management hedge fund. Indeed, Rubin spent much of his term as treasury secretary shuttling from crisis to crisis, organizing, often brilliantly, rescue packages for capital-market failures around the world.
He missed some. Russia defaulted despite his best efforts. And neither he nor Greenspan faced the rising U.S. trade deficit that, by the end of his watch, made our high consumption economy perilously dependent on foreign lenders.
Still, more than 20 million jobs were created. At the end of the decade, people who 10 years earlier had been written off as "unemployable" were working, and, for a few quarters before the crash, employers were actually bidding up the wages of people making $7 an hour.
So, honest liberals might have different answers to the question, was the "trade off" worth it? But there is a prior question: Was it necessary?
Some deficit reduction was reasonable. After all, a fiscal deficit that was rising faster than income is ultimately unsustainable. But the Clinton-Rubin buy-in to a 19th-century Republican economic agenda was clearly over the top. As Clinton economists Joseph Stiglitz, Alan Blinder and Janet Yellen, among others, have pointed out, the sustained growth of the past decade was largely generated by a perfect storm of favorable factors, including the spread of Internet technology, low energy prices and a temporary slowdown in health-care costs.
The clearest answer came from Alan Greenspan himself. A few days after the election of George W. Bush, Greenspan endorsed Bush's massive tax cut, which not only wiped out the surplus the Democrats had so painfully built up but quickly put the government back in the red. It turns out that the ideologically conservative Greenspan had used the deficit scare as a way to stop Clinton from social spending. When the Republicans came back, Greenspan was happy to support what has now become the GOP tradition of cutting taxes for the rich, no matter what the fiscal consequences.
Some would argue that Rubin and Clinton had no other leverage to keep Greenspan from killing the recovery. But they clearly had more wiggle room. Wall Street's worry was that the deficit was out of control. The Clinton administration could have mollified financiers' fears by cutting the deficit to something like 2 percent of gross domestic product. That would have freed up additional revenue for desperately needed public investment, and Greenspan would have been on weak ground to throttle non-inflationary economic growth. Moreover, Clinton had control over the one thing that Greenspan desperately wanted: reappointment. Had the president been willing to discipline the chairman with some of the job anxiety that kept America's workers in line during the 1990s, a few dollars of that now tragically lost surplus might have been invested in things such as schools, hospitals and clean air.
Compared with what we have now, of course, we'd be happy to have Rubin back. And if the country lucks out next November, he -- and we -- may get another chance. So I'd be a lot more comfortable if his book had at least acknowledged that he helped Greenspan take us to the cleaners. The next Democratic administration should not be condemned to repeat the mistakes of the last one.
Jeff Faux
Copyright ? 2004 by The American Prospect, Inc. Preferred Citation: Jeff Faux, "Robert Rubin's Contested Legacy," The American Prospect vol. 15 no. 2, February 1, 2004 . This article may not be resold, reprinted, or redistributed for compensation of any kind without prior written permission from the author. Direct questions about permissions to permissions@prospect.org.



---------------------------------------------------------------
Cyber Snoop
Somebody infiltrated Democratic electronic correspondence -- and let the world know about it. Now the case could turn into a full-blown e-gate. N.J. sens. tunnel for $4 billion
By Klaus Marre
New Jersey's two senators are pressing Sen. Richard Shelby (R-Ala.) to support the building of a third tunnel connection under the Hudson River to New York City at a cost of $4 billion.
Sens. Frank Lautenberg (D) and Jon Corzine (D) met Jan. 29 with Shelby, who chairs the Appropriations Subcommittee on Transportation, Treasury and General Government, to promote the merits of the project.
The project will come as a surprise to New York Sens. Charles Schumer (D) and Hillary Clinton (D), who have not been informed of their neighbors' intention.
Lautenberg said a rail tunnel into New York would be a "critical national asset," noting that rail service was the "only significantly functioning" means of transportation available "when the area was crippled" by the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks. Shelby "understands the necessity" of the project, Lautenberg added.
He noted that the area gets "maximum use" out of the two existing tunnels and said he would "work with [Shelby] in every way possible to make this an ... effective, cost-efficient investment."
Lautenberg said that since his first stint in the Senate, when he also chaired the subcommittee, he and Shelby have had a good working relationship.
Following his meeting with the two New Jersey senators, Shelby said they were "working on funding for transit."
Virginia Davis, Shelby's spokeswoman, added that her boss "understands the importance of the priority to the senators, and moving forward he intends to consider the request carefully."
Lautenberg said he and Corzine are unified in their support for the project but added that they haven't talked to [Schumer and Clinton] about it yet. Schumer said he "had heard a few rumors but nothing concrete" about the tunnel project.
Building a rail tunnel would obviously require "a significant amount of money," Lautenberg said, but he is not looking at the price tag yet. Before that, he wants to see the design.
Corzine said the cost for the project would be $3.5 billion to $4 billion but the federal government would share the burden with the states and the Port Authority, which have to be "heavy workers" to secure the necessary funds.
He added that the tunnel would not be funded all at once. At present, the only money that needs to be found is for "initial engineering work," he said. Overall, Corzine estimates that the federal share would be about $1 billion.
Environmental impact studies and other preliminary research is already under way, Corzine confirmed.
An expensive regional project could face significant opposition, especially at a time when the national deficit is large and the White House and Republicans talk about curbing non-defense spending. But Lautenberg said he and Corzine would do "whatever we have to" to get the tunnel.
In its budget blueprint, the Bush administration proposes cutting the discretionary spending for the Department of Transportation by 3.9 percent, which includes cuts for railroad programs.
Lautenberg said the war in Iraq should not be fought at the expense of domestic priorities and Corzine stated that the "idea of balancing the budget on the back of transportation dollars is absurd."
Corzine argued that the project is not only important to his constituents but also to "the whole Eastern seaboard," adding that a mammoth construction project would create many jobs in the area.

? 2003 The Hill

---------------------------------------------------------------------
By Farai Chideya
Web Exclusive: 2.3.04
Print Friendly | Email Article
When I was young and stupid -- say, three years ago -- I dated a guy heretofore known as The Control Freak. One day I noticed he'd left his e-mail account open. I felt a powerful urge to see if he'd treated his ex-girlfriend the way he treated me. I found out that he had.
Three things happened. One, I confessed. (I'm Catholic. I can't help it.) Two, I never read his e-mail again. And finally, despite my apologies, he lorded my indiscretion over me until we mercifully broke up. I can't say I blame him. Like many people who grew up in the computer era, I consider private e-mail a sacrosanct space, more like a diary than a daykeeper. Invading someone's e-mail is like sitting on that person's bed and flipping through his or her journals.
Which brings us to the curious case of Republicans infiltrating Democratic e-correspondence. Private, or supposedly private, Democratic memos were leaked to conservative media outlets The Washington Times, The Wall Street Journal, and possibly radio and television host Sean Hannity. At issue is a computer system that allowed Republican staffers to read Democratic memos and correspondence without a password. Some of these staffers argued that they told the Democrats about the security breach in the summer of 2002. Others believe mum was the word before November 2003. In any case, the Republicans had more than a year of unfettered access to Democratic documents before this scandal became public.
And what a year it was. At issue is a series of Democratic strategy memos on controversial judicial appointments. A year ago, columnist Bob Novak detailed Democratic strategy for blocking conservative nominees to the federal bench. The descriptions in his column, including the Democratic characterization of blocked nominee Miguel Estrada as a "stealth right-wing zealot" who was "especially dangerous, because ... he is a Latino" were straight from the pilfered electronic files. In some accounts of the case, the content of the memos has become as much of an issue as the spying itself.
In a press conference, Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Orrin Hatch admitted that an investigation by federal prosecutors "revealed at least one current member of the Judiciary Committee staff had improperly accessed at least some of the documents referenced in the media reports and which have been posted on the Internet."
The staffer, Manuel Miranda, is on paid administrative leave. Reached by The Boston Globe, which broke the story, Miranda said, "There appears to have been no hacking, no stealing, and no violation of any Senate rule. Stealing assumes a property right and there is no property right to a government document. ... These documents are not covered under the Senate disclosure rule because they are not official business and, to the extent they were disclosed, they were disclosed inadvertently by negligent [Democratic] staff."
Nice try. Lee Tien, senior staff attorney for the Electronic Frontier Foundation, notes, "Each time the Republicans accessed the Democrats' files without authorization, they at a minimum violated the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, 18 USC Sec.1030(a)(2)." That statute includes anyone who "intentionally accesses a computer without authorization or exceeds authorized access, and thereby obtains ... information from any department or agency of the United States."
Tien also rejects the reports that focus on the content of Democratic memos versus their theft. In describing this crime, he says, "It's pretty sleazy to blame the victim when you're the one exploiting the weakness in the first place. Good computer security is hard. Poor computer security is extremely common. ... I don't believe in double standards, so maybe we should think of all the companies and governments who have been hacked in the past few years because of poor security."
And what about the disputed Republican argument that they told Democrats about the problem a year ago? "It's as if they're saying `I told you the lock on your back door was broken -- if you didn't fix it, I should be able to walk right into your house and take what I want,'" says computer-privacy expert Mike Godwin, senior technology counsel at Public Knowledge.
It's been hard for this story to get much play in a time filled with talk of weapons of mass destruction (or the lack thereof), Democratic primaries, and presidential budget recommendations. But the continuing investigation could turn this case of file spying into a full-on electronic Watergate.
Senate Sergeant at Arms William Pickle is now turning over backup tapes of the Judiciary Committee computer to the Capitol police. This prompted a group of Republicans on the Judiciary Committee, including Saxby Chambliss of Georgia and Lindsey Graham of South Carolina, to complain that the investigation could compromise their own e-privacy. "We strongly object to allowing anyone to read backup tapes or other electronic media from the Judiciary Committee server, the Exchange server or otherwise breach the privacy of our electronic files and communications," they wrote in a letter to Pickle. So far, their concerns have taken a back seat to the needs of the investigation.
In the end, Republican gains from scanning the memos may be far outweighed by disclosures from the spying case. After all, those who live by the sword -- or the mouse click -- can die by it as well.
Farai Chideya is the author of the forthcoming Trust: Reaching the 100 Million Missing Voters.
Farai Chideya
Copyright ? 2004 by The American Prospect, Inc. Preferred Citation: Farai Chideya, "Cyber Snoop Somebody infiltrated Democratic electronic correspondence -- and let the world know about it. Now the case could turn into a full-blown e-gate.," The American Prospect Online, February 3, 2004. This article may not be resold, reprinted, or redistributed for compensation of any kind without prior written permission from the author. Direct questions about permissions to permissions@prospect.org.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Leak staffer ousted
Frist aide forced out in an effort to assuage Dems
By Alexander Bolton
Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist's (R-Tenn.) top aide on judicial nominees is expected to announce his resignation at the end of this week -- a sacrifice offered by the GOP leadership in hope of persuading the Democrats to wind down the fight over leaked Judiciary Committee memos.
The aide, Manuel Miranda, had spearheaded the Republican effort to push President Bush's judicial nominees through the Senate in the face of fierce Democratic opposition.
Miranda declined a request for comment. But The Hill has learned that he agreed to resign under pressure from Judiciary Committee Chairman Sen. Orrin Hatch (R-Utah). The Democrats have not agreed to scale back their demands for wide-ranging punishments following a full-blown leak inquiry.
patrick g. ryan
Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist
Since switching from the Judiciary Committee to Frist's office in February last year, Miranda had overseen a multi-pronged strategy to confirm judges whom Democrats had blocked with filibusters and other procedural tactics.
Miranda helped galvanize the Senate Republican caucus and outside constituent
groups such as Hispanics and Catholics behind the nominees. In previous years, most of the Senate Republican caucus, apart from members of the Judiciary Committee, remained aloof from the fight.
The aide's departure signals that Senate Republican leaders will likely pull back from confrontation over Bush's judges. Last year's high-intensity battles included a GOP-staged 40-hour marathon debate on blocked nominees.
As an aide in Frist's office, Miranda was able to organize the Judiciary Committee with outside groups that communicated the Republican message on judges. Without the heft of Frist's office behind the campaign to confirm Bush's judges, the Senate Republican Conference, will have a tough time overcoming turf battles with the committee.
If they can tamp down the furor over the leaked memos, Republicans could focus on the content of the documents, which illustrate the influence outside groups such as the NAACP and People for the American Way have had on Democratic decisions to block nominees.
"It's capitulation to the old Democratic trick that if you catch us with our hands dirty, we'll blame Republicans for dirty tricks," said a GOP aide.
Miranda admitted to the sergeant at arms that he had read Democratic memos that a Republican staffer on the Judiciary Committee accessed through a glitch on the panel server. But it is unclear what rules if any Miranda broke. His defenders say that the files were openly available to Republicans through their desktop computers and that there is no such thing as a property right to a federal document.
Sergeant at Arms Bill Pickle's investigation of how internal Democratic memos were leaked to the Wall Street Journal and the Washington Times has halted the momentum Republicans built last year on judicial nominees. It has also generated bad publicity for Republicans.
Frist's staff told The Boston Globe two weeks ago that Miranda had been placed on paid leave pending the results of the investigation. But Miranda's fate may have been sealed by Pickle, who urged Frist chief of staff Lee Rawls to sack him, according to several Senate aides.
Miranda confronted Pickle in an e-mail last week.
"Do you think that it is appropriate to go to the GOP bicameral [retreat] today and lobby Frist staff and senators to have me fired, as I am told you have been doing? Do you think that will at all taint the report which you are soon to issue? Do you think it is proper?" Miranda demanded of the sergeant at arms.
Frist spokesman Bob Stevenson said no staff in the Majority Leader's office reported being lobbied by Pickle.
"I have no idea what he's referring to," said Stevenson in response to the allegation.
Democrats had threatened Hatch Monday to hold up the proceedings of the Judiciary Committee unless he agreed to schedule a briefing by Pickle for Republicans and Democrats on the the investigation's progress.
Pickle will reportedly participate in a senators-only briefing next Tuesday. His office's investigation, which has interviewed over 100 staffers and seized several computers, is expected to conclude soon.
Some GOP senators resent the way the controversy turned from Democratic to Republican impropriety.
"Right now I think that was pretty unfair," Sen. Trent Lott (R-Miss.) said of the probe's focus on Miranda. "I don't have the impression he did anything wrong and we just completely quit looking at was done and what was found [in the memos]. I don't know the details, but I would not be a friend in firing a highly qualified staffer."
"Miranda has really been the quarterback on the Republican side for much of the Senate activity on this," said Sean Rushton, the executive director of the Committee for a Fair Judiciary.
Republicans are also losing senior counsel Rena Comisac, who headed the Judiciary Committee's nominations team. She will start working at the Justice Department next Monday.
Responsibility for judicial nominees in the majority leader's office will now be assigned to Bill Wichterman, Frist's director of coalitions.
But some conservatives are worried that Wichterman, who handles a wide array of issues and coalitions, will not be able to devote the same specialized attention as Miranda did to judicial nominees.
? 2003 The Hill
733 Fifteenth Street, NW Suite 1140
Washington, DC 20005
202-628-8500 tel | 202-628-8503 fax



---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bird's Eye
By Jon Entine
Let Them Eat Precaution
On cue, at last fall's World Trade Organization meeting in Cancun, self anointed "Green" activists showed up to protest the use of gene modification (G.M.) technology in agriculture. A bevy of teenagers outfitted as monarch butterflies flitted through what resembled a Halloween riot. Dotted amongst the chanting demonstrators was an assortment of human side dishes including walking "killer" tomatoes, a man dressed as a cluster of drippy purple grapes, and a woman in a strawberry costume topped with a fish head peddling T-shirts that warned of the weird and horrid mutants that will be created if "Corporate America" and the "multinationals" get their way.
It would all be so very entertaining--if there weren't so much at stake, largely for the very people in Africa and Asia for whom these protestors purport to speak. As Patrick Moore, co-founder of Greenpeace, who split with environmental fundamentalists over their didactic rejection of genetic modification, writes in his piece beginning on page 24, "I cannot comprehend that anyone, let alone someone who fancies himself as progressive, would argue against pursuing research on putting a daffodil gene in rice that could boost its Vitamin A content and prevent a half million children from going blind each year. Yet, that's just what they're doing. They even oppose basic research."
What a disheartening turn in the genetics revolution. Fifty-one years ago this February, James Watson and Francis Crick hoisted pints of ale into the air at the Eagle Pub near Cambridge University and declared: "We have found the secret of life!" The two young scientists had finally identified the elegant, double-helix structure of the DNA molecule, which contains the chemical codes for all living things, animal and plant. The era of genetic science had begun. In 2004 we are just beginning to exploit its potential .We see the future in the promising screening procedures and therapies developed to treat hundreds of genetic disorders from breast cancer to sickle cell to cystic fibrosis. It enables crime scene investigators to clear the innocent and convict the real criminals.
But of most immediate importance, it is spreading the Green Revolution to the poorest corners of the globe. G.M. technology has led to the development of soybeans, wheat, and cotton that generate natural insecticides, making them more drought resistant, reducing the need for costly and environmentally harmful chemicals, and increasing yields. Researchers are perfecting ways to increase the vitamin content of staples like rice and bananas, which could dramatically cut malnutrition and lengthen life spans. Yet, for all its vast demonstrated value, this still-nascent technology, which promises further breakthroughs in fields such as plant-based pharmaceuticals, remains drastically underused, mired in controversy.
Some concerns are serious. There needs to be a vigorous discussion about the degree to which corporations should be allowed to patent and therefore control beneficial biotech products they develop. Monsanto, Novartis, and other firms maintain they need to recoup their research costs. There is an eminently reasonable concern over corporate control, but it has taken a backseat to sensational and often misleading allegations.
Consider the hyperbolic campaign against treating cows to increase milk yields. Organic activists allege that 90 percent of our milk supply is "contaminated" by being mixed with milk from cows treated with a protein supplement, recombinant bovine somatotropin (rbST). A decade ago, farmers discovered that cows given supplements produce more milk for a longer time. That means less feed and fuel are needed than for other herds, which results in a host of environmental benefits. But the bio-fermentation process, which is similar to making beer and wine and doesn't change the milk, involves biotechnology, and has sparked an outrageous scare campaign.
There is simply no evidence that biotechnology poses greater risks than crossbreeding or gene-splicing, which have given us seedless grapes and the tangelo. Virtually every plant grown commercially for food or fiber is a product of crossbreeding, hybridization, or both. Using traditional breeding methods, about which there is absolutely no controversy, thousands of genes of often unknown function are moved into crops and animals. The new biotech tools allow breeders to select specific genes that produce desired traits and move them from one plant or animal to another.
Time and again, dire warnings have been unmasked as little more than hysteria-grams. Years of hammering away with misinformation have taken an enormous toll--polluting public opinion, profoundly altering the trajectory of biotechnology applications, and damaging the financial wherewithal of companies and university research projects.
Undercut by the mounting genetic evidence, anti-G.M. forces have cooked up a new tactic, invoking the lowest common denominator in fabricated scientific disputes: the "precautionary principle." They assert that "Trojan Horse" genes not subject to built-in checks and balances in nature could cause environmental havoc. They argue for a halt to all commercial uses of biotechnology. They politicize the issue by introducing into common usage the pejorative appellations "pollution" and "contamination" to describe the mixing of genetically modified seed or crops with conventional supplies. They claim to be acting on behalf of innocent but unaware consumers and the natural environment.
"Better safe than sorry" has nice a ring of moderation, but it's deceptive in this context. Recall the dozens of serious injuries and the death of a Seattle girl in 1997 from drinking unpasteurized, E. coli-laced juice made by Odwalla from apples that had fallen in "natural" fertilizer: dung. While there have been no documented health problems and no deaths or injuries linked to bioengineering, people die every year from eating "naturally" contaminated foods. If the precautionary principle were applied to "natural" foods, they would be stripped from the grocery shelves overnight.
Let's underscore what's going on here: Activists demonize biotechnology by exploiting a general wariness about science. This is not a scientific dispute, but an ideological and religious one: Don't tamper with nature. It's a romantic and superficially seductive message, but a blanket insinuation that nature is always benign or better is obviously hokum. The anti-biotech industry is stocked with scientific illiterates who worship the primitive over progress and confrontation over reform even if it means freezing the developing world out of the benefits that we take for granted.
Some mainstream environmental groups, such as the Sierra Club, and "ethical" investors, which could have taken the high road on a complex issue, instead stand with anti-science hardliners in arguing for mandatory labeling of products made with G.M. technology. More disclosure seems reasonable, but mandatory labeling is a disingenuous ploy designed to stigmatize biotech products with what amounts to a skull and crossbones. Michael Passoff, of anti-biotech group As You Sow, bragged about what would happen if the campaign succeeds. "We expect that [the food industry] won't want to risk alienating their customers with labeling, so they'll eventually decide not to use any bio-stuff at all," he chortled. In other words, G.M. products with proven health and environmental benefits would vaporize from the marketplace.
The call for labeling, even absent evidence of problems, has nonetheless resonated strongly in Europe, where scares involving mad cow disease and dioxin-contaminated feed have rattled the public. Supermarket chains have yanked G.M. products. The European Union has had an unofficial moratorium on new bioengineered seeds and food for five years, and will not lift the embargo until it is assured that the U.S. won't resist its labeling rules. Japan, Korea, Australia, New Zealand, and other countries support mandatory labeling of G.M.-derived foods.
The ideological crosswinds have spawned regulatory bodies, global protests, litigation, Internet campaigns, and an international humanitarian crisis over whether people in famine stricken countries should starve rather than eat crops grown using biotechnology. The "earth firsters" are directly responsible for spooking Zambia into rejecting donations of G.M. grain that would have helped feed its desperately starving population.
There are certainly valid concerns that need to be addressed if genetic modification is to get a fair shot in the marketplace. However, in the current atmosphere, rational policy initiatives and coordinated international trade policies are extremely difficult. What is lacking in Europe, and increasingly in the U.S., is a public discussion about the existing and potential benefits of biotechnology. Let's hope this issue of TAE furthers that discussion.
BIRD'S EYE guest author Jon Entine is an adjunct fellow at AEI and scholar in residence at Miami University of Ohio. His book on the genetics of Biblical ancestry will come out this year. Karl Zinsmeister has been re-embedded with the 82nd Airborne in Iraq; his reporting will appear in our next issue. This installment of TAE was commissioned by Karl Zinsmeister and edited by Karina Rollins and Daniel Kennelly.
Published in Biotech Bounty March 2004
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Battle for Biotech Progress
By Patrick Moore
I was raised in the tiny fishing and logging village of Winter Harbour on the northwest tip of Vancouver Island, where salmon spawned in the streams of the adjoining Pacific rainforest. In school I discovered ecology, and realized that through science I could gain insight into the natural beauties I had known as a child. In the late 1960s I was transformed into a radical environmental activist. A rag-tag group of activists and I sailed a leaky old halibut boat across the North Pacific to block the last hydrogen bomb tests under President Nixon. In the process I co-founded Greenpeace.
By the mid 1980s my interest was in "sustainable development" that would take environmental ideas and incorporate them into the traditional social and economic values that govern public policy and our daily behavior. Every morning, 6 billion people wake up with real needs for food, energy, and materials. The challenge is to provide for those needs in ways that reduce negative impact on the environment while also being socially acceptable and technically and economically feasible. Compromise and cooperation among environmentalists, the government, industry, and academia are essential for sustainability.
Not all my former colleagues saw things that way, however. Many environmentalists rejected consensus politics and sustainable development in favor of continued confrontation, ever-increasing extremism, and left-wing politics. At the beginning of the modern environmental movement, Ayn Rand published Return of the Primitive, which contained an essay by Peter Schwartz titled "The Anti- Industrial Revolution." In it, he warned that the new movement's agenda was anti-science, anti-technology, and anti-human. At the time, he didn't get a lot of attention from the mainstream media or the public. Environmentalists were often able to produce arguments that sounded reasonable, while doing good deeds like saving whales and making the air and water cleaner.
But now the chickens have come home to roost. The environmentalists' campaign against biotechnology in general, and genetic engineering in particular, has clearly exposed their intellectual and moral bankruptcy. By adopting a zero tolerance policy toward a technology with so many potential benefits for humankind and the environment, they have lived up to Schwartz's predictions. They have alienated themselves from scientists, intellectuals, and internationalists. It seems inevitable that the media and the public will, in time, see the insanity of their position. As my friend Klaus Ammann likes to hope, "maybe biotech will be the Waterloo for Greenpeace and their allies." Then again, maybe that's just wishful thinking.
On October 15, 2001 I found myself sitting in my office in Vancouver after Greenpeace activists in Paris successfully prevented me from speaking via videoconference to 400 delegates of the European Seed Association. The Greenpeacers chained themselves to the seats in the Cine Cite Bercy auditorium and threatened to shout down the speakers. The venue was hastily shifted elsewhere, but the videoconferencing equipment couldn't be set up at the new location, leading to the cancellation of my keynote presentation.
The issue, in this case, was the application of biotechnology to agriculture and genetic modification. The conference in Paris was a meeting of delegates from seed companies, biotechnology companies, and government agencies involved in regulation throughout Europe. Surely these are topics covered by the rules of free speech.
Had those rules not been violated, I would have told the assembled that the accusations of "Frankenstein food" and "killer tomatoes" are as much a fantasy as the Hollywood movies they are borrowed from. I would have argued that, if adding a daffodil gene to rice in order to produce a genetically modified strain of rice can prevent half a million children from going blind each year, then we should move forward carefully to develop it. I would have told them that Greenpeace policy on genetics lacks any respect for logic or science.
In 2001, the European Commission released the results of 81 scientific studies on genetically modified organisms conducted by over 400 research teams at a cost of U.S. $65 million. The studies, which covered all areas of concern, have "not shown any new risks to human health or the environment, beyond the usual uncertainties of conventional plant breeding. Indeed, the use of more precise technology and the greater regulatory scrutiny probably make them even safer than conventional plants and foods." Clearly my former Greenpeace colleagues are either not reading the morning paper or simply don't care about the truth. And they choose to silence by force those of us who do care about it.
The campaign of fear now waged against genetic modification is based largely on fantasy and a complete lack of respect for science and logic. In the balance it is clear that the real benefits of genetic modification far outweigh the hypothetical and sometimes contrived risks claimed by its detractors.
The programs of genetic research and development now under way in labs and field stations around the world are entirely about benefiting society and the environment. Their purpose is to improve nutrition, to reduce the use of synthetic chemicals, to increase the productivity of our farmlands and forests, and to improve human health. Those who have adopted a zero tolerance attitude towards genetic modification threaten to deny these many benefits by playing on fear of the unknown and fear of change.
The case of "Golden Rice" provides a clear illustration of this. Hundreds of millions of people in Asia and Africa suffer from Vitamin A deficiency. Among them, half a million children lose their eyesight each year, and millions more suffer from lesser symptoms. Golden Rice has the potential to greatly reduce the suffering, because it contains the gene that makes daffodils yellow, infusing the rice with beta-carotene, the precursor to Vitamin A. Ingo Potrykus, the Swiss co-inventor of Golden Rice, has said that a commercial variety is now available for planting, but that it will be at least five years before Golden Rice will be able to work its way through the byzantine regulatory system that has been set up as a result of the activists' campaign of misinformation and speculation. So the risk of not allowing farmers in Africa and Asia to grow Golden Rice is that another 2.5 million children will probably go blind.
What is the risk of allowing this humanitarian intervention to be planted? What possible risk could there be from a daffodil gene in a rice paddy? Yet Greenpeace activists threaten to rip the G.M. rice out of the fields if farmers dare to plant it. They have done everything they can to discredit the scientists and the technology, claiming that it would take nine kilos of rice per day to deliver sufficient Vitamin A. Potrykus has demonstrated that only 100 grams of Golden Rice would provide 50 percent of the daily need.
Golden Rice is not the only example of civilization being held hostage by activists. Since its introduction to Chinese agriculture in 1996, G.M. cotton has grown to occupy one third of the total area planted in what is northern China's most important cash crop. This particular variety, called Bt cotton, has been modified to resist the cotton bollworm, its most destructive pest worldwide.
On June 3, 2002 Greenpeace issued a media release announcing the publication of a report on the "adverse environmental impacts of Bt cotton in China." In typical Greenpeace hyperbole, we were advised that "farmers growing this crop are now finding themselves engulfed in Bt-resistant superbugs, emerging secondary pests, diminishing natural enemies, destabilized insect ecology," and that farmers are "forced to continue the use of chemical pesticides."
Let's examine these allegations one at a time:
* Bt-Resistant Superbugs: There is not a single example or shred of evidence in the Greenpeace report of actual bollworm resistance to Bt cotton in the field. There is evidence from lab studies in which bollworms were force-fed Bt cotton leaves, but any scientist knows that this kind of experiment will eventually result in selection for resistance. Greenpeace, however, is claiming selection for resistance has actually happened to farmers in the field. According to Professors Shirong Jia and Yufa Peng of the Chinese National GMO Biosafety Committee, "no resistance of cotton bollworm to Bt has been discovered yet after five years of Bt cotton planting. Resistant insect strains have been obtained in laboratories but not in field conditions." So much for the superbugs.
* Emerging Secondary Pests: Greenpeace points out that there are more aphids, spiders, and other secondary insect pests in fields of Bt cotton than in conventional cotton.This is called an "adverse" impact in their report. The fact is, because Bt cotton requires much less chemical pesticide than conventional cotton, these other insects can survive better in Bt cotton fields. For the scientifically literate, this reduction of impact on non-target insects is actually considered one of the environmental benefits of G.M. crops. How Greenpeace figures this is "adverse" is beyond comprehension.
* Diminishing Natural Enemies: The Greenpeace media release states that there are fewer of the bollworm's natural predators and parasites in Bt cotton fields compared to conventional cotton, and calls this an "adverse impact." Again, a careful read of the report comes up with no evidence for this claim. And again, according to Professors Jia and Peng, "as of today, there are no adverse impacts reported on natural parasitic enemies in the Bt cotton fields." And after all, isn't it a bit obvious that if using Bt cotton reduces bollworm populations, that bollworm parasite populations will also be reduced? Will Greenpeace now embark on an international campaign to "save the bollworm parasites"?
* Destabilized Insect Ecology: This one is a hoot. To speak of "insect ecology" in a monoculture cotton field that was sprayed with chemicals up to 17 times a year before the introduction of Bt cotton is ridiculous. The main impact of Bt cotton has been to reduce chemical pesticide use and therefore to reduce impacts on non-target species.
* Farmers Forced to Continue Using Chemical Pesticides: This claim gets the Most Misleading and Dishonest Award. No, Bt resistance does not provide 100 percent protection. Because secondary pests sometimes need to be controlled, farmers using Bt cotton usually use some pesticides during the growing cycle. Professors Jia and Peng sum it up this way: "The greatest environmental impact of Bt cotton was...a significant reduction (70-80 percent) of the chemical pesticide use. It is known that pesticides used in cotton production in China are estimated to be 25 percent of the total amount of pesticides used in all the crops. By using Bt cotton in 2000 in Shandong province alone, the reduction of pesticide use was 1,500 tons. It not only reduced the environmental pollution, but also reduced the rate of harmful accidents to humans and animals caused by the overuse of pesticides."
The Greenpeace report is a classic example of the use of agenda-based "science" to support misinformation and distortion of the truth. Once again, Greenpeace demonstrates that its zero tolerance policy on genetic modification can only be supported by distortions and false interpretations of data--in other words, junk science.
A hunger strike led by Greenpeace finally ended in Manila on May 22 after 29 days. Activists were protesting the introduction of Bt corn into the southern Philippines. In order to whip up media attention, activists have spread scare stories that G.M. corn "would result in millions of dead bodies, sick children, cancer clusters and deformities." Thankfully, the government did not give in to these fools and stood by its decision, based on three years of consultation and field trials, to allow farmers to plant Bt corn. Already there are indications of higher yield and improved incomes to farmers who chose to use the Bt corn.
For six years, anti-biotech activists managed to prevent the introduction of G.M. crops in India. This was largely the work of Vandana Shiva, the Oxford-educated daughter of a wealthy Indian family, who has campaigned relentlessly to "protect" poor farmers from the ravages of multinational seed companies. In 2002, she was given the Hero of the Planet award by Time magazine for "defending traditional agricultural practices."
Read: poverty and ignorance. It looked like Shiva would win the G.M. debate until 2001, when unknown persons illegally planted 25,000 acres of Bt cotton in Gujarat. The cotton bollworm infestation was particularly bad that year, and there was soon a 25,000 acre plot of beautiful green cotton in a sea of brown. The local authorities were notified and decided that the illegal cotton must be burned. This was too much for the farmers, who could now clearly see the benefits of the Bt variety. In a classic march to city hall with pitchforks in hand, the farmers protested and won the day. Bt cotton was approved for planting in March 2002. One hopes the poverty-stricken cotton farmers of India will become wealthier and deprive Vandana Shiva of her parasitical practice.
Until recently the situation in Brazil was far from promising. A panel of three judges managed to block approval of any G.M. crops there. Meanwhile, the soybean farmers in the south of the country have been quietly smuggling G.M. soybean seeds across the border from Argentina, where they are legal. The fact that Brazil was officially G.M.-free has allowed European countries to import Brazilian soybeans despite the E.U. moratorium on the import of G.M. crops. But recently things have changed.
With the election of President Luiz Inacio "Lula" da Silva of the Workers Party in 2002, the Green elements within the party pressed the government to enforce the ban on genetically modified organisms. There was something ironic about a "workers party" enforcing a policy that will damage farmers who have come to enjoy the benefits of biotechnology. In the end, the Brazilian farmers rebelled like those in India. In 2003 the government relented and allowed G.M. soybeans to be planted. The soybean farmers of southern Brazil have become prosperous, bringing benefits to the environment and their local communities.
Surely there is some way to break through the misinformation and hysteria and provide a more balanced picture to the public. Surely if reasonable people saw the choice between the risk of a daffodil gene in a rice plant versus the certainty of millions of blind children, they would descend on Greenpeace offices around the world and demand to have their money back. How is it that these charlatans continue to stymie progress on so many fronts when their arguments are nothing more than wild, scary speculation?
The main reason for the failure to win the debate decisively is the failure of supporters of G.M. technology to act decisively. The activists are playing hardball while the biotech side soft-pedals the health and environmental benefits of this new technology. Biotech companies and their associations use soft images and calm language, apparently to lull the public into making pleasant associations with G.M. products. How can that strategy possibly hope to counter the Frankenfood fears and superweed scares drummed up by Greenpeace and so many others?
Just from a brief scan of the Monsanto, Syngenta, and Council for Biotechnology Web sites, it is clear that these companies and organizations are trying to project positive, clean, and calming thoughts. This is all well and good, but it is no way to turn the tide. Stronger medicine is needed. Imagine an advertising campaign that showed graphic images of blind children in Africa, explained Vitamin A deficiency, introduced Golden Rice, and demonstrated how Greenpeace's actions are preventing the delivery of this cure. Imagine another ad that showed impoverished Indian cotton farmers, explained Bt cotton, and presented the statistics for increased yield, reduced pesticide use, and better lives for farmers--followed by the clear statement that activists are to blame for the delayed adoption of the technology.
How about an ad that graphically portrays the soil erosion and stream siltation caused by conventional farming versus the soil conservation made possible by using G.M. soybeans? And another one that shows workers applying pesticides without protection in a developing country versus the greatly reduced applications possible with Bt corn and cotton? What if all these ads were hosted by a well-known and trusted personality? Wouldn't this change public perspectives? The biotechnology sector needs to ramp up its communications program, and to get a lot more aggressive in explaining the issues to the public through the media. Nothing less will turn the tide in the battle for the minds, and hearts, of people around the world.
Patrick Moore is chairman and chief scientist of Greenspirit Strategies, an environmental consulting agency.
Published in Biotech Bounty March 2004

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Ricin Probe Links White House, S.C. Mail
Feb 4, 9:39 AM (ET)
By CURT ANDERSON
WASHINGTON (AP) - A new link is emerging between letters containing the poison ricin found in mail facilities that serve the White House and a South Carolina airport as federal investigators seek to identify the letter or parcel that may have carried ricin into a Senate mailroom.
A senior law enforcement official, speaking Tuesday on condition of anonymity, said investigators had established strong links between the South Carolina and White House letters. What remained unclear, the official said, was whether those letters were connected to the substance found in the office of Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist, R-Tenn.
The letter found in October at a postal facility serving the Greenville-Spartanburg International Airport - signed by someone who called himself "Fallen Angel" - and one found in November at a facility that processes mail for the White House both complained about new regulations requiring certain amounts of rest for truck drivers, the official said. Both also contained ricin.
Investigators said Tuesday they had not identified the letter or package that might have carried ricin into Frist's office. An initial check found no extortion, threat or complaint letter in the office, said a second law enforcement source also speaking on condition of anonymity.
There were no indications of involvement by foreign terrorists such as al-Qaida, which the FBI has said is interested in using ricin in an attack.
The powdery white substance was found on a machine that opens mail in Frist's office, authorities said. The area in the Tennessee senator's office was quarantined and stacks of mail were to be checked.
"We have an open mind about the source of this," said Terrance Gainer, chief of the U.S. Capitol Police, which is conducting the probe along with the FBI and the multi-agency joint terrorism task force based at the FBI's Washington field office.
Gainer said authorities were interviewing members of Frist's staff and others who had access to the mailroom. Although it was considered remotely possible that the ricin was physically planted in Frist's office, investigators were concentrating on mail as the likely source.
The package found in a South Carolina mail facility had a letter claiming the author could make more ricin and a threat to "start dumping" large quantities if his demands to stop the new trucking regulations were not met. The FBI offered a $100,000 reward in that case but no arrests have been made.
The White House letter, intercepted in November, contained nearly identical language but such weak amounts of ricin that it was not deemed a major health threat, said another law enforcement official. That letter's existence was not publicly disclosed before Tuesday.
At the Capitol, an FBI hazardous materials team was helping police isolate and examine the mail in Frist's office and will in the coming days collect other unopened mail in the Capitol complex, said FBI spokeswoman Debra Weierman. The FBI also will do forensic analysis at its laboratory in Quantico, Va., checking evidence for fingerprints, fibers, hair and the like.
The latest discovery comes as the FBI continues its 28-month-old investigation into the fall 2001 mailings of anthrax-laced letters to Senate and news media offices. Five people died and 17 were injured in that attack.
The anthrax investigation is ongoing, FBI spokesman Ed Cogswell said. Twenty-eight FBI agents and 12 postal inspectors are assigned full-time to the anthrax case, which has involved some 5,000 interviews and issuance of 4,000 subpoenas.
The FBI has focused recently on an intensive scientific effort to determine how the spores were made and narrow the possibilities in terms of who had the means to make them. Authorities have many theories on who might be responsible, ranging from al-Qaida terrorists to a disgruntled scientist to an expert who sought to expose U.S. vulnerabilities to bioweapons attacks.
The one man named a "person of interest" by authorities, Dr. Steven J. Hatfill, says he has nothing to do with the attacks and has sued the government for publicly identifying him. Hatfill is a former government scientist and bioweapons expert who once worked at the Army Medical Research Institute of Infections Diseases at Fort Detrick, Md.
----------------------------------------------------------
Revealed: the nationalities of Guantanamo
By John C. K. Daly
International Correspondent
Published 2/4/2004 5:42 PM
WASHINGTON, Feb. 4 (UPI) -- At least 160 of the 650 detainees acknowledged by the Pentagon being held at the United States military base at Guantanamo, Cuba -- almost a quarter of the total -- are from Saudi Arabia, a special UPI survey can reveal.
In UPI's groundbreaking and detailed breakdown of the nationalities of the detainees, some arrested far from the 2001 battlefield of Afghanistan, the other top nationalities being held are Yemen with 85, Pakistan with 82, Jordan and Egypt, each with 30.
Afghans are the fourth largest nationality with 80 detainees, according to the detailed UPI survey that has now for the first time established the homelands of 95 percent of the total number of prisoners.
One member of the Bahraini royal family is among those detained, according to his lawyer Najeeb al-Nauimi of Doha, Qatar, who was Qatar's 1995-97 justice minister and has power of attorney from the parents of about 70 prisoners.
The Pentagon's own list of nationalities detained at Guantanamo may be flawed. Yemeni officials have told UPI they fear more than twice as many of their citizens are held than the Pentagon count.
Suspected terrorists are detained by U.S. forces at a number of points around the world, including Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean and Bagram air force base outside Kabul. But Camp Delta, the U.S. detention facility in Guantanamo, has attracted the most media attention and international protest.
Camp Delta was built at a cost of $9.7 million by Brown and Root Services, a subsidiary of Haliburton by contract workers from India and the Philippines. Camp Delta replaces Camp X-Ray, the first improvised detention center constructed in January 2002 to house individuals detained in Afghanistan.
The Pentagon has kept a very tight lid on material about the detainees; only the identities of those who choose to correspond via the Red Cross are known. The Defense Department has repeatedly declined to provide a breakdown of the detainees by nationality.
Sources close to the Pentagon have admitted to UPI that "sensitive diplomatic considerations" were behind the decision to keep the nationalities secret.
The large number of Saudi nationals at Guantanamo, now it has been made public, is likely to intensify concern in the U.S. Congress about the real state of the U.S.-Saudi relationship.
A DoD spokesperson told UPI Wednesday "such a list exists, but it is classified."
Drawing on a wide range of sources, UPI has tentatively determined the nationalities of 619 of Camp Delta's inmates from 38 countries.
Until the U.S. government is more forthcoming with information, the figures below remain incomplete.
Complicating the issue is the sporadic release of a number of detainees; in the wake of last week's release of three teenagers, another 87 detainees have been transferred pending release. In addition, four detained Saudis have been transferred to continue their imprisonment in Saudi Arabia.
There is a rough correlation between nations subjected to terrorism and the number of their citizens incarcerated in Guantanamo. That Camp Delta currently holds 80 or more Afghans is hardly surprising, as most of the detainees were captured there. However, Camp Delta also holds seven Arab men handed over to U.S. authorities in Bosnia, as well as five individuals arrested in Malawi last summer.
The magnitude of the Saudi presence in Camp Delta raises troubling questions about their presence in Afghanistan and whether the U.S. forces succeeded in capturing more than a fraction of those who might have been there.
Emphasizing the global metastasizing of terrorism, among the 85 Yemenis is an individual arrested in Sarajevo.
Yahya Alshawkani, Yemeni Embassy deputy chief of communication in Washington told UPI that his embassy kept in close touch with the U.S. authorities -- but questioned the accuracy of the Pentagon's own count. His government cites domestic reports that more than twice as many Yemenis were held as the Pentagon has told the Yemeni government.
When queried if the number 85 was accurate, Alshawkani replied, "We have been communicated 37 names by United States authorities. I think it is more than 37. Domestic reports indicate more than 70."
Asked to comment on the discrepancy Alshawkani said: "We were communicated names that they were sure that they were Yemenis, adding, "Perhaps the U.S. only passed on names of people they could positively identify." Alshawkani remarked that Yemen had already had "some preliminary discussion" about the Yemeni detainees; furthermore, "We were told some Yemenis would be released, but we are not sure how many."
Jordan, a close ally of the U.S. in its war on terror, has 30 of its citizens detained in Camp Delta, as does Egypt. Jordan has worked closely with the U.S. in the initial processing of prisoners, providing both interrogators and interpreters.
Morocco, site of an al-Qaida attack on a synagogue in April 2002 that killed 21 people, has 18 of its nationals in Guantanamo. Algeria, currently in the throes of a violent conflict between Islamists and the government, has 19 prisoners in Camp Delta, six of whom were arrested in Sarajevo.
Kuwait, liberated from Saddam Hussein by Operation Desert Storm in 1991 has 12 citizens in Guantanamo; the Kuwaiti government insists that all of its citizen were involved in charity and relief work. China also has at least 12 its citizens in Guantanamo, although they are all identified as ethnic Uighurs rather than Han Chinese. Next on the list are Tajikistan and Turkey with 11 citizens each. Tajikistan fought a bloody civil war in the aftermath of the collapse of communism in 1991 and fundamentalists maintain a strong presence there. Turkey last November was subjected to al-Qaida bombing attacks in Istanbul, which killed 62 people.
Nine British citizens of Muslim background are in Guantanamo; they have proven to be a political liability for Prime Minister Tony Blair, as calls have been made in Parliament for their repatriation.
Both Tunisia and Russia have eight of their nationals at Camp Delta; a Russian embassy spokesman was careful to point out however that the eight Russian citizens are not ethnic Russians. Rustam Akmerov, Ravil Gumarov, Timur Ishmuradov, Shamil Khadzhiev (originally identified as Almaz Sharipov), Rasul Kudaev, Ravil Mingazov, Ruslan Odigov and Airat Vakhitov are members of Russia's Muslim community. The Russian embassy nonetheless is quietly pursuing negotiations with Washington to extradite its citizens.
France and Bahrain both have seven each of their nationals at Gauntanamo. Highlighting the problems of identification, France only recently discovered its seventh national at Camp Delta. The Bahraini detainees include a member of the royal family.
Kazakhstan has been quietly lobbying Washington for the return of its citizens, as have Australia (2) and Canada (2.) Australian David Hicks is one of the most high profile prisoners in Camp Delta; a convert to Islam, Hicks fought as a jihadi in the Balkans before shipping out to Afghanistan.
There are reportedly at least two Chechens, two Uzbeks and two Syrians in Camp Delta. The Syrian detainees especially interest U.S. intelligence, as one of the four workers at Camp Delta under investigation for possibly aiding the prisoners, Air Force translator Senior Airman Ahmad al-Halabi is accused of trying to pass messages from the prisoners to Syria. There are also two Georgian and two Sudanese nationals in Guantanamo.
Bangladesh, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Iraq, Kenya, Libya, Mauritania, Qatar, Spain and Sweden all have a single citizen in Camp Delta.
The UPI survey was conducted by painstaking compilation and analysis of the press and media reports from countries all around the world along with interviews with foreign government officials and concludes that nationalities of 38 separate countries are represented in the U.S. military detention center.

Copyright ? 2001-2004 United Press International

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> MIDDLE EAST POST...

700 Syrian activists demand the government reforms
Syria, Politics, 2/4/2004
Intellectuals, writers and lawyers called on the Syrian authorities to introduce political reforms and lift the state of emergency which has been imposed on the country since 40 years and to abrogate laws related to this state of emergency.
A petition signed by 700 intellectuals, writers, and lawyers called for the abrogation of what is called the state of emergency which was announced on March 8, 1963 in Syria and led, according to the petition to a "situation which besieges the society and freezes its movement and put thousands of citizens in jails for reasons pertaining to their views or political stances."
The signatories of the petition stressed the need for abrogating "all emergency and extraordinary trials, and to halt all oppressive detention, and to release all political detainees and detainees of the opinions ,and to compensate for and restoring back dignity for those who are deprived from their civilian rights for political reasons."
The petition urged the government to return back the exiled to their homeland under legal guarantees, and open the file of missing and disclose their fate and settle their legal conditions, and compensate for their relatives and called for releasing freedom including the freedoms of founding parties and civilian societies.
The committees in charge of democratic freedoms and human rights in Syria intend to submit this petition to the Syrian authorities on the occasion of the Baath party assumption of the authority in Syria on March 8th, and these committees hope to get more than one million signatures from all parts of the world.
On the other hand, the activist in the committees of civil revival, Michael Kilo, said that the democratic political forces in Syria got more than 1000 signatures in Syria in solidarity with the opinion detainees, and indicated in particular to 8 opposition members who were detained in the Summer of 2001 and were sentenced to ten year imprisonment under the charge of "violating the constitution." Simultaneously, the civil revival committees welcomed the initiative of the Syrian government in releasing 122 political prisoners in Syria but indicated that it is "a late and not enough step," with the existence of 750 prisoners under detention.
Last Thursday and Saturday the Syrian authorities released 122 political detainees. Defense organizations for human rights said that most of them belong to the Muslim Brothers group, the Islamic liberation front, and Iraq's Baath Party, and have completed their imprisonment penalty or are ill.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
al-Ahram: European official welcomes Syria's ME peace initiative
Syria-European Union, Politics, 2/4/2004
Head of the Middle East and North Africa Department at the European Commission, Christian Leffler, welcomed Tuesday President Bashar al-Assad's call for the resumption of peace negotiations on the Syrian track from the point where it left off, asserting the EU' s desire for the resumption of peace negotiations on this track.
In a statement given to Egyptian newspaper al-Ahram published Tuesday, Leffler stressed the importance of achieving progress on the Syrian track regarding the peace process in the Middle East.
"The European Union could help in the resumption of the peace negotiations and in supporting the outcomes, but it couldn't alternate any of the sides" he added, pointing out to the Israeli negative statements in response to the Syrian call.
He praised Syria's commitment to the complete participation with the EU in Barcelona process, describing the partnership agreement between Syria and the European Union which will be achieved soon as a positive development that serves the European states as well as Syria.
----------------------------------------------------------------------

Egyptian judge to participate in International Court of Justice case on Israeli wall
Palestine-Israel, Politics, 2/4/2004
The International Court of Justice (ICJ) has decided that one of its judges, a national of Egypt, will fully participate in deliberations on the legal consequences of the construction of a wall in the occupied Palestinian territory.
The Court's decision came in response to documents submitted by Israel, but judges, voting 13 to 1, decided last week that the country's concerns were "not such as to preclude Judge [Nabil] Elaraby from participating in the present case."
According to the ICJ, Israel contended that Judge Elaraby, both in his previous professional capacity and in an interview given by him in August 2001 to an Egyptian newspaper, had been "actively engaged in opposition to Israel including on matters which go directly to aspects of the question now before the Court."
In its Order, the Court found that the activities Israel referred to were performed in Judge Elaraby's capacity as a diplomatic representative of his country, most of them many years before the question of the construction of a wall in the occupied Palestinian territory arose.
The Court also noted that the question was not an issue in the Tenth Emergency Special Session of the General Assembly until after Judge Elaraby had ceased to participate in that Session as a representative of Egypt. It further observed that in the newspaper interview in question, Judge Elaraby expressed no opinion on the question put in the present case.
In a dissenting opinion, Judge Thomas Buergenthal of the United States noted that in the interview Judge Elaraby gave two months before his election to the Court in 2001, he expressed views bearing on the credibility and validity of arguments likely to be presented by the interested parties to this case and likely to affect its outcome. Judge Buergenthal added, however, that he has no doubts whatsoever about the personal integrity of Judge Elaraby for whom he has the highest regard.
----------------------------------------------------------------

Freed German prisoners seeks Lebanese nationality
Lebanon-Germany, Local, 2/4/2004
The German Steven Smeirak, who was released by Israel last week in the course of exchanging prisoners with the Lebanese Hizbullah Party, started yesterday travel measures to Lebanon in his goal to get the Lebanese nationality.
German police sources said that the police and all security agencies are watching Smeirak closely after a visit he had made to the Lebanese embassy in Berlin.
Worthy mentioning that Smeirak who embraced Islam and joined the Hizbullah party in Lebanon was spending a ten- year imprisonment sentence in Israel under the charge of planning to carry out an attack against the Israeli forces in 1997.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> OUR FRIENDS IN ISRAEL....

Dyslexia land
By Sara Leibovich-Dar
Last week, B., a 10th-grade student in a prestigious school in the center of the country received the certificate she had long coveted, declaring that she suffers from a learning disability (LD). B. doesn't like school, doesn't do homework or prepare for exams, and she is frequently absent. Her low grades reflect her attitude. The solution, which she herself initiated, was to undergo psychological testing, which found she has a learning disability. Her affluent parents had no trouble paying about NIS 2,000 for the diagnosis. As a student suffering from LD, B. will get more time in exams, her spelling mistakes in Hebrew and English will be ignored, and she will take a specially adapted exam in language. In the 12th-grade matriculation exams, she will be expected to know only two-thirds of the course material in each subject.
"I have so many spelling mistakes, and I get blackouts in exams," B. says. "The LD diagnosis will help me get better grades. It can easily get me 10 more points in English."
B.'s mother helped her obtain the certificate. "It's partly spoiling her," she says. "It makes life easier. But I wanted to make things easier for her. She gets really uptight before exams, and I thought that if there was a way I could help her, then why not? Only time will tell if I did a smart thing. I'm not completely at ease about it, but she really put pressure on us. We're always paving the way for them. Children these days cope less with pressure. She can fight, but when she gets stuck I enter the picture."
Obtaining an LD certificate through assessment has become fashionable in prestigious schools throughout the country, no less than wearing designer clothes, carrying a cell phone and working on state-of-the-art computers. The LD assessment process costs between NIS 1,200 and NIS 3,000. Dov Orbach, the chairman of the committee of high-school principals in Tel Aviv, says that in the affluent northern sections of the city, 40 percent of the students are identified as suffering from LD. Adds Dr. Yehudit Eldor, director of the LD unit in the Education Ministry: "We found one school in an established area where no fewer than 80 percent of the students were diagnosed with LD."
By comparison, the national average of students with LD, according to a memorandum of the director general of the Education Ministry in December 2003, is about 10 percent. In schools in less affluent areas, the rate drops to 1 percent, and in some schools in these areas there are no LD students at all.
"It's absurd," says Dr. Oren Lamm, a neuropsychologist and LD expert who teaches in the field of therapeutic aspects of education at the University of Haifa and is the LD assessor at Haifa's Technion-Institute of Technology. "People from a good socioeconomic background are ready to really make an effort in the race to the top. In the competition for the prestigious faculties at the Technion, two points can be decisive. To get those two points, the parents and the students will do everything. It's not fair and it's unreasonable and it discriminates against everyone else. People's fates are decided according to an unfair datum. Even rich people who don't believe in `winging it' cheat to ensure that their children will not compete in the universities with their hands tied behind their backs in unfair contests against candidates who obtained matriculation certificates by means of easier conditions."
Not long ago, Dr. Lamm relates, a boy was brought to him for assessment. "I told the parents he did not have LD. They got angry and complained about me to the Education Ministry. Things have become so absurd that parents want to acquire the diagnosis at any price and if it doesn't work, they get mad."
Unfair competition
"It's the most painful wound in the education system," says Dr. Michal Shany, who runs a testing institute and teaches in the same track as Dr. Lamm at the University of Haifa. "What's going on in Israel in this sphere is unexampled anywhere else in the world. It has crossed all reasonable limits. The phenomenon of pampered kids who do not suffer from LD, but who are too lazy to do their homework, undercuts equality. It's time for the parents who do not seek these exemptions to raise an outcry."
One mother who declined to obtain exemptions for her son, says, "It is very frustrating to see how in every exam, half the class is tested orally and gets an exemption from spelling, while my son studies hard and passes a regular exam, with all its pitfalls."
The number of youngsters diagnosed with LD has been rising steadily in recent years. In 1995, 58,000 students were allowed to have special testing privileges because of LD, in 1997 the number was 114,000, and in 2001 there was an exponential leap to 313,140.
These privileges or exemptions, which the Education Ministry calls "hakalot" (literally, "alleviations") are granted to students according to three LD levels. At the first level are students who may be slow in reading and writing, have organizational difficulties or attention and concentration disorders, make numerous spelling mistakes, write illegibly, find it difficult to recall details from memory, or suffer from defective visual processing. They are eligible for privileges such as 25 percent more time to complete exams, not being penalized for spelling mistakes, having the tester copy the exam (the student writes it first, then reads it to a tester who writes it out), and/or use of an expanded table of mathematical formulas.
The second level includes students who have a significant disparity between their ability to express themselves orally and in writing, have difficulty in using a dictionary and/or have serious problems writing in English. They are allowed to read out their written exam to a tester, or have the questions read out to them via a tape, using an electronic dictionary in English, and then to read their answers into a tape recorder.
At the third level are students with exceptional disabilities that prevent them from answering parts of exams, with a disparity of two whole grades between their ability to express themselves in writing and orally on a given test, serious attention disorders, and/or difficulties in quantitative comprehension. These students receive the biggest exemptions. Their exams are specially tailored to accommodate their difficulties, or they are examined orally.
Educators are aware of the particularly high rate of students with various levels of LD at prestigious schools around the country, but very few dare to do anything about it.
"If you are a child who lives in an established neighborhood and your parents are well-connected and have money and are ambitious enough, you will get exemptions on your matriculation exams," says Dr. Orbach, the principal of a high school in North Tel Aviv, where 30 percent of the students have been diagnosed with LD. "Meaningful exemptions have a dramatic impact on the grade. A student with grades of 85 who gets another few points thanks to the privileges [will be put] in a different place in terms of the competition to get into university."
At the Alliance School in Tel Aviv, one of the city's top institutions, the LD rate is 27 percent. "Maybe there is more awareness here," says the principal, Varda Kagan. "There is greater awareness of LD in the homes here."
Aren't you ignoring a situation that is illogical and generates inequality?
Kagan: "I thought this was more or less what was happening everywhere in the country. I didn't know there were such large differences. That really is something of a problem. I have to think about it."
The school's educational counselor, Laike Zmiri, finds nothing to think about. "Studies are harder now, and the children get sent to be tested. That's legitimate. That's how it is in most schools."
Well, actually not. Did you know that the LD rate in schools located in less affluent areas is far lower?
Zmiri: "Maybe the parents there aren't aware of it. Here, the parents are willing to make the effort."
At Leo Baeck High School in Haifa, which is linked to the (Reform) Movement for Progressive Judaism, many students are from affluent areas. About a quarter are defined as learning disabled. According to Danny Fessler, the school's principal and general manager, "that's because we are very sensitive and patient with children who have special needs, and make great efforts to help them in their studies."
Or is it also because children with rich parents organize themselves certificates so they can get study concessions?
Fessler: "True, the usual rate in the population is between 10 and 15 percent, but with us, the overwhelming majority have some sort of disability."
Similarly, Hezi Sagiv, principal of the high school in the affluent community of Omer, a suburb of Be'er Sheva, thinks that the fact that 20 percent of his students have learning disabilities is unrelated to excessive testing for LD among children from the rich families of the community. It's due, he says, "to the very ability to make diagnoses. More and more students are diagnosed [with LD], and that makes it possible for them to cope."
Are you aware of the fact that these are not always genuine difficulties?
Sagiv: "I don't shut my eyes, I am aware of the exploitation of this playing field, but if they don't have it coming to them, we don't give it to them. Last week I personally refused to approve a number of exemptions. I prefer to attack the problem from the positive side, by helping those who really have difficulties. I don't give in to parents. I have a credo."
So how is it, that even with your credo, the rate of LD students in your school is almost double the national average?
"Awareness of the problem has increased over the years. People care about their children's achievements, so there are more diagnoses, and I welcome that."
Dr. Yehuda Yaakobson, principal of a school in Ramat Hasharon, an upscale town near Tel Aviv, where the LD rate is 22 percent, says: "Everyone who was diagnosed [with LD] really has learning disabilities. Rich people might seem to have an advantage, but I wouldn't construe that to mean that they are buying assessments with money" to get privileges.
In established communities, ongoing LD assessment begins at an early age. Ilana Ganor, principal of the junior high in Kochav Yair - which, like Omer, is among Israel's 10 richest communities - says 15 percent of the school's students have been diagnosed with LD, "a very high proportion for junior highs. But what disturbs me even more is those who need diagnosis, but aren't able to get it. The excessive LD testing makes life hard for us, but the discrimination works not against those who have, but against those who don't have."
In the education system LD is a sensitive subject. Many officials prefer to be vague about it and refuse to furnish information, claiming that the number of LD students in the schools is classified. Publicizing data on the subject will constitute an invasion of privacy, they say. Others maintain that they don't know the data, even though there is not one school principal or director of a municipal education department who doesn't have them at his fingertips.
"The principals have a dilemma," Orbach explains. "On the one hand, they authorize the exemptions, while on the other hand, they are afraid the high number of students who get them will undermine the school's image."
The parents' task
R. is a top student in 10th grade at a prestigious school in the center of the country. A few weeks ago he received the results of his assessment, which will give him extra time in exams. "Half my friends got exemptions," he says, "and I wanted them, too. I noticed that in subjects where you have to write a lot in exams, I ran out of time. I didn't want to get to the matriculation exams and find myself in a situation where I didn't have enough time. I explained it to my parents, and we went to a psychologist. I explained to her why I need more time, and she said I deserve extra time because sometimes I get stuck pulling things out of my memory and in written expression."
In his case, though, the principal refused to accept the certificate. Nevertheless, R.'s mother is certain she did the right thing: "Something was bothering the boy. We checked, and we discovered that he was right. I am a teacher and I know the resistance to special privileges in the system. That is not the case with my son."
G., a 12th-grade student, also wanted extra assistance. After spending two years with his family in the United States, G., an excellent student, was declared to be suffering from LD in Arabic and in Hebrew language. He was given extra time in the exams in those subjects and allowed to do Arabic exams in Hebrew. "I could get along without the added time," he says, "but it really helps. After everyone else finishes, I have another 20 minutes. I would say that the time is worth another 10 points in exams. A friend of mine also asked for extra time and got it. There is no situation in which you will ask for extra time and won't get it."
G.'s mother: "He has a minor disability, really minimal, in grammar, and he also has problems with the pointing of Hebrew script [inserting vowels below the letters]. It's a minor problem, and not because he's spoiled. If he were spoiled, we would have got him the exemptions in Arabic in elementary school."
Parents today want their children to be the best, says Dr. Shany, the owner of a testing institute. "As far as Israeli parents are concerned, the child has to get 100 in all subjects, and if he gets 70 he immediately has LD. You can't imagine how many phone calls the testers get. It's not moral. There are some kids who know how to get the certificate: They read slowly so they will be diagnosed as slow and will get more time on exams. The ones who are truly affected, who truly suffer from LD, somehow get lost. They don't want all the privileges - they want to be like everyone else; it takes me years to persuade them to accept help. That's how I know there really is a problem here."
What parents should do, says Shany, is "demand that the child study, get him help and see that he's doing the work, and not look for solutions in the form of exemptions. In the end, a student who doesn't have a problem and gets them is weakened over time. These days parents are asking for privileges for children in elementary school. Why? Work on the kid's spelling mistakes. We should be thinking about how to strengthen the children, not how to organize a `bypass' track for them ... For many parents, getting an assessment is the norm. If you don't do it, you're not considered to be a good parent. This is not a real answer. I tell about 15 percent of those who come to me that they don't need diagnosis."
What's wrong if a student gets a bit of extra help in school, which might also spare the need for a private tutor?
Shany: "The system doesn't check thoroughly whether the `alleviations' really help. I am not aware of any study in Israel that examined the average matriculation grades of those who were granted them."
New guidelines
Many LD assessments are carried out by the staff of Nitzan, the Israel Association for the Advancement of Children and Adults with Learning Disabilities. About 5,000 families are members of the association, which has institutes throughout the country where 10,000 tests are carried out every year. Is it in Nitzan's interest to increase the number of those diagnosed with LD, so that families will join the association and thus increase its strength? According to Ofra Elul, the chairwoman of Nitzan and the mother of an LD child, Israel is one of the only countries in the world in which a parents' organization is helping to develop the area of LD assessment. "However," she adds, "we don't have any interest in there being more LD cases."
How do you cope with the phenomenon of LD "impostors," those who abuse the LD assessment and exemption eligibility process?
Elul: "They are harmful to us and they give LD a bad name. But that's a minor element. They are a small percentage who don't deserve to be taken into account, just as there's no reason to take into account people who cheat the National Insurance Institute or who apply for unemployment insurance even though they are not unemployed."
It doesn't seem to be so minor. What about the fact that in some schools 30 percent of the students are diagnosed as suffering from LD?
"It's very possible that they are children with a small deficiency, and if they are given extra time they are able to realize their potential. What's the harm in that?"
The Education Ministry refrains from taking harsh steps against students who abuse the system of exemptions, though the director-general's December 2003 memorandum did make an effort to address the phenomenon. In the past, the schools own pedagogical councils approved the granting of special privileges. However, according to the memorandum, the councils will henceforth approve only exemptions for students with LD of the first two levels. According to Orbach, this method will not be effective, "because in practice the pedagogical councils approve almost all of them." The third-level LD exemptions will have to be approved by a district committee, whose members will include the district director, a representative from the ministry's examinations unit, a psychologist, a senior educational counselor and the principal of the school in question.
It's obviously too soon to tell whether the new guidelines will change the situation. At any rate, the State Comptroller's report of April 2002 found that the Education Ministry's supervision in this area was defective. "A review should first be made of all the schools where there is a high rate of exemptions relative to the number of students," the report said, "and of schools where the number of the privileges relative to the number of those sitting for matriculation exams increased sharply on previous years."
An attempt to enact legislation to this effect, however, failed. The Education Ministry objected to a bill concerning the rights of students with learning disabilities in the regular education system, which stipulated, among other points, that the identification and exemptions committees would be "school-based." The bill did not get past first reading (of three). The ministry claimed that its implementation would cost the taxpayers about NIS 1 billion, although various experts cited a lower figure in appearances before the Knesset Education Committee.
Dr. Yehudit Eldor, the director of the LD unit in the Education Ministry, is convinced that the district exemptions committees will filter out the impostors and thus solve the problem.
Maybe harsh measures, such as filing complaints to the police about the so-called impostors, would reduce the phenomenon?
Eldor: "We will follow a path of learning and educating. Maybe the parents are not to blame. They want to go where their child will be able to get higher grades. That is human nature. It's a complex subject. I have stories from all directions. Parents also want to know why I am making things difficult, when their child really does have a learning disability."
Members of the Knesset's Education Committee have their own opinions on the subject of abuse of LD exemptions.
"The copying and the manipulating start in first grade and it reaches the Knesset," said the committee chairman, MK Ilan Shalgi (Shinui), during a discussion on the subject. MK Uri Ariel (National Union): "Maybe some sort of mechanism has to be found to punish those who break the law and pretend, although we already have laws about impostors." And MK Yossi Sarid noted, "I am basically against imposture in all spheres of life."
Only Ruth Kaplan, the deputy Knesset secretary and the chairwoman of the Leshem Association for the Advancement of Dyslexic Students in Higher Education, spoke sharply against the phenomenon: "I urge the committee, together with Leshem, to condemn in the sharpest possible way the phenomenon of posing as someone with LD. That is an immoral thing to do."
Dr. Bilha Noy, from the Education Ministry, explained to the MKs, however, that it is very difficult to tell impostors from children who have genuine LD.
The National Parents' Organization has also reacted to the phenomenon, albeit not particularly strongly. "Just three months ago I learned about a parent whose son received exemptions even though he does not have LD," says Erez Frankel, the chairman of the organization. "That is very, very ugly and has to be acted on by means of punishment and deterrence. As soon as I identify parents like that, I condemn and deplore them."
How did you condemn this particular parent?
Frankel: "I wrote him a very sharp letter and used some very nasty terms to describe him. When we spot an instance [of false exemptions] we go into action, not like the authorities who keep everything quiet so as not to give the educational institution a bad name."
Then why didn't you take action such as going to the police, for example?
"Because for me it was the first time. If I see that it's a recurring trend, I will ensure that it's transferred to an external body for handling."
For the universities it's already a recurring problem. "In the wake of the bad habits they acquired in the education system, many Technion students also ask for concessions," Dr. Lamm, who is in charge of assessment for the institute, says. "Here, the rate of LD students is between 1.5 and 3 percent. We are vigilant. If the subject were as unsupervised as it is in the education system, we would have 20 percent."
Indeed, in the country's state-budgeted universities and colleges, only 4 percent of the students are diagnosed as suffering from LD.
Food and diagnosis
Educators and officials in the less affluent sections of the country are very concerned. "I came to Yeruham five years ago from the center of the country," says Haim Eisner, principal of the ORT vocational school in the southern development town. "I noticed that LD children did not get special privileges, while children with money did get them. In my school I decided that we would be responsible in this regard. We raised money, and today most of our children are tested and we are above the national average, with 20 percent. But we are an exceptional case."
The same 20 percent rate of LD exists in 12th grade in Kiryat Gat's religious high school. "But that's because we have 310 Ethiopian students in the school, a good many of whom have concessions because of gaps and lacunae," says the school principal, Rahel Buchbout. "Our problem isn't excessive assessment, but the opposite. Thirty children whose parents are in a bad financial way didn't undergo diagnosis this year. The parents say, `Let them get whatever they get in the matriculation exams, but if we don't have enough to eat we can't waste money on diagnosis.'"
In fact, there are many schools where the LD fashion is unknown. The LD rate in the high school of Rahat, a Bedouin city in the Negev, is between 1 and 2 percent. "With the economic situation today, there aren't a lot of people with money to spend on diagnoses," says Suleiman al-Huzail, the principal. "You put out NIS 1,400, but you're not sure you'll get what you want, so people aren't willing to spend the money on it."
The principal of Rodman High School in Kiryat Yam, near Acre, says that 5 percent of the students in his school suffer from LD - "and I would imagine that that's the true situation, though it could also be that when parents have to cope with problems of subsistence, they don't deal with the level of the child in school."
According to Michael Greenberg, the principal of a boys' religious school in the southern town of Netivot, where 6 percent of the children have been diagnosed with LD, "rich parents in Netivot, who obtained certificates for their children, did so not because they simply want to make things easier for the children, but because the children really need it. Our situation here is very different. As I speak to you I see a certain child in my mind's eye. As early as seventh grade he was found to have serious problems with his writing ability. In ninth grade he has deficiencies that weren't treated in the past. We want to assess him. I don't even approach the parents, because they don't have money to buy the boy clothes. We teachers buy clothes for him, in the market. In some cases there is also no one to talk to. As far as the parents are concerned, the boy can remain an ignoramus. And then an assessment stipend from the Education Ministry is requested."
This year the Netivot school submitted 10 requests for such stipends. Only five of the children received them. "Sometimes we manage to organize a deal - we find a psychologist who will do the diagnosis for free or we get donations. Sometimes we don't manage to organize a deal and then the boy does the matriculation exams without exemptions, and either he ends up without a matriculation certificate or his grades are so low that they're hardly worth anything."
In the Arab city of Taibeh, northeast of Kfar Sava, 10 percent of the students have learning disabilities. "The phenomenon of students who get fake certificates is almost nonexistent here," says Abd al-Zabar Awada, director of the municipal education department, "though it's hard for us to ascertain the reliability of the certificate. When a psychologist signs, we don't challenge it."
Similarly, Maggie Shani, the principal of Tichon Hadash high school in Kiryat Gat, says she is unaware of the phenomenon of faking LD in her school. "We have 10 percent LD. We try to get assessments for free. Sometimes we get financial support for a particular student, and we transfer it from the funding for the annual school trip to that purpose. The trend you talk about isn't accepted here. The students want to be like everyone else, not the exceptions."
Avi Biton, the director of the education department in the southern development town of Ofakim, says that the LD rate there is 7 percent. "When I hear about 30 percent, warning lights start to go on. From my point of view, that is not a real figure - it's a problematic one. It's the mirror of the Israeli society. Like everything for the rich, you can buy that, too."n
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Police to question PM Sharon today
By Baruch Kra
Prime Minister Ariel Sharon will be questioned by the police's International Investigations Unit today about his suspected role in the so-called Greek island affair.
Sharon will be asked, among other things, whether he was aware of the multimillion dollar contract his son Gilad signed with contractor David Appel. Police will want to know what Sharon understood from a conversation with Appel in which the Likud kingmaker and real estate tycoon told him that his son was going to earn a lot of money.
The investigators will arrive early this morning at Sharon's official residence in Jerusalem, led, as they were last time Sharon was questioned, by Deputy Commander Yohanan Danino, the commander of the International Investigations Unit. Danino will be accompanied by Chief Superintendents Avital Knoller and Gideon Gabai.
The team was sent to complete the interrogation of Sharon after Central District Attorney Rachel Sheaber, who is in charge of the case for the prosecution after replacing Anat Savidor, decided that there was important evidence that necessitated asking the prime minister additional questions before deciding whether to prepare an indictment against him.
Sharon will be asked to explain transcripts of conversations between him and Appel that were tape recorded by police, who are particularly suspicious of the proximity between Appel's promise of great wealth for Sharon's son and Sharon's efforts on Appel's behalf to get the Ginaton farmlands near Lod rezoned for residential purposes.
Sharon will also be asked about his efforts on Appel's behalf in the so-called Greek island affair, in which Appel was trying to win the Greek government's permission for a huge resort on an empty island off the coast of Greece. Sharon is suspected of helping to lobby the Greek government for that purpose, among other things, by granting his patronage to a meeting between the Greek deputy foreign minister and Appel's commercial representative in Greece, Norman Skolnick.
The Greek island case has become the symbol of a series of police probes into whether Appel assisted Sharon's 1999 Likud primaries campaign and paid off Sharon's son, Gilad, to bribe Sharon into using his influence - both as foreign minister and as the minister in charge of the Israel Lands Administration - to help Appel's real estate deals in Israel and the abortive Greek island resort plan. Appel provided Sharon with 30 to 40 activists and a headquarters in the 1999 campaign, and he paid Gilad, who had no business experience in either tourism or marketing, some $700,000 to market the nonexistent tourist resort, promising him twice that if Appel received permission from the Greek government to build the resort and more if the resort was actually built.
The Cyril Kern link is not far behind
During his final review of the material in the Greek island case, which will begin next week, Attorney General Menachem Mazuz will also study the evidentiary material in another probe now being conducted by the National Fraud Squad, regarding the shell companies that raised money for Ariel Sharon's primary campaign and the loan his son Gilad received from businessman Cyril Kern.
The Tel Aviv District Court is supposed to decide in the coming days whether court orders issued against Gilad Sharon oblige him to give the police banking records from Austria. If the court decides that is the case and the Supreme Court refuses to hear an appeal, Gilad will hand over the documents, according to his lawyer, Micha Fettman. Once the investigators have those documents, police will try to complete the puzzle to find out who actually financed the millions of dollars that were transferred from BAWAG, the Austrian bank, to Gilad Sharon's accounts in Israel.
Police believe that certain suspects in the case have already been preparing for the possibility that the documents will reach the detectives and have already prepared answers to the potential questions they might be asked. But even so, prosecutors and police believe that they will be able to reach the truth in the case, as much material has been gathered over the past year.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
Labor in confusion
Shimon Peres was not precise on Tuesday when he told his Labor Party colleagues that Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, in announcing that he had ordered plans drawn up for evacuating settlements from Gaza, had "adopted the policies of Labor." Precision is important in this case, as it relates to how Labor should function as the main opposition party in the complex reality created by Sharon's declaration.
Sharon's statement could indeed have far-reaching political and diplomatic significance, even if he does not execute the plan, or even if he was never sincere about implementing it. Declarations that shatter conventions can be important merely because they are stated aloud. However, Sharon's statement about his readiness to unilaterally evacuate 17 settlements from Gaza plus a few isolated ones in the West Bank is hardly a reflection of Labor's policies. In fact, it is not even a thought-out policy of its own.
Sharon will evacuate Gaza - if he indeed does so - because he was forced to do so. He will also evacuate the settlements believing that doing so will make it easier for Israel to hold onto large swathes of the West Bank, with its many Jewish settlements. There is no place for negotiations with the Palestinians in such a narrow perspective, which is based on an illusion. Nor is there any room in such a perspective for a viable Palestinian state living side by side in peace with Israel.
Under such circumstances - in light of both the importance of Sharon's statement and its limitations - Labor must continue offering the public a political alternative with a broad horizon. Now, in particular, as Sharon is taking an initial and very partial step in the proper direction, Labor must stick to a policy for an overall comprehensive peace, predicated on two nations living as free peoples, side by side, for generations to come.
To fulfill its duty now as the opposition, the Labor Party should be presenting itself to the public as a convincing alternative to the country's leadership. But that seems to be beyond the party's depleted strength. On Tuesday, Labor's convention extended Shimon Peres's "temporary" term as chairman of the movement and, as he always insists on adding, its candidate for prime minister.
Peres indeed stands head and shoulders above the other personalities in the front ranks of the Labor Party. But there lies the rub. Leaving him in office evidently prevents natural processes from which new leadership forces could emerge in the party. Instead, Peres and the issue of his leadership has become a target for the slings and arrows of others who claim the crown.
And that is the party's loss. But more importantly, Israeli democracy is weakened because of Labor's inability to conduct a change of leadership and appear to the public as a convincing alternative.
It is entirely possible that in the wake of Sharon's declaration about leaving Gaza - and if things actually reach the operational stage - Labor will be called upon to decide whether and how to help Sharon implement his partial move. But that is still to come. Now, and in the foreseeable future, the opposition party's supreme purpose is to consistently present a clear and serious peace policy to the public.
--------------------------------------------------

Analysis / Referendum won't solve all of Sharon's problems
By Yossi Verter, Haaretz Correspondent
When Prime Minister Ariel Sharon told reporters in the Knesset dining room Wednesday that he had heard that morning about a bill for a referendum and that he likes the idea, it was a typical Sharonism, with that familiar, slight tone of amusement in his voice.
For the last two to three weeks, Sharon's office has been examining the legal and political ramifications of a referendum. The latest idea is for a "moral" referendum, which won't require legislation.
In any case, the results of the referendum are already known. As far as Sharon is concerned, it's pretty much a sure bet, without any political risk attached. Not only would a referendum highlight the massive public support for a Gaza withdrawal, it would also serve as an easy way out for several key Likud ministers who oppose the withdrawal and the unilateral disengagement, such as Benjamin Netanyahu, Silvan Shalom, Shaul Mofaz and Limor Livnat. After all, they'll be able to say, the people have spoken.
A referendum would also give the so-called "Rebels" in the Likud, some of whom are no more than publicity hounds, a good excuse to retract their threats against Sharon.
But the referendum is not a magic formula that will solve all of Sharon's political problems. The coalition parties on the right have vowed to quit after the government decides on evacuating the 21 settlements. A referendum held after that decision could be so shocking as to lead to a unity government, which is a very complicated matter mid-term, or to new elections - and on the way there's the decision by Attorney General Menachem Mazuz in the Sharon family affairs, which will determine if the prime minister even stays in office.
On his way to a referendum, the prime minister will also have to surmount some other hurdles: the trip to the U.S. and his conversation with President Bush about the disengagement plan; a mini-referendum among the Likud rank and file that Sharon is considering as the result of a proposal by Minister Yisrael Katz; and the Likud convention, which is due to meet at the end of the month for a series of votes on constitutional issues aimed at constraining Sharon from every direction.
Sharon associates are pulling out the stops to postpone the convention but even if it is delayed, it will take place, and Sharon could come out of it a battered and bruised prime minister and party leader.
The plethora of headlines provided by the prime minister in recent days at the rate of nearly one a day- the evacuation, another government, early elections, a referendum - is becoming reminiscent of his predecessor, Ehud Barak, in the twilight weeks and months of his administration.
Of course the flood of headlines has nothing to do with the investigations and the upcoming decision by Mazuz. Any such connection is made by the reader alone. Sharon simply suddenly regretted his three years of silence and decided to make it easier for Elhanan Tennenbaum, who was kidnapped during Barak's term, to feel at home.
A senior source close to Sharon said this week he is under the impression that while Sharon has crossed a Rubicon, he doesn't have clue what he will find on the other side, politically. Will he be able to get the evacuation through the Likud? What are the chances Labor would join his government and under what conditions?
Sharon is walking a tightrope, said the source, adding, if it was up to the prime minister, he'd rather do nothing until the end of his term in 2007. But Sharon understands that he cannot do that. He sees the economy straining, the terror, the American pressure, and the slipping numbers in the opinion polls.
Sharon, who is supposed to be questioned again Thursday, is "trying a political process in a legal proceeding," as one Likud wag put it and even if he really does mean to go ahead with the evacuation and turn his back on his native constituency, his beloved settlers, the timing casts a long shadow over it all.
He is suspected of trying to impress the liberal left, and the attorney general, to deter him from not only deposing a prime minister but halting a historic process. His ministers, meanwhile, grit their teeth, feeling exploited even if some agree in general with his idea.
------------------------------------------------------

Iran to join preparations for second stage of prisoner swap
By Yoav Stern, Haaretz Correspondent
Iranian Foreign Minister Kamal Kharazi will begin a two-day visit to Beirut on Thursday to take part in the preparations for the second stage of the prisoner exchange deal between Israel and Hezbollah.
Kharazi said earlier this week he was traveling to Lebanon to help set up a committee to find out what happened to four Iranian diplomats who went missing in 1982.
Iran accuses Israel of holding the diplomats; but Israel says they were last seen held by Christian falanges in Lebanon.
According to the prisoner swap agreement between Israel and Hezbollah, brokered by German mediator Ernst Uhrlau, two committees are to be formed; each will consist of representatives from Israel, Hezbollah, Iran and Germany.
One committee will try to trace the four Iranian diplomats, while the other will seek new information on missing Israel Air Force navigator Ron Arad.
Kharazi's involvement will allow Iran to pass on information about Arad to Israel through Hezbollah, while officially denying doing so, Israeli sources believe.
In the past, every time Israel demanded to get Arad back, the Iranians raised the issue of the four missing diplomats.
Now that the return of Arad or receiving information about him are being negotiated, Iran has a chance to follow the talks closely.
---------------------------------------------------------
EU criticizes separation fence in brief to Hague court
By Aluf Benn, Haaretz Correspondent
In its brief to the International Court of Justice in The Hague, the European Union expresses grave criticism of Israel's separation fence and cites official European condemnations. The document, however, also voices reservations about raising the issue with the ICJ, noting that a legal discussion is not appropriate and will not serve to advance the peace process between Israel and the Palestinians.
Israel has welcomed and commended this stand on the part of the Europeans.
In its brief, France advises the tribunal not to deal with the separation fence, but adds that if the judges decide to go ahead, France's position is that the fence is illegal.
Switzerland and Sweden submitted briefs supporting the Palestinians' position against the fence. The Swedes did not relate to the question of whether or not the tribunal was empowered to deal with the issue.
Government sources in Jerusalem expressed satisfaction with the papers submitted by Britain and Germany that focused on their reservations about holding such a discussion in The Hague. Both the British and the Americans, however, made mention of their opposition to the route taken by the fence.
The defense minister's military adjutant, Brigadier General Mike Herzog, has completed his compilation of security data about the fence. Herzog heads the security team of the Israeli steering committee dealing with The Hague.
Herzog's document consists of three parts - an analysis of the background for setting up the fence, including data on Palestinian terror against Israel; an explanation of the structure of the fence and the considerations borne in mind when planning its route; and information about the success of the fence in the Gaza Strip and the northern West Bank in preventing terror and crime.

Posted by maximpost at 11:45 PM EST
Permalink

>> ROYAL MESS?

Saud's royal house of cards
Restless youth, resurgent fundamentalism and a resentful middle class are an increasingly imminent threat to Saudi Arabia's rulers -- and to oil-addicted Westerners.
By Jon D. Markman
Saudi Arabia faces its gravest economic, social and political threat in years as hundreds of thousands of Muslims make their annual hajj to the nation's holy sites this week. And if the House of Saud is threatened, so, too, are the price of oil and the great American right to own two SUVs, a Harley and an RV.
The menace, long simmering under the surface of a seemingly content society, has boiled to the surface recently with clashes between Saudi police and armed extremists in Riyadh and Mecca. And we're not talking about the 250-plus pilgrims trampled while stoning Satan last weekend.
Last week, the Independent newspaper of Great Britain reported "an extraordinary level of political violence" in the al-Jouf province, power base of the al-Sudairy branch of the royal family, including assassinations of the deputy governor, police chief and a judge.
The Saudi government was forced Thursday to deny accounts in their own media of the existence of terrorist training camps in the kingdom. In a land already ruled with an iron fist, the German news service DPA reported that more than 1,000 surveillance cameras had been installed on roads to allow soldiers to monitor pilgrims' every move.
A South Africa newspaper, the Cape Argus, said police in its country had intercepted a Pakistani plot to use fake passports to fly to Saudi Arabia via Cape Town.
And Reuters reported that diplomats said the Saudi government was deeply worried the hajj could become a target for attack or be used as a cover for militants to infiltrate the kingdom. In 2003, more than 50 people died in suicide bombings in Riyadh.
Even if violent disruption is avoided this week, there is little doubt that extremist elements are gaining strength in the homeland of the West's most reliable Arab partner. The problem is not just al-Qaeda, which recruited most of the 9/11 suicide hijackers there. According to veteran observer John Bradley of the Independent, it's also merchant families and tribes who were prominent in the country before the Sauds consolidated power in the early part of the last century and now see a chance to reassert themselves upon the death of the aged, ailing King Fahd.
American investors ignore this danger at their peril. For if three disparate forces hook up -- the disenfranchised non-royal merchant class, religious fundamentalists and disaffected youths -- our cheap, easy access to the Saudis' vast petroleum reserves could be threatened for anywhere from a few weeks to years, sending oil prices north of $60.
Next week, I'll explain the many ways to hedge this menace by buying shares of small U.S. and Canadian energy producers. But for now, let's try to better understand the Saudi turmoil.
Disillusionment of the young
On paper, the Saudi succession after Fahd dies is clear: His 81-year-old brother, Abdullah, the crown prince, is next in line, and after him is another brother, 80-year-old Sultan. Thomas Lippman, author of the terrific new book "Inside the Mirage: America's Fragile Partnership with Saudi Arabia," said it's not clear there is a designated successor beyond those two. "There are just six people who have an idea of what would happen next, and I'm not one of them," quipped the former Washington Post foreign correspondent.
Lippman puts the chance of civil war at less than 10%. But he confirms that the amount of guns and explosives seized in recent months in raids by Saudi police -- munitions smuggled across the border from Iraq and Yemen -- has been staggering. The unrest stems as much from social and political complaints as religion. The country suffers from an unemployment rate upward of 20%, as the petroleum-industry work that is not automated is run by foreigners. Lippman says today's 24-year-old Saudi has two handicaps as he looks at the workplace: He grew up with a sense of entitlement because the country was rolling in cash, and his heavily religious education did not prepare him for a role in the world economy.
Like many developing countries, Lippman says, the Saudis have put too high a premium on having their elite kids get doctoral degrees, and not enough on having its middle-class kids get the sort of bachelor's degrees that help create a modern services and petrochemical plant workforce. Saudi Arabia has world-class oil derivatives industries -- fertilizer, plastics and industrial feedstock -- to supplement its vast crude oil production. But you may be surprised to learn that agriculture is the country's leading employer and its second-largest contributor to GDP, as it is self-sufficient in wheat, dairy products and poultry. Most of these jobs go to foreigners, also.
Historically, revolutions do not well up from the peasantry -- they come from the upwardly mobile class, like silversmith Paul Revere and lawyer John Adams in colonial America -- whose rising expectations are frustrated. Lippman points out that Saudi Arabia is plagued with a large swath of young people who have been "inculcated with the wrong kinds of ideas, don't have enough to do, truly resent the dominance and incursion of Americans into their society and have learned from their textbooks about the duty of Muslims to wage jihad against infidels." All the while, they face declining opportunities for personal economic advancement. "That's a lot to think about as you sit in coffeehouses listening to recordings of rabble rousers," Lippman said.
An extreme element in Saudi Arabia aspires to a Taliban-style state, a concept that has deep roots in the country's past. As Middle East scholar Daniel Pipes pointed out in an interview, al-Qaeda is an ideological descendent of a turn-of-the-century religious army known as the Ikhwan, or "brotherhood," which practiced a puritanical brand of Islam known as Wahhabism. Ibn Saud compromised with the Ikhwan by letting them run the country's educational and judicial system while he tried to make a buck by allowing infidel Americans drill for oil. But the idea of a purer, pre-Western state has remained, and Osama bin Laden is the archetype of those who want the heathens to take their lipstick, lattes and Big Macs and go home.
Will the monarchy prevail?
Of course, there are key differences between Saudi Arabia today and the classic Middle East revolution that occurred in 1970s Iran: The middle class is largely content; the Saudi royal family has thousands of male members infiltrated into every corner of social, political and military life; and the fundamentalist mullahs are on the government dole, not independent. Also, virtually all Muslims in Iran were united in their loathing of the Shah, whom they viewed as a usurper who extravagantly glorified the country's pre-Islam heritage, while Saudi citizens acknowledge the Bedouin roots of their own rulers. And also unlike Iran, or Nicaragua for that matter, there are few mountains or jungles in which insurgents can effectively hide except in the remote south.
However, this is a time of great uncertainty in Saudi Arabia as leaders look north across their border with Iraq and fret over the prospect of either a liberal secular democracy or Shiite theocracy (flip a coin) in Baghdad. Thus, they have allowed modest reforms, such as the limited municipal elections; economic reforms, such as the slow privatization of the telecommunications industry, national airline and postal system; and social reforms, such as the creation of independent courts to adjudicate commercial litigation.
The question is whether the Saudis can rev out of the 19th century fast enough to satisfy the yearnings of repressed GenNexters while at the same time not alienating their fundamentalist power base. Every time you hear about new incidents of explosive conflict within the kingdom, don't toss if off as just another remote overseas quarrel. Read between the lines to determine whether it is one more step toward a civil war that will irretrievably alter our access to the lifeblood of our electronic and motorized way of life.
Both Lippman and Pipes are betting on the monarchy, which has proven relentless so far in crushing its opposition, and point out that even a resolutely anti-American post-Saudi regime would probably eventually sell oil to the West to keep the cash flowing anyway. But just in case al-Qaeda or its permutations prove more diabolically clever than expected, next week I'll focus on the North American energy producers who would benefit most from higher oil prices and, at any rate, can do extremely well amid current supply uncertainty at $30 oil and $5.25 natural gas.
Fine Print
Lippman's book, which was just published in January, is really a fascinating, fast read. You can find the book at MSN Shopping. Here's a transcript of remarks he made at a Johns Hopkins University panel on U.S.-Saudi relations in November. . . . Daniel Pipes keeps an up-to-date Web site of his articles and speeches, and also a weblog. . . . Keep current on Saudi news at the Saudi Times Web site. . . . There are numerous independent sites on Saudi culture and history, such as www.alfaadel.com, as well as more official sites like the Saudi-US Relations Information Service. . . . Last week, I described Parlux Fragrances (PARL, news, msgs) as a relatively inexpensive small cap worth a look. Bill Mann, senior editor at Motley Fool, wrote to say he disagreed and referenced his Aug. 15, 2003 story; see it here. Meanwhile, Abraxas Petroleum (ABP, news, msgs), described in the same column, had a strong run last week. I spoke to chief executive and founder Robert L.G. Watson last week, who said his company is "very happy" in the current environment, is paying down the debt that pressured the stock last year, and expects to be profitable on a GAAP basis this year. . . . To follow commodity futures prices ranging from natural gas and gold to soybeans, live cattle and the euro, the best free page on the Web is this one at Barchart.com.

Jon D. Markman is publisher of StockTactics Advisor, an independent weekly investment newsletter, as well as senior strategist and portfolio manager at Pinnacle Investment Advisors. While he cannot provide personalized investment advice or recommendations, he welcomes column critiques and comments at jdm68@lycos.com. At the time of publication, Markman did not have positions in any securities mentioned in this column.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Jemaah Islamiyah Group `Degraded,' Downer Says (Update1)
Feb. 4 (Bloomberg) -- Jemaah Islamiyah, a Southeast Asian terrorist group linked to al-Qaeda, is ``degraded,'' not yet defeated, Australian Foreign Minister Alexander Downer said as an Asia-Pacific anti-terrorism conference started in Bali.
``JI's capacities have been degraded, but certainly not defeated,'' Downer said late yesterday in Bali, according to a Foreign Ministry transcript e-mailed to Bloomberg. ``They have been recruiting and trying to build their strength. There is still a long way to go and the one thing we shouldn't become is complacent,'' Downer said.
At the forum, Australia will propose establishing a training camp for police fighting terrorism in the Asia-Pacific region and ways to share intelligence, Downer said. Ministers and officials from the U.S., China, Japan and 25 other nations are attending the two-day meeting starting today.
Australia and Indonesia, hosting the meeting, have been cooperating since terrorist bombings in Bali in October 2002 killed 202 people, 88 of them Australians. Jemaah Islamiyah was blamed for the bombing. Investigations led to Indonesian police arresting 35 people, many of whom have gone on trial. Three have been sentenced to death and three given life terms.
``Terrorism can't be solved through any one country acting alone,'' Downer said in Bali. ``Australia and Indonesia have set up a bit of a template for the region through our co-operation post-Bali bombing.''
Money Laundering
Australia and Indonesia today agreed to share financial intelligence in a bid to stymie money laundering and terrorism funding, said Australian Attorney General Philip Ruddock.
Australia has agreements to swap finance intelligence with 24 other nations, including the U.S. and the U.K.
``Sharing this intelligence is vital in the prevention and detection of financial crimes, money laundering and the financing of terrorism,'' Ruddock said in an e-mailed statement.
Hambali, also known as Riduan Isamuddin, the suspected leader of the al-Qaeda terrorist network in Southeast Asia and the former operations chief of Jemaah Islamiyah, was arrested in Thailand in August last year. He is in U.S. custody.
``In time, we would be interested in direct access to Hambali,'' Downer said. ``At the moment, the American process is working alright.''
To contact the reporter on this story:
Gemma Daley in Canberra at
or gdaley@bloomberg.net.
To contact the editor for this story:
Paul Tighe at
or ptighe@bloomberg.net
Last Updated: February 3, 2004 23:57 EST

?2004 Bloomberg L.P. All rights reserved.

---------------------------------------------------

Fed's Moskow Says Strong U.S. Economic Growth Won't Produce Inflation Soon
Feb. 3 (Bloomberg) -- Federal Reserve officials ``expect'' more rapid growth this year won't cause inflation to accelerate soon because there are still ample amounts of unused labor and industrial capacity in the U.S. economy, Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago President Michael Moskow said.
``We have yet to see the kinds of pressure on labor and capital resources that often signal an increase in inflation,'' Moskow said in the text of remarks to the St. Joseph County, Indiana, Chamber of Commerce. ``And certainly our most recent numbers confirm that inflation is still extremely low.''
The Fed's preferred inflation indicator, the personal consumption expenditure price index minus food and energy, rose just 0.7 percent for the 12 months ending December, the smallest increase in 44 years of record keeping, the Commerce Department reported yesterday.
The slow pace of price increases came even as the economy grew at a 4 percent annual rate in the fourth quarter, following an 8.2 percent pace of growth between July and September. That suggests growth can remain elevated for some time before resources get tight enough to increase inflationary pressures.
``Today, the unemployment rate is elevated and industrial capacity utilization is below average -- both evidence of excess resources,'' Moskow said. ``Even with the solid growth expected as we move forward, slack resources could persist for some time.''
Momentum Growing
Moskow is the first member of the Fed's Open Market Committee to speak following the most recent policy meeting on Jan. 28. In a statement following their decision to leave the benchmark overnight bank lending rate unchanged at 1 percent, policy makers removed a pledge to keep rates low for a ``considerable period,'' substituting instead a promise to be ``patient in removing its policy accommodation.''
Traders in interest rate futures contracts took that to mean the central bank would consider raising interest rates sooner than had been expected. The implied yield on fed funds futures suggests they now expect the Fed to raise rates by the third quarter of 2004.
Moskow, who is a non-voting member of the Fed's rate-setting Open Market Committee member this year, said the economy is `beginning to pick up momentum' and he ``wouldn't be surprised'' if growth is faster than consensus for 2004, which he put at ``around 4 percent.'' The 2004 budget of President George W. Bush forecasts growth of 4.4 percent this year. The latest Blue Chip Economic Indicators consensus estimate is for 4.6 percent growth this year.
Employment Concern
Consumer spending is holding up and business investment has risen ``strongly'' in recent months, Moskow said. ``Furthermore, business confidence has been improving. The general tone of our contacts' reports on business conditions is noticeably better than it was during the summer.''
He suggested that should ``create conditions for businesses to increase hiring and utilize much of the economy's excess capacity'' this year.
The problem is that hasn't happened yet, he said. ``Labor markets are still a key area of weakness,'' Moskow said. ``Although the unemployment rate is down a half percentage point from its recent peak in May, employment growth has been disappointing.''
The economy created just 1,000 jobs in December, far fewer than the 150,000 median forecast in a Bloomberg News survey of economists.
Given that, the ``big question'' is whether ``the most recent surge in demand will sustain itself,'' he said. ``Even though the outlook calls for strong GDP growth, so long as the output gap persists and there are diminished pressures on resources, inflation rates are unlikely to increase significantly.''
To contact the reporter on this story:
Craig Torres in Washington at ctorres3@bloomberg.net
To contact the editor of this story:
Kevin Miller at kmiller@bloomberg.net.
Last Updated: February 3, 2004 12:40 EST

?2004 Bloomberg L.P. All rights reserved.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
White House seeks to loan U.N. funds for renovations

By Betsy Pisik and David R. Sands
THE WASHINGTON TIMES
The Bush administration's new budget includes a $1.2 billion, 30-year loan to renovate the aging United Nations headquarters and build a new annex, although U.N. officials expressed disappointment that Washington will charge interest on the loan.
The loan was part of a $31.5 billion foreign-operations budget request released Monday that also includes major new funding for the fight against AIDS and a revamped U.S. foreign-aid program targeting poor countries that implement political and social reforms.
State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said yesterday the loan request, contained in the foreign-operations account of President Bush's proposed fiscal 2005 budget, was a "practical way to move forward" with U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan's plan to renovate and modernize the U.N. headquarters.
The loan to fund the U.N. Capital Master Plan still must win approval by Congress and the U.N. General Assembly. The world body must agree to accept the 5.54 percent interest rate. Interest and principal is to be paid off by all member states.
The loan announcement came on a day when Mr. Annan was in Washington for meetings with Mr. Bush and other senior administration leaders on the troubled political transition in Iraq.
Catherine Bertini, the U.N. undersecretary-general for administration and management, who accompanied Mr. Annan on his Washington trip, called the loan provision "great."
"It's exactly what we wanted, but we were hoping it would be interest-free," she said.
If approved, Washington will pay out $400 million a year for three years, and the organization will have 30 years to pay it back, plus interest. The total bill, with interest, will be close to $2.5 billion.
As part of its assessed contribution to the U.N. budget, the United States will supply 22 percent of that repayment figure -- $265 million on the principal alone.
Diplomats said yesterday they did not know enough about the loan to comment, but several were dismayed that Washington would charge interest.
One European envoy noted that the Swiss government donated the building and most of the operating costs for U.N. operations in Geneva.
The highly recognizable U.N. Secretariat building, the best-known example of the International architectural style, is dangerously outdated and in disrepair.
The 39-story, green-glass rectangle leaks heat in winter and air-conditioning in summer, is riddled with asbestos and lacks a sprinkler system.
A 2002 report from the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO) affirmed the need for a speedy interior renovation, noting that each year's delay would add millions to the project's cost.
The GAO also backed the U.N. suggestion of a second office tower, which would house U.N. staff during the three-year renovation, and then consolidate far-flung agencies, programs and offices now renting space. The city of New York has made available a nearby asphalt playground for the proposed tower, although the community is reluctant to see it developed.
State Department officials, briefing reporters on background yesterday, said Mr. Bush's proposed foreign-operations budget cuts back on some traditional bilateral aid programs to fulfill the president's funding promises for AIDS and for the new Millennium Challenge Account, a program to target development assistance to countries that embrace economic and political reforms.
c Betsy Pisik reported from New York.

>> BLOOMBERG WATCH...
The Brian Lehrer Show
http://www.wnyc.org/shows/bl/episodes/01282004
Photo by Edward Reed
Mike on Mic
Wednesday, January 28, 2004
Michael Bloomberg has been Mayor of New York for two years. In that time, he's taken control of city schools, reined in the budget, and turned City Hall Park into an open-air gallery for contemporary sculpture.

>> SMOKE? WHERE?
http://www.wnyc.org/shows/bl/episodes/current
Human Traffic
Suzanne Tomatore Director, Immigrant Women and Children Project , Association of the Bar of the City of New York Fund, Inc.
on the problem of human trafficking in the New York area

>> HISTORY AND WMD HUNTS...
http://www.wnyc.org/shows/lopate/episodes/current
Pox Japonica
Wednesday, February 04, 2004
During World War II, Japanese medical researchers intentionally spread cholera, typhoid, dysentery, and anthrax throughout China, killing an estimated 580,000 innocent people. Daniel Barenblatt is here to talk about Axis Japan's secret germ warfare experiments.
Daniel Barenblatt
Daniel Barenblatt's new book is A Plague Upon Humanity: The Secret Genocide of Axis Japan's Germ Warfare Operation. It's about Japan's notorious Unit 731, a research facility headed by Dr. Shiro Ishii, also known as Japan's answer to Josef Mengele.

>>

A Tale of Two Reports
David Kay and Lord Hutton.
By Christopher Hitchens
Posted Friday, Jan. 30, 2004, at 8:55 AM PT
David Kay
Those who love the Near East are fond of repeating the legendary anecdotes of one Nasreddin Hodja, a sort of Ottoman Muslim Aesop of the region with a big following among Greeks and Greek Cypriots as well as among Turks, Syrians, Lebanese, Iraqis, and others. On one occasion, this folkloric wise man went to the hammam, or Turkish steam bath. His undistinguished and modest demeanor did not recommend him to the attendants, who gave him brief and perfunctory attention before hustling him out to make room for more prosperous customers. They were duly astonished when he produced an enormous tip from under his robes, and when he paid a return visit some time later, they were waiting for him with the richest and warmest towels, the longest and most detailed rubdown, the finest oils, the most leisurely service of sherbet, a long soak, and the most obsequious attendants. As he departed, the old man dropped a few meager coppers into their outstretched palms and, when they began to protest, told them: "The last tip was for this time. This tip is for the previous time."
So Saddam Hussein finally got his reward for all the unpunished times. Well, history doesn't move in a straight line, and irony is a dialectical hairpin. But if he really didn't have any stores of unlawful WMD, it was very dumb of him to act as if he still did or perhaps even to believe that he still did. And it seems perfectly idiotic of anybody to complain that we have now found this out (always assuming that we have, and that there's no more disclosure to come). This highly pertinent and useful discovery could only be made by way of regime change. And the knowledge that Iraq can be finally and fully certified as disarmed, and that it won't be able to rearm under a Caligula regime, is surely a piece of knowledge worth having in its own right and for its own sake.
David Kay and his colleagues in the post-1991 inspections met with every possible kind of evasion, deceit, and concealment. Then they had to watch as their most golden inside informers, the Kamel brothers, were lured back to Iraq by their father-in-law on a promise of safe conduct and put to death at once. Who would trust a word uttered by this gang, after that? It has since been established, by the Kay report, that there was a Baath plan to purchase weapons from North Korea, that materials had been hidden in the homes of scientists, and that there was a concealment program run by Qusai Hussein in person. This may look less menacing now that it has been exposed to the daylight, but there was no reason not to take it extremely seriously when it was presented as latent.
How come our intelligence agencies were so easily misled? This is an excellent question, which has lain upon the table ever since they left us defenseless in September 2001. The case for a thorough purge of the CIA would have been easier to make if the antiwar liberals had not gone on parroting the Langley line, which was to underestimate on some things and to overstate on others. The booby prize here goes (again) to Maureen Dowd, who in her column on David Kay on Jan. 29 said that the agency was "probably relying too much on the Arabian Nights tales of Ahmad Chalabi, eager to spread the word of Saddam's imaginary nuclear-tipped weapons juggernaut because it suited his own ambitions--and that of his Pentagon pals." As everyone with the slightest knowledge is well aware, the CIA was smearing and sabotaging Chalabi until the week of the fall of Baghdad and continues to do so. It remains, within the institutions of the U.S. government, the most devout opponent of regime change with the arguable exception of the Department of State.
If you want another free laugh, or another glimpse of the tiny-minded literalism of the neutralists and isolationists, take a look at the other "scandal" that has just been exploded by Lord Hutton's inquiry in London. One of Tony Blair's advisers, Jonathan Powell, changed the wording of a report in the following way. It had originally read: "Saddam Hussein is willing to use chemical and biological weapons if he believes his regime is under threat." The Blairite alteration removed the last eight words. Since everything was a threat in Saddam's disordered mind, and since he had used such weapons in the past as weapons of aggression inside and outside his own borders, the only "politicization of intelligence" would have occurred if the eight words had been left in, to give the impression that he would only fight in self-defense. The excised phrase lingers on, as a reminder that the opponents of regime change also believed in the existence of the weapons.
The British government's claim that such weaponry was deployable within "45" minutes is irrelevant from both sides, since if the weapons weren't there they couldn't be used at all, and if they were there they presumably existed in some condition of readiness. Many newspapers in London sold extra copies on the bannered "45 Minutes" headline and have been in a vengeful state ever since over their own credulity. That can't be helped. In this ontological argument, nobody claimed that there was no WMD problem to begin with. (German intelligence reported to Gerhard Schr?der that Saddam was within measurable distance of getting a nuke: That didn't deter the chancellor in the least from adopting an utterly complacent approach.)
It's been a few weeks since I have heard any new conspiracy theories about the suicide of Dr. David Kelly, who was himself a firm believer in "regime change" as the precondition for inspections. It has now been established that his identity was given away by Andrew Gilligan, a BBC journalist whose reportorial standards were a byword before he became famous. The most inventive theory I have heard this week is that Lord Hutton is an Ulsterman and that Gilligan is a republican-sounding kind of Irish name, and that this is all a subtext of the age-old struggle between Orange and Green. That'll do fine to keep the conversation going, as this ridiculous and paltry controversy recedes into the past.
Christopher Hitchens is a columnist for Vanity Fair and a regular contributor to Slate. His most recent book is A Long Short War: The Postponed Liberation of Iraq.

Photograph of David Kay by Mannie Garcia/Reuters.


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPIEGEL ONLINE - 04. Februar 2004, 17:43
URL: http://www.spiegel.de/politik/deutschland/0,1518,284922,00.html
Stasi
Anatolische Fliegenf?nger
Von Hans Michael Kloth
Nicht nur Bundesb?rger werkelten als West-IM f?r Erich Mielkes Stasi. Eine neue Studie der Birthler-Beh?rde beschreibt, wie das MfS in der Bundesrepublik auch unter t?rkischen Gastarbeitern und anderen Ausl?ndern jede Menge Spitzel warb. Ein Spezialauftrag: DDR-Frauen k?dern, die dem SED-Staat durch Heirat entkommen wollten.
AP
Stasi-Chef Mielke (1982):Argwohn gegen Ausl?nder
Es muss schon ziemlich frustig f?r die selbstbewussten Jungs von der DDR-Grenztruppe gewesen sein - wenn einer der 115 000 t?rkischen Gastarbeiter in West-Berlin zwischen Ost- und Westteil der geteilten Stadt wechselte, machten sie beim Filzen wieder und wieder den gleichen Fund: "Hunderte von Kontaktanschriften und Telefonnummern von DDR-B?rgerinnen", registrierte 1981 eine MfS-Bilanz, w?rden jedes Jahr bei ein- und ausreisenden T?rken aus West-Berlin sichergestellt.
Den Erfolg bei der DDR-Damenwelt neideten die Genossen den Besuchern aber nicht nur pers?nlich. Noch mehr f?rchtete die Stasi, dass die "kaum zu kontrollierenden operativen Kontakte" der monatlich 6000 t?rkischen Tagesbesucher zur ostdeutschen Weiblichkeit Spionageaktivit?ten oder "gesetzwidrige Antragstellungen zur Ausreise" nach sich ziehen k?nnten: Sich einen Westler zu angeln war schlie?lich eine der wenigen wirklich viel versprechenden Methoden, die SED-Diktatur ohne langes Warten oder gar Knast zu verlassen.
Mielke selbst hatte es schon immer geahnt; bereits Anfang der siebziger Jahre argw?hnte er, "viele asoziale und kriminell aufgefallene Ausl?nder" k?nnten bei Besuchen in der "Hauptstadt der DDR" die Sicherheit des Arbeiter- und Bauernstaates gef?hrden. Es sei "nicht einfach, diese Leute zumindest soweit unter Kontrolle zu halten, dass sie uns keinen Schaden zuf?gen k?nnen".
So gab er mit einem eigenen "Ausl?nderbefehl" 1981 den Startschuss f?r eine Anwerbungskampagne unter Nichtdeutschen speziell in West-Berlin, um "von dort ausgehende feindliche und politisch sch?digende Aktivit?ten gegen die DDR" zu verhindern. Als die DDR 1989 unterging, waren dann immerhin f?nf Prozent der West-IM Ausl?nder, sch?tzt die Birthler-Beh?rde in einer aktuellen Studie - eine Quote, die nicht weit unter dem Ausl?nderanteil an der westdeutschen Gesamtbev?lkerung von 7,7 Prozent lag. Richtig eingesetzte "Ausl?nder-IM", so die Erkenntnis der MfS-F?hrung, k?nnten "Unglaubliches leisten".
AP
Stasi-Akten: Viele "Gastarbeiter" beim MfS
Besonderes Interesse hatten die Schlapph?te in der Lichtenberger Normannenstrasse an den politischen Aktivit?ten innerhalb der t?rkischen Gemeinde im Westen. Sp?testens seit dem Tod eines t?rkischen Anh?ngers des West-Berliner SED-Ablegers SEW bei einer Stra?enschlacht zwischen rivalisierenden t?rkischen Gruppen in Kreuzberg im Januar 1980 beobachtete die DDR-F?hrung "faschistisch-nationalistische, rechtsradikale und religi?s-fanatische Tarnorganisationen" der t?rkischen Diaspora in Westdeutschland genauestens.
Zwar gab es in der DDR gerade einmal 94 T?rken, doch 38 davon waren Funktion?re der am Bosporus verbotenen T?rkischen Kommunistischen Partei. Die sa? in Leipzig, betrieb mit SED-Geld einen eigenen Radiosender nebst Druckerei und galt als potenzielles Anschlagsziel politischer Gegner. Auch f?rchtete die DDR angesichts der 40 000 T?rken, die j?hrlich ?ber den Flughafen Berlin-Sch?nefeld in die Heimat reisten, das Risiko von Flugzeugentf?hrungen durch Extremisten. Um "leichter oder ?berhaupt erst" in die "Konspiration feindlicher Ausl?nder bzw. Ausl?ndergruppen eindringen" zu k?nnen, setzten die Stasi-Chefs folglich voll auf die IMA - trotz merklicher Skepsis bei den eigenen Hauptamtlichen.
Eingesetzt wurden die "'Gastarbeiter' beim MfS" (so der doppelb?dige Titel der Birthler- Studie) auch gegen die DDR-Bev?lkerung. So lieferte ein Iraner mit dem Decknamen "Amir" nicht nur allerlei Wissenswertes ?ber Aktivit?ten des iranischen Geheimdienstes in Berlin, sondern horchte auch Politiker der "Alternativen Liste" ?ber deren Kontakte zu DDR-Oppositionellen aus. Er selbst traf zum Teil ?ber Jahre DDR-Oppositionelle wie B?rbel Bohley oder Ulrike Poppe und berichtete dar?ber br?hwarm der Stasi. F?r "wertvolle Informationen, die mit dazu beitrugen feindliche Aktivit?ten zu verhindern" sollte "Amir" zum 40. Jahrestag des MfS 1990 die NVA-Verdienstmedaille und 1000 Mark bekommen; aus bekannten Gr?nden musste die Feier allerdings ausfallen.
Andere IMA dienten als "Fliegenf?nger", wie die MfS-Offiziere jene Romeos nannten, an denen ausreisewillige Ostfrauen bappen bleiben sollten wie an den gleichnamigen klebrigen H?ngestreifen. So konnten viele DDR-Damen, die ihrem Staat untreu zu werden drohten, von den Sicherheitsorganen problemlos eingesammelt werden.
DPA
Geteiltes Berlin (1984):"Kaum zu kontrollierende Kontakte"
Gelegentlich lief es allerdings auch andersherum: Als dem IM-Kandidaten "Kemal", einem linken West-Berliner T?rken, Anfang der achtziger Jahre die Abschiebung in seine Heimat drohte, half ihm das MfS bei der Suche nach einer heirats- und ausreisewilligen Ost-Berlinerin; die Erw?hlte durfte ohne Formalit?ten ausreisen und sicherte dem Agenten durch die Eheschlie?ung das Aufenthaltsrecht in Berlin (West). Bis Herbst 1989 berichtete "Kemal" anschlie?end bei monatlichen Treffs mit seinem Ost-Berliner F?hrungsoffizier unter anderem ?ber t?rkische Vereine und ?bergesiedelte DDR-B?rger.

? SPIEGEL ONLINE 2004
Alle Rechte vorbehalten
Vervielf?ltigung nur mit Genehmigung der SPIEGELnet GmbH
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> DEM WATCH...
Blocking Back
Clark stops Edwards from stopping Kerry.
By William Saletan
Posted Wednesday, Feb. 4, 2004, at 1:19 AM PT

Thoughts on Tuesday night's results and speeches in the Democratic presidential race:

1. Oklahoma. When Wes Clark entered the presidential race five months ago, I said it was a rebuke to John Kerry for failing to catch on as "the candidate with the war record, the candidate who was supposed to keep the party in the center and fend off the standard-bearer of the left." I still think it was a rebuke. But Kerry reclaimed his role, and now Clark is clearing his path to the end zone by blocking the only candidate who could stop Kerry: John Edwards.

First Clark squashed Edwards' official campaign kickoff in September, leaking word that very day that he would get into the race. Then, a week ago, Clark beat out Edwards for third in New Hampshire by a fraction of a percentage point. That cost Edwards the ability to claim plausibly that he had continued his momentum from Iowa. Tuesday night, it happened again: Clark eked out a margin over Edwards in Oklahoma so narrow that the state election board will have to review the ballots before declaring an official winner. Edwards argued that he had "exceeded my expectations" and that his finish in Oklahoma, combined with his win in South Carolina, was "a continuation of the surge we've seen in other caucuses and primaries."

Nice try. I think Edwards would be the strongest Democrat in the general election. Nobody expected him to do this well in Oklahoma. But when the history of the 2004 race is written, my guess is that we'll look back at Oklahoma as Edwards' Stalingrad. He had to kill off Clark. The media were itching to write off Clark, and a no-win night would have given them license to do so. Now they can't. Clark will go on to Tennessee and Virginia, where he'll do what he did in Oklahoma: split the non-Yankee vote and keep Kerry in the lead. Maybe Edwards will win Tennessee and Virginia, and Clark will fade. But by then it may too late to stop Kerry.

Edwards was clearly pining for a Clark defeat in Oklahoma. He delayed his flight to Tennessee more than an hour as he waited for the last returns to trickle in. On CNN before the Oklahoma returns were final, Edwards said, "This race has narrowed dramatically tonight." He said the differences between himself and Kerry would "become clearer and clearer as the race focuses on the two of us." On Fox News, Edwards said the contest was looking "more and more like it's a two-person race. I'm looking forward to that two-person race."

Oops. A couple of hours later, Clark took the stage in Oklahoma to declare, "The results are in! We have won!" Rubbing it in, Clark boasted that a week earlier he had "won the non-New England portion of New Hampshire." It's a thin but valid claim. And now Edwards will have more trouble running as the outsider against Kerry, because Clark will run as the outsider against both senators. As Clark put it to Larry King Tuesday night, "I'm an outsider, Larry. I haven't been in the Senate. I didn't vote for No Child Left Behind. I didn't vote to go war with Iraq, and I didn't vote for the Patriot Act." The general who auditioned for the role of John Kerry is ending up instead with the role of Howard Dean.

2. Attacking Kerry. Dean's doing it, but nobody's listening, because Dean has faded, and coming from him, it's just another Dean-bites-man story. Clark's doing it, but it doesn't carry much punch, since he has failed to establish himself as a plausible nominee. Edwards is more plausible but refuses to attack. Tonight he hinted at a few differences, noting that he could relate to working-class people because he came from a working-class family, and that he had opposed trade agreements such as NAFTA. But again, Edwards insisted on framing these differences in terms of his own virtues rather than Kerry's faults.

Edwards is being way too subtle about this stuff to hurt Kerry. The key ingredient in Kerry's comeback has been systematic theft of any message that's working for any other candidate. Kerry will give you whatever you're looking for in the other guy, plus credibility on domestic policy and national security. Edwards' and Kerry's speeches Tuesday night glaringly illustrated this. Edwards talked about standing for fairness against privilege. He decried the poverty of millions of Americans. He said he would seek opportunity for everyone, no matter where they came from, no matter what the color of their skin. Three hours later, Kerry talked about standing for fairness against privilege. He decried the poverty of millions of Americans. He said he would seek opportunity for everyone, no matter where they came from, no matter what the color of their skin. Kerry is like the aging boxer who hugs the challenger to deprive him of the distance necessary to land a solid punch.

What might yet save Edwards--and I half suspect he's counting on this--is that the media can't stand this civility. They're starving for a fight. Tuesday night, the TV interviewers practically begged Edwards to attack Kerry. On CNN, Bob Dole coached him to go after Kerry's record. It was all Dole could do to refrain from shouting, "Damn it, don't you have a dark side?" But Edwards has come a long way in this race by being patient and letting others--Dick Gephardt, Dean, and Clark--do the dirty work of attacking, so that Edwards could rise through the pack untarnished. Now he seems to be playing the same game with the media. Tuesday night, TV anchors pressed Kerry on his vulnerabilities, and CNN's Judy Woodruff reframed Edwards' positive comments about himself as implicit criticism of Kerry, in effect delivering the punch on Edwards' behalf.

3. National vs. regional candidates. Kerry's biggest achievement is that he's now the only candidate who's running strong everywhere. I winced when he claimed to have finished "enormously close" to Edwards in South Carolina; I don't recall Kerry aides treating Dean's finish in New Hampshire, which was nearer to the top than Kerry's finish was in South Carolina, as enormously close. But Kerry legitimately pointed out that he's the only candidate who campaigned in all seven of the Feb. 3 states, and he won five of them. Who else can make such a claim? Clark skipped Iowa. Edwards has competed everywhere but won only his native state. To hear Edwards tell it, winning South Carolina showed his ability to win among Southerners, blacks, and rural voters. Edwards also claimed in TV interviews that Oklahoma demonstrated his strength in the "heartland." This is how a clever lawyer makes strength in two states sound like strength in half the country. But they're still just two states.

4. Kerry's religion problem. On the night he won New Hampshire, Kerry criticized President Bush for trampling the boundary between church and state. Tuesday night he did it again. That's zero nods to faith and two warnings against religious overreach in a week. Kerry was supposed to be the guy who would save Democrats from Dean's tone deafness on taxes and national security. So far, however, he seems equally tone deaf on values.

5. Kerry's establishment problem. Dean squandered some of his populist resonance when he began to spotlight endorsements by big shots like Al Gore and Bill Bradley. Kerry had less populist resonance to begin with and can't afford to squander it the same way. Tuesday night on CNN, he brushed aside his defeat in South Carolina by noting that the state's top Democrats, Sen. Fritz Hollings and Rep. Jim Clyburn, had supported him. This has to be the first time I've seen a presidential candidate brag about having the endorsement of a state party elite after the voters rejected that endorsement. Kerry went on to boast that the governors of Michigan and Washington were backing him as well. Somebody needs to remind him that the voters call the shots, and they don't take well to candidates who appear to care more about courting self-styled power brokers.

6. Battlefield egalitarianism. Everyone expects Kerry's military record to patch up the Democrats' difficulty on national security. What's less understood is how it might patch up his difficulty connecting with ordinary people. In his victory speech, Kerry spoke again of his "band of brothers" from Vietnam. And when he was asked during an interview about his comfortable upbringing, he turned the discussion to his service in Vietnam, where "nobody cared about what your background was. They cared about whether you were a standup person and fought, and they cared about whether you did your duty and covered people." It's a tremendously powerful answer, and Kerry will need every bit of that power to overcome his Brahmin aloofness if he ends up in a showdown with Bush.

William Saletan is Slate's chief political correspondent.

Photograph of John Edwards on the Slate home page by Roberto Schmidt/Agence France Presse.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------


>> LINKS AND PHOTO AT ...
http://www.rushlimbaugh.com/home/daily/site_020304/content/rush_is_right_2.guest.html
Nobody Likes Phony JFK

February 3, 2004
For the past two weeks, I've been passing on stories from Democrats and members of the mainstream media about how John Kerry is not well-liked. This column headlined "What's to Like?" in the American Spectator makes plain that he's not liked by anybody! It cites the Boston Globe's seven-part series that "revealed everything embarrassing." Despite Kerry's people saying their guy is clean, his rivals in the party are taking shots at him.

"What you're going to see," a staffer for Johnny "the Breck Girl" Edwards says, "is more and more stories about how Kerry is just reviled by his fellow Democratic senators and by others. The man is genuinely disliked for just being a big phony." The staffer gives an example of the Vietnam vets Kerry's suddenly surrounding himself with, saying, "Almost to a one, these guys have said that they had reached out to Kerry over the years and never heard back from him. Suddenly he's running for president and he's all hot and heavy to use them to his advantage."

The staffer closes with a charge that Kerry "just tries to ride other people's coattails," which dovetails with all the other stories here about how he's a gigolo who gets wealthy by preying on single and divorced women who have inherited a lot of money, etc. The piece closes with a report that Kerry is preparing to ride the biggest coattails of all with the slogan, "A New Century. A New JFK."

Oh, I hope they do that. Do you know how delectable that would be?

Listen to Rush...

(...pass on more stories on the unliked, unlikable John F-ing Kerry)

Read the Article...

(American Spectator: What's To Like? John Kerry's main problem)

Previous Stories on the Real JFK-Wannabe...
(National Review: David Frum's Conversation with Mona Charen on "Mr. Both Ways")
(Rolling Stone: John Kerry's Desperate Hours)
(Slate: Teresa Heinz - Why John Kerry Needs Some of His Wife's Sauce)
(Slate: Does Teresa Heinz Trust John Kerry?)
(NewsMax: John Kerry's Newt Gingrich Problem?)
(Dukakis: Kerry is Best Bet for Democrats)
(Boston Globe: Kerry's Tax Shelter Documents)
(Former Congressman John LeBoutillier: Kerry the Candidate)
(Boston Globe: Running Mates 1982 - Dukakis/Kerry)
(Ann Coulter: Just A Gigolo)
(LA Times: War Hero and Waffling Windbag - Max Boot)
(Townhall: Howard Dean in a dress - Michelle Malkin)
(Slate: Why Didn't Kerry Speak Out? When Bush Broke Those Iraq "Promises")
(Kerry Says Threat of Terrorism Exaggerated)
(Washington Post: Steak Raises Stakes for Kerry in Philly)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EU airports expect more clashes over state aid
Reuters, 02.04.04, 1:56 PM ET

eLibrary @ Forbes.com more >
LONDON, Feb 4 (Reuters) - The European Commission may have opened the way to months of clashes over subsidies to the airline industry after it ordered Ryanair to repay four million euros of state aid, an airport industry group said on Wednesday.
"I think we'll see a series of challenges... It's just going to be messy," said Philippe Hamon, director general of ACI Europe, whose members handle 90 percent of Europe's commercial air traffic.
Ryanair has vowed to appeal to the European Court of Justice after the Commission on Tuesday ordered it to repay the aid it received from the Belgian government to set up operations at Charleroi regional airport.
Such subsidies are common in the airport business where attracting an airline such as Ryanair can bolster local economies by drawing tourists and holiday home buyers.
"We're going to be fighting skirmishes in the European courts for the next 12 months," said Ryanair Chief Executive Michael O'Leary.
Known for his colourful barbs, he called the EU ruling a "numbnuts decision" and a "disaster" for low-cost airlines.
ACI's Hamon said the EU needed to issue more comprehensive guidelines to head off a long series of complaints, probes and court cases involving other airlines and airports.
"What we'd like to see is a set of rules by which this game can be played without the distractions and anguish and costs of these legal challenges," he told Reuters by telephone.
EU Transport Commissioner Loyola De Palacio told reporters on Tuesday that such guidelines were being considered.
Regional governments are also wary of precedents set in Tuesday's ruling, especially a five-year cap on state subsidies.
"Imposing a maximum duration of three to five years for regional aid could in many cases endanger the regions' long-term investments and their sustainable economic development," the Assembly of European Regions (AER), representing some 250 regional governments, said in a statement.
UK-based BAA Plc , Europe's largest listed airport operator, declined to comment.
Charleroi handled about two million passengers in 2003, compared to just 89,000 when Ryanair started flying there in 1997.
Copyright 2004, Reuters News Service

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> CORRUPTION INDEX...

Taiwan
Fugitive claims Chen accepted political funds
2004-02-03 / Taiwan News, Staff Writer / By Dennis Engbarth and Wang Chung-ming
Spokesmen for President Chen Shui-bian (陳水扁) denied yesterday charges by a convicted tycoon that Chen had accepted political funds as "an evil election trick."
In three open letters ostensibly addressed to President Chen but faxed to many opposition legislators yesterday, former Tuntex Group Chairman Chen You-hao (陳由豪) stated that he had contributed funds to now President Chen Shui-bian during the latter's re-election campaign for Taipei City mayor in 1998 and the presidency in 2000.
The fugitive tycoon was indicted on charges of breach of trust for allegedly stealing NT$800 million from the Tuntex Group's subsidiary Tunghua Development in 1995 and investing the money in China.
Chen, who fled from Taiwan to China last August, is number six on a list of Taiwan's 10 most wanted criminals issued by the Ministry of Justice in late November and was subject to an all-points bulletin after repeatedly refusing to appear at hearings on his alleged offenses.
Describing himself as a "political refugee," the fugitive businessman also accused the Office of the President of becoming "a center for shady 'black and gold' political corruption."
Chen You-hao wrote that he began to doubt President Chen's promise to wipe out corrupt "black and gold politics" after having "close dealings"with two of the president's "confidants," namely Chen Che-nan (陳哲男), now a deputy presidential secretary-general, and Chang Ching-sen (張景森), now a vice chairman of the Council for Economic Planning and Development.
Chen You-hau claimed that he had met with Chen Che-nan on many occasions before the 2000 presidential election and alleged that "each time I gave him cash to help finance Chen Shui-bian's presidential campaign."
The former Tuntex chairman also related having several encounters with Chang when the latter was deputy Taichung City mayor.
"It is regrettable that Chen You-hau has made accusations against President Chen in an insinuating manner," said Huang, who declared that Chen You-hau should have produced solid facts or evidence to back his allegations.
Noting that the "open letters" were first released by opposition Kuomintang and People First Party lawmakers, Huang stated that the action cannot avoid suspicion of having been a politically motivated ploy ahead of the March 20 presidential election. "This was an evil trick for political purposes," Huang charged.
The presidential spokesman also noted the efforts and achievements of President Chen's administration in promoting "sunshine" politics and cracking down on "black" gangsters and "gold" business influence in politics, efforts which have led to arrests, indictments and convictions of numerous businessmen formerly influential under the former Kuomintang regime, including Chen You-hau.
In addition, Wu Nai-jen (吳乃仁), a spokesman for the president's re-election campaign, related that not only is Chen You-hau a major suspected financial criminal, but that the former Tuntex chairman had admitted in a Control Yuan investigation to having contributed NT$100 million to the KMT.
"This is entirely a political move by the pan-blue camp," said Wu, who urged the fugitive to return to Taiwan as soon as possible to clarify his charges and face the judgements of the courts.
In a statement conveyed by Huang, Chen Che-nan denied having any "money dealings" with Chen You-hau, even though the presidential official acknowledged meeting Chen You-hau several times at the latter's initiative to "clarify" news reports that he had moved his capital to China while leaving huge debts in Taiwan."
Similarly, Chang Ching-sen faxed a written statement to the Presidential Office, saying that he once met with Chen You-hau in early 1999, but noted that he had then been unemployed and did not have any public post.
A source who was close to the Chen campaigns in 1998 and 2000 told the Taiwan News that Chen You-hau's charges were "illogical," as the two aides mentioned were both "fairly marginal" and "not involved in handing campaign financing."
Contemporary Monthly Editor-in-Chief Chin Heng-wei (金桓煒) said that the charges by the former Tuntex tycoon "should not affect" the presidential race. "The only possible problem would be if the political funds that Chen You-hao allegedly gave Chen involved some illegality or bribery," Chin stated.
"But even if that was the case, subsequent events have shown that Chen Shui-bian did not give Chen You-hao any special treatment," Chin noted.
Soochou University assistant professor of political science Sheng Chih-jen (盛治仁) also stated that the ex-tycoon's revelations "were not enough to influence the election situation." Sheng observed that Chen You-hao had not provided any concrete details or evidence to support his charges, but added that the DPP camp could be hurt if former Tuntex chairman succeeds in upsetting the tempo of the campaign.
"The objective of the 'green camp' must be to explain the situation clearly to get out of this difficulty," noted Sheng.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Tehelka commission gives clean chit to Fernandes
HT Correspondent
New Delhi, February 4
Roughly two months ahead of the forthcoming general elections, the Justice S.N. Phukan Commission of Inquiry on the Tehelka expose on Wednesday said it had found "no impropriety" on the part of defence minister George Fernandes in the 15 specific cases of defence deals that it probed.
Sharply reacting to the one-man panel's report, Congress spokesman Abhishek Singhvi said it was ironical that an enquiry itself had become a scam.
Singhvi added that after Justice Venkataswami had ruled on the validity of the tapes and was proceeding further, the new arrival thought it fit to send the tapes for re-examination.
"While Justice Venkataswami was appointed by the Chief Justice of India, his successor was handpicked by the government without consulting the Supreme Court," said Singhvi.
After submitting the first part of the interim report to Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, Justice Phukan would not commit himself to saying that Fernandes had been given a clean chit.
He, however, said that the recommendations contained in the 641-page report were "corrective" in nature. He strongly hinted that not all was right with the procurement procedures of defence equipment.
Justice Phukan said that two more reports would follow. One would focus on the allegations of Tehelka (revealed on tape as part of 'Operation Westend') and the other would deal with his findings on 37 people, including the role of middlemen, as also whether Fernandes' reputation was adversely affected or not.
The reports would be submitted to the government in March and June-July, respectively, Justice Phukan assured.
His interim report, based on 507 secret and top-secret files, primarily deals with 15 questionable defence deals between 1981 and 2000.
Observing that he was making an "exception" by addressing the media after submitting the report, Justice Phukan, a retired Supreme Court judge, said that "no impropriety was found" against the defence minister in the 15 deals.
But faced with a barrage of questions on whether he had absolved Fernandes or not, he appeared to be at pains to reiterate his earlier statement.
Asked whether procurement procedures were followed, Justice Phukan said the central theme of his recommendations was "improvement".
He said it took him over a month to author the report, the groundwork for which was mostly done by the Justice Venkataswami Commission.
The commission was set up in March 2001 soon after Tehelka played videotapes recorded in a sting operation which purportedly showed that bribes were paid for "defence deals".
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rajiv Gandhi cleared of Bofors payoff stigma
HT Correspondent
New Delhi, February 4
In a landmark order, the Delhi High Court has ruled that there is no evidence to show that any public servant, including former prime minister Rajiv Gandhi, received any bribes in the Bofors pay-off case.
In his 115-page order, Justice J.D. Kapoor observed that the CBI, despite investigating the case for 16 years, could not unearth any evidence against Rajiv Gandhi and former defence secretary S.K. Bhatnagar. "All efforts of the CBI ended in a fiasco...," Justice Kapoor noted.
The judge quashed charges of criminal conspiracy between public servants (Rajiv Gandhi and Bhatnagar) and the petitioners (Hinduja brothers and Bofors) that had been framed in a Special Court order in November 2002.
However, the court gave the go-ahead for framing of charges against the Hinduja brothers -- Srichand, Gopichand and Prakash -- for allegedly having entered into a criminal conspiracy to cheat the Union government in 1985-86 by representing that there were no agents or middlemen involved in the negotiation of the contract.
The court also ordered framing of charges against Bofors.
The court observed that the CBI had traced money received as commission by the Hinduja brothers and the other middlemen in the case, Ottavio Quattrocchi and Win Chadha. But the CBI had failed to establish any link to Rajiv Gandhi.
Justice Kapoor also noted that the army had had the decisive voice in selecting the Bofors gun.
The high court has now directed the chief metropolitan magistrate to hear the case on a day-to-day basis "as far as possible".
Justice Kapoor did not spare the CBI and media in his order. He said the case was an example of how "trial and justice by the media" could cause irreparable, irreversible and incalculable harm to the reputation of a person.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Embarras au Parti socialiste, lyrisme chez les chiraquiens
LE MONDE | 04.02.04 | 13h36
Les Verts et la LCR mettent en cause le pr?sident de la R?publique.
La d?cision d'Alain Jupp? de conserver ses mandats de d?put?, de maire de Bordeaux et de pr?sident de l'UMP "pendant la dur?e de l'appel"a d?clench? des r?actions embarrass?es au Parti socialiste. Son premier secr?taire, Fran?ois Hollande, qui a d?nonc? une "sorte de mise en sc?ne organis?e", voit "l'ombre de l'Elys?e"dans ce d?nouement. "C'est le choix de Jupp?, la pression de Chirac", a-t-il d?clar? au Monde, avant d'ajouter que, "sans doute, il ?tait n?cessaire pour le chef de l'Etat de pr?server la direction de l'UMP et de pr?venir tout autre d?bordement, politique et judiciaire". Laurent Fabius, d?put? PS de Seine-Maritime a estim?, sur France 3, que "Jacques Chirac a d? ?tre convaincant", mais en m?me temps il mettait en garde contre les "commentaires partisans". "Je comprends les raisons qu'il a donn?es. J'ai trouv? qu'il y avait dans ce qu'il disait une v?rit? humaine", a-t-il affirm?. Enfin, le PRG a not? sobrement que M. Jupp? avait "le droit" de prendre une telle d?cision "mais -que- ses engagements ?taient autres"...
Pour le porte-parole national des Verts, Yves Contassot, Alain Jupp? "r?pond ainsi aux injonctions de son chef, Jacques Chirac". "Au milieu d'un num?ro de fausse contrition larmoyante, M. Jupp? a eu un moment de sinc?rit? lorsqu'il a d?clar? : "On ne se change pas." Il utilisera toutes les ressources de la proc?dure, il joue la montre, comme le RPR l'a toujours fait. Je ne serai pas surpris qu'il y ait quelques nominations ou promotions, prochainement, ? la cour d'appel de Versailles."
"La justice, Alain Jupp? s'en fiche. Le fusible de luxe du pr?sident Chirac entend continuer comme si de rien n'?tait", a lanc? Olivier Besancenot, porte-parole de la LCR. Jugeant "scandaleuses" les "vingt minutes offertes ? la t?l?vision ? un responsable politique pour critiquer une d?cision de justice", il s'est demand? si "ces minutes seront prises en compte dans le cadre du d?compte du temps de parole donn? ? chaque parti pour la campagne ?lectorale pour les r?gionales".
A l'inverse, les r?actions ? la d?cision de M. Jupp? ont d?clench? l'enthousiasme dans les rangs de la majorit?. A noter cependant que les repr?sentants de l'UDF ont refus? de commenter l'?v?nement. " C'est son choix et il n'y a rien d'autre ? dire", a ainsi expliqu? Fran?ois Bayrou, son pr?sident.
Le premier ministre, Jean-Pierre Raffarin, a imm?diatement t?l?phon? ? M. Jupp? pour saluer "sa dignit? et son sens des responsabilit?s", et "l'assurer de son soutien dans ses d?marches". Le pr?sident de l'Assembl?e nationale, Jean-Louis Debr?, a exprim? "sa reconnaissance pour sa d?cision de poursuivre son action nationale et d'assumer son mandat de d?put?". Bernard Accoyer, premier vice-pr?sident du groupe UMP ? l'Assembl?e, a d?clar? : "Je crois que, ce soir, son autorit? est intacte."
Christian Poncelet, pr?sident UMP du S?nat, s'est ?galement f?licit? qu'" Alain Jupp? -ait- tenu ? assumer son devoir d'homme d'Etat malgr? les moments difficiles qu'il vient de traverser et ceux qui l'attendent dans les prochains mois". Dans la foul?e, le pr?sident du groupe UMP au S?nat, Josselin de Rohan, a form? "des v?ux pour que le jugement en appel efface les cons?quences dramatiques d'un verdict qui a atteint un dirigeant probe et respect? et -qui- risque de priver la France d'un homme d'Etat". Et Charles Pasqua, pr?sident du conseil g?n?ral des Hauts-de-Seine, a not? que "l'?preuve" v?cue par Alain Jupp? "lui a permis de fendre l'armure". Il a toutefois invit? "? relativiser tout cela -car- les Fran?ais ont d'autres sujets de pr?occupation".
Fran?ois Baroin, porte-parole de l'UMP, a estim?, sur Europe 1, que la d?cision de M. Jupp? "est un gage de stabilit? pour l'UMP, pour le gouvernement, pour la vie politique fran?aise dans sa majorit? actuelle". Il a d?plor? "le comportement de voyous de bas ?tage"de responsables de la gauche et le "silence crisp? qui prend peut-?tre la forme d'un sourire" de M. Bayrou. Mercredi matin, sur RTL, le ministre de l'agriculture, Herv? Gaymard, a affirm? : "Je crois qu'Alain Jupp? nous a donn?, ? tous, une grande le?on de d?mocratie, et tout simplement de classe."
A l'extr?me droite, le pr?sident du Front national, Jean-Marie Le Pen, a d?clar? que, "toute honte bue, Alain Jupp?, condamn? ? une peine infamante, poursuit sa carri?re politique comme si de rien n'?tait, contrairement ? ce qu'il avait annonc?".
Vincent Martinelli

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 05.02.04


M. Jupp? a admis sur TF1 le recours aux "emplois fictifs" qu'il avait contest? au proc?s
LE MONDE | 04.02.04 | 13h36
Il pourrait changer de strat?gie pour l'appel.
Dans moins d'un an, Alain Jupp? retrouvera sa place de pr?venu dans le proc?s en appel du financement du RPR. Parce qu'il estime ne pas "m?riter" la sanction prononc?e par le tribunal correctionnel de Nanterre - 18 mois d'emprisonnement avec sursis - et l'in?ligibilit? de dix ans qu'elle entra?ne, le pr?sident de l'UMP est d?cid? ? se battre et, comme il l'a dit mardi 3 f?vrier sur TF1, ? "essayer de montrer qu'-il peut- avoir un jugement diff?rent, moins s?v?re". Puis il a ajout? : "Pendant vingt ans, tous les partis politiques ont eu des difficult?s pour organiser leur financement. Beaucoup ont ?t? condamn?s, pas tous. Beaucoup d'organisations syndicales ont eu recours ? ce que l'on appelle, ? tort ou ? raison, des emplois fictifs."
CHERCHER LES FAILLES
Ces mots pourraient bien esquisser une nouvelle strat?gie de d?fense. Une fois pass?e la sid?ration du 30 janvier, M. Jupp? a eu le temps d'?tudier chaque attendu du jugement qui le condamne, et sans doute aussi celui de se repasser le film de ces trois semaines d'audience, d'en chercher les failles, voire les erreurs qu'il a pu commettre.
En ?voquant les "difficult?s de financement" rencontr?es par tous les partis ? l'?poque des faits et leur recours aux "emplois fictifs", m?me s'il a nuanc? cette derni?re expression, M. Jupp? se place sur un autre terrain que celui dans lequel il s'est enferm? en premi?re instance. Au fond, il ne fait que confirmer la phrase l?ch?e en pleine audience par son ancien directeur de cabinet, Yves Cabana, selon lequel "tout le monde savait" que le RPR avait recours ? des emplois fictifs. Lorsque la pr?sidente, Catherine Pierce, avait interrog? l'ancien secr?taire g?n?ral sur ces propos, il avait r?pondu, lapidaire : "Je ne partage pas l'opinion de M. Cabana. Personne n'a port? cette information ? ma connaissance lorsque j'ai pris mes fonctions", avait pr?cis? M. Jupp?.
Cette affirmation avait suffi, quelques mois auparavant, pour convaincre le procureur de la R?publique ? Nanterre, Bernard Pag?s, de prononcer un non-lieu en faveur de M. Jupp? sur la partie des emplois du RPR pris en charge par les entreprises priv?es. M. Pag?s estimait, en effet, que la connaissance qu'il aurait eue des emplois frauduleux n'avait pas pu ?tre d?montr?e. Se fiant ? cette premi?re victoire, M. Jupp? n'avait pas d?vi? de sa ligne devant le tribunal et n'avait pas pris la peine d'assister ? la premi?re semaine de proc?s qui, en droit, ne le concernait pas. Dans la m?me logique, il avait "formellement contest? la d?nomination d'emplois fictifs"pour les sept emplois pris en charge par la Ville de Paris qui lui ?taient reproch?s en sa qualit? d'ancien adjoint aux finances.
Ce fut sans doute l? son erreur. Les d?bats ? l'audience, marqu?s par les propos des chefs d'entreprise sur le "chantage"du RPR, par le refus de la hi?rarchie interm?diaire du parti d'endosser la responsabilit? d'un syst?me qui n'?tait pas la sienne, avaient affaibli la d?fense de M. Jupp?. Ses propos sur TF1 sonnent comme un d?but d'aveu.
Pascale Robert-Diard
* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 05.02.04


Posted by maximpost at 4:59 PM EST
Tuesday, 3 February 2004

Inquiry is pointless - intelligence is always open to interpretation
By John Keegan
(Filed: 03/02/2004)
The Government is facing demands for yet another investigation of the part played by the intelligence services in leading Britain to join the United States in the Iraq war. Two questions should be asked about such demands. The first is about the usefulness of intelligence in general to the inception and conduct of military operations. The second, more difficult to answer, is what specifically such an investigation might reveal.
The usefulness of military intelligence has a very mixed history. I say that with confidence, having recently published a long study, Intelligence In War, which set out to answer the question: how useful is intelligence? It consists of a number of case studies of intelligence operations from more than 100 years of military history chosen because evidence was available and clear-cut.
The studies yielded very varied conclusions. Among the most striking were that even the possession of perfect intelligence may not avert defeat. In May 1941, the British, having intercepted and deciphered the complete German plan for the airborne invasion of Crete, including date, time, place, strength, methods and aims, were still unable to mount an effective defence and lost the island to a weaker force.
Excellent intelligence may, contrarily, appear to have been the key to victory, but closer inspection reveals that other factors were more important. At Midway in June 1942, the American Navy had again correctly identified the Japanese intentions for the operation and its date, location and timing; but, when action was joined, it was accidental factors that won the battle. In practice, the Japanese were winning the battle until the very last moment.
Usually, however, intelligence does not provide unequivocal answers, but only indications, which require imagination to interpret correctly. Interpretation inevitably leads to disagreements among the intelligence officers concerned. Before Midway, the most important naval battle ever fought, the heads of the naval plans and communication departments in Washington were at open war over interpretation.
An even more striking example of disagreements, bearing directly on the current Iraq controversy, was over intelligence of German secret weapons. A strange leak, the Oslo report, had warned the British in 1940 that Hitler was developing pilotless aircraft and rockets. It was ignored until, in 1943, reports from inside occupied Europe referred to the subject again.
A committee was set up, chaired by Duncan Sandys, Winston Churchill's son-in-law. Its findings were reviewed by another committee, of which Lord Cherwell, Churchill's scientific adviser, was the most important member. Cherwell absolutely denied the possibility of Germany having a rocket, and produced the scientific evidence to prove it. He persisted in his denial throughout 1943 until June 1944, when remains of a crashed V2 were brought to Britain from neutral Sweden. Shortly afterwards, the first operational V2 landed on London. Churchill was furious. "We've been caught napping," he burst out in Cabinet.
Worse than napping. More than 1,500 V2s landed on London, killing thousands, at a time when Hitler was also trying to develop a nuclear warhead. The whole pilotless weapons episode demonstrates that, even under threat of a supreme national crisis, and in the face of copious and convincing warnings, intelligence officers can disagree completely about the facts and some can be 100 per cent wrong.
Little or nothing about the past, even about such a well-known episode as the V-weapons, has influenced those who have so violently denounced the Government over the so-called September dossier. Its critics have taken the view throughout that intelligence can and ought to be perfect, and that the editing of the dossier's contents amounted to systematic falsification. Not only does that attitude reveal the critics' complete ignorance of how intelligence is collected and assessed, it also suggests that they have not bothered to read the dossier, included complete in the Hutton report.
Almost all the material in the dossier is uncontroversial, a well-substantiated survey of Iraq's development and use of chemical and biological weapons and missiles (based, as it happens, on the V2) before 1998. What strikes anyone who has taken the trouble to read other intelligence dossiers, which exist in thousands in the Public Record Office, is what a completely normal document it is. If anything, it is remarkable for the sobriety of its tone and the caution of its conclusions.
Only in Chapter 3 of Part I does it include false information - that Iraq had procured nuclear material from an African country - and claims about Iraqi capabilities, such as the range of some missiles, that are exaggerated. As to the first, that seems simply a mistake, based on what is now known to be a forged document; at least one mistake in a large intelligence assessment might be expected. The exaggerations are regrettable, but assessment is inherently relative. Intelligence officers deal in a balance of probabilities and must sometimes err on the wrong side.
Above all, it must be remembered that British intelligence was attempting to penetrate the mentality of a man and a regime which were not wholly rational. It now seems probable that most of Iraq's weapons of mass destruction had been destroyed in the early 1990s, either by the first UN inspection team (UNSCOM) or as a precautionary measure on Saddam's own orders. Saddam was, however, unwilling to admit to such a loss of power, because of the prestige his possession of WMD brought him in the region. His policy of disposing of his WMD while refusing to admit the disposal was completely illogical.
But then almost nothing in Saddam's megalomaniac world was logical. What logical ruler would deliberately provoke two disastrous wars, either of which might have been avoided by the practice of a little prudence?
Finally, what purpose would be served by a further assessment of the dossier? Any inquiry would shortly resolve into a semantic argument about the nature of text editing: a sentence here, a phrase there.
It is supremely ironic that the BBC is demanding such a semantic argument, when the trouble it has got itself into was caused precisely by its failure to undertake any sort of editing at all of an unscripted text by a reporter with a less than perfect reputation for reliability.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Inelegant Lies
Making sense out of mullahs.
To underline one of my favorite themes, notice that Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz's arrival in Iraq last week was, as usual, welcomed by massive suicide bombings, this time in the north. At least sixty Kurds were killed in Irbil by simultaneous attacks on the two big political parties, and hundreds were injured, some of whom will likely die. This sort of message -- you come, we kill you and your allies -- is well understood in the Middle East, although not so well back here. Last time he was in Iraq, they tried to kill Wolfowitz, when he was unaccountably put in one of the terrorists' favorite target areas, the al Rasheed hotel in Baghdad.
Anyway, Agence France Presse quoted Mr. Tachlo Khodr Najmeddine, the official spokesman for the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan -- the attractively acronymned PUK -- as convinced that Iran was involved. "We (the two Kurdish groups) have a common enemy: the terrorists who come from Iran and other countries, and we must face them."
On January 29, our excellent General Ricardo Sanchez, the commander of Combined Joint Task Force 7, said that "al Qaeda's fingerprints have been here in Iraq (for months)." He said that their methods had been evident at least since the suicide attacks against the Italian carabinieri in Nassiriyah last November.
Apparently nobody thought to ask him from which planet the terrorists had entered Iraq, although Mr. Najmeddine had undoubtedly shared his concerns with the leader of Task Force 7. In any event, General Sanchez knows full well where the operations are staged, for he named Abu Musab Zarkawi as the ringleader, and Zarkawi has long worked out of Tehran (and briefly from Baghdad, according to Secretary of State Powell's presentation to the United Nations Security Council on the eve of Operation Iraqi Freedom).
Not that Iran limits itself to organizing suicide missions. The pattern is, in fact, distinctly multicultural: They send non-Iranians to blow themselves up, but their own people get easier duty. On February 2, an Iranian and an Afghan were arrested planting bombs in a major oil refinery in Baghdad. And, in darkest Africa: "An Iranian has been arrested by Nigerian police for taking photographs of what they say are strategic buildings in the capital, Abuja." Iranians -- including official diplomats -- have previously been caught taking pictures of Jewish community centers in London, and the New York City subway system. While Iranians are brilliant moviemakers, it is unlikely that these guys were planning to enter an artistic competition.
These are the gentle souls with whom our diplomats and a handful of their willing handmaidens in Congress wish to "improve relations." One can only imagine the negotiations that have already taken place, the only results of which have been broken Iranian promises regarding al Qaeda terrorists "held" in Iran and concerning the ongoing Iranian nuclear program. The mullahs are not models of consistency. Just the other day, President Mohammed Khatami delivered himself of a line worthy of George Orwell at his finest. "We have reached a deadlock with the Guardians Council regarding the qualifications of candidates" he was quoted by the official news agency, the student news agency and several other media outlets. But a few hours later his office produced the Orwellian masterpiece:
"In the official and quotable comments of the esteemed president, this sentence and comment does not exist." This sort of inelegant lie should be a warning to anyone who tries to understand Iran through the words of their spokesmen. You have to watch their feet, not their lips. Thus, for example, the pathetic charade over the upcoming elections -- a charade that has produced an incredible quantity of misreportage -- has been portrayed exactly as the mullahs want: as an important power struggle between "hard liners" and "reformers." The "hard liners" dissed several thousand would-be candidates for the February 20 parliamentary elections, including some sitting "reformers," and many of the parliamentarians have been protesting. On occasion, they have announced their resignations (although they are still there, debating and protesting).
If you ignore the rhetoric and just watch the behavior, you will see that it all signifies nothing, as the Iranian people know full well. Foreign journalists have been baffled by the near-total indifference of the populace to what the journalists see as a really big story, but their bafflement only bespeaks their own lack of understanding. There is no real power struggle, because all effective power is in the hands of the two main thugs: Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei and his henchman Akhbar Rafsanjani. The others, most decidedly including the esteemed president, do not matter at all. They hold no power, they can do nothing for the oppressed Iranian people, and the people know it. Recent polling in Tehran suggests that less than 15 percent of the electorate plans to go to the polls on election day, and even that number may be high.
The most likely explanation for the passionate protests is quite mundane: In a country reduced to economic misery, where workers are not paid for months on end, a government job is a miracle well worth fighting for. Has no one noticed that some 9,000 people signed up to run for a few hundred seats in the Majlis? Why such an enormous number? Because those are paying jobs, and paying jobs in Iran nowadays are hard to come by.
Despite the cheery words from Foggy Bottom and the eager appeasement from Capitol Hill, the Iranian regime is at war with us. The talk about "improved relations" has a double objective: to delay our support for democratic revolution in Iran, and to discourage the democratic revolutionaries b showing them that even the ferocious Bush administration is seeking a modus vivendi with the regime itself.
Our diplomats have it wrong. Sanchez and Najmeddine are the reliable sources. We will never get a firm grip on Iraq until the regime is changed in Tehran.
Faster, please.
http://www.nationalreview.com/ledeen/ledeen200402030840.asp
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The UN and the Jews
Anne Bayefsky
Anne Bayefsky, a new contributor, is a professor of political science at York University in Toronto and an adjunct professor at Columbia University Law School.
the assistance of Brazil) tried to include a reference to anti-Semitism in the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the effort failed, thanks to the Soviet Union, its satellites, and its Arab allies, who among other things insisted that anti-Semitism was a question not of race but of religion. When the UN finally got around to adopting its first declaration on religious intolerance in 1981, anti-Semitism was again excluded. By 2003, the lead sponsor of the perennial resolution on religious tolerance, Ireland, insisted with a straight face that anti-Semitism should be omitted because it was more properly considered under the rubric of race. Against this unrelievedly dark record of omission, a few glimmers of progress have appeared over the past decade. After tumultuous multi-week negotiations in 1994, the U.S. persuaded the UN Commission on Human Rights to adopt its first resolution including the word "anti-Semitism" in over 30 years--and only the second in its history. Even so, a full third of the commission's members refused to support it, and eight years later, with the U.S. temporarily voted off the commission, it returned to form, withdrawing its short-lived concern and excising anti-Semitism from the racism resolution. Last year, after drawn-out negotiations, the General Assembly did manage to permit references to anti-Semitism in two resolutions on racism, one of them without effect or follow-up and the second in the full knowledge that other elements in the resolution would force the United States and Israel to vote against it.
By the summer of 2001, at the now notorious UN World Conference Against Racism in Durban, South Africa, the notion that Jews were the target of any special animus, now or in the past, was being treated with simple contempt. References to anti-Semitism were removed from almost all parts of the final declaration. Not only was there no mention of the Holocaust in the conference's demand that those who incite racial hatred should be brought to justice, but absent as well was any mention of the need to study the Nazi war against the Jews. The only references to the Holocaust and anti-Semitism appeared as part of a "Middle East package" in which Palestinians were declared to be victims of Israeli racism.
And what of today, as we experience the world's most virulent outbreak of anti-Semitic deeds and speech in over a half-century? Concern over this phenomenon did make an appearance, however fleetingly, in two reports issued in 2003 by the UN special investigator on racism, Doudou Di?ne. In one of them, his comment consisted of a short, vague reference to the controversy surrounding the recent broadcast on Egyptian television of a series based on the infamous czarist forgery, The Protocols of the Elders of Zion. Unnamed "authorities of the countries concerned," Di?ne wrote, were in the process of sending him further information on this "allegation" of anti-Semitism.
In a second report published last year, this one addressed to the General Assembly itself, Di?ne offered a seemingly new approach, promising to turn his attention to the "clear resurgence of anti-Semitism." But his only action to date has been to take note of the obvious fact that attacks on Jews are "on the rise in Europe, Central Asia, and North America." Entirely absent from his statements has been any mention of the boiling cauldron of Middle Eastern anti-Semitism--a silence all the more remarkable in light of the multiple examples of "Islamophobia" that he has documented with alarm.
In this connection, it is worth noting that, though Di?ne is now required to produce annual reports "on discrimination against Muslims and Arab peoples in various parts of the world," no report dedicated to the problem of anti-Semitism has ever been produced by any organ of the UN. This indifference to anti-Semitism has been mirrored by the UN's growing refusal over the decades to support the principle of self-determination for the Jewish people--that is, Zionism. The irony, of course, is that the UN General Assembly was very much present at the creation of the state of Israel, having endorsed the postwar partition plan for British-ruled Palestine. But much has changed since 1948.
In general, and in the abstract, the UN has remained committed to the ideal of self-governing nation-states. As one characteristic declaration of the General Assembly puts it, "All peoples have a right to self-determination; by virtue of that right they freely determine their political status and freely pursue their economic, social, and cultural development." Indeed, over the years, the UN has developed and extended the principles of self-determination, which are now taken to entail not just the basic right of political independence but guarantees of non-interference by other nations, a realm of domestic jurisdiction and national sovereignty, and the preservation of historical, cultural, and religious particularities.
Where the UN has fallen markedly short is in the application of these principles, and in no case more strikingly than that of Israel. The key factor
[43]
The UN and the Jews
has been the changing composition of the international body. From the late 1940's to the mid-60's, the original membership more than doubled. Of the 67 new states joining in this period, 80 percent attached themselves to the Group of 77--the UN's third-world caucus, made up of many former European colonies--and some 40 percent had Muslim majorities. By 1977, the five members of the Arab League who helped to found the UN had been joined by all sixteen others. To this radicalized and often Soviet-influenced contingent, self-determination was invoked in UN circles not as a general principle but as a tool to wield against the West, especially the U.S. and its increasingly stalwart ally, Israel. Self-determination was a right of the oppressed, to be exerted against oppressors. In the prosecution of this cause, the weight assigned to historical claims was itself selective and discriminatory: those who rejected the UN's 1947 partition plan for Palestine were labeled the oppressed, while Jewish victims, from Palestine to Europe, were characterized as the oppressors. By this means has the UN negotiated the passage from omission to commission. Not only has it consistently failed to appreciate or even to acknowledge the state of Israel's preservation of Jewish independence and identity, it has become the loudest and most determined foe of the Zionist project. In 1975 the UN General Assembly passed its notorious resolution explicitly equating Zionism with racism. Ever since then, and notwithstanding the formal repeal of the resolution in 1991, the repellent imagery of Israelis as racists has been a staple of UN rhetoric. Today, diplomats from Arab and Muslim states--states that effectively rendered themselves Judenrein in the late 1940's--refer to Israel's new security fence against terrorism as an "apartheid wall." Palestinian towns and villages are called "Bantustans." And the Palestinian Marwan Barghouti, on trial in Israel for acts of terrorism, is labeled another Nelson Mandela.
To judge by the UN's official pronouncements, the Jewish state is the world's archetypal humanrights villain. Over the past 40 years, almost 30 percent of the resolutions passed by the UN Commission on Human Rights to condemn specific states have been directed at Israel, which also has the distinction of being the only state to which the commission has devoted an entire item on its agenda. As for the General Assembly, of the ten emergency special sessions it has convened in its history, six have focused on the purported misdeeds of Israel, from the Suez campaign of 1956 to the current dis-
[44]
Commentary February 2004
pute over the security fence. The abuse of this process has gone so far that the tenth session, originally convened in 1997, has become a permanent, open-ended forum; it has now been "reconvened" twelve times, most recently this past December. Israel has been singled out in other ways as well. In the UN bureaucracy, it is the only country with its own standing inter-state monitor: the Special Committee to Investigate Israeli Practices Affecting the Human Rights of the Palestinian People and Other Arabs of the Occupied Territories. Established as long ago as 1968, this body has issued annual reports ever since. Another committee, on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People, was established in 1975, on the same day the General Assembly passed the Zionism-is-racism resolution. Still going strong almost three decades later, with 24 members and 25 observers, it too summarizes its findings every year while at the same time sponsoring a full program of meetings, conferences, and publications. In 2003 alone, the UN bureaucracy generated 22 reports and formal notes on "conditions of Palestinian and other Arab citizens living under Israeli occupation." The UN's response to an Israeli military incursion into the West Bank town of Jenin in April 2002 typifies the organization's treatment of the Jewish state. At the time, even a report by Yasir Arafat's Fatah movement recognized Jenin as "the suicider's capital," a place where organizations like Hamas and Islamic Jihad had sought shelter, among civilians, for their ongoing murderous operations. But the UN saved its venom for Israel's armed response to the violence directed against its citizens. Terje Roed- Larsen, the organization's special coordinator for the Middle East peace process, described the scene after Israel's strike--a strike expressly designed to limit civilian casualties--as "horrific beyond belief." Peter Hansen, commissioner general of the UN Relief and Works Agency, called it "a human catastrophe that had few parallels in recent history." A UN press release was headlined, "End the horror in the camps." Only much later, in mid-summer, did the UN Secretary General release a report on Jenin noting that the Palestinian death toll from this "massacre" was 52, approximately 35 of whom were armed combatants.
Israel's policies are, of course, fair game for legitimate criticism. But the UN's outrage is grossly selective, especially when one considers the record of any number of other member nations. In 2003, the General Assembly passed eighteen resolutions that singled out Israel for criticism; humanWhat that something is has become too clear to deny: over the past several decades, the UN has fashioned itself into perhaps the foremost global platform for anti-Semitism. The leading agent of this process, needless to say, has been the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), Israel's supposed "partner in peace," in close cooperation with Arab and Muslim members of the UN. In presentations to the UN Commission on Human Rights, Palestinian delegates have repeatedly devised new variations on the medieval blood libel, accusing the Israelis of such things as needing to kill Arabs for the proper observance of Yom Kippur and of injecting Palestinian children with HIV-positive blood.
By Palestinians and others, Israelis are now routinely condemned with Nazi terminology--current resolutions speak of the "Judaization" of Jerusalem-- or are themselves likened to Nazis. As the Algerian representative recently observed, in an especially memorable outburst:
Kristallnacht repeats itself daily. . . . Israeli soldiers are the true disciples of Goebbels and of Himmler, who strip Palestinian prisoners and inscribe numbers on their bodies. . . . Must we wait in silence until new death camps are built. . . . The Israeli war machine has been trying for five decades to arrive at a final solution. The nadir of the UN's record in these matters was the conference on racism and xenophobia held under its auspices in Durban in 2001. It would have been bad enough if (as we have already seen) the event had simply refused to acknowledge the growing problem of anti-Semitism; but it went much farther, turning into a festival of hatred against the Jews. Though the Durban conference concluded with a formal meeting of government representatives, its first half consisted of an NGO forum--a meeting, that is, of the various nongovernmental organizations purportedly devoted to combating racism. NGO's play a key role in the UN system, with some of them receiving formal status, but here Jews have once again been singled out for discriminatory treatment.
Over the years, attempts have been made to impede groups like Hadassah, the Simon Wiesenthal Center, and the International Association of Jewish Lawyers and Jurists from obtaining official accreditation. Durban gave some idea why. At the conference's NGO forum, the Arab Lawyer's Union freely distributed books containing cartoons of swastika-festooned Israelis and fanged, hooked-nosed Jews, blood dripping from their hands. Another best-selling title was The Prorights situations in the rest of the world drew only four country-specific resolutions. Nor, despite serious and well-documented charges of abuse reported to the UN over the years from, among others, the organization's own special rapporteurs, has any resolution of the UN Commission on Human Rights ever been directed at China, Syria, Bahrain, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Pakistan, Malaysia, Mali, or Zimbabwe. Consider the case of Sudan. This past year, members of the UN Commission on Human Rights had before them the report of their own special rapporteur on torture, which described the articles of the Sudanese penal code mandating "cross amputation"--the amputation of the right hand and the left foot--for armed robbery and, for other offenses, "death by hanging crucifixion." The report also took note of various cases in which Sudanese women had been stoned to death for adultery after trials conducted in a language they did not understand and in which they were denied legal representation.
The response to these gruesome findings? On behalf of the Organization of the Islamic Conference, Pakistan vehemently objected to a draft resolution condemning this sort of "cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment or punishment," declaring such views "an offense to all Muslim countries." The resolution went down to defeat; for good measure, the commission terminated the tenyear- old position of rapporteur on human rights for the long-suffering people of Sudan.
The justifications that are typically given for turning a blind eye to human-rights violations in 95 percent of UN states are predictable enough. In 2003, teaming up to defeat a resolution condemning Russian behavior in Chechnya, Syria and China called it "interference in the internal affairs of that country." India said that "every state had the right to protect its citizens from terrorism." When it came to reproving Zimbabwe, South Africa objected to "naming and shaming," while Libya, complaining that the resolution was "an attempt to make the commission a forum to settle differences between countries," declared its preference for "the language of cooperation and dialogue." How is it, one might wonder, that such reservations never give the UN a moment's pause when it comes to the organization's relentlessly one-sided prosecution of Israel--a democratic state with an independent judiciary that, unlike all these others, can point to a long and distinguished record of respect for human rights? The demonization of Israel would seem to be about something else entirely.
[45]
The UN and the Jews
[46]
Commentary February 2004
tocols of the Elders of Zion. Hundreds of flyers were distributed with a picture of Hitler and the words, "What if I had won? The good thing--there would be no Israel." Appeals to the conference's secretarygeneral, UN High Commissioner for HumanRights Mary Robinson, to demand the removal of this anti-Semitic literature went unheeded. The NGO forum at Durban did sponsor a single event on anti-Semitism, but it was disrupted by an angry mob of protesters, shouting, "You are killers! You are killers!" A news conference the following day, called by a broad range of national and international Jewish organizations, was similarly interrupted, this time for the benefit of the TV cameras, and was finally called off.
As the NGO forum drew to a close, the Jewish caucus, like all the other caucuses, submitted provisions for the conference's final document. The group's contribution stated that anti-Semitism could take many forms, including the equation of Zionism with racism, the attempt to de-legitimize the self-determination of the Jewish people, and the targeting of Jews throughout the world for violence because of their support of Israel. When the time finally came for a vote, a representative of the World Council of Churches called for the deletion of this language; the Jewish caucus was alone in voting against the motion. Jewish NGO's from all over the world walked out in protest, even as representatives of Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, and the Lawyers Committee on Human Rights stood by in silence. No statement proposed by any other caucus was deleted. Did the UN system learn a lesson from this fiasco? To the contrary. Just months after Durban, Vladimir Petrovsky, director-general of the UN office in Geneva, declared the conference "the most extensive and momentous expression of the global resolve to combat the scourge of racism and intolerance in all its forms and at all levels." Commissioner Mary Robinson agreed, telling a subsequent UN human-rights gathering that the Durban conference's International Youth Summit--a part of the NGO forum at which young Jews from all over the world were jeered, heckled, and threatened, before eventually walking out--had been "an inspiring event."
In the two years since Durban, whose outrages were quickly overshadowed by the events of 9/11, anti-Semitism voiced under the auspices of the UN has taken a new and, arguably, even more dangerous turn. In every UN body, Arab and Muslim states have opposed any effort to give meaningful definition to the notion of terrorism, largely because of its obvious implications for the Palestinian "uprising." The UN Counter Terrorism Committee, set up by the Security Council in the wake of 9/11, has yet to identify publicly a single terrorist organization or state sponsor of terrorism.Worse still, organs of the UN have taken to glorifying terrorist violence against Israeli targets. In 2002, John Dugard, a special rapporteur for the Commission on Human Rights, could barely contain his admiration for the murderous enemies of the Jewish state: "The Palestinian response is equally tough: while suicide bombers have created terror in the Israeli heartland, militarized groups armed with rifles, mortars, and Kassam-2 rockets confront the IDF [Israeli army] with new determination, daring, and success."
In 2003, as Israel suffered successive waves of attack against its civilians, the commission itself put forward a resolution affirming the legitimacy of suicide bombing, declaring that movements against "foreign occupation and for self-determination" were entitled to "all available means, including armed struggle." The only members to vote against the resolution were Australia, Germany, Peru, Canada, and the United States. (France and the United Kingdom abstained.) The American and Canadian delegates protested that the resolution was "contrary to the very concept of human rights" and "deeply repugnant to the commission's core values." It carried by a wide margin. It is no accident that a UN apparatus which, for decades, has ignored anti-Semitism and distorted beyond recognition the idea of Zionism would seek to isolate Israel from the global community. At the UN, Israelis and Jews are, by definition, oppressors, as are the nations and organizations that rally to their cause. The energy with which these hateful views are expressed has ebbed and flowed over time, but there is no reason to think that the underlying reality will change anytime soon.
To appreciate the dimensions of this tragedy one need only recall the lofty promises of the UN Charter, ratified in the hope of securing the "equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small." By this plain and unambiguous standard, anti-Semitism is not some necessary if unfortunate by-product of multilateral progress, as some would suggest. It is an out-and-out malignancy, and it has compromised the integrity of the entire organism. Perhaps it is time to stop holding seminars and conferences on whether the UN glass is half-full or half-empty. The contents of the glass have been poisoned.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

China set to flood the world with chips
By Macabe Keliher
TAIPEI - Last September Morris Chang alarmed the semiconductor industry when he said there would be an industrywide recession in 2005 and that the Chinese chip makers would cause it. "I stand by that statement. China's capacity in 2005 will have a big impact," the chairman of the world's largest made-to-order integrated-circuit and computer-chip manufacturer, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co (TSMC), has told Asia Times Online.
That's something of an understatement. In pursuit of a policy that will make China nearly self-reliant in semiconductor manufacturing, and enable the country to source its own chips domestically for everything from tape recorders to computers, Beijing is funding and bankrolling what is being called reckless expansion in semiconductor fabrication plants, or "fabs". Through low-interest loans, tax exemptions and even direct investment, the Beijing government has set China on pace to provide the world with 20 percent or more of its capacity next year in the made-to-order chip industry, or foundry.
This volume is enough, industrialists and analysts say, to cause a serious glut that will drive down prices, slash profit margins and suppress return on equity. From a robust 20-30 percent growth this year to more than US$200 billion, the global semiconductor industry will register only 10 percent or less in 2005, according to Chang, and some analysts are predicting negative growth. "Just as in any industry governed by supply and demand, an increase in capacity anywhere in the world will have effects," said Chang, interviewed at a TSMC investors' conference here last Thursday.
When Beijing designated the semiconductor industry as one of China's pillars of economic growth, the industry was sure to take off, and what has occurred is unprecedented on any scale. From virtually nothing a few years ago, Chinese fabs hold about 9 percent of the foundry market's capacity today, and they are expected to produce 15 percent of the industry's chips by the end of the year, and well over 20 percent in 2005.
China is sitting on a mountain of wafers
Take, for example, Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corp, China's largest manufacturer. It currently has three eight-inch-wafer fabs in Shanghai that will increase capacity by 70 percent this year. Add a recently purchased Tianjin eight-inch fab, a 12-inch fab in Beijing that is expected to go online in the fourth quarter, and two more 12-inch fabs scheduled for 2005 and 2006, and China is sitting on a mountain of wafers that the market is just not ready to absorb.
"The overcapacity will be massive. And taken with a modest fall in global chip sales, there will be a rough landing for the industry," said Rick Hsu, semiconductor analyst at Nomura Securities.
As part of the government's strategy, Chinese foundries aim to supply the local market. Currently almost 80 percent of China's chip demand, which totaled about $22 billion last year, is being met by foreign makers. The Chinese government hopes to raise the country's self-sufficiency above 50 percent in the coming years, and has invested heavily in a few of the companies. Advanced Semiconductor Manufacturing Corp, for instance, is 62 percent government-owned, and Grace Semiconductor Manufacturing Corp is partially held by the son of former Chinese president Jiang Zemin.
In addition to owning majority stakes in some of the semiconductor companies, China offers tax incentives to semiconductor investments. Chip makers pay no income tax in the first five years of investment and then pay half of the regular tax in the next five years. The standard income-tax rate is 15 percent, well below that of many developed countries, including Taiwan's 25 percent. These tax incentives, along with lower land and labor costs, give Chinese companies a cost advantage. They can manufacture about 10 percent more cheaply than their competitors elsewhere, according to Andrew Lu at Citigroup Smith Barney.
With these political and financial incentives, analysts estimate that Chinese companies will increase their wafer-manufacturing capacity by nearly 60 percent by the second half of this year. Such a trend is only expected to intensify until Chinese makers can fill more than 50 percent of the domestic demand, possibly regardless of whether there is new demand or not.
Analysts warn that the local market is expected to grow less than 20 percent this year and about 13 percent next year - a rate slower than that of the manufacturing capacity. "There is a demand shift, not the creation of demand," said Hsu, at Nomura. "Foundries are unlikely to see a return to the days of ROEs [returns on equity] in the 20 percent range."
China's mass chip production to hurt others
Although Chang said Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing's 2003 fourth-quarter return on equity was 19.9 percent, and that he expects more than 20 percent by this June 30, all of those high numbers may drop when Chinese companies begin mass production in their new fabs, probably some time next year. Nomura estimates that TSMC will recover to only 18 percent return on equity in 2005, the year in which the chip cycle is expected to peak. TSMC's ROE peak was in 1995, at 45 percent.
"The pricing power of Taiwan's foundries in this sector should just about disappear," said Hsu. He estimates that China foundries sell at about 20-30 percent lower than the industry as a whole, and 40-50 percent lower than TSMC.
The industry is in the midst of an upswing now, to be sure. Arizona-based Semico Research Corp forecasts 26.8 percent revenue growth for the global semiconductor industry this year, and 39.7 percent growth for the foundries. And last week TSMC announced record revenues for fourth-quarter sales in 2003, an increase of 5.3 percent over the third quarter, and Chang said he expects single-digit growth in the first quarter of 2004, monumental in an industry that peaks in December. Profits for TSMC in the fourth quarter rose sixfold over 2002.
The problem is, the industry overall is expanding. TSMC is raising its capital expenditure by 60 percent this year to $2 billion, and United Microelectronics Corp, the world's second-largest foundry, is expected to increase its capital expenditure fourfold, from $350 million to $1.5 billion. The Chinese companies are planning initial public offerings, either in Hong Kong or on the United States Nasdaq in the next year or so. China's largest manufacturer, Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corp, for instance, will float a $1 billion initial public offering (IPO) in the first half of this year. Grace is also scheduling a $3 billion IPO, probably next year.
"Enjoy it while it's great," said Dan Hutcheson, president of US-based VLSI Research Inc, "but expect a decline on the order of 30 percent to start in late 2005."
(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Korea: Naming names of Japan's collaborators
By David Scofield
SEOUL - The planned departure of the United States Forces in Korea from Seoul and the Yongsan area is prompting more than just the expected rush of eager real-estate speculators eyeing this US$3 billion, 255-hectare island of relative green embedded in a sea of concrete within one of the world's most congested cities.
The effective repatriation, in two or three years, of Yongsan - real estate formerly held by the Chinese and for the first half of the 20th century by the Japanese - is prompting soul-searching about the past and a possible, belated re-evaluation of Korea's recent history, especially under Japanese occupation. Alleged collaborators with the Japanese are expected to be named this summer by an umbrella group of civil organizations.
Complicity and collaboration are among the issues surfacing in what is sure to be a complicated, painful and, some say, politically motivated reassessment - general elections approach in less than three months. The umbrella group, the Korean Issues Research Center, has already published the names of hundreds of groups and businesses it says collaborated with the Japanese. And this summer it promises to go even further and name individuals who, it alleges, sided with the Japanese to the detriment of the Korean people. Some big names may well come to the fore, but probably few surprises.
The return in a few years of the property occupied by the US military forces, and before that the Japanese and the Chinese, has reminded the nation of its colonial history. But the return of this property to South Korea and the linked revisitation of Korea's colonial past has the potential either to help the nation come to terms with its recent history, or to undermine a better understanding of history, fueling political vendettas and exacerbating strains in an already divided nation.
The Japanese officially colonized the Korean Peninsula from 1910 to the end of World War II in 1945, though their presence was felt at least a decade before that. The Yongsan (Dragon Mountain) area at the foot of Namsan in the center of Seoul was the headquarters of the Imperial Army - the subsequent occupation of the area by the US military has encouraged obvious comparison parallels to that time. Indeed, the headquarters of the US Forces in Korea (USFK) and the US 8th Army are currently housed in Japanese occupation-era buildings on Yongsan Main Post, which served similar functions for the Japanese army.
The forthcoming so-called "liberation" of the Yongsan area has encouraged at least one civil organization to question Korean complicity with the Japanese colonizers, and it plans to name the names of collaborators and those it considers to have been complicit in the occupation. Some of those are believed to be members of families now highly placed in Korean government, business and culture.
New facts emerge about the rape of Korea
Korea's official history is careful to define the time of Japanese colonization as a brutal rape of Korea and its people, which is largely true. However, other facts recently unearthed and largely unreconciled to the textbook history suggest there is more to the story.
At the end of the 19th century, Korea was languishing under the ineffectual rule of the later Joseon (Yi) Dynasty. Long a Chinese vassal state, by the end of the 19th century Korea's leadership had made few attempts to develop the country, preferring instead to turtle up and hope the world would pass on by. The monarch remained in Seoul, and had little interaction with any forces outside the capital. The remainder of the peninsula was ruled by the landed class called Yangban who maintained many Koreans as indentured servants, landless peasants.
Japan's colonization of Korea came on the heels of its own Meiji restoration. Korea's first Japanese governor, Ito Hirobumi, himself one of the original architects of the Meiji restoration and an acolyte of Prussian-style bureaucracy, installed a strong system of centralized bureaucracy on the peninsula, while quietly buying off and removing the Yangban overlords.
The Japanese mobilized the country's resources in order to develop the infrastructure of Korea - not out of altruism, but in the knowledge that a well-functioning Korea could better serve the needs of Japan, initially through agriculture and then through industry. The "industrialist mindset" and a belief in the efficacy of large business groups maintained by strong government-business relationships got its start during this period and propelled Korea forward in the second half of the century.
Japan's quest to exploit both the nation's human and material resource capital included a comprehensive mapping campaign that cost about 20 percent of the country's total revenue for eight years from 1910-18. This was followed by land redistribution and the eviction of landowners who lacked written deeds, appropriation of lands for Japanese farmers, incorporation of property rights, abolition of slavery, introduction of a Western-style legal code, the development of Korea's logistical infrastructure and the formation of a strong, integrated bureaucracy.
The Japanese style of colonialism was very hands-on - Japan truly wanted to integrate Korea into Japan, in terms of infrastructure and bureaucracy. According to Korean scholar Michael Robinson of Indiana University, Korea's bureaucracy grew from 10,000 members in 1910 to 87,552 in 1937, about 40 percent of them ethnic Koreans.
Many Koreans worked in police, army, government
The Japanese ruled with an iron fist. Dissension was quelled swiftly, and often brutally. But the large numbers of Koreans serving in the police, the military and the central government have yet to be fully accepted or incorporated into Korea's official history. Indeed, studies by people such as Atul Kohli of Princeton University indicate that the application rate for the police force was 20 Koreans for each vacancy, since such positions with the new authority were much sought after and prized in the colonized country.
World War II ended and the Japanese left, but the Japanese infrastructure, ideas and bureaucratic "software" remained. Indeed, the United States occupied the same ground the Japanese had just vacated, made use of the law-enforcement and government bureaucracy created by Tokyo, and left many Koreans in the same positions they had held during the Japanese colonial period.
After the withdrawal of Japanese forces, there were calls for committees to identify and expose those who were Japanese sympathizers and collaborators, thus beginning the process of reconciliation. This idea - Korean truth commissions, in effect - was dropped by Korea's first president Rhee Syngman (better known in the West as Syngman Rhee) as being too divisive.
The idea of examining complicity and collaboration was scrapped and the country marched forward, never fully confronting or reconciling itself to its colonial past, and to those who benefited from it - some understandably out of need, others out of greed. Among the questions never asked: Were the economically hard-pressed Koreans who joined the Japanese-run police force wicked collaborators who harmed their Korean compatriots, or were they ordinary people who needed jobs and helped to maintain law and order in the colonial period?
Fast-forward 50 years and the forthcoming removal of the US forces from the geo-historical nexus of Yongsan, Dragon Mountain, headquarters of both the Japanese Imperial Army and the US forces in Korea.
The timetable calls for the USFK in Seoul and the bases to the north of Seoul along the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) to close, and thousands of US soldiers and others to be relocated to two hubs - Osan-Pyongtaek and Daegu-Busan - to be completed by the end of 2006. The United States has stationed about 37,000 soldiers in South Korea and an equal number of dependants, contractors and others. The exact number to be moved is not definite at this time and it is not known how many will be removed from the country altogether. South Korea, however, is now saying that it might take until late 2007 for the government to comply with its contractual obligations - paying the cost of removal and relocation of USFK - an estimated $3 billion to $4 billion.
Exposing 'collaborators' a possible vendetta
A civic group called the Korean Issues Research Center is ready to name names this summer and expose those it says were complicit with the Japanese. It claims it has wide popular support, saying it has independently raised $500,000 for the project. The group's tone and mission suggest a vendetta, but it is possible that making public more information about the past may promote the thoughtful re-evaluation of history and help shape a more positive future. This could mean better relations with Japan and other countries in the region, and better chances of conflict resolution.
The implication of many families, including some very powerful and prominent figures in contemporary Korean society, seems likely. Punishment appears out of the question, but public humiliation could be severe.
The scope and the sheer numbers of those involved might prompt South Korea to take another, more balanced and objective look at its recent history and its place in the region. This would be a vitally important step forward for a nation that has declared its intention to pursue an independent path of foreign policy and diplomacy.
A more comprehensive and realistic public recognition of Korea's history with Japan, for example, would allow Seoul to formulate policy and strategies based on less nationalistically charged interpretations of history. It would be a crucial first step in South Korea's maturation into a developed democratic nation and a positive lesson for its regional neighbors, especially Japan, that have yet to come to terms with their own recent histories. Incomplete and distorted understandings of history by all parties fuel contemporary conflicts, such as the Korea-Japan disputes over Tokdo Island and the naming of the East Sea/Sea of Japan - among others.
But given the timing of the complicity-exposure project and the politically charged atmosphere of the nation - less than three months to go before general elections - it is very possible that the long-overdue historical reassessment may become nothing more than a political weapon. This could be wielded to undermine and discredit political foes, as the names of families sympathetic to the Japanese are leaked to the press prior to official publication of The Dictionary of Pro-Japanese Koreans, slated for 2006.
Given that President Roh Moo-hyun's progressives largely support the exposure initiative, while members of the conservative Grand National Party do not, the destructive politicization of what could be a constructive national historical exercise appears a distinct possibility.
Seoul feared exposure project too divisive
The complicity-exposure initiative is spearheaded by the Korean Issues Research Center, an overarching organization of civic groups, many of them Internet-based. It has been functioning since 1991 and it studies Korea-Japan issues. The exposure campaign was first envisaged as a five-year project, from 2002-06. The government initially agreed to fund it, but conservative politicians got nervous when they realized the politically divisive nature of the campaign and the embarrassment to key conservative and other public figures.
In order to compensate for the loss of promised government funding, the Korean Issues Research Center then launched a funding appeal on January 8. It received considerable support from like-minded progressive online newspapers such as Hankyoreh, Oh My News, Voice of the People, The Whanin Period and many more. The umbrella organization and its cause - naming names - also received exposure through a television news special on MBC (Munhwa Broadcasting Co).
The research center had predicted that it would take until this summer to raise the $500,000 for its complicity-exposure project, but says it secured the money in only 11 days. Most donors, it says, were average citizens or "netizens", though it is possible that large donors contributed.
In late 2002, the organization first began publishing the names of alleged collaborators, and the first installments identified what it called 500 pro-Japanese groups and places of business in Korea. This was not too damaging, since it only identified organizations, not individuals. Names will come later.
In 2003 the group published the names of 400 pro-Japanese Korea groups in China. This coming summer it plans to publish the names of pro-Japanese groups in the provinces outside of Seoul, in more detail than contained in its previous efforts. The publication of individual names - The Dictionary of Pro-Japanese Koreans - will be completed in 2006, the same year the US forces are to withdraw from Seoul and the DMZ to large base hubs in the south.
David Scofield is a lecturer at the Graduate Institute of Peace Studies, Kyung Hee University, Seoul.
(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
----------------------------------------------------------------


South Korean Mayor Hangs Himself
By JAE-SUK YOO
ASSOCIATED PRESS
SEOUL, South Korea (AP) - The mayor of South Korea's second-largest city, who is on trial for allegedly taking $85,000 in bribes, hanged himself in his jail cell, a prison official said Wednesday.
Busan Mayor Ahn Sang-young, 64, was found early Wednesday hanging from a rope made with undershirts, the official at Busan Detention House said on customary condition of anonymity.
Ahn had been arrested in October on charges of taking $85,500 in bribes from a construction company in return for business favors. He was in the prison's medical ward because of digestive problems.
Prosecutors had sought a 10-year prison sentence.
Ahn was elected to his second four-year term as mayor of Busan in 2002. Prosecutors were also investigating allegations that he took $28,500 from another business.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Failed Suicide Bomber Lost Will to Die
By JUDITH INGRAM
ASSOCIATED PRESS
MOSCOW (AP) - A Chechen suicide bomber who was arrested after failing to detonate an explosive in a Moscow cafe last summer said in an interview published Tuesday that she had lost her will to die and purposely tried to attract attention to herself.
Zarema Muzhakhoyeva, 23, was detained in July after her strange behavior attracted the attention of security guards at Mon Cafe, a restaurant just off a main avenue leading to the Kremlin. A bomb disposal expert, Maj. Georgy Trofimov, was killed trying to defuse the explosive that she had carried in a bag and left on the sidewalk.
The arrest sent jitters through the Russian capital, still shaken by a double suicide-bombing at a Moscow rock concert five days earlier that killed the two attackers and 14 other people.
Muzhakhoyeva faces charges of terrorism, conspiracy to murder two or more people, and illegal possession and transfer of weapons, the Izvestia daily reported. If convicted, she could spend 25 years in prison.
Muzhakhoyeva told Izvestia that she hopes for acquittal under a law lifting criminal responsibility from people who warn of a terrorist act or its preparation. She described doing her best to attract attention to herself without provoking punishment from the controllers she was sure were following her - and who, she was convinced, could detonate her bomb by remote control.
"Briefly, I decided to surrender with the bomb and hide from everyone in prison - even though they could get me in prison, too," Muzhakhoyeva was quoted as saying.
Suicide bombings are a relatively new phenomenon in Russia, which has been fighting an insurgency in Chechnya for most of the last decade. The most flamboyant surviving rebel leader, Shamil Basayev, is credited with creating a special battalion of female bombers known as black widows, who have gained notoriety with attacks including the seizure of a Moscow theater in fall 2002.
The Federal Security Service, the main successor to the Soviet-era KGB and the agency leading Russia's fight against terrorism, maintains that many of the female bombers are drugged or otherwise forced into their work. But Chechens and human rights advocates argue that the bombers are women whose husbands, fathers and children have been killed and feel they have nothing more to lose.
Muzhakhoyeva saw herself in that light.
Abandoned by her mother at 10 months and widowed after her much older husband was shot in a business dispute, Muzhakhoyeva told Izvestia that she turned to terrorism as a way out of shame. She had stolen jewelry from her grandparents and sold it in hopes of being able to start a new life with her young daughter, whom her husband's family had placed with another relative, but the family prevented her from taking the child and then froze her out.
Muzhakhoyeva said she then turned to terrorism, having heard that suicide bombers' families were rewarded $1,000. She spent time in rebel training camps in the mountains of southern Chechnya, and then was assigned to blow up a bus in Mozdok, the Russian military headquarters in the Caucasus region. When the targeted bus turned up, however, she could not bring herself to connect the wires of the bomb she carried, she said.
"At that moment I realized that I could not blow myself up," she recalled.
Another woman completed the job a few days later, killing herself and 15 others.
In spite of her failure, Muzhakhoyeva's handlers sent her to Moscow. She lived in a safe house outside the capital with a male guard, a male explosives expert and two women, who blew themselves up at the rock concert just a few days after arriving.
On the day the cafe attack was planned, the two men drove her to the square in front of St. Basil's Cathedral, at the end of Red Square, and instructed her to flag down a car to get to the cafe. She stared at the driver in the rearview mirror and muttered verses from the Quran, hoping he would turn her in to the police. But he dropped her off at her destination and sped away.
Muzhakhoyeva walked up to the plate glass front of the cafe and stuck out her tongue at men inside, then smirked. A trio of men came out, asked for her passport and asked what was in her bag.
"An explosive," she said. Within minutes, she was in police custody.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

World Court Refuses to Disqualify Judge
By ARTHUR MAX
ASSOCIATED PRESS
AMSTERDAM, Netherlands (AP) - The World Court rejected an Israeli request to disqualify an Egyptian judge from the tribunal, which will rule on the legality of the security barrier Israel is building in Palestinian territories, the court said Tuesday.
Israel wanted Judge Nabil Elaraby to step down, citing his earlier job as legal adviser to the Egyptian government and what it described as a prejudicial newspaper interview in 2001.
By a vote of 13-1, the court ruled on Friday that Elaraby would remain on the bench. Only the court is empowered to excuse one of its judges. The Hague-based panel has 15 judges; Elaraby didn't vote.
The International Court of Justice, the highest U.N. judicial body, was asked in December by the General Assembly to give a nonbinding opinion on "the legal consequences" of the 440-mile complex of walls and fences on Palestinian land, some of which slice deeply into the West Bank.
Israel says the barrier is meant to stop suicide bombers. The Palestinians say it is an attempt to redraw borders and has already disrupted tens of thousands of lives.
As a government legal adviser, Elaraby sat across from the Israelis at the negotiating table on several occasions, dating back to the successful Camp David agreements in 1978 that led to the Egypt-Israel peace treaty. He was elected to the court in October 2001 for a nine-year term.
The court ruled Elaraby's previous activities "were performed in his capacity of a diplomatic representative of his country, most of them many years before" the current case arose.
It said Elaraby had said nothing about the barrier in the newspaper interview, and "could not be regarded as having previously taken part in the case in any capacity." No details about the interview were immediately available.
Israel raised no objection to the Jordanian judge on the panel, Awn Shawkat al-Khasawneh, even though Jordan was expected to take the lead in arguing against the security barrier.
U.S. judge Thomas Buergenthal dissented, arguing that the opinions Elaraby expressed in the interview create "the appearance of bias incompatible with the fair administration of justice" in the barrier case. Elaraby gave the interview three months before joining the world court.
The ruling cited a 1971 precedent when South Africa objected to three judges sitting in a case concerning South Africa's presence in Namibia. They also were allowed to remain.
The nationality of the 15 judges on the tribunal reflect the geographic composition of the United Nations. The court can't include more than one judge of any nationality. Judges are elected to nine-year terms by the United Nations General Assembly and Security Council.
In a separate statement, the court said 44 countries have submitted depositions in the case, from Japan to Brazil and the tiny Pacific island of Palau, which has only 20,000 people.
European countries outnumbered Arab states, with the United States and Cuba also weighing in. Palestine was allowed to submit an argument even though it is not a recognized state. The court also accepted submissions from the 22-member Arab League and the 57-member Organization of Islamic Conference before Friday's deadline.
At the United Nations, Nasser Al-Kidwa, the Palestinian U.N. observer, accused Israel of violating the rules of the court by commenting on submissions before the court makes them public. The Palestinian envoy also accused Isreal of "straightforward lies" and "spinning the facts."
Specifically, he accused Israel of releasing the names and number of countries supporting their position and characterizing the position of groups of countries like the European Union.
"All of this is illegal because it violates the rules of the court that prohibit talking about the content of the statements before they are made public by the court, and they also are not true," Al-Kidwa said.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deals Signed for Caspian Sea Oil Pipeline
By AIDA SULTANOVA
ASSOCIATED PRESS
BAKU, Azerbaijan (AP) - Government officials Tuesday signed financing agreements for a $3.6 billion pipeline to transport Caspian Sea oil to Western markets.
The 1,100-mile pipeline is to extend from Baku, across Georgia and to the Turkish port of Ceyhan, where the oil can be loaded onto tankers for Western markets.
Representatives from the three countries and a group of creditors signed the agreements.
The project is seen as key for the United States and other Western markets to reduce their dependence on Middle Eastern oil.
Azerbaijan President Ilham Aliev hailed the pipeline as having a stabilizing effect on the region. The pipeline is already 15 percent completed and could begin operation in 2005.
"The Baku-Tiblisi-Ceyhan project will promote the development of regional cooperation, and closer ties," he said.
The pipeline is expected to supply international markets with 1 million barrels a day of Caspian Sea oil by the end of the decade.
The pipeline consortium, headed by BP oil company, came up with $1 billion of the funding, while the remainder of the cost comes from export-import banks and credits from the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Finance Corporation.
Azerbaijan's state oil company along with Statoil, Eni, Total, Unocal and ConocoPhillip are also involved in the project.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annan: U.S. OKs U.N. Iraq Election Plan
By TERENCE HUNT
ASSOCIATED PRESS
WASHINGTON (AP) -
A United Nations team heading to Iraq to help break the impasse over creating a transitional government is expecting White House support for its recommendations, U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan said Tuesday.
Annan said a U.N. team would go to Iraq soon to seek a consensus on a transitional Iraqi government, which would take power by June 30. "We are going to help them work out this problem and hopefully they will come to some consensus and agreement as to how to move forward," Annan said after meeting with President Bush in the Oval Office.
The Bush administration's plans to hand over Iraq were thrown into turmoil when Iraq's most prominent Shiite leader, Ayatollah Ali al-Husseini al-Sistani, demanded direct elections to choose a provisional assembly. The United States wants to stick with a plan agreed upon on Nov. 15, which calls for caucuses to choose the body.
The White House said it is open to some changes but the June 30 deadline is firm. The administration is anxious to settle the problem as Bush heads into a presidential election campaign and faces a steadily rising U.S. death toll in Iraq.
Annan said the U.S.-led Coalition Provisional Authority, headed by L. Paul Bremer, and the Iraqi Governing Council had indicated "they would accept the conclusions of the U.N. team. So we do have a chance to help break the impasse which exists at the moment and move forward."
He said all parties agree sovereignty should be handed over to Iraq as soon as possible. "The date of 30 June has been suggested, but there is some disagreement as to the mechanism for establishing the provisional government," Annan said.
"And I hope this team I'm sending in will be able to play a role, getting the Iraqis to understand that if they could come to some consensus and some agreement on how to establish that government, they're halfway there," he said.
Annan said the U.N. group was authorized by the coalition authority and the governing council "to review whether elections are possible or not, help with the design of the caucus system or propose other options."
The secretary-general declined to criticize the United States for going to war based on what now appears to be faulty intelligence that had asserted Iraq had weapons of mass destruction. Bush is about to announce an investigation to look into the Iraq error and other intelligence failures. Annan said he would await the results of the U.S. investigation before commenting.
Underlying the U.N. team's mission are concerns about their safety. Annan ordered U.N. international staff to leave Iraq in October following two bombings at U.N. headquarters and a spate of attacks targeting humanitarian organizations.
"Obviously we are concerned about security," Annan told reporters in the White House driveway as he left. "I cannot say that we today have a secure environment in Iraq for the U.N. to resume its normal activities, but I hope that day will come."
Bush spoke briefly. "I'm upbeat and optimistic about the future of the world," he said.
Bush said he and Annan had discussed ways to ensure the "Iraqi people can be free and the country stable and prosperous and an example of democracy in the Middle East. And the United Nations does have a vital role there, and I look forward to working with the secretary-general to achieve that."

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


White House Promises Libya 'Good Faith'
By BARRY SCHWEID
ASSOCIATED PRESS
WASHINGTON (AP) - The Bush administration told Libya on Tuesday it was still branded a supporter of terrorism but said some restrictions on commerce may be lifted if Moammar Gadhafi's country keeps scrapping its weapons programs.
American and British officials will meet jointly on Friday with Libyans in London on "how to move ahead" toward improved relations, State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said.
Libya is in the midst of dismantling its nuclear and missile programs and has shipped thousands of pounds of parts to the United States for storage and conversion.
"As the Libyan government takes these essential steps and demonstrates its seriousness, good faith will be returned," Boucher said.
At the London meeting, plans will be made for another onsite survey by U.S. and British experts, and more weapons parts may be sent to the United States, Boucher said.
"We've seen a couple of weeks of action on the removal and verification," Boucher said. "It's appropriate to have a political dialogue on what lies ahead.
"The situation with Libya has fundamentally changed."
Many of the curbs on dealing with Libya stem from its having been designated by the State Department as one of the seven nations that support terrorism.
"For many years we have said that countries like Libya need to take steps to end their relationships with terrorism," Boucher said. "If they had, we would have taken them off."
Last month, a U.S. cargo plane carrying some 55,000 pounds of nuclear and missile parts arrived in Tennessee from Libya.
Earlier, documents involving the country's nuclear program arrived by plane, and the White House said Libya had begun destroying chemical munitions.
Gadhafi, seeking a lifting of U.S. economic sanctions, promised on Dec. 19 to end development of nuclear and all other weapons of mass destruction.
"The world can see that Col. Gadhafi is keeping his commitment," White House spokesman Scott McClellan said last week. "As they take these essential steps and demonstrate its seriousness, its good faith will be returned and Libya can regain a secure and respected place among the nations."
However, he said the shipments were "only the beginning of the elimination of Libya's weapons."

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calif. Utility Abandons Plan to Ship Nuclear Reactor Vessel Around Tip of South America
By Seth Hettena Associated Press Writer
Published: Feb 3, 2004
SAN DIEGO (AP) - A California utility on Tuesday abandoned a plan to send a 600-ton decommissioned reactor vessel on what would have been the longest voyage ever for a piece of nuclear waste in U.S. history.
Southern California Edison blamed delays that came as it finalized plans to send the vessel on a 15,500-mile trip around the icy tip of South America to a nuclear graveyard in Barnwell, S.C., spokesman Ray Golden said.
The vessel will remain safely in place, wrapped in tons of steel and concrete, at the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station next to the ocean between Los Angeles and San Diego. Edison will explore other options to get the vessel to the East Coast, including a domestic route.
Edison has spent several million dollars getting the vessel ready for shipment and seeking approval from more than a dozen government agencies since 1999.
Plans had called for a truck to carry the decommissioned reactor vessel down a 17-mile stretch of the California coast. A barge was to take the vessel on a 90-day voyage past Cape Horn to the East Coast. Finally, a train was to haul the vessel to South Carolina.
"It's good news from an environmental perspective because the reactor's much safer in our opinion ... on site," said Tom Clements, senior adviser to Greenpeace International's nuclear campaign. "Plus, it avoids a diplomatic confrontation with Chile and Argentina."
Critics said the company was risking disaster by sailing the vessel past Cape Horn, one of the world's most dangerous nautical passages. Daniel Hirsch, president of the Committee to Bridge the Gap, a Los Angeles-based nuclear watchdog group, called it "the worst possible route from a safety standpoint you can come up with."
Countries along the route had raised objections, most notably Argentina, where a federal court last month banned the vessel from entering its 200-mile territorial waters.
Continued delays would mean the passage around Cape Horn would occur closer to South America's winter, when the weather often turns treacherous, Golden said. The utility also had to avoid the March breeding season of the western snowy plover, a threatened species that nests on the beaches where the reactor would have passed.
Edison's record-breaking route wasn't its first choice. A plan to get the vessel to South Carolina by rail and barge fell apart when Edison failed to reach terms with a railroad company. Then the Panama Canal refused to waive new weight limits for nuclear waste.
The decommissioned reactor generated enough power for 450,000 homes from 1968 until it was shut down in 1992. Modifications that could have kept it running were deemed too expensive.
On the Net:
Southern California Edison: http://www.edison.com/
Transportation Department: www.dot.gov
Nuclear Regulatory Commission: www.nrc.gov
Barnwell disposal site: http://www.chemnuclear.com/
AP-ES-02-03-04 2234EST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ricin Probe Starts With Effort to Identify if Mail Carried Substance to Senate

By Curt Anderson Associated Press Writer
Published: Feb 3, 2004
WASHINGTON (AP) - Federal investigators sought Tuesday to identify a letter or package that may have carried ricin into a leading senator's mailroom as new links emerged between letters containing the deadly poison found in South Carolina and a White House mail facility.
A senior law enforcement official, speaking on condition of anonymity, said investigators had established strong links between the South Carolina and White House letters. What remained unclear, the official said, was whether those letters were connected to the substance found in the office of Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist.
The letter found in October in South Carolina - signed by someone who called himself "Fallen Angel" - and one found in November at a facility that processes mail for the White House both complained about new regulations requiring certain amounts of rest for truck drivers, the official said. Both also contained ricin.
Investigators said Tuesday they had not identified the letter or package that might have carried ricin into Frist's office. An initial check found no extortion, threat or complaint letter in the office, said a second law enforcement source also speaking on condition of anonymity.
There also were no indications of involvement by foreign terrorists such as al-Qaida, which the FBI has said is interested in using ricin in an attack.
The powdery white substance was found on a device that opens mail in Frist's office, authorities said. The area in the Tennessee senator's office was quarantined and stacks of mail were to be checked.
"We have an open mind about the source of this," said Terrance Gainer, chief of the U.S. Capitol Police, which is conducting the probe along with the FBI and the multi-agency joint terrorism task force based at the FBI's Washington field office.
Gainer said authorities were interviewing members of Frist's staff and others who had access to the mailroom. Although it was considered remotely possible that the ricin was physically planted in Frist's office, investigators were concentrating on mail as the likely source.
The package found in a South Carolina mail facility had a letter claiming that the author could make more ricin and a threat to "start dumping" large quantities if his demands to stop the new trucking regulations were not met. The FBI offered a $100,000 reward in that case but no arrests have been made.
The White House letter, intercepted in November, contained nearly identical language but such weak amounts of ricin that it was not deemed a major health threat, said another law enforcement official. That letter's existence was not publicly disclosed before Tuesday.
In Connecticut, a coarse gray powder found at one of the state's postal facilities tested negative for ricin, said Mark Saunders, spokesman for the U.S. Postal Service. The material was leaking out of a letter addressed to the Republican National Committee.
Saunders said officials also are testing a material found at a Washington, D.C., postal facility on V Street "out of an abundance of caution." Government mail is sorted at that facility, which was closed Tuesday.
At the Capitol, an FBI hazardous materials team was helping police isolate and examine the mail in Frist's office and will in the coming days collect other unopened mail in the Capitol complex, said FBI spokeswoman Debra Weierman. The FBI also will do forensic analysis at its laboratory in Quantico, Va., checking evidence for fingerprints, fibers, hair and the like.
The latest discovery comes as the FBI continues its 28-month-old investigation into the fall 2001 mailings of anthrax-laced letters to Senate and news media offices. Five people died and 17 were injured in that attack.
The anthrax investigation is ongoing, FBI spokesman Ed Cogswell said.
Twenty-eight FBI agents and 12 postal inspectors are assigned full-time to the anthrax case, which has involved some 5,000 interviews and issuance of 4,000 subpoenas.
The FBI has focused recently on an intensive scientific effort to determine how the spores were made and narrow the possibilities in terms of who had the means to make them. Authorities have many theories on who might be responsible, ranging from al-Qaida terrorists to a disgruntled scientist to an expert who sought to expose U.S. vulnerabilities to bioweapons attacks.
The one man named a "person of interest" by authorities, Dr. Steven J. Hatfill, says he has nothing to do with the attacks and has sued the government for publicly identifying him. Hatfill is a former government scientist and bioweapons expert who once worked at the Army Medical Research Institute of Infections Diseases at Fort Detrick, Md.
Hatfill has been under constant surveillance for months but has not been charged.
Michael Greenberger, director of the University of Maryland's Center for Health and Homeland Security and a former Justice Department official under President Clinton, said the Hatfill episode should change the way the federal authorities handle such investigations.
"The only lesson that's been learned is that they will be very slow to announce they have a person of interest," Greenberger said. "They won't make their investigation so public."
AP-ES-02-03-04 2224EST
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Halliburton Subsidiary Wins British Military Contract
The Associated Press
Published: Feb 3, 2004
LONDON (AP) - Britain's government on Tuesday awarded a Halliburton Co. subsidiary a contract for running the supply chain for shipping military equipment to British troops, a day after the company agreed to pay $11.4 million in potential overcharges to the U.S. Pentagon.
The $22 million contract was given to the construction and engineering group Kellogg Brown & Root.
The Ministry of Defense stressed the deal would be "the best way forward" for logistic support for the British forces, saying the company would deal with all their equipment supply needs.
Kellogg Brown & Root, the Halliburton subsidiary, was chosen for the contract based on "performance, responsiveness and overall value for money," a ministry spokeswoman said.
Rigorous checks had been carried out into the subsidiary in collaboration with the U.S. Defense Department and regular audits will be done during the seven-year contract, she said on condition of anonymity.
Kellogg Brown & Root agreed Monday to reimburse the Pentagon $11.4 million for potential overcharges on meals served at military dining facilities in Iraq, a Pentagon official said Tuesday, speaking on condition of anonymity.
That is in addition to $16 million it had already agreed to reimburse for other potential overcharges at a Kuwait dining facility.
Last month, Kellogg Brown & Root reimbursed the U.S. Pentagon $6.3 million after disclosing that two employees had taken kickbacks from a Kuwaiti subcontractor in return for work providing services to U.S. troops in Iraq.
Halliburton, which is based in Houston, Texas, has complained repeatedly that criticism of its work in Iraq is politically motivated, in part because of its past ties with U.S. Vice President Dick Cheney.
He was the company's chairman from 1995 to 2000.
AP-ES-02-03-04 2152EST
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 11:06 PM EST
Permalink

READERS' FORUM
Accessing the Full Range of Open Sources
It is with some satisfaction that I have seen increased attention to Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) in the International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence, with Dr. Robert Pringle's ``The Limits of OSINT: Diagnosing the Soviet Media, 1985-1989'' (IJIC, Vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 280- 289) being but the most recent. I have no quarrel with his conclusions. I do, however, wish to make a suggestion to those who might wish to pursue, as Dr. Pringle recommends, additional case studies. It is essential that scholars and practitioners carefully note both what was known from open sources of information, and what could have been known had the United States Intelligence Community been more professional and more thorough in its exploitation of the full range of open sources, not only from principal countries such as Russia and China, but from the adjacent countries as well.
The reality is that during the Cold War the U.S. exploited, at best, perhaps 20 percent of the available open sources. Even today, on such an important target as China, its coverage is mediocre. On harder targets, such as Central Asia, or East Africa, or the Pacific Rim nations, it sinks to abysmal. The U.S. continues to lack an earmarked OSINT Program within the National Foreign Intelligence Program (NFIP), and it continues to lack both a nonprofit or governmental center of excellence for constantly inventorying and evaluating ``best practices, best prices'' for all manner of open source offerings in 29? languages, and a dedicated governmental center or executive agency for actually ``doing'' OSINT on behalf of the 100,000 allsource professionals whose access to open sources continues to be, more often than not, at their own expense on their own time. OSINT has been marginal in the past, and it continues to be marginal today. It would be helpful if all future case studies helped to document the difference between what was, what could have been, and what might in the future be under enlightened and truly ``all-source'' leadership.
Robert David Steele
Open Source Solutions, Inc.
Oakton, Virginia
AND COUNTERINTELLIGENCE VOLUME 17, NUMBER 1 183
O?ering Insights into the Present
As the title of his recent review of our book Strategic Denial and Deception: The Twenty-First Century Challenge1 suggests, Jeffrey T. Richelson takes Roy Godson and me to task for ``Avoiding New Issues''--if not violating the principle of truth in advertising--by not selecting a more appropriate name for our collection of essays.2 Richelson suggests that we ignore the hot issues of the day (e.g., al-Qaeda, Iraq) and remain mired in some distant, and apparently irrelevant, past. Admittedly, we should probably beg forgiveness for the choice hyperbole used to pitch our book to a broader market: at the outset of the project we considered--but rejected--a more mundane title for the volume (i.e., Expect Your Enemies to Hide Their Plans: A Few Inconsequential Thoughts on an Old, Reoccurring Problem That Policymakers Often Ignore). On a more serious note, Richelson clearly wrote his review of our work with the 11 September 2001 tragedy in mind. By contrast, our volume, which took form between July 1999 and July 2000, could only anticipate that day's tragic events. In hindsight, we probably should have included a short preface that noted when the papers were written, but we did not anticipate how much and how quickly attitudes and circumstances would change. I believe, however, that our contributors have produced a collection of essays able to withstand the test of time because they offer important insights into a recurring threat in international politics, a problem now made salient by a skyline that will never be the same. Richelson's suggestion that it might be better to use current events instead of history to make our points reflects the severity of today's threats to U.S. security, not some methodological flaw on our part. His critique of our work is misleading in three important ways: it suggests that our use of history offers little insight into today's events; it focuses on tertiary issues related to the relationship between the release of classified data and denial and deception; and it ignores an important observation about who is likely to integrate denial and deception into diplomatic and military policy.
The Past as Prologue
Imagine a time when the U.S. economy is booming. People are preoccupied with day trading, sex scandals, and finding a way to become involved in a red hot telecommunications industry that is producing millionaires by the score. Concern about foreign and defense policy, intelligence, counterintelligence, and internal security seem to many to be just ``old think,'' something only
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENCE
184 READERS' FORUM
a few Cold War dinosaurs consider to be much of a problem. Globalization promises to bring wealth to everybody as international air travel, credit cards, and virtually free and potentially universal Internet access makes a small world even smaller.
This was the environment that prompted us to put pens to paper to remind our readers that strategic denial and deception had not been relegated to the ash heap of history along with the Soviet Union. We suggested that without denial and deception, terrorists, nefarious non-state actors, and criminal organizations would not exist and would be unable to carry out their operations. We also surveyed the ways various kinds of regimes were likely to employ denial and deception. As a methodology, we selected incidents of denial and deception drawn from history to highlight theoretical points of interest.
Richelson criticizes us for failing to talk about current concerns. In reality, however, we did a reasonable job of anticipating what was about to unfold. J. Bowyer Bell's analysis of the role of denial and deception in the first attack on the World Trade Center could easily serve as an explanation of the 9=11 tragedy. Bell explained how denial and deception allowed extremists to blend into American society, passing beneath our collective radar screen, so to speak. As for its relevance to current events, it is clear now that Bell's focus on Islamic fundamentalism, how terrorists could easily emerge from our midst, and the identification of the World Trade Center as a prime target was, unfortunately, accurate.
Richelson also criticizes Barton Whaley for retelling some ancient history (i.e., the interwar denial and deception campaign undertaken by Germans to hide their rearmament activities) instead of focusing on the obvious contemporary case of Iraq to illustrate the way dictatorships employ denial and deception. But Whaley's case study is a multifaceted tale that offers insight into virtually every twist and turn of the Iraq saga. For example, Whaley suggested that dictatorships would use denial and deception not only to hide clandestine weapons programs, but also to exaggerate their military strength once opponents discovered their nascent military capability. History might in fact judge that Iraqi denial and deception was at its best when it came to exaggerating rather than hiding Iraqi military capability. But it would be impossible to reach this conclusion, for instance, by recounting Saddam Hussein's effort to lull the world into a false sense of security prior to the first Gulf War, because much of Iraq's denial and deception in the late 1980s was intended to minimize the scope of its efforts to develop weapons of mass destruction.
Declassi?cation and Denial and Deception
Richelson also takes exception to James Bruce's and Lynn Hansen's suggestion that the authorized and unauthorized release of intelligence data
AND COUNTERINTELLIGENCE VOLUME 17, NUMBER 1
185 READERS' FORUM
can aid an opponent's denial and deception efforts. By tipping opponents off to intelligence sources and methods, disclosure of classified information makes it harder for the U.S. intelligence community to generate timely and accurate analyses once the opponent has been alerted to vulnerabilities that are being exploited for information. Richelson suggests that sloppy analysis, inattention, or misplaced priorities, rather than the opponent's denial and deception, are at least partially to blame for instances of poor performance by the intelligence community. I agree with Richelson on this point, but would also emphasize that a comprehensive analysis of the intelligence community's performance was beyond the scope of our study. I also would add one point to Richelson's observation. There is no reason to make it harder for the intelligence community to get things right by compromising sources and methods, which in fact was the point of the essays written by Bruce and Hansen.
I lose the thread of Richelson's argument, however, when he suggests that ``tradition and compulsion'' often govern classification schemes within the intelligence community. In Richelson's view, mundane material is frequently classified, even though it already is in the public domain. As a result, according to Richelson, ``national security reporting will continue to involve the reporting of classified information.'' Admittedly, much material that gets a classification stamp is available from unclassified sources, but the media or the public rarely notices the release of these mundane classified materials (e.g., how much would the world change if I produced a highly classified document stating that the United States possesses nuclear weapons?). Richelson is suggesting, however, that those who report this ``inappropriately classified'' information are really just writing about things everyone knows anyway, which seems to me to be a bit disingenuous. After all, to be newsworthy or noteworthy, information has to have some significance. By contrast, Bruce and Hansen are concerned not about the release of some thirty-year-old National Intelligence Estimate, but about press leaks that destroy highly sensitive and valuable intelligence operations.3 Bruce and Hansen understand why the media areattracted to sensational leaks from the intelligence community (i.e., to sell newspapers and books), and are more concerned about changing a culture within the intelligence community and the U.S. government that often ignores the long-term consequences of releasing details about ongoing operations or state-of-the-art collection systems to the public.
Americans Don't Do D&D
Richelson states that we ignore U.S. efforts at denial and deception. He reiterates both Walter Jajko's categorical statement of this position (``the United States does not know how to practice systemic strategic deception in peacetime'') and the explanation for this state of affairs by Illana Kass
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENCE
186 READERS' FORUM
(``why bother with fancy footwork, since we have overwhelming force''). In fact, I would go farther than Jajko and assert that the United States in recent times has not relied on strategic denial and deception in wartime either. Because they possess overwhelming military capability compared to their potential opponents, U.S. officials use coercion, compellence, and threats short of war to get weaker opponents to comply with their wishes. Beyond a certain ``sporting assumption,''4 there is little role for denial and deception in U.S. diplomacy because it would make no sense to surprise opponents with unexpected death and destruction when one is trying to force them to comply with one's wishes without a fight.
The classic example of this phenomenon occurred on the eve of the first Gulf War, when Secretary of State James Baker delivered a letter for Saddam Hussein to Iraqi Foreign Minister Tariq Aziz outlining in detail what was to befall Iraq if it did not withdraw its forces from Kuwait. Officials in the first Bush administration believed that the sycophants surrounding Saddam were preventing accurate information about what was soon to befall Iraq from reaching the top of the kleptocracy in Baghdad. Powerful states, cerates paribus, have far more reliable, effective and readily available ways of dealing with opponents than denial and deception (e.g., coercion or outright destruction). Strategic denial and deception has been at best a tertiary factor in U.S. foreign and defense policy, although U.S. military planners use it as a minor force multiplier on the battlefield to obtain tactical advantages.5
Wrong Country, Wrong Past?
In the end, Richelson suggests that a focus on history might not be so bad after all; it is just that we focused on the wrong history. He suggests that we should have retold the history of U.S. denial and deception over the last twenty-three years, with the starting point a meeting attended by William J. Casey on 8 April 1981 that included a ``DoD brief on U.S. strategic deception program.'' I have no idea what was discussed that spring day twenty-three years ago, but I doubt that it would shed much light on the threats posed today by organized crime, terrorists, or states that seek to hide clandestine programs to develop weapons of mass destruction. A better understanding of denial and deception is not to be found in the mundane bureaucratic record of a state that does not use denial and deception as a strategic instrument in its foreign and defense policy.
By contrast, Strategic Denial and Deception: The Twenty-First Century Challenge continues to offer important insights into our current predicament. I only wish that I were smart enough to grasp the full implications of Bo Bell's suggestion, made in the summer of 1999, that a new form of denial and deception was being employed by terrorists; i.e., to
AND COUNTERINTELLIGENCE VOLUME 17, NUMBER 1
187 READERS' FORUM
blend in at the fringes of society to work amongst us and right under the noses of civil authorities to perfect some complex scheme. But that is what denial and deception is all about: sometimes only a little is needed to enable fanatics to return to lower Manhattan and destroy their chosen target.
REFERENCES
1 Roy Godson and James J. Wirtz, eds., Strategic Denial and Deception: The Twenty-First Century Challenge (New Brunswick: Transaction Publishers, 2002).
2 Jeffery T. Richelson, ``Avoiding New Issues,'' International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence, Vol. 16, No. 1, Spring 2003, pp. 131-139.
3 James Bruce has recently cited a September 1971 Washington Post article written by Jack Anderson as a case in point. Anderson wrote that U.S. intelligence organizations were intercepting telephone calls made by Politburo members from their limousines as they drove around Moscow. Soon after the report, the transmissions ceased. See James B. Bruce, ``The Consequences of Permissive Neglect,'' Studies in Intelligence, Vol. 47, No. 1, 2003, p. 41.
4 It would not be sporting to expect that U.S. officials would tell allies or enemies everything that is on their minds and everything they might do under all circumstances.
5 For example, Salim Sinan al-Harethi, the senior al-Qaeda operative killed on 4 November 2002 by a U.S.-controlled Predator unmanned aerial vehicle, probably never even knew what hit him (denial). Rumor has it, however, that the missile ``whistled Dixie'' just before impact (deception).
James J. Wirtz
Monterey, California
188 READERS' FORUM

Posted by maximpost at 6:19 PM EST
Updated: Tuesday, 3 February 2004 11:12 PM EST
Permalink

>> KOREA UPDATE...POSTURE DISSONANCE? SEND JUSTIN?


http://www.theworld.org/latesteditions/20040203.shtml
North Korea report (4:30)
North Korea has agreed to a fresh round of multilateral talks on its nuclear program. The previous round ended badly last August after just three days. The World's Jeb Sharp reports.

North Korea intelligence interview (4:30)
The United States doesn't know precisely what's in North Korea's nuclear stores. There IS some intelligence available, but its reliability can be called into question in light of the debacle with Iraq's weapons of mass destruction. Host Marco Werman speaks with Joel Wit, senior fellow with the International Security Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington.


-----------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. military blames lap dances for declining military discipline
Special to World Tribune.com
EAST-ASIA-INTEL.COM
Tuesday, February 3, 2004
SEOUL - The U.S. military has asked South Korea to ban lap dancing and other lewd acts at local nightclubs near its bases, saying they negatively impact military discipline.
The officials said the military was taking similar steps at other bases in the United States and overseas against lap dancing.
The U.S. Army's 2nd Infantry Division, which has 15,000 troops near the border with North Korea, recently sent letters to the South Korean Special Tourist Association and local mayors urging a crack down on lap dancing clubs near barracks.
Describing "client-focused exotic dancing" as the principal cause of worsening military discipline, the military letter called for local club owners to "prohibit any physical contact between dancers and (U.S.) customers." South Korean lap dancing clubs are totally dependent on American customers because they are not allowed to take local clients.
U.S. officials declined to specify what they meant by worsening military discipline.
"We are following trends in the United States," Lt. Col. Chris Bailey, the 2nd Infantry Division's assistant chief of staff, told the Stars & Stripes newspaper. The U.S. Forces Korea has consulted mainland laws banning lap dancing, he said.
The more than 90 American installations throughout South Korea have long been a source of friction between residents living near the U.S. facilities, who complain of pollution, noise and traffic from the U.S. bases and occasional crimes by American troops.
Many crimes committed by U.S. servicemen involve nightclubs near their barracks. Amid an increasing number of American troops accused of crimes, their legal protection has become a sensitive issues for the two governments.
"The USFK will root out any practices that go contrary to a positive environment for U.S. soldiers, Korean residents and people of all nationalities," said Chae Yang-To, a spokesman for the 2nd Infantry Division.
The United States maintains 37,000 troops in South Korea to help defend it from a potential conflict with North Korea under a bilateral defense treaty signed after the 1950-1953 Korean War.

----------------------------------------------------

More expulsions of Saudis expected
By LOU MARANO
WASHINGTON, Feb. 2 (UPI) -- More expulsions from the United States of Saudis with diplomatic status are expected, a Middle East area expert who has closely been following developments, said Monday.
On Thursday State Department Spokesman Richard Boucher confirmed that 16 Saudi nationals who had been accredited to the embassy in Washington had been asked to leave. "We were able to determine that they were not, in fact, working as diplomats in the Saudi Embassy, but rather were teaching in Northern Virginia and therefore were not entitled to diplomatic status. Since they were on diplomatic visas, ... we had to tell them your visa status is no longer valid. We gave them till Feb. 22 to clean up their affairs and leave the country," Boucher said.
The place of instruction is the Institute of Islamic and Arabic Sciences in America in Fairfax, Va. Phones at the institute were not answered Monday. The institute's Web site says it was established in 1989 and is affiliated with al-Imam Muhammad Ibn Saud Islamic University in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
One of the "Frequently Asked Questions" is: "What kind of Islam does IIASA teach?" The answer, in part, is that the institute teaches Islam as it was revealed. "IIASA believes in teaching and presenting Islam in the best way peacefully and moderately. Unlike what some might think, there is no such thing as the 'Wahabi' teachings of Islam," the Web site said.
About 70 Saudis with diplomatic visas have left the United States since late 2003, published sources have reported.
Some have been involved with the Saudi defense attache's office, and others with the cultural attache's office, said the Middle East expert, who asked not to be identified.
"Saudi Arabia is giving cover to a whole bunch of preachers under diplomatic cover, including military cover," said the source, "and more expulsions are expected."
On Friday the Saudi government commented in three brief statements. The deputy chief of the Saudi diplomatic mission, Ambassador Ahmad bin Abdulaziz Kattan, said the institute was established for teaching the Arabic language "as well as for preaching the Islamic religion in America."
After Sept. 11, 2001, the ambassador said, the State Department "started to strictly implement the diplomatic systems." Therefore, "it was an impossible matter for the embassy to interfere or mediate as long as the work of the (institute's staff) was outside the building of the embassy in violation to the diplomatic norms."
Kattan made it clear that the departure of the instructors does not mean the institute will be closed or cease performing its mission.
"On the contrary, the institute will legally be turned into a charitable American foundation, and subsequently it will be possible for personnel of universities in the (Saudi) kingdom to obtain regular entry visas to the U.S. and to work at the Institute."
The ambassador said the expelled employees could return to the United States in the same capacity or visit the United States for any other purpose.
Copyright 2004 by United Press International.
All rights reserved.
-----------------------------------------------------------
Belligerent Behavior by Saudi Traveler, Vague Answers Raised Inspector's Suspicions
By Mike Schneider Associated Press Writer
Published: Feb 2, 2004
ORLANDO, Fla. (AP) - The first thing that raised immigration inspector Jose Melendez-Perez's suspicions was that the visitor from Saudi Arabia did not have a return airplane ticket.
The second red flag was his body language - belligerent and defiant. He pointed his finger at Melendez-Perez's face during an interview Aug. 4, 2001 at the Orlando airport. Melendez-Perez refused entry to the man, who investigators now believe may have been the 20th Sept. 11 hijacker.
"I thought when this guy made the gestures, something was wrong," Melendez-Perez told reporters at a news conference Monday. "The look he gave me. His body language."
The Saudi man, identified by U.S. officials only as al-Qahtani, was placed on an airplane back to Saudi Arabia. He wound up in Afghanistan where he was captured by U.S. forces. He now is being held at the U.S. naval base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
After the attacks, Melendez-Perez asked the airport to contact the FBI about the August interview and give the agency copies of the file. But he never heard from the FBI.
"I really can't answer why they didn't contact me," Melendez-Perez said. "I don't know if it's because the investigation was going in a different direction."
Special Agent Sara Oates declined to comment on why the FBI had not interviewed Melendez.
Melendez-Perez's actions earned him the praise of his supervisors and an invitation to testify before the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, which he did last week.
"He's the kind of officer who believes that 100 percent is the standard," said H. Denise Crawford, director of field operations for the U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
Melendez-Perez spent an hour and a half interviewing al-Qahtani, who was sent to him because the inspector on the front line could not communicate with the traveler. Using an Arabic translator, Melendez-Perez asked his first question, "Why don't you have a return ticket?"
The well-groomed man was defiant, pointing his finger at Melendez-Perez, and answered that a friend was arriving in the United States a few days later and knew where he would be going.
"His body language was showing, like, 'I don't care,'" Melendez-Perez said. "This guy didn't show me any respect at all."
When Melendez-Perez asked the purpose of his trip, the man told him a vacation. But the answer didn't make sense to the inspector.
"Why are you coming in for vacation for six days and you're going to wait for someone who is coming over from overseas for three or four days to take you around?" Melendez-Perez said.
After the man refused to answer further questions under oath, Melendez-Perez decided to deny the man entry, but only after checking with supervisors because complaints had made supervisors wary of denying people entry.
The man became upset and said he wasn't going to purchase a return ticket.
"So we said, 'No problem, we'll pay for your plane ticket and tonight you'll spend in a detention facility,'" he said.
AP-ES-02-02-04 1754EST
-------------------------------------------------------------
Saudi agents arrest 7 Al Qaida, may have foiled major attack
SPECIAL TO WORLD TRIBUNE.COM
Monday, February 2, 2004
ABU DHABI -- Saudi Arabia has recorded what could be a major success in foiling Al Qaida plans to launch an attack during the current Islamic pilgrimage to the kingdom.
Saudi authorities have arrested seven Al Qaida insurgents who were said to have been planning an imminent attack. The Interior Ministry said security forces also captured large amounts of weapons and explosives that suggested plans for a suicide strike.
The raids took place on late Thursday, the sources said, hours after six Saudi security agents were killed in a shootout with Al Qaida insurgents in Riyad. The shootout and the raids took place in the Al Siliye district in eastern Riyad, Middle East Newsline reported.
[Nearly 250 Muslim worshipers died in a hajj stampede Sunday during the annual stoning of Satan ritual in one of the deadliest tragedies at the notoriously perilous ceremony, AP reported. The stampede, during a peak event of the annual Muslim pilgrimage, or hajj, lasted about a half-hour, Saudi officials said. There were 244 dead and hundreds of other worshippers injured, some critically, Hajj Minister Iyad Madani said. "All precautions were taken to prevent such an incident, but this is God's will. Caution isn't stronger than fate," Madani said. Most of the victims were pilgrims from inside the Saudi kingdom and many were not authorized to participate, he said.]
Saudi security agents raided at least two suspected insurgency strongholds over the weekend in Riyad on the eve of the Id Al Adha holiday.
About 1.4 million pilgrims have flocked to Mecca, where the kingdom has deployed about 5,000 troops.
The ministry said authorities captured a car packed with explosives as well as 21 explosives belts in the weekend raids. In addition, security forces found such weapons as booby-trapped mobile phones, detonators, grenades, machine guns, AK-47 Kalashnikov rifles, rocket-propelled grenades and launchers.
Saudi security sources said the Al Qaida agents apparently had sought to enter a Western compound or sensitive facility in Riyad. The sources said the insurgents obtained military uniforms in an attempt to smuggle weapons past checkpoints and roadblocks.
On Jan. 12, the Interior Ministry said security forces had captured about 300 explosives belts and nearly 24 tons of explosive materials. At the time, security sources said the material was believed to have arrived from neighboring Yemen.

---------------------------------------------------------------
Dozens injured in second stampede
From correspondents in Mina, Saudi Arabia
February 3, 2004
DOZENS of unconscious pilgrims were taken to hospital in the town of Mina near the Muslim holy city of Mecca today after being caught in another stampede during the stoning of the devil ritual, the Saudi health minister said.
Unlike yesterday's stampede in which 251 pilgrims were killed, there were no deaths this time, Hamad al-Mani told reporters.
"A stampede occurred this evening (local time) on the stoning bridge which caused a large number of pilgrims to fall to the ground," said Mani.
"But security officers intervened and stopped the flow of people onto the bridge, as they attended to the fallen pilgrims who were unconscious or breathless."
He said "dozens of pilgrims" were transported to Mina's General Hospital where they were treated and their "lives saved".
Since dawn, hundreds of thousands of Muslim pilgrims have flocked to the 272-metre-long esplanade and the bridge above it to throw stones at three pillars representing the devil, in the last major ritual of the pilgrimage.
They were channelled by a wall of hundreds of security officers who prevented any of them from taking their bags or belongings onto the esplanade in an effort to avoid a repeat of yesterday's tragedy.
The high-risk ritual, which has resulted in similar deadly incidents in the past, is expected to continue until midnight (8am AEDT) today and to resume at dawn tomorrow for a final day.
Agence France-Presse

-----------------------------------------------------------
2 Caught Placing Bomb Near Iraq Refinery
Iraqi Police Catch Two Men Placing a Roadside Bomb Near Baghdad's Main Oil Refinery, U.S. Says
The Associated Press
BAGHDAD, Iraq Feb. 2 -- Iraqi police caught two men placing a roadside bomb Monday near the capital's main Doura oil refinery, a U.S. commander said.
The two men were believed to be an Iranian and an Afghan, but "we have to first develop that through interrogation and try and determine what that means," Brig. Gen. Martin Dempsey, commander of the 1st Armored Division, told a news conference
He did not elaborate.
With a refining capacity of 110,000 barrels of oil a day, Doura produces much of the gasoline, heating oil and cooking gas supplies for Baghdad. It also distributes crude oil used as fuel by two of the capital's four electric plants.
Dempsey, whose division is in charge of Baghdad, did not say how destructive the bomb could have been or how close it was to the main facility of the refinery.
Last month, guards at Doura seized a group of intruders and a subsequent search turned up more than 80 containers of explosives, suggesting a planned attack that could have crippled the facility.
Insurgents have attacked or tried to bomb oil pipelines in several other parts of the country in the past in a bid to cripple the country's main export.
Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed.
---------------------------------------------------------------

>> FOGGY BOTTOM WATCH 1...

Counter-terror tops in State Dept. budget
WASHINGTON, Feb. 2 (UPI) -- The State Department's budget request for the next fiscal year will fund the war on terror and "vigorous" public diplomacy, documents released Monday said.
The FY 2005 request totals $8.552 billion out of a $2.4 trillion federal budget that shows increases for defense and homeland security.
The request provides $659 million in upgrades to the security of diplomatic personnel and facilities in the face of terrorism, and it adds 71 security staffers worldwide.
Another 183 positions overseas will be funded by $44 million, including staffing for U.S. embassies in Baghdad and Kabul.
The request provides $1.54 billion to support security-related construction projects, including the construction of new embassy compounds in eight countries.
Some $1.2 billion is allocated to 44 international organizations, including the United Nations.
The budget requests $309 million in direct appropriations for public diplomacy to influence foreign opinion and encourage support for U.S. foreign policy goals.
Copyright 2004 by United Press International.
All rights reserved.

----------------------------------------------------------

>> FOGGY BOTTOM WATCH 2...

U.S. denies it will compensate Libya for WMD
SPECIAL TO WORLD TRIBUNE.COM
Monday, February 2, 2004
The United States has rejected the precendent set by the Clinton administration on North Korea, and will not compensate Libya for the dismantling of its weapons of mass destruction program.
"No, we're not compensating nations for dismantling illicit nuclear weapons programs," State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said on Jan. 29. "And we're confident Libya understands that."
Boucher rejected an assertion by Seif Al Islam, the son of Libyan ruler Moammar Khaddafy, that the United States would compensate Tripoli for the cost of its nuclear program. Al Islam said Libya sought to use its nuclear program for such civilian purposes as desalinating water.
Last week, the United States flew Libyan centrifuge equipment along with guidance systems for extended-range Scud C and Scud D missiles to a nuclear facility in Tennessee. Officials said this would be the first of several shipments of Libyan WMD to the United States, Middle East Newsline reported.
The department said Libya has not made this a condition in the dismantling of Libya's nuclear weapons and other WMD programs.
U.S. officials said the Bush administration would not offer Libya the deal made with North Korea in 1994. At the time, the Clinton administration agreed to compensate Pyongyang for the halt in its nuclear weapons program by financing the purchase of two light water reactors. The agreement was never implemented.
"I speak of the policy of this administration," Boucher said.
Officials said the United States was discussing with Libya its participation in a project meant to reduce the risk of dismantling Tripoli's nuclear weapons program. This would include help to protect civilian nuclear facilities as well as the training of Libyan nuclear scientists so that they would not be recruited in such countries as Iran or Pakistan.

Posted by maximpost at 6:10 PM EST
Permalink

>> TRIUMVIRATE WRECK?
http://www.moretothepoint.com/
listen

Suicide Bombings in Northern Iraq
The Bush administration is in a race with time and Iraqi insurgents, who want to stop the orderly transfer of power now scheduled for mid-summer. This weekend's double suicide bombing brought terrorism and chaos to the Kurdish North and may create a new obstacle to unifying the country. Meantime, In the South, massive street demonstrations have raised the prospect of tyranny by the majority Shiites, who are demanding direct elections. With just three weeks until the deadline for an interim constitution, can Iraq's diverse populations be reconciled? Will the US get any help from the United Nations? We update America's race against time and the violence that threatens an orderly process.


>> OUR FRIEND PERVEZ...

washingtonpost.com
Musharraf Named in Nuclear Probe
Senior Pakistani Army Officers Were Aware of Technology Transfers, Scientist Says

By John Lancaster and Kamran Khan
Washington Post Foreign Service
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; Page A13
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan, Feb. 2 -- Pakistan's top nuclear scientist, Abdul Qadeer Khan, has told investigators that he helped North Korea design and equip facilities for making weapons-grade uranium with the knowledge of senior military commanders, including Gen. Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's president, according to a friend of Khan's and a senior Pakistani investigator.
Khan also has told investigators that Gen. Mirza Aslam Beg, the Pakistani army chief of staff from 1988 to 1991, was aware of assistance Khan was providing to Iran's nuclear program and that two other army chiefs, in addition to Musharraf, knew and approved of his efforts on behalf of North Korea, the same individuals said Monday.
Khan's assertions of high-level army involvement came in the course of a two-month probe into allegations that he and other Pakistani nuclear scientists made millions of dollars from the sale of equipment and expertise to Iran, Libya and North Korea.
They contradict repeated contentions by Musharraf and other senior officials that Khan and at least one other scientist, Mohammed Farooq, acted out of greed and in violation of long-standing government policy that bars the export of nuclear weapons technology to any foreign country.
In conversations with investigators, Khan urged them to question the former army commanders and Musharraf, asserting that "no debriefing is complete unless you bring every one of them here and debrief us together," according to the friend, who has met with the accused scientist twice during the past two months.
On the basis of Khan's claims, Beg and another former army chief of staff, Gen. Jehangir Karamat, who occupied the post from 1996 to 1998, have been questioned by investigators in recent days, but both have denied any knowledge of the transactions, according to a senior Pakistani military officer who spoke on condition of anonymity.
Gen. Shaukat Sultan, Pakistan's chief military spokesman, declined to comment on the specifics of the allegations but asserted that "General Pervez Musharraf neither authorized such transfers nor was involved in any way with such deeds, even before he was president." Beg and Karamat could not be reached for comment Monday night.
Khan and other senior scientists and officials at the Khan Research Laboratories, the uranium-enrichment facility Khan founded in 1976, have been under investigation since November, when the International Atomic Energy Agency presented Pakistan with evidence that its centrifuge designs had turned up in Iran. The flamboyant European-trained metallurgist, who is 67, became a national hero in Pakistan after the country detonated its first nuclear device in 1998.
In a briefing for Pakistani journalists late Sunday night, a senior Pakistani military officer said that Khan had signed a 12-page confession on Friday in which he admitted to providing Iran, Libya and North Korea with technical assistance and components for making high-speed centrifuges used to produce enriched uranium, a key ingredient for a nuclear bomb.
Lt. Gen. Khalid Kidwai, commander of Pakistan's Strategic Planning and Development Cell, described Khan as the mastermind of an elaborate and wholly unauthorized smuggling network involving chartered cargo flights, clandestine overseas meetings and a Malaysian factory that reconditioned centrifuge parts discarded from Pakistan's nuclear program for sale to foreign clients, according to a journalist who attended Kidwai's 21/2-hour briefing.
The technology transfers began in 1989 and were brokered by a network of middlemen, including three German businessmen and a Sri Lankan, identified only as Tahir, who is in custody in Malaysia, Kidwai told the journalists.
According to Kidwai's account, Khan told investigators that he supplied materials and assistance to Iran, Libya and North Korea not to make money but to deflect attention from Pakistan's nuclear program and -- in the case of Iran and Libya -- as a gesture of support to other Muslim countries.
The senior Pakistani investigator and a senior intelligence official said Monday that Khan also said he supplied Iran and Libya with surplus, outmoded equipment from the laboratory that he knew would not provide either country with any near-term capability to enrich uranium.
"Dr. Khan is basically contesting the merit of the nuclear proliferation charges," the investigator said. "Throughout his debriefing, Dr. Khan kept challenging the perception that material found from the Libyan or Iranian programs would allow them to enrich uranium."
Investigators contend that Khan accumulated millions of dollars in the course of a 30-year career as a government scientist, investing some of it in real estate in Pakistan and abroad. Kidwai told Pakistani journalists that investigators had reached no conclusions about the source of Khan's wealth, but he acknowledged that Khan's lavish lifestyle was "the worst-kept secret in town" and should have triggered suspicions among those responsible for protecting Pakistan's nuclear secrets, according to a journalist who attended the briefing.
Kidwai "admitted to oversight and intelligence failure," the journalist said.
Kidwai avoided any suggestion of complicity on the part of senior military commanders, including Musharraf, who has maintained throughout the investigation that any transfer of nuclear technology abroad was the work of individuals driven by greed.
By all accounts, Khan ran the laboratory at Kahuta, about 20 miles from Islamabad, with scant oversight from either civilian or military-led governments eager to achieve nuclear parity with arch rival India.
The military was ultimately responsible for the facility, where security was overseen by two army brigadiers and a special detachment from Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI. And Khan is said to have insisted during his sessions with investigators that senior military commanders were well aware of his efforts to help other countries with their nuclear programs.
The senior Pakistani investigator said that Beg was "in the picture" regarding Khan's assistance to Iran, but said the former army chief of staff was "probably . . . under the impression that material and knowledge being transferred to Iran would not enable them to produced enriched uranium" because of Khan's claim that he was withholding top-of-the-line equipment. Investigators have found evidence that Khan informed Beg of the transfer of outdated hardware from his laboratory to Iran in early 1991, the official said.
Khan told two generals who jointly questioned him last month that three army chiefs of staff, including Musharraf, had known of his dealings with North Korea, according to the friend of the scientist. "Throughout his debriefing, Dr. Khan kept asking the generals why he was not being asked specific questions about the material he passed on to the North Koreans," the friend said.
U.S. officials have long suspected that Pakistan supplied uranium enrichment technology to North Korea in exchange for help with its ballistic missile program, and that Khan acted as the principal agent of the arrangement. After stating in 2002 that it had a program for enriching uranium for use in weapons, North Korea more recently has denied it.
A retired Pakistani army corps commander said Monday that the barter arrangement dates to December 1994, when then-Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto traveled to North Korea at the request of Gen. Abdul Waheed, the army chief of staff at the time. A few months later, Khan led a delegation of scientists and military officers to Pyongyang, the North Korean capital, according to the retired general and a senior active duty officer, both of whom spoke on condition of anonymity. Musharraf was serving at the time as Waheed's director general for military operations.
In January 1996, Waheed was replaced as chief of staff by Karamat, who secretly visited North Korea in December 1997, according to the retired corps commander. Four months after the trip, in April 1998, Karamat presided over the successful test-firing of a medium-range missile the Pakistanis called a Ghauri. According to U.S. intelligence officials and a former Pakistani nuclear scientist, the Ghauri was simply a renamed North Korean-supplied Nodong missile. Pakistani officials maintain publicly that the Ghauri missile is indigenous to Pakistan.
The senior investigator said Khan claimed that Karamat was privy to the details of the barter arrangement through which Pakistan received the missile, and that Khan had insisted that Karamat's role also be examined.
Khan also has asserted that Musharraf had to have been aware of the agreement with North Korea because Musharraf took over responsibility for the Ghauri missile program when he became army chief of staff in October 1998, according to the scientist's friend and the senior investigator.
According to Kidwai's account to journalists, senior military commanders did not get wind of Khan's nuclear dealings with North Korea until 2000, when the ISI conducted a raid on an aircraft that the laboratory had chartered for a planned flight to North Korea. Although a search of the aircraft turned up no evidence, authorities were sufficiently concerned that they warned Khan against pursuing any clandestine trade with North Korea, Kidwai told the journalists.
That concern deepened, according to Kidwai's account, after U.S. officials in 2002 and early 2003 presented evidence that Pakistani nuclear technology may indeed have found its way to North Korea.

? 2004 The Washington Post Company

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

washingtonpost.com
Pakistan's Nuclear Hero Defended
By Jefferson Morley
washingtonpost.com Staff Writer
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; 10:18 AM
Online commentators in Pakistan are rallying to the defense of the country's leading nuclear scientists, one of whom has confessed to selling weapons technology to North Korea, Iran and Libya.
Abdul Qadeer Khan, the father of Pakistan's nuclear program, is reportedly under house arrest in connection with a U.S.-backed investigation into the lucrative black market in nuclear weapons technology. Correspondents John Lancaster and Kamran Khan (no relation to the physicist) report in today's Washington Post that Khan has signed a 12-page confession. Khan has also reportedly told investigators that Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf knew about his efforts to help North Korea's nuclear program.
The revelation will likely stoke an already intense debate. While many Pakistanis defend Khan as a national hero, others in the South Asian media see Khan, a flamboyant self-promoter, as the scapegoat of Musharraf and the permissive nonproliferation policies of the U.S. government.
The 67-year old scientist is "being held incommunicado with heavy security around his house," according to the Times of India. The paper's headline suggests that U.S. officials in Washington are not keen to hear Khan recount the story of his nuclear-related activities in the past two decades: "US, Pak dread Khan's Disclosures."
"Washington and Islamabad," says the Delhi-based daily, are "holding their breath" to see if Khan "will spill the beans about Pakistan's official complicity in the spread of nuclear weapons technology."
In Islamabad, the pro-democracy daily The Nation says Khan's detention is "bound to create a wave of puzzled resentment among a populace which has been accustomed to regard him as the father of the national nuclear programme."
"Dr Khan could not have done anything wrong or even inappropriate without the connivance or neglect of those controlling" Pakistan's nuclear program, the editors say.
Another commentator in The Nation wonders why Musharraf has been so cooperative with the U.S. effort to hold Khan accountable.
"Why it is so that the general who shows fists to the opposition in the parliament, has become so nervous that he is not prepared to face the situation and instead seems to have become a part of the international press campaign against Pakistan's nuclear programme."
Dawn, the English-language daily that often gives voice to the Pakistani establishment, reports that opposition political leaders in the country say the sacking of Khan will cause "irreparable damage to the country's integrity."
The press in India, Pakistan's South Asian nuclear rival, turns a critical eye on the U.S. role over three decades. The Times of India goes back to the early 1980s, when Pakistan, like Saddam Hussein's Iraq, was a quietly favored U.S. ally.
As correspondent Syed Saleem Shahzad notes in the Asia Times, the U.S. Congress cleared the way for Pakistan's nuclear program. In 1981 the Congress, under pressure from Ronald Reagan's White House, voted to formally exempt Pakistan from U.S. laws prohibiting aid to any non-nuclear country engaged in illegal procurement of equipment for a nuclear weapons program. The Pakistani government also won a six-year aid package from the United States worth $3.2 billion. Free from the threat of sanctions, Pakistan conducted a cold test at a small-scale nuclear reprocessing plant in 1982. From there, the so-called Islam bomb began to grow.
Pakistan proceeded to spend some $10 billion developing a nuclear arsenal, say the editors of the Times of India. The money came from Libya, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, the United Arab Emirates and the depositors of the BCCI (Bank of Credit and Commerce International), which became notorious in the early 1990s for myriad criminal activities. The bank, say the editors of the Times of India, was founded by a Pakistani and operated freely in the Persian Gulf oil enclave of Dubai. It is inconceivable, they argue, that Western intelligence agencies didn't know all about this black market.
In the early 1990s, Khan began selling his technological prowess to other parties, enabling him to amass substantial properties in Pakistan as well as building a hotel in the African city of Timbuktu, according to numerous reports.
The "fabulous" Hendrina Khan Hotel, named after Khan's Dutch wife, was one of dozens of the scientist's business undertakings investigated by Pakistani intelligence officials, according to the The Indian Express.
Rajesh Mishra, a New Dehli-based defense analyst writing for the Hindustan Times, says the danger of nuclear proliferation Pakistan poses remains "alarmingly high."
"Discoveries that some members of Pakistan's scientific community are under the influence of extreme ideologies further raise the fear of sensitive information, technology or material falling into rogue hands," he writes.
Abdul Qadeer Khan himself once said: "All western countries, including Israel, are not only the enemies of Pakistan but, in fact, of Islam.'"
The Indian daily notes that one leading Pakistani physicist Bashir-uddin Mahmood, had several meetings in August 2001 with Osama bin Laden.
The Indian editors pose some hard questions about the realities of the international nuclear black market.
"Is it possible that the [Pakistani] scientists involved in State-managed clandestine deals overreached the arrangement of cooperation? "
"If so, was it a planned move [on the part of the Pakistani and U.S. governments] to overlook this extended relationship?"
They answer that question with another question:
"Or was the Pakistan government unable to question the illegitimate affairs within secret arrangements that involved a scientist like Khan?"
In other words, was the United States totally clueless while a Pakistani scientist supplied nuclear technology to Iran and North Korea?
? 2004 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Iranians Don't Want To Go Nuclear
By Karim Sadjadpour
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; Page A19
Do the people of Iran want the bomb? Iran's recent decision to allow for tighter inspection of its nuclear facilities -- which Iran says are for civilian purposes -- was hailed by Iranian and European officials as a diplomatic victory, while analysts and officials in Washington and Tel Aviv continue to be wary of Tehran's intentions. But despite the attention given to Iran's nuclear aspirations in recent months, one important question has scarcely been touched on: How do the Iranian people feel about having nuclear weapons?
Iranian officials have suggested that the country's nuclear program is an issue that resonates on the Iranian street and is a great source of national pride. But months of interviews I have done in Iran reveal a somewhat different picture. Whereas few Iranians are opposed to the development of a nuclear energy facility, most do not see it as a solution to their primary concerns: economic malaise and political and social repression. What's more, most of the Iranians surveyed said they oppose the pursuit of a nuclear weapons program because it runs counter to their desire for "peace and tranquility." Three reasons were commonly cited.
First, having experienced a devastating eight-year war with Saddam Hussein's Iraq that took the lives of hundreds of thousands of their compatriots, Iranians are opposed to reliving war or violence. Many Iranians said the pursuit of nuclear weapons would lead the country down a path no one wanted to travel.
Two decades ago revolutionary euphoria was strong, and millions of young men volunteered to defend their country against an Iraqi onslaught. Today few Iranians have illusions about the realities of conflict. The argument that a nuclear weapon could help serve as a deterrent to ensure peace in Iran seemed incongruous to most. "If we want peace, why would we want a bomb?" asked a middle-aged Iranian woman, seemingly concurring with an influential Iranian diplomat who contends that a nuclear weapon "would not augment Iran's security but rather heighten its vulnerabilities."
Second, while a central premise of Iran's Islamic government from the time of its inception has been its steadfast opposition to the United States and Israel, for most Iranians no such nemeses exist. Iran's young populace -- more than two-thirds of the country is younger than 30 -- is among the most pro-American in the Middle East, and tend not to share the impassioned anti-Israel sentiment of their Arab neighbors. While the excitement generated on the Indian and Pakistani streets as a result of their nuclear detonations is commonly cited to show the correlation between nuclear weapons and national pride, such a reaction is best understood in the context of the rivalry between the two countries. The majority of Iranians surveyed claimed to have little desire to show off their military or nuclear prowess to anyone. "Whom would we attack?" asked a 31-year-old laborer, echoing a commonly heard sentiment in Tehran. "We don't want war with anyone."
Finally, many Iranians, youth in particular, are opposed to the Islamic republic's becoming a nuclear power because they believe it would further entrench the hard-liners in the government. "I fear that if these guys get the bomb they will be able to hold on to power for another 25 years," said a 30-year-old Iranian professional. "Nobody wants that." In particular some expressed a concern that a nuclear Iran would be immune to U.S. and European diplomatic pressure and could continue to repress popular demands for reform without fear of repercussion.
At the same time, most Iranians -- including harsh critics of the Islamic regime -- remain unconvinced by the allegations that their government is secretly pursuing a nuclear weapons program. Many dismiss it as another bogeyman manufactured by the United States and Israel to further antagonize and isolate the Islamic regime. "I don't believe we're after a bomb," said a 25-year-old Tehran University student. "The U.S. is always looking for an excuse to harass these mullahs." A recently retired Iranian diplomat who said he is "strongly critical" of the Islamic government agreed with this assessment, saying Iran's nuclear program "is neither for defensive nor offensive purposes . . . It's only for energy purposes."
I draw two lessons from this. First, the European-brokered compromise on Iran's nuclear program, which appealed to reformists and pragmatists within the Iranian government, was also a victory of sorts for the Iranian people, who are eager to emerge from the political and economic isolation of the past two decades and are strongly in favor of increasing ties with the West. A blatant lack of cooperation with the international community would not have been well-received domestically.
Second, a more aggressive reaction by the international community -- a U.S. or Israeli attempt to strike Iran's nuclear facilities -- could well have the unintended consequence of antagonizing a highly nationalistic and largely pro-Western populace and convincing Iranians that a nuclear weapon is indeed in their national interests. Such a reaction would be disastrous for U.S. interests in the region, especially given Iran's key location between Iraq and Afghanistan.
Western and Israeli diplomats and analysts should know that the ability to solve the Iranian nuclear predicament diplomatically has broad implications for the future of democracy and nonproliferation in Iran and the rest of the Middle East. The goal is to bring the Iranian regime on the same page with the Iranian people. A non-diplomatic attempt to destroy Iran's nuclear facilities could do precisely the opposite.
The writer, an analyst with the International Crisis Group, is a visiting fellow at the American University of Beirut.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Treads Carefully With Libya
By Robin Wright
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; Page A14
The United States is scheduled to open a political dialogue with Libya on Friday in London, with the Bush administration also considering sending a State Department envoy to Tripoli to discuss diplomatic issues with senior Libyan officials, U.S. officials said yesterday.
But the Bush administration is split over the next steps to take with the government of Moammar Gaddafi, with the Pentagon resisting major reciprocal gestures in response to Tripoli's agreement to surrender its weapons of mass destruction, the officials added.
Secretary of State Colin L. Powell said yesterday that Libya's cooperation warranted deepening the level of engagement through "political openings and developments," as promised by President Bush and British Prime Minister Tony Blair when they announced Tripoli's agreement to hand over all equipment and data for nuclear, chemical and biological weapons.
"We've seen a fascinating sign of change in Libyan attitudes," Powell said in an interview with editors and reporters at The Washington Post.
"We've now had a couple weeks of action on removal and verification [of weaponry], and we've learned a lot, and it was appropriate at this point that we begin a political dialogue to see what lies ahead. We're still removing material and we're still verifying, but it is a fundamentally changed situation with respect to Libya."
Assistant Secretary of State William Burns and British officials will meet with their Libyan counterparts to discuss the next steps. One possibility is to lift the ban on Americans traveling to Libya once Libya completes the dismantling of its weapons programs, U.S. officials said. Pentagon policymakers are balking, however, at other steps that U.S. officials had thought were in the pipeline. And they are actively opposed to taking Tripoli off the U.S. list of state sponsors of terrorism, which comes out annually in the spring.
"There's a cold wind blowing on a number of forward-leaning, reciprocal moves that we thought we'd queued up. And there's outright opposition to removing Libya from the list of the state sponsors of terrorism," said a well-placed U.S. official who spoke on the condition of anonymity.
Although the State Department issues the list, making any changes to it involves an interagency decision, and Pentagon opposition could kill prospects of formal removal of Libya this year, U.S. officials said. Some officials and Libya experts are concerned that failing to provide the promised diplomatic carrot could frustrate and disillusion officials in Tripoli who encouraged cooperation with the United States and Britain.
On other countries, Powell indicated that the strongest prospect for removal from the terrorism list may be Sudan, which hosted al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden in the 1990s. Powell said he hopes negotiations later this month to end Sudan's civil war can produce agreement on the disputed oil-rich area of Abyei, the last major hurdle. A formal peace accord would be the key in getting Sudan off the list, U.S. officials say.
But Powell also said Syria is even further away than it was last year, after failing to respond to concerns he outlined during talks with President Bashar Assad in Damascus. "They started doing a few things, but it wasn't adequate," he said.
Powell said the time had come for the Syrians to "take a hard look" at what is happening in the region "and see whether or not they want to modify some of their policies."

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> PROGRESS NOTES...

Tax Cuts and Savings Plans
Proposal Would Change Pension Rules, Retirement Accounts
By Albert B. Crenshaw
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; Page A05
The Bush administration yesterday rolled out an array of tax cuts, savings incentives, loophole closers and collection initiatives that officials said would encourage investment, promote trade, combat abuse and simplify the tax laws.
The proposal, outlined by Treasury Department officials, would also make it easier for companies that operate traditional pension plans to convert them to "cash balance" plans -- a process that has stirred heated controversy in recent years
If enacted in its entirety, the administration's tax plan would cost the government $1.24 trillion over 10 years -- almost $1 trillion of that from extending the tax cuts passed by Congress last year, and making permanent both those cuts and others enacted in 2001 and scheduled to expire after 2010.
Many of the items on the list presented yesterday by the Treasury Department have been proposed before, including lifetime and retirement savings accounts (LSAs and RSAs), in which Americans could deposit $5,000 each year. Anyone, including children, could have an LSA, and anyone with wages could have an RSA. Contributions would not be tax-deductible, but earnings inside the account would not be taxed, and withdrawals would generally be tax-free.
Assistant Treasury Secretary Pamela F. Olson said the contribution amounts were reduced in this year's proposal, from $7,500 last year, to meet criticism that they would undermine existing retirement plans, especially in small businesses.
The proposal would also simplify the present system of 401(k) and similar employer-sponsored retirement plans by consolidating them all into a single, uniform type of plan called an employer retirement savings account, or ERSA. And it would create individual development accounts (IDAs) for low-income individuals, that would give sponsoring financial institutions a 100 percent tax credit for matching savings contributions of up to $500.
The proposals came under immediate attack from Democrats in Congress, who cited the ballooning national debt and a federal deficit that could reach $521 billion this year. Sen. Tom Harkin (D-Iowa) called the Bush budget "sadly out of touch" for asking for "another $1.2 trillion in tax cuts for the wealthy."
The proposal on cash-balance plans, though, seems likely to get attention on Capitol Hill. Last month, the legislators asked the Treasury Department for a legislative proposal on these pensions, and Olson said officials had already been working on one and thus were able to include it in the budget.
Traditional pensions tend to reward long-serving employees but do not do as well for those who change jobs frequently. Cash-balance plans are more easily portable but may provide smaller pensions to long-serving workers. When a company converts, older workers sometimes find they will ultimately receive smaller pensions, and in some cases see benefits cease to increase for years while the formula for the new plan catches up with the old one -- a process dubbed "wear-away."
The administration would deem cash-balance plans to be not age-discriminatory as long as certain tests were met, something corporate sponsors have pushed for since a recent court case ruled they were discriminatory. The proposal also would allow companies to convert if they gave workers benefits during the five years after conversion that were at least as valuable as those they would have earned under the old plan. It would also ban "wear-away."
Any company that improperly reduced benefits would be charged an excise tax equal to any savings it realized from the cuts. But companies that were losing money and also operating underfunded pension plans would not be subject to the tax, potentially rendering the protections moot for some workers, officials said.
Private pension experts were cautious in reacting to the pension proposal, since many of its details have not been disclosed or even worked out.
"Treasury deserves a lot of credit for trying to move the discussion forward. There's general agreement that the survival of cash-balance plans is fairly integral to the future survival of the [traditional pension] system," said Kyle Brown of benefits consultant Watson Wyatt Worldwide. He and others expressed reservations about how the plan might work in practice.
Also in the Treasury plan are a wide range of tax cuts, including deductions for charitable contributions by non-itemizers, a refundable tax credit for the purchase of health insurance and an exclusion of the value of employer-provided computers for telecommuters.
It would also crack down on leasing deals between taxpayers, who get deductions, and "tax-indifferent parties," such as foreign entities and U.S. subway systems and municipal water authorities, who aren't taxed on their income. The Equipment Leasing Association promptly termed that a tax increase.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> STATE DEPT. COMES AROUND?

'The Right Thing to Do'
Tuesday, February 3, 2004; Page A15
Excerpts from an interview yesterday with Secretary of State Colin L. Powell by Washington Post reporters and editors.
Q Do you still feel confident that military invasion [of Iraq] was the right thing to do?
A Yes, I think it was the right thing to do, and I think history will demonstrate that. . . . Let me just go right into kind of the issue of the day, which is weapons of mass destruction. . . .
What was the threat that we talked about [before the war] with respect to weapons of mass destruction? And to talk about a threat, you have to look at the intent and you have to look at capabilities, and two of them together equals a threat.
And with respect to intent, Saddam Hussein and his regime clearly had the intent -- they never lost it -- an intent that manifested itself many years ago when they actually used such horrible weapons against their enemies in Iran and against their own people. That's a fact and that's a statement of his intent. . . .
There are different levels of capability. One level is that you have the intellectual ability, you have people who know how to develop such weapons and you keep training such people and you keep them in place and you keep them working together. He did. . . . And also you keep in place the kind of technical infrastructure, labs and facilities. . . . Did he do that? Yes, he did that.
And then the final level of capability is the one that's started getting all the attention now, is: Did it all come together and produce for everybody to see and be afraid of, an actual stockpile over there? And that is what is at question and that is what we have not found and that is what the various committees will be looking at. . . .
A lot has been said about [former U.S. weapons inspector David] Kay . . . and he did say, with respect to stockpiles, we were wrong, terribly wrong. . . . But he also came to other conclusions that deal, I think, with the intent and with capability which resulted in a threat the president felt he had to respond to. . . .
And there is no doubt in my mind that if Iraq had gotten free of the [United Nations] constraints and if we had gone through another year of desultory action on the part of the United Nations . . . there's no doubt in my mind that intention and capability was married up . . . and they would have gone to the next level and reproduced these weapons. Why wouldn't they? That was always [Hussein's] intention.
If CIA Director George Tenet had said a year ago today, if U.S. weapons inspector David Kay had said, that there are no stockpiles, would you still have recommended the invasion?
I don't know. I don't know, because it was the stockpile that presented the final little piece that made it more of a real and present danger and threat to the region and to the world. But the fact of the matter is the considered judgment of the intelligence community, represented by George Tenet, and also independently by the United Kingdom and other intelligence agencies, suggested that the stockpiles were there. I can't go back and give you the hypothetical as to what I might have done.
But the absence of the stockpiles . . . .
The absence of a stockpile changes the political calculus. It changes the answer you get, the formula I laid out. But the fact of the matter is that we went into this with the understanding that there was a stockpile and there were weapons, and for my own personal perspective, you know, I was the chairman for the first Gulf War, and we went in expecting to be hit with chemical weapons. We weren't hit with chemical weapons, but we found chemical weapons. And so it wasn't as if this was a figment of someone's imagination. . . . And so what assumption would one make some nine years after the inspectors had been moved, had been gone for four years? I think the assumption to make and the assumption that we came to, based on what the intelligence community gave to us, was that there were stockpiles present.
When you went over to the [CIA] to get more information about the things you were going to say to the United Nations [in a speech in February 2003], did you, as we have heard, push them to tell you what their sources for the conclusions were? . . . When you look back on that experience, did you push hard enough? Did you get, do you think, forthright answers?
[In meetings with intelligence officials] what I wanted to know is what information could I present that you guys feel comfortable to declassify and that you will give me sources and methods on, and that you're absolutely sure was multi-sourced, because I didn't want to put something out that would be shot down later, or that same afternoon, by some other intelligence agency or by the Iraqis. And so we really went through it. And I only used that information that I was confident the [Central Intelligence] Agency stood behind. . . . It was multi-sourced, and it reflected the best judgments of all of the intelligence agencies that spent that four days out there with me. And there wasn't a word that was in that presentation that was put in that was not totally cleared by the intelligence community.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPIEGEL ONLINE - 03. Februar 2004, 16:25
URL: http://www.spiegel.de/politik/ausland/0,1518,284788,00.html
Irakkrieg
Powell bekommt Skrupel
Colin Powell ist sich nicht mehr so sicher, ob die Entscheidung f?r den Irakkrieg richtig war. Wenn damals bekannt gewesen w?re, dass der Irak keine Massenvernichtungswaffen besitzt, h?tte er sich vielleicht nicht f?r den Feldzug gegen Saddam ausgesprochen, gestand der US-Au?enminister jetzt.
REUTERS
Au?enminister Powell
Washington - Auf die Frage, ob er sich f?r den Krieg ausgesprochen h?tte, wenn bekannt gewesen w?re, dass der Irak keine Massenvernichtungswaffen hatte, antwortete Powell: "Ich wei? es nicht, weil (Waffen)-Lager das letzte entscheidende Glied waren, das es mehr zu einer echten und akuten Gefahr f?r die Region und die Welt machte."
In dem Interview der "Washington Post" verteidigte der Au?enminister zugleich die Politik der US-Regierung. Er erkl?rte, der gest?rzte irakische Pr?sident Saddam Hussein habe die Absicht gehabt habe, biologische und chemische Waffen zu erwerben. Die Geschichte werde zeigen, dass die Entscheidung zum Krieg richtig gewesen sei.
Powell hatte in seiner Rede vor dem Uno-Sicherheitsrat am 5. Februar 2003 detaillierte Informationen ?ber angebliche irakische Massenvernichtungswaffen vorgelegt und damit der Welt die Begr?ndung f?r einen Krieg gegen den Irak pr?sentiert. Wie die "Post" berichtete, versuchte Powell in dem Interview nun die damalige Begr?ndung mit der heutigen Realit?t in Einklang zu bringen. Er gestand aber ein, dass die "Abwesenheit von (Waffen)-Lagern die politische Berechnung ver?ndere".
Der Minister reagierte mit dem halbst?ndigen Interview auf die Erkenntnisse des zur?ckgetretenen US-Chefwaffeninspektors David Kay, der dem Kongress in Washington k?rzlich erkl?rt hatte, dass Bagdad zu Kriegsbeginn wahrscheinlich keine Massenvernichtungswaffen besessen habe. Pr?sident George W. Bush hatte am Vortag erstmals einer Untersuchung der Geheimdienstinformationen ?ber angebliche irakische Massenvernichtungswaffen zugestimmt. Bush best?tigte, dass er eine unabh?ngige Kommission einberufen werde.
? SPIEGEL ONLINE 2004
Alle Rechte vorbehalten
Vervielf?ltigung nur mit Genehmigung der SPIEGELnet GmbH

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPIEGEL ONLINE - 03. Februar 2004, 15:12
URL: http://www.spiegel.de/politik/deutschland/0,1518,284775,00.html
Deutsche AKW
Terroristen k?nnen GAU ausl?sen
Die Umweltschutzorganisation BUND schl?gt Alarm: Nach einem bislang unver?ffentlichten Gutachten der Gesellschaft f?r Reaktorsicherheit k?nnten Terroristen durch einen gezielten Flugzeugabsturz auf ein Kernkraftwerk eine Katastrophe ausl?sen, die den GAU von Tschernobyl in den Schatten stellen w?rde.
AP
Besonders gef?hrdet: AKW Obrigheim
Berlin -Der BUND sieht sich in dieser Ansicht durch ein Gutachten der Gesellschaft f?r Reaktorsicherheit (GRS) best?tigt. Eine vom Umweltministerium erstellte Zusammenfassung dieser bisher nicht ver?ffentlichten Studie hat der BUND heute vorgelegt. Damit solle die ?ffentlichkeit ?ber die Risiken des Weiterbetriebs der Kernkraftwerke aufgekl?rt werden.
"Terroristen sind in der Lage, an jedem Atomstandort in Deutschland einen Super-GAU auszul?sen. Auf Grund der vielfach h?heren Bev?lkerungsdichte k?nnen seine Folgen weit katastrophaler sein als in Tschernobyl", sagte die BUND-Vorsitzende Angelika Zahrnt. Bundesregierung und Bundesl?nder w?ssten seit langem von dieser Gefahr und blieben dennoch eine Erkl?rung schuldig, welche Gegenma?nahmen sie ergreifen wollen.
Besonders gef?hrdet sind nach BUND-Angaben die neun ?lteren Atomanlagen Obrigheim, Stade, Biblis A und B, Brunsb?ttel, Isar 1, Philippsburg 1, Neckar 1 und Unterweser. Hier k?nnte schon der Absturz eines kleineren Verkehrsflugzeugs die Katastrophe ausl?sen. Beim Absturz eines gro?en Flugzeugs auf einen Atomreaktor k?nnen aber auch die zehn neueren AKW au?er Kontrolle geraten.
? SPIEGEL ONLINE 2004
Alle Rechte vorbehalten
Vervielf?ltigung nur mit Genehmigung der SPIEGELnet GmbH

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> GREENSPAN WATCH...

Magic Test
The estimable Alan Greenspan has a tightrope to walk.
By Larry Kudlow
Out on the campaign trail, Gov. Howard Dean has criticized Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan for being "too political." Dean argues that Greenspan should be harping on Bush budget deficits and opposing tax cuts. Like so many Deanisms, this charge is whacky. Greenspan was in fact an obstacle to Bush's tax cut last May. At the time, the estimable Fed leader was worrying publicly about budget deficits, even though his emphasis has always been on spending restraint rather than higher taxes.
Dean's Fed attack may have legs, but for different reasons. The little-known fact is that Greenspan's job as chairman of the Federal Reserve Board is up for renewal this summer. While his seat as a board member doesn't expire until 2006, a decision on his reappointment is scheduled to be made in six months.
As events would have it, the Fed's most recent policy statement on interest rates removed the term-of-art phrase "considerable period" and inserted in its place the word "patient." Financial markets took this to mean a Fed rate hike has been brought a little nearer. Actually, futures markets are predicting a minor one-quarter-of-a-percentage-point increase in the fed funds policy rate sometime this summer. That's about when President Bush will decide on Greenspan's reappointment fate.
But Greenspan's reworking of the Fed's policy language may have been a brilliant move. Just the mere hint that a rate hike could come in mid-2004, instead of next year, caused the beleaguered U.S. dollar to appreciate. This in turn knocked the gold price down nearly $25 to around $400 -- a much more comfortable level, suggesting a diminished risk of higher future inflation. And while broad commodity indexes have had quite a run, these raw-material indicators are simply recouping prior losses and responding to huge industrial demands from the economic booms in China, the rest of Asia, and the U.S.
Yes, the stock market has been selling off since the announced change in Fed rhetoric. But after a continuous rally since early November, stocks were probably due for a minor correction anyway.
Keep in mind, part of the reason why the Fed is preparing us for an earlier rate rise is the positive economic story. Second-half real growth for 2003 has come in above 6 percent, with more of the same expected this year. Business profits are also coming in above expectations, productivity is gaining rapidly, and thanks to President Bush's last round of tax cuts, business investment spending is surging. Even exports are coming on strong.
President Bush told a White House meeting of economists that "the U.S. economy is strong and getting stronger," just as he urged Congress to make his tax cuts permanent and pledged to cut the deficit in half in five years. There's nothing on the Fed's plate that will disrupt this scenario -- certainly not a tiny rate hike this summer.
In political terms, however, the stock market looms as an important influence on the election. The risk of even a minor Fed rate hike a few months before the November tally might lead investors to assume that a string of interest-rate increases are coming. With 95 million shareholders in the U.S., and at least 164 million stock market accounts (up from only 20 million in 1988, according to the Investment Company Institute), there can be no doubt that the market's mood running up to November will have a big impact on the voting-booth decisions of investors.
In the 2000 presidential race, stocks slumped most of the year. The onset of the bear market substantially undermined the solid Clinton-Gore economic growth record, and helped elect George W. Bush. This time, any decisive market losses -- such as a 15 percent downward correction -- could jeopardize Bush's reelection shot, even though he is clearly the pro-investor candidate. How could he not be? His large economy-boosting tax-cuts on dividends, capital gains, upper-bracket income, and small owner-operated businesses are exactly the tax measures that John Kerry and the other Democrats intend to repeal.
So, this is the political tightrope that Alan Greenspan will have to walk. His renomination at the Fed as well as the election itself may be up for grabs.
And yet, with core inflation less than 1 percent, the economy on a tear, and job-creation set to explode, the question remains: Is any Fed tightening necessary this year? Or, if the Fed decides that a minor rate hike is necessary this summer, will they be able to sell it in a non-threatening way, so as to not upset the politically powerful stock market?
The so-called Greenspan Standard will be put on full public display during the political season. The Fed chairman's magic touch will be tested as never before.
-- Larry Kudlow, NRO's Economics Editor, is CEO of Kudlow & Co. and host with Jim Cramer of CNBC's Kudlow & Cramer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> FBI WATCH...

The Technology Trade
By Konrad Trope, Esq.*
February 2004
A New Chapter in the War on Terrorism: The FBI Wants Expanded Wiretapping Authority
The debate over government interception of Internet communications has expanded to a new technology, namely Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP") transmissions. Indeed, representatives of the FBI's Electronic Surveillance Technology Section in Chantilly, Virginia have been meeting secretly with the Federal Communications Commission since July, 2003, exploring ways to provide the FBI with more regulatory authority to "wiretap" Internet communications, and in particular VoIP transmissions. [i] The FBI along with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration and the U.S. Department of Justice want VoIP providers declared as "telecommunications carrier[s]" under the Federal Communications Act of 1996 and the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act of 1994 ("CALEA").[ii] These three federal law enforcement organizations declared that if left unregulated, VoIP would provide a means of communications whereby "terrorists, spies, and criminals ... [can] most likely evade lawful electronic surveillance." [iii]
Voice Over Internet Protocol allows analog voice signals to be digitized into packets of data, sent over a series of networks, and reassembled at the other end. [iv]. In other words, telephone calls that have traditionally, since the late 19th century, been made through Public Switching Technology Networks ("PSTN") are now initiated, transmitted and received through computer networks, and thereby avoid long distance telephone charges. The technology, introduced in 1995, stumbled along until recent improvements in the sound quality and transmission reliability have made "phone carriers ...practically tripping over each other to announce aggressive VoIP strategies aimed at both consumers and businesses." [v]
Today, VoIP transmissions constitute up to ten percent of all calls made in the United States, with estimates of up to 2.5 million U.S. subscribers.[vi] By 2006, it is anticipated that well over 7 million VoIP units will be in circulation.[vii]
The most popular reason that businesses and consumers give for switching to VoIP is cost savings. Flat rate service plans, including unlimited local and long distance calls range from $20-$40, which is 20-40% lower than service plans being offered by PSTN companies. The main reason for the cost savings is that VoIP transmissions are not regulated like regular telephone service. VoIP providers therefore do not have to pay the same taxes and access fees that are passed onto consumers. [viii]
A technological benefit of VoIP is more efficient use of the broadband cable, which currently carries half of all VoIP transmissions. Voice, data (e.g., faxes, e-mail, instant messaging), and video can all be transmitted simultaneously through broadband cable, record an outgoing message and leave it in their customers' voice mail inboxes with one click, instead of repeating the same message several times a day. Moreover VoIP transmissions can be recorded, labeled, indexed, stored, and retrieved when necessary. [ix] These technological benefits have made VoIP the new "target" of the Federal Government's War on Terrorism.
Under existing federal wiretapping laws, the FBI already has the ability to seek a court order to conduct surveillance of any broadband user through its DCS 1000 system, previously called Carnivore. [x] But federal law enforcement agencies worry that unless Internet service providers, and in particular VoIP providers, offer surveillance hubs based on common standards, lawbreakers can evade or, at the very least, complicate surveillance by using VoIP providers such as Vonage, Time Warner Cable, Net2Phone, 8X8, deltathree and Digital Voice. [xi]
The origins of this debate date back nine years, to when the FBI persuaded Congress to enact a controversial law called the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act ("CALEA"). [xii] The 1994 legislation requires that telecommunications services rewire their networks to provide police with guaranteed access for wiretaps. The legislation also empowered the FCC to issues regulations defining what categories of companies were subject to the broad sweeping legislation.[xiii] So far only traditional PSTN (analog) companies and wireless phone services have been subject to CALEA.
The FBI now has taken the position that the combination of the federal wiretap laws, originally enacted in 1964, and amended numerous times since,[xiv] along with CALEA, give it the authority to wiretap DSL and other types of broadband services, including VoIP. [xv]
Critics are worried about privacy issues. Under CALEA, "telecommunications services" as defined under CALEA and the 1994 Federal Communications Act [xvi] are required to modify their equipment so that law enforcement officials can effectively "wiretap" both data and voice transmissions. [xvii] In particular, since VoIP represents the "blending" of data and real time voice transmissions, privacy advocates worry that VoIP "wiretapping" will lead to "dataveillance", where data such as location information will be routinely collected for surveillance, without any investigatory predicate.[xviii] Moreover, neither VoIP providers nor the FBI can explain what will be done to ensure that private parties do not engage in illegal monitoring of private citizens, gaining access to privileged information, confidential business/trade secrets, or even sensitive medical information.[xix]
Moreover, the FBI has said that if broadband providers cannot isolate specific VoIP calls to and from individual users, they must give police access to the "full pipe"--which, therefore, inevitably would include hundreds or thousands of customers who are not the target of the investigation.[xx] This technological short-coming of VoIP "wiretapping" would inevitably lead to over-inclusive sweeps of conversations and data transmissions that are not the "target" of any government probe.
Some companies like MetaSwitch and Cisco Systems, Inc. have already cooperated with the FBI's request for CALEA compliance to make their VoIP hardware products "surveillance friendly." These two companies have "developed backdoor technology in their VOIP products that enables the FBI to eavesdrop at will." [xxi] Yet segregating particular voice packets not the target of a search warrant still presents technological hurdles to many VoIP providers, leaving many VoIP transmissions subject to interception despite falling outside of the scope of the federal search warrant that authorized the interception.
On the other hand, not all Internet service providers see themselves as "adverse" to the interests of the FBI. EarthLink, for instance, wants CALEA and the Federal Wiretapping Statutes applied to VoIP calls. If VoIP calls escape being subjected to this expanded regulatory scheme, it would mean that VoIP stays "unregulated" as far as the FCC is concerned. Such de-regulation of Internet services, would allow the Baby Bells such as Verizon and BellSouth to raise the rates charged to ISP's, such as EarthLink, for access to the copper wire that runs to subscribers' homes and businesses. [xxii]
EarthLink, as an ISP provider has, therefore, admitted that it sees "the FBI as an ally of sorts," said David Baker, EarthLink's vice president for law and public policy. [xxiii]
The federal courts are split on this issue of expanding government power to regulate [and therefore intercept Internet transmissions], and in particular VoIP. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, for instance, in October, declared, to the delight of Internet Service Providers (ISP's) such as EarthLink, that the cable operators to the extent that their broadband services use the Internet, are telecommunications providers, making them subject to state and federal regulations, including FCC regulations. [xxiv] In the same month, a federal district judge in Minnesota issued an injunction against the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission, barring it from seeking to impose tariffs on VoIP provider Vonage. [xxv] Consequently, the Minnesota Federal District Court decision allows Vonage to escape being subjected to the FBI's request to the FCC to expand the reach of CALEA. [xxvi]
CONCLUSION
Everything is pointing to the exponential growth of VoIP use. VoIP usage might even exceed the prediction that by 2007, seventy-five percent of all voice traffic will travel over the Internet. Thus, it appears that the FBI's request for expansion of its "wiretapping" authority versus and the FCC Chairman Michael Powell's stated desire to further unleash the Internet, making it free from government regulation are set on a collision course.
The same statutes that allow for wiretapping also authorize other government activity such as taxation of the Internet and the mandating of services such as 911, guaranteed access, remote area service, and service for the hearing impaired. On the other hand, if the Internet and in particular VoIP is ultimately declared to be free from the string of regulations and tariffs that surround traditional PSTN providers, then government officials seeking broader "wiretapping" authority may be stymied in their efforts to intercept VoIP transmissions and neutralize this new form of a national security threat.

* Konrad Trope is a cyberspace and intellectual property attorney with a national practice, based in Los Angeles. His practice focuses on cyberspace, intellectual property and entertainment litigation, transactions, and regulatory counseling. He is a member of the ABA Cyberspace Committee and a member of the California State Bar Cyberspace Committee. He can be reached at ktrope@earthlink.net .

Endnotes:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[i] See 18 U.S.C. ?? 2510, 2511, 2518; Declan McCullagh, FBI targets Net phoning, CNET News.com, July 29, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1028_3-5056424.html?tag=mainstry ; Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum .
[ii] See 47 U.S.C. ??153, 1000 et. seq.; Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum; LightReading.com, FBI Protests VoIP Approach, January 9, 2004 at http://www.lightreading.com/document.asp?site=lightreading&doc_id=45695 .
[iii] Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum.
[iv] Jeff Tyson, How IP Telephony Works, howstuff works.com, at http://computer.howstuffworks.com/ip-telephony1.htm , telephony2.htm, telephony3.htm, and telephony4.htm, (last visited on December 4, 2003; Voice Over Internet Protocol, International Engineering Consortium Online Tutorial, at http://www.iec.org/online/tutorials/int_tele/ (last visited Nov. 16, 2003).
[v] Knowledge@Wharton, Behind VoIP's renaissance, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, January 17, 2004.
[vi] Ben Charney, Free ride over for VoIP, CNET New.com, August 25, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1037-5067465.html?tag=n1 .
[vii] Frost & Sullivan, VoIP Analysis, October 16, 2003, VoIPWatch.com at http://www.voipwatch.com/article.php3?sid=101 .
[viii] Michael Powell, Chairman Federal Communications Commission, The Age of Person Communications: Power to the People", January 14, 2004 Speech to the National Press Club, Washington, D.C.; Charles M. Davidson, Florida Public Service Commission, VoIP, FCC Forum--December 1, 2003 at http://www.fcc.gov/voip/presentations/davidson.ppt ; Knowledge@Wharton, Behind VoIP's renaissance, Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, January 17, 2004
[ix] The Siemon Company, White Paper: Video over IP, www.siemon.com , August 2003; Cisco Systems, Inc., White Paper: The Strategic and Financial Justification for IP Communications, 2002.
[x] Declan McCullagh, FBI targets Net phoning, CNET News.com, July 29, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1028_3-5056424.html?tag=mainstry;
[xi] Id.; see also Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum
[xii] See 47 U.S.C. ??1000, et. seq.
[xiii] Id.
[xiv] See 18 U.S.C. ??2510, et. seq.
[xv] Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum
[xvi] 47 U.S.C. ?? 153, 1000 et. seq
[xvii] Id.
[xviii] Marc Rotenberg, Electronic Privacy Information Center Comments on VoIP, December 15, 2003 submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://www.fcc.gov/voip/comments/EPIC.txt
[xix] Id.
[xx] Declan McCullagh, FBI targets Net phoning, CNET News.com, July 29, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1028_3-5056424.html?tag=mainstry; see also Joint Comments of U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, December 15, 2003, submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://ww.fcc.gov/voip/materials-submit.html.031215VOIPForum
[xxi] LightReading.com, FBI Protests VoIP Approach, January 9, 2004 at http://www.lightreading.com/document.asp?site=lightreading&doc_id=45695
[xxii] See 47 U.S.C. ??251(c)(3) &(4)(A); Declan McCullagh, FBI targets Net phoning, CNET News.com, July 29, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1028_3-5056424.html?tag=mainstry
[xxiii] Declan McCullagh, FBI targets Net phoning, CNET News.com, July 29, 2003 at http://news.com.com/2100-1028_3-5056424.html?tag=mainstry
[xxiv] Brand X Internet Services, et. al. v. FCC, 345 F3d 1120 (9th Cir. 2003)
[xxv] Vonage Holdings Corp. v Minnesota Public Utilities Commission, et. al., 290 F. Supp. 2d 993 (D. Minn. 2003)
[xxvi] Marc Rotenberg, Electronic Privacy Information Center Comments on VoIP, December 15, 2003 submitted to December 1, 2003 Federal Communications Commission VoIP Forum at http://www.fcc.gov/voip/comments/EPIC.txt

Please send all comments to practice@findlaw.com or give us your opinion at the Modern Practice discussion board.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

>> DEMS WATCH...

Issues of Civil Justice and Tort Reform:
What Role Will They Play in the Democratic Primaries?
By ANTHONY J. SEBOK
tsebok@findlaw.com
----
Monday, Jan. 26, 2004
The early stages of the Democratic presidential primary race have been marked by intense media scrutiny of the personalities of the candidates. Still, it is not too early to begin thinking about where they stand on the issues that matter to the voters and the party that the candidates seek to represent.
On certain "big" issues, such as the war in Iraq and the economy, it is easy to find out what the candidates think, although sometimes it is more difficult to figure out whether they actually disagree with each other. In this column, I will take a look at an issue that does not often get a lot of attention: civil justice and tort reform.
Tort reform may not be a "hot button" issue for many voters in New Hampshire or South Carolina. But it is a very important issue for some of the largest contributors to both parties.
The Democratic Party, especially, has become increasingly more dependent on contributions from members of the plaintiffs' bar. In fact, in my opinion, trial lawyers, in a sense, play the same role in the Democratic Party that the National Rifle Association plays in the Republican Party: The role of the eight hundred pound gorilla no one dares to disobey Even if a Democrat disagreed with the views of the American Trial Lawyers Association (ATLA), I think it would be very difficult for him or her to vote against its wishes.
Because tort reform is not an issue that wins primaries, the candidates have said very little on the subject so far. Still, a lot can be gleaned from their websites and, more importantly, their past statements and actions.
I am going to focus on the major four candidates who are currently leading in New Hampshire; I suspect that some or all of them will be the focus of the primaries until a winner emerges, or is selected in Boston.

Howard Dean's Views on Tort Reform
I begin with Howard Dean because he seems, at first glance, to be the candidate who, for personal reasons, would be ATLA's least favorite candidate. After all, he is a doctor married to a doctor. Last year doctors marched in front of state houses and went on strike in many states demanding tort reform and protection from trial lawyers.
Furthermore, as the website Overlawyered has pointed out, in 1988 then-Lieutenant Governor Dean published a letter in the New York Times that seemed to imply that he would support limitations of tort damages at both the state and federal level.
Presidential candidate Dean has moderated his views, however. The question is whether his current positions fall within the Democratic Party's conventional views on tort reform.
Fortunately, Dean's campaign website is unusual in that it has a section devoted to the candidate's position on medical malpractice. Dean notes that both patients and doctors are ill-served by the current liability system. Dean believes that the states should "discourage frivolous lawsuits while still holding the health care system accountable." This formula seems appealing but vague: The problem is that these two ideals often conflict in practice.
So what concrete state-levels reforms does Dean endorse? On his website, he mentions only "non-binding pre-litigation review" of malpractice suits by expert panels, and the use of arbitration panels as a last resort before litigation. However, these reforms have been adopted by many states already, and, unfortunately, while they are excellent ideas, they do not seem to have effectively addressed the concerns of physicians and tort reformers.
What about on the federal level? Dean says that he opposes the Republican federal medical malpractice reform bill, which would cap damages throughout the nation. Dr. Dean is to be applauded for having broken ranks with the AMA on this issue, although it is hard to tell whether his stand is principled or driven by a realistic understanding of who hold the pursestrings in his party.
In any event, Dean does endorse one federal reform that has been supported by the AMA. He calls for the passage of the Patient Safety and Quality Act, which was co-sponsored by Vermont's maverick ex-Republican Senator Jim Jeffords. This bill tries to promote patient safety by allowing doctors and hospitals to report medical "adverse events" to specially-designated organizations in confidence. The law is based on recent theoretical work by public health specialists who believe that fear of litigation is inhibiting the free flow of information that could be used to review and improve medical procedures.
While I think that the Patient Safety and Quality Act sounds like a good idea, it should come as no surprise that consumer groups, who are traditionally skeptical of any thing that might inhibit litigation, are suspicious of the act. Consumer Union, for example, has said that the bill "would make it nearly impossible for consumers to compare the quality of care provided by doctors and hospitals, as well as keep hospital infection rates from becoming public."
Thus, in this one area, Dr. Dean may have trumped the judgment of Candidate Dean -- alienating numerous consumers and patients, in order to aid doctors and the progress of medicine.

John Edwards's Views on Tort Reform
If Howard Dean might have appeared to be ATLA's least favorite candidate, John Edwards appears to be its poster child. John Edwards was, until he entered the Senate a few years ago, one of America's most successful trial attorneys. He made his fortune, in part, on trying very large medical malpractice suits.
John Edwards is to be credited for using his career as a plaintiffs' attorney as a device to build and bridge between liberalism and the individualism that appears to have led critical voters (especially Southern males) to vote Republican. This view has become very clear both from Edwards' book published last fall, Four Trials and an essay he published in Newsweek in response to their cover story criticizing the tort system. (I discussed the original article in a recent column.)
In his book and in his Newsweek essay, Edwards describes himself as a champion of the "old-fashioned" values of personal responsibility and just deserts. In his view, the doctors and corporations he sued "deserved" to be punished no more and no less than Willie Horton -- the famous parolee used by the Republicans to paint the Democrats as "soft on crime" -- did.
Furthermore, while Edwards is a vociferous critic of tort reform, he is willing to admit that the medical malpractice system has been abused by his fellow lawyers. On his campaign website he suggests, like Dean, that before a medical malpractice suit can be filed, a lawyer should be required to get an expert physician to certify that there may be a valid medical complaint. As I noted above, however, this type of expert-based reform is pretty weak stuff.
But then Edwards goes on to make a more daring suggestion. He suggests that a lawyer who brings three frivolous lawsuits should be forbidden from bringing another one for ten years. Constitutionally, this reform would probably have to be enacted on the state level -- outside of the President's bailiwick. Nonetheless (or, perhaps, for this reason), it's very smart of Edwards to support it..
The truly brilliant part of Edwards's proposal, is how it once again uses criminal justice rhetoric associated with the Republican Party. At the end of his proposal on sanctioning lawyers, Edwards says, "in other words, three strikes and you're out."
Later on, Edwards says the same thing about sanctioning doctors who have been proven to have committed malpractice. I have no idea whether Edwards really wants to adopt the "three strikes model" for professional malpractice, but the net effect of this language is to make it harder for his opponents to paint Edwards as a knee-jerk defender of the tort system.

John Kerry's Views on Tort Reform
John Kerry has been in the Senate longer than any of the other leading candidates, and so, along with Joe Lieberman, he has had the most opportunities to actually respond to national tort reform efforts. However, Kerry seems to have stayed on the sidelines as much as possible with regard to questions of civil justice.
Kerry voted for the 1995 Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, a Clinton-era limitation on the right to sue for federal securities fraud. The Act was passed in part because in the mid-90's, the Democratic Party was sensitive to the concerns of a new group of wealthy funders--Internet entrepreneurs who thought the class action plaintiffs' bar was unfairly targeting Silicon Valley.
Later, Kerry voted against the Common Sense Product Liability Reform Act of 1996. But that was unexceptional: Almost all of the Democratic Party (Lieberman excepted) opposed the Act.
Finally, and curiously, Kerry was absent for the vote to end the Democrats' filibuster of the Class Action Fairness Act, a major recent tort reform effort.
Kerry's website says nothing specifically about tort reform. But he does, in an oblique way, suggest that he wants to see more federal civil litigation in one area--RICO, the Racketeering-Influenced Corrupt Organizations Act. (RICO was enacted to address organized crime, but by its language may reach a number of different kinds of patterns of conduct involving criminal activity.) Kerry, who was once a prosecutor, suggests that one step he would take as president is to propose that RICO be expanded so that "investors who have lost money due to late-trading schemes" can sue in federal court to recover their losses.
Obviously, Kerry's view on RICO, in particular, does not tell us much, if anything, about his true feelings about civil litigation in general. What this view does tells us, though, is that Kerry understands that Americans are quite angry about corporate fraud.

Wesley Clark's Views on Tort Reform
For obvious reasons, Wesley Clark has had the least opportunity of all the other candidates to experience the civil justice system firsthand. Thus, it is very hard to predict from his background and past actions what, if anything, he thinks about the civil justice system.
Clark's website does, however, have a section devoted to civil justice. It reports that Clark opposes the major recent Republican tort reform efforts to cap medical malpractice awards and to shift class actions from the state to the federal courts.
The site suggests that Clark, or whoever is advising him, understands what is at stake in debates over tort reform. It notes that President Bush described the medical malpractice system as a lottery where plaintiffs enter hoping that they hold "winning tickets" -- and strongly counters this view of our system. As Clark points out, it is not true -- as Bush suggests -- that patients who sue and win are not really suffering, and thus feel like lottery winners when they get compensated. More likely, the patients breathe a sigh of relief that the jury recognized that they were truly injured, and compensated them accordingly.
Clark is also right to the extent that he suggests that if our medical malpractice system does need to be reformed, it is because many of the injuries suffered by plaintiffs were not caused by anyone's carelessness -- and thus, it is unfair for corporations to pay the bill for these injuries. (Yet on the other hand, it would be tragic if plaintiffs were left uncompensated because they lacked health or disability insurance.)
Overview of the Candidates: Democrats Who See Some Need for Tort Reform
This brief review of the four leading candidates tells us as much about the current state of debate over tort reform in the United States, as it does about the differences between the candidates.
This composite picture of the Democratic Party shows that the party is not unaware of the need to reform parts of the civil justice system. Even the positions taken by Dean and Edwards--though the two are members of professions that view each other as natural enemies--are nuanced and reasonable, and not so wildly dissimilar.
The message I take from the candidates positions, then, is an optimistic one: If the special interests that control the Democratic Party can be kept at bay, it is possible that the party may be able to develop a true "common sense" approach to tort reform.

Anthony J. Sebok, a FindLaw columnist, is a Professor of Law at Brooklyn Law School, where he teaches Torts, among other subjects. His previous columns on tort law can be found in the archive of his columns on this site.

Posted by maximpost at 3:05 PM EST
Permalink
Monday, 2 February 2004

Iraq's Oil Mess

"Reconstructing Iraq's oil industry the right way is essential to the ongoing reconstruction of the country. Unfortunately, it might not be possible."

Fall 2003
by Irwin Stelzer
"We're dealing with a country that can really finance its own reconstruction, and relatively soon," Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz assured Congress shortly after the war to oust Saddam Hussein was launched. That was then, this is now. Wolfowitz seems to have been off by a few hundred billion dollars.
The opponents of the war--with what National Interest editor John O'Sullivan calls their "sleeping radical instincts and . . . inverted patriotism" aroused--predicted a long and bloody battle; they were wrong. The advocates of regime change foresaw garland-bearing welcoming committees and an Iraq so awash in oil and so ripe for Western-style democracy that the cost to the United States of Iraq's reconstruction would be minimal; they, too, were wrong. The former are, predictably, unapologetic. The latter are faced with the costly proposition that he who would call the tune must pay the piper--or share tune-calling authority with other potential paymasters.
The expense of reconstruction will be exacerbated by ongoing acts of sabotage and efforts to stop them. A recent survey by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers of 700 miles of wire in Iraq found 623 destroyed transmission towers, compared with just 20 after the war (Wall Street Journal, September 5, 2003). Even under the most optimistic assumptions about our ability to secure the nation's oil field equipment, pipelines, ports, and transmission grid--and optimistic assumptions are the sp?cialit? du maison of the Pentagon--Iraq cannot possibly export enough oil in the foreseeable future to cover the costs of reconstructing its clapped-out physical and government infrastructures, never mind paying off whatever portion of its massive debt falls outside the category known as "odious debts" (those taken on by despots merely to strengthen the regime and repress the population).
There is worse, much worse. Solving current security problems is only one essential if the Bush administration is to achieve its long-term goal of creating a democratic, market-oriented government that will be a model for other Middle Eastern countries. Equally and arguably even more important is the question of just what sort of oil industry we plan to bequeath to the new Iraqi government; for if we know one thing about countries that rely on oil revenues for the great bulk of their incomes and wealth, it is that government control of a preponderant portion of a nation's gross domestic product (GDP) distorts economic activity, creates incentives for the entrepreneurial classes to seek their fortunes by catering to government bureaucrats rather than to consumers, provides governments with the ability to purchase the tools necessary to repress their peoples and to buy off terrorists by funding their activities in other countries, and results in the sort of society and government we now see in Saudi Arabia--unless, of course, we are among those blinded by the administration's penchant for shielding the Saudi royal family from criticism.
Unsafe for Democracy
As things now seem to be shaping up, any hope for major changes in the structure of Iraq's oil industry has become the most important victim. Pentagon sources say that all energy, physical and intellectual, is being absorbed by the current attempt to gain control of the country, at the expense of all other policy chores. When all is said and done, Iraq will have a state-owned-and-operated monopoly oil industry that is a dutiful member of the OPEC cartel, providing a flow of funds to a central government that we will find uncongenial. Indeed, even if we do find the energy to attempt to plant the seeds of a free-market economy of the sort that our designated administrator, Paul Bremer, originally had in mind, it is unlikely that those seeds will flower in Iraq's desert soil and hostile climate--witness the rallying of Iraq's business class around the protectionist banner. (One leading Iraqi businessman says that in the absence of protection from foreign competition, "local companies will be completely smashed" [Wall Street Journal, June 25, 2003], a not-unreasonable assumption given the lack of investment in these companies for several decades, and their forced operation in a non-market economy.)
Start with the fact that there is nothing in the history of the region or of the Arab states to suggest that democracy can take root in Iraq. Of twenty-two Arab states, not one has an elected government. As conservative columnist George Will puts it, it is not clear that "national cultures . . . are infinitely malleable under the touch of enlightened reformers." Even if democracy in some form can be imposed on Iraq, only a truly (wildly?) optimistic analyst can believe that it will result in anything approximating Americans' notions of a liberal society, replete with institutions erected to shield the citizen from an overweening state. If you doubt the possibility that our plans to shape Iraq's future--plans based on the premises that we have the knowledge and will have the power to do that--will prove to be nothing more than an imperial conceit, treat yourself to a combination of Bernard Lewis (The Crisis of Islam: Holy War and Unholy Terror, London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2003) and Fareed Zakaria (The Future of Freedom: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad, New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2003). Or consider whether the outcome of a free election in Saudi Arabia is more likely to confer power on one of the enlightened young Arab democrats whom New York Times columnist Tom Friedman is so fond of interviewing, or on Osama bin Laden or one of his acolytes.
While pondering that question, consider the statement of Hussein Jassem Ijbara, a former general in the Iraqi Republican Guard, now installed by American forces as governor of Salahadin province, and ensconced in what has been described by observers as "a well-appointed office in the government palace in Tikrit" (Financial Times, June 24, 2003). "In my opinion," says the new governor, "they needed someone strong who could run Salahadin province in the place of Saddam Hussein. . . . We have a system now very much like they have in the United States. Our province is like an American state. I have all the power." So much for the new Iraqi leaders' understanding of the American-style democratic government that our policymakers have in mind not only for Iraq but for the entire Middle East.
We are already witnessing the execution of liquor merchants, the censoring of films, and the unwilling use of the hijabe head covering by frightened women who felt no need to cover up when Saddam was in power, perhaps foretelling the emergence of what columnist Nicholas Kristoff calls "Iran Lite." (See "Cover Your Hair," New York Times, June 24, 2003. Kristoff also quotes a leader of a Shiite fundamentalist party that is winning support as saying, "Democracy means choosing what people want, not what the West wants.") And reports from Iraq suggest that after the devastation of the 1991 war, which destroyed power plants and other infrastructure facilities, the country was up and running within forty days, in contrast with the current situation, in which the Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) was unable until recently to restore services to prewar levels despite inheriting an infrastructure far less war-damaged than the one we left to Saddam after the first Gulf war. (See the report by Charles Clover in the Financial Times, June 25, 2003.)
Sure, there are large parts of the country in which our pacification and reconstruction efforts are bearing fruit. But only those blinded by hatred of the one-sidedly gloomy reports of the antiwar, I-told-you-so faction would argue that we are succeeding at anything approaching the pace we had anticipated when occupying Iraq. Or even that we have figured out how to succeed. Our early plan to assign an adviser to each of the twenty-odd newly appointed Iraqi ministers reflects an arrogance not seen since the last Soviet Gosplanner hung up his computer (more likely, his slide rule).
Our plan is to have each ministry, under the guidance of an American adviser, draw up plans that accurately predict revenues, costs, tax receipts, and the like, while other technocrats set wages, prices, and the right exchange rate for the new currency; decide which debts should be repaid and which repudiated; and perform other chores ordinarily left to the market. Note that we are not content to talk about getting things running at pre-war levels, but are aiming to produce far higher levels of services and prosperity, levels never before seen in Iraq.
Crude Oil Realities
The plans for the oil ministry are a case in point. Ibrahim Mohammed Bahr al-Uloum, the minister appointed by the Governing Council to run the oil industry, is a petroleum engineer, but his main qualification seems to be his choice of father--a leading Shiite cleric who sits on the Council when not temporarily suspending his membership to protest some aspect of U.S. policy or performance. Mr. Bahr al-Uloum favors privatization of downstream facilities such as refineries, but is less certain that the nation's 112 billion barrels of proven reserves, the world's largest with the exception of Saudia Arabia's, should pass from state control. Production-sharing agreements with American and European countries might be countenanced, and Arab neighbors will be asked to help in the rehabilitation of existing fields, but any decision for complete privatization must, the new minister says, await the election of a new government, with the prospects for a "yes" vote on privatization somewhat dimmed by a culture described by the new minister as dominated by the fact that "people lived for the last thirty to forty years with this idea of nationalism" (Financial Times, September 5, 2003), suggesting that a bit of humility about our prospects for reorganizing Iraq's oil industry along private, competitive lines might be in order.
Iraq is believed to be capable of producing about 1.8 million barrels per day at present, but is probably producing less than that. A few hundred thousand barrels are used for oil field operations, and another 500,000 barrels are needed for domestic consumption--to produce fuel for power plants, and to make gasoline, diesel, and kerosene for domestic use. In addition, the Kurds are siphoning off significant quantities. Repeated sabotage of the main northern pipeline to the Turkish port of Ceyhan makes it impossible to export all of what is produced. Latest figures suggest that exports are running at something like 645,000 barrels per day, far below both prewar levels and the occupying powers' forecasts. In sum, oil revenues won't come close to meeting the costs of occupation and reconstruction, even when exports rise substantially.
But let's assume that, like my fellow economists, I am so accustomed to practicing my "dismal science" that I have difficulty seeing the bright side of things. And let's assume further that it is indeed within our power to impose a durable new order on Iraq's oil industry, and that the free-market plans set out by Paul Bremer can indeed be implemented. And just to keep things on the bright side, let's assume that Iraq can soon again become an important exporter. The principles to follow if we are to have any hope of achieving our goals are straightforward.
First: No return to the prewar structure. We know that the typical system of state ownership is a failure in every particular. In the end, it impoverishes the citizens (if that is the right word) of the producing country; witness the two-thirds decline in per capita income in Saudi Arabia in the past decade. This is a consequence of
? an inflated currency valuation that makes the producing country unable to compete in world markets as anything but a seller of oil;
? the belief that wealth springs from the ground, no work needed, which leads a native population, already ill-educated to function in the modern world, to refuse to work and instead to rely on immigrants to do not only the dirty work but all the work;
? the corruption incident to the huge revenues flowing to a ruling elite, a generally unsavory crowd that uses a small portion of the oil money to bribe the masses into lethargy with free telephone service and a few other amenities, and most of the rest to support a life of luxury unimaginable even in the affluent West, with a little left over to support the terrorist organization du jour so as to fuel the fires of the Israeli-Palestinian war and focus local discontent on Israel rather than on the ruling regime.
That describes Saudi Arabia as it is today, and Iraq as it was before the overthrow of Saddam Hussein and likely will be again if the oil industry is not restructured.
Second: Any reform must have a good chance of surviving the departure of the occupying forces. If we optimistically assume that we have the nous and power to change the way Iraq's oil wealth is used, the new order we impose must be irreversible. We may be in Iraq longer than we had hoped, and certainly longer than we had planned, but we won't be there forever. So we must consider the possibility that a post-CPA Iraqi regime will want to turn the clock back to the good old days of palaces for the few and poverty for the many.
In my view, that eliminates as a possibility any scheme that involves setting up some sort of fund to be used in the interests of the Iraqi people. A post-CPA regime could very easily redirect to itself and its Swiss bank accounts, or its military, or its weapons program, the funds flowing into any pot intended to be used for education, health, and other "good" purposes.
In short, Iraq ain't Alaska, and not only because of differences in climate. In Alaska, oil royalties go into a fund that is distributed directly to the state's citizens, for them to spend as they see fit, to the consternation of Alaska's legislators, who repeatedly fail in their attempts to have the money flow into the state's coffers for redistribution as the politicians and bureaucrats see fit.
The need for a scheme that would survive the departure of American and coalition forces also rules out having the occupying authorities turn ownership of Iraq's oil reserves over to foreign, and especially American, oil companies. No matter how transparent any bidding procedure, no matter how inflated the price paid to Iraq for rights to its reserves, those contracts will be seen as negotiated between an American administrator and American oil companies. They could not possibly survive the departure of our soldiers.
Third: Durable change can come only if we vest ownership in Iraq's oil wealth directly in the people. Shares in the nation's oil companies--and it would be well to have several companies--can be distributed to all Iraqis, perhaps with the proviso that they are not immediately tradable, so as to prevent those who are now very wealthy from extracting unreasonable terms from desperately needy sellers who fared poorly under the old regime. This is not the place to develop all of the details of this plan, even were I competent to do so. That chore is best left to the economist Hernando de Soto and others who specialize in this area. All we need know at this point is that a new Iraqi government, no matter how much it might want to seize control of the nation's oil income, would have a more difficult time confiscating or nationalizing shares held by Iraqis than it would recapturing ownership rights held by American and other foreign oil companies.
Back to OPEC?
Which leaves the knotty question of OPEC. One of our hopes was that Iraq, eager for current revenue, might remain outside the embrace of the oil cartel, which has invited it back into the fold, an invitation Mr. Bahr al-Uloum has said he will accept. There is still a possibility--increasingly remote--that Iraqis will apply a higher discount rate to future revenue flows than, say, Saudi Arabia, and produce all the oil that Iraq's fields can pump out without further damaging the nation's fields. But even if we decide to embrace this rosy scenario, we can't ignore the fact that, at least for the foreseeable future, the Saudis and their partners are cutting back their own output to make room in the market for such oil as Iraq is capable of producing, leaving the volume of oil reaching world markets unchanged--unless some major new region comes on line more rapidly than it is now reasonable to anticipate. (My Hudson Institute colleague, Max Singer, believes that the production of Canada's ample reserves of shale oil is increasingly economic and is a viable long-run alternative to Saudi oil. See his "Saudi Arabia's Overrated Oil Weapon," The Weekly Standard, August 18, 2003.)
Of course, we do not live only for cheap oil, although competitive prices would have the same effect as an additional tax cut and would entail none of the long-term negative consequences of the current plunge into long-term federal budget deficits. So a restructured Iraqi oil industry that contributed to the dilution of the power of the central government by depriving it of first call on the industry's oil revenues would be good news not only for Iraqis but also for those of us hoping that a less troublesome Iraq, and a possible model for other countries in the region, will be the long-term payoff for our current pain and that the new Iraqi government will decide not to play ball with the oil cartel.
But regardless of whether it chooses to operate within or outside of OPEC, it is unlikely--not impossible, but unlikely--that Iraq will become an important enough exporter in the next few years to fund its reconstruction. The country's industry must first be made safe from sabotage, and billions must be invested to upgrade old fields that have suffered from underinvestment and to find new reserves.
Which brings us back to where we started. If America is willing to pay the piper to the tune of, say, 1 percent of its GDP, it can continue to call the tune and hope that my pessimistic view of our chances of converting Iraq and its Middle Eastern neighbors into freedom-loving, tolerant, and largely capitalist nations is simply wrong. If not, we must make the trade-off of further lowering the cost in U.S. blood and treasure by sharing authority with France and "donor" countries that do not share our goals--which will reduce the probability of success below even its low current level.
Whatever else we do, we should remember Kuwait, the country we saved from Saddam and has since refused to allow American companies to participate in its oil industry. Like Kuwait, Iraq's future behavior is unlikely to be informed by any sense of gratitude.
"What soon grows old? Gratitude." So said Aristotle. Therein lurks a lesson for American policymakers who are relying on just that virtue as they attempt to reconstruct Iraq, and who continue to rely on the OPEC countries we saved from Saddam in 1991 to provide an uninterrupted flow of competitively priced crude oil. The French, saved by us more than once from becoming German-speakers, and the Germans, saved by us from becoming Russian-Speakers, are living proof of the proposition that expectations of gratitude have no place in the development of foreign policy.


Irwin Stelzer is a Senior Fellow and Director of Economic Policy Studies for the Hudson Institute. He is also the U.S. economist and political columnist for The Sunday Times (London) and The Courier Mail (Australia), a columnist for The New York Post, and an honorary fellow of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies for Wolfson College at Oxford University. He is the founder and former president of National Economic Research Associates and a consultant to several U.S. and United Kingdom industries on a variety of commercial and policy issues. He has a doctorate in economics from Cornell University and has taught at institutions such as Cornell, the University of Connecticut, New York University, and Nuffield College, Oxford.
To respond to this article, please send an email to amoutlook@hudson.org


CHINESE CITIZENS' RIGHTS ACTIVIST APPEALS WEB SITE CLOSURE
2004-01-30
The founder of a Chinese Web site set up to advise ordinary people of their legal rights has lodged an appeal with a Beijing court, renewing his battle to reverse the government's closure of his site, RFA's Mandarin service reports.
"This afternoon, my attorney officially submitted the appeal to the First Intermediate Peopls's Court of Beijing," Web site founder Li Jian told RFA on Jan.29. "The court agreed to deliberate on the case, and we paid the legal fee. This means that our lawsuit is reactivated again."
Li said the lawsuit against the Beijing municipal government's Telecommunications Management Bureau had only one aim--to get his Web site up and running again. He argues that the decision to pull the plug on his site violates Chinese law, because no regulations exist yet governing sites run by private individuals.
"I got hold of a faxed copy of the bureau's decision through a merchant who provided our Web servers," Li said. "In that document, it says the Beijing Telecommunications Management Bureau reached the decision, which was based on an internal memo issued by the Ministry of Information Industry."
So Li went to visit the Ministry, where he was told that they had instructed the municipal regulators to deal with the matter "according to the law." The trouble is, according to Li, that no relevant law yet exists.
"They don't have specific laws and regulations on which to base their administrative actions. That's why it's illegal to shut down my Web site because they don't have any laws regulating individual Web sites. They didn't follow any legal procedures," he said.
Li is also hoping that this case will highlight the very issues that led him to set up the site in the first place.
"China is moving more and more towards becoming a society ruled by law, and we all have seen law playing a greater and greater role. So through this channel, I'm hoping that the citizens' rights protection Web site will become a legally recognized site in China," he said.
China has kept a tight hold on Internet use by its citizens, for fear that its critics could organize themselves into an effective opposition and disseminate their views to China's fast-growing population of cyber-surfers. While the government is keen to promote the rule of law in theory, the idea of citizens protecting their rights via the Internet is extremely sensitive.
Government filters block access to Web sites abroad run by dissidents, human rights groups, and some news organizations. The Chinese authorities are thought to have detained more than 30 people since the Internet boom began in the late 1990s, often for simply expressing pro-democratic leanings in online postings and articles.#####
Copyright ? 2001-2004 Radio Free Asia. All Rights Reserved.


IN SMUGGLED LETTER, SOUTH KOREAN IN CHINESE JAIL REPORTS SUFFERING
2004-02-02
'I am suffering in prison not for doing evil but for doing good'
A South Korean man currently serving a five-year sentence in a Chinese prison for helping defectors from North Korea has smuggled a heart-rending letter to his family, cut painstakingly from the pages of a prison Bible, RFA's Korean service reports.
"Someone mailed me a letter from my husband," the man's wife, Bong-soon Kim, told RFA. "I think this person secretly received it from my husband in the prison... He cut out letters that he needed from the Bible and pasted them onto the paper one by one."
Kim said her husband, Young-hoon Choi, was arrested by Chinese police along with a photographer, Jae-hyun Seok, for helping North Korean defectors in the northern Chinese port city of Yantai, which lies on the Bohai Bay and Yellow Sea, across from the Korean Peninsula.
She said she had been allowed to visit Choi during his trial, when he looked unhealthy. "I think they took the glasses away to prevent accidents. He has very poor eyesight," she told reporter Won-hee Lee. "As you know, letters in the Bible are quite small. It is painful to think that he had to cut out every single letter and pasted them onto a paper without even glue to send his heart to us."
In the letter, Choi called on his family to band together to support each other in his absence. "As you know, I am suffering in prison not for doing evil but for doing good. So I hope that you will not be ashamed of your father for being in prison," he wrote.
"I am spending time every day thinking of you and your mother and serving God."
Kim said Choi had begun to get involved with the troubles of North Korean defectors during his frequent business trips to China. "I think during that time, he saw people in trouble and thought about ways to help them and started participating in helping them. I am hoping for an early release but I still haven?t heard anything," she said.
She said repeated appeals to the South Korean government to work for Choi's early release had met with reassurances, but no result so far. "The government tells me not to worry, saying that it is continuously requesting China for an early release but no progress has been made. So as his family we are having a very hard time," Kim said.
She called on the South Korean government to work harder to secure Choi's release, adding that her two daughters, aged 16 and 11, were still unable to cope with their father's absence.
"I can't talk about their dad because they cry whenever I talk about him. I think my daughter?s feelings toward her dad became more intense when the holiday season came around and the weather became cold... One day I came home from work and found out that she posted her writing on the Web site."
Choi's letter said: "I would like to tell my beloved wife that I love her truly and faithfully. I also want to say that I am sorry and grateful. To you, I am a sinner."
"Listen my children. During my absence, respect my beloved wife, your mother. And I hope that you, Sun-hee and Soo-jee, will love each other and make your mother happy every day by being earnest, diligent, and cheerful good daughters," the letter said.
Kim said Choi had recently been transferred to a prison in Yantai, along with Jae-hyun Seok. "I guess my husband and Mr. Jae-hyun Seok cross each other?s path every now and then. And now he is allowed to use writing tools," she added. ###


CAN CHINA AFFORD TO FUEL ITS ECONOMIC GROWTH?
2004-01-29
Booming demand squeezes global oil stocks, boosts prices
China, which has already overtaken Japan as the world's second-largest oil importer, surprised industry analysts last year with a huge increase in oil imports, prompting concerns that the country may not be able to afford its fuel bill for much longer, Radio Free Asia (RFA) reports.
"I can't think of any country where oil imports have increased so rapidly both in relative and absolute terms, and the consensus seems to be that this growth will continue, at least in absolute terms," Robert Ebel, of the U.S.-based Center for Strategic and International Studies, told RFA in a recent interview.
"You have to wonder, can they continue to afford buying the oil that they need to support their economy, particularly if prices of oil stay where they are at today's level--32 or 33 dollars a barrel?" Ebel told special correspondent Michael Lelyveld.
China's oil imports soared far above official forecasts last year, prompting concerns that the energy deficit could damage the country's economy. Crude oil imports rose by 31 percent in 2003 to more than 91 million tons, compared with the previous year. And the overall bill for foreign oil rose by 55 percent year-on-year to almost U.S.$20 billion.
Firstly, domestic production simply cannot keep up with demand. PetroChina's output increased by less than one percent last year, while production at the country's biggest resource, the Daqing oilfield, actually fell.
Secondly, the war in Iraq and recovery from the SARS outbreak brought bumps and shocks to China's oil demand, which is having a global impact, boosting demand and prices--and adding more to China's energy costs.
Edward Morse, an energy analyst at Hess Energy Trading Company, says that China can afford the growing cost of oil imports in the near term, but that there may be problems sustaining such import levels in the longer term. "I don't think it's getting to be a problem in the short run. The problem comes from compounding the rate of growth over a few years," he said.
Morse predicted that China's fleet of cars and trucks would double over the next five years, resulting almost certainly in a doubling of fuel consumption for transportation purposes.
"Looked at in the perspective of five or 10 years from now, the current trend really could cause them to rethink whether they can afford to do what they're doing," he told RFA.
What's more, China's booming oil demand is in itself contributing to higher costs by driving up global prices. "Their growth in demand this (past) year was surprising," said Jason Feer, Singapore bureau chief for the oil industry weekly Petroleum Argus. "China alone accounted for a third of the overall world growth in demand for oil. So, that certainly had an impact on price."
"And I think there's certainly a valid point that the more they demand, or the faster their rate of growth, the more impact that will have on their own economy," Feer said, adding that China's plans to build an emergency crude reserve would exacerbate the effect, if implemented.
Last year, the cost of foreign oil rose to 1.4 percent of GDP from one percent a year before. Total consumption of crude oil was equal to nearly four percent of GDP. The figures do not include the cost of refined fuels or other energy sources like coal, which have also grown.
And China so far has shown few signs of addressing energy efficiency issues which might ease the situation. "So far, the government has swung back forth with arguments about whether the economy is overheated or not," Ebel said. "In the meantime, the economy has powered ahead with unrestrained growth in sectors like auto manufacturing despite energy shortages, leaving no option but to buy more foreign oil."
Plans to impose new rules for better fuel mileage in new cars are in the pipeline, but the effect may not be felt for years, he said. #####

MONGOLIAN OIL COULD HELP CHINA'S ENERGY WOES
2004-02-02
Company hopes for pipeline into northern China
A Mongolian oilfield first discovered in the early 1990s has proven far more promising than originally believed, prompting calls for a pipeline linking it to northern China, RFA's Mandarin service reports.
The UK-based Soco International oil company said it had drilled four exploration wells in the Zuunbayan field, at the northeastern tip of Mongolia, during 2003. It said it had found significant reserves of a higher quality and greater predictability than was previously known in the area.
"We've discovered oil in a much better reservoir, at a shallower depth than the previous wells and one which we think we'll be able to predict with much greater certainty where to drill in the future," Soco International's president and chief executive Ed Story said in an interview.
"The key in what we've been about is to get enough quantity, proven reserves, to then go forward to build a pipeline so you can move larger quantities to sell to China," Story said, adding that Soco and its Chinese and Vietnamese partners had long had an eye on the China market.
China is facing skyrocketing oil bills as a result of strong economic growth, overtaking Japan in 2003 to become the world's second-largest oil importer. So far, its attempts to negotiate pipeline deals with major producers like Russia and Kazakhstan have not yielded fruit.
Wang Baoji, a Chinese representative at the project for the Huabei Petroleum Management Bureau, agreed that the oilfield was a significant find. "We've been cooperating with Soco since 1989," he told RFA. "As for production, it's been coming onstream fairly fast now. It's not bad... particularly Area 19 [in the Tamtsag Basin area]." He said the project had also promoted cooperation between China and Mongolia.
Huabei currently holds a 10 percent stake in the venture, with PetroVietnam holding 5 percent, and Soco 85 percent. The oilfield currently exports around 500 barrels daily by truck to China.
Story said Soco had chosen to work with Huabei--which provides drilling services--partly because of their previous experience drilling in a similar deposit in China, and partly for economic reasons.
"We use Chinese rigs and Chinese personnel who've come over actually from the Huabei area, and that's the key, so we've got the costs down," he said, adding that Soco was probably the first oil company even to use Chinese drilling rigs outside China.
Those savings meant that Soco could afford to drill more wells in any given year, with a potential to export as much as 10,000 barrels per day if a pipeline were built. He said that now that the potential of the Mongolian oilfield was known, a pipeline would stand a good chance of attracting development funding.
"From the standpoint of China... it would be the closest source of additional oil reserves, although not on the scale of those in Russia, but certainly it could become significant, it could be very secure, and really support a trading relationship between China and Mongolia," Story said.
China's oil imports soared far above official forecasts last year, prompting concerns that the energy deficit could damage the country's economy. Crude oil imports rose by 31 percent in 2003 to more than 91 million tons, compared with the previous year. And the overall bill for foreign oil rose by 55 percent year-on-year to almost U.S.$20 billion. #####
Copyright ? 2001-2004 Radio Free Asia. All Rights Reserved.


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company reports

Real-time reality
Jan 29th 2004
From The Economist print edition
Why does it take firms so long to produce their annual results?
"THE market has given unusual attention to the report of the Deutsche Bank," noted The Economist of March 5th 1904, "owing to the splendid results announced."* This year the Deutsche Bank will announce its results (expected to be less than splendid) on February 5th. In a century the bank has speeded up the production of this vital piece of information by four weeks. Other German firms have persisted with 19th-century reporting schedules. TUI, a big travel group, has declared that it will not reveal its 2003 results until it holds its annual press conference on March 31st. That is much later than most German banks were reporting their annual profits a century ago.
Next to the snail-like TUI, big American firms look like accounting cheetahs (sic). America's biggest financial business and its biggest manufacturing firm--Citigroup and General Motors (GM), respectively--each produced their annual results this year on January 20th, within three weeks of the end of the reporting period. That is considerably less than the 90 days that firms are allowed by America's securities legislation to file Form 10-K, the document revealing their annual results.
But even the speed of American firms is by no means as impressive as it seems. For one thing, there has been little improvement for 20 years. In 1984, General Electric announced its results on January 17th, one day later than this year; the same year Citicorp (as Citigroup then was) came out with its results two days earlier than in 2004. Given the advances in information technology in the intervening decades, could corporate accounting departments have been expected to do better? Cisco Systems, one of the most advanced users of IT in America, is scheduled to produce its results for the quarter to January 24th on February 3rd. Given its enthusiasm for the "real-time enterprise", should Cisco by now be coming up with its results on the day after the period to which they apply, if not on the day itself?
A real-time enterprise (RTE) has computer systems that are so intimately inter-linked that information flows among them almost instantaneously. Many firms are trying to set up such systems so that they avoid nasty shocks. GM is keen on the idea, to such an extent that its boss, Rick Wagoner, is said to know the firm's bottom line some two weeks before it is revealed to outside investors. Others, such as Wet Seal, an American retailer, are today gathering most cost and revenue data daily.
In "Heads Up" (to be published in April by the Harvard Business School Press), Kenneth McGee, a vice-president of Gartner, a research firm, describes a "large services company" whose fixed costs are so stable that it can predict its profits for the current quarter, within a 1% margin of error, on the basis of the number and type of customers in the early part of the quarter. Its boss is thus able to spot business icebergs well before they hit him. These days, says Mr McGee, "there is no such thing as a legitimate business surprise."
Mr McGee's enthusiasm for RTEs comes from the power they give managers to anticipate problems. He also believes that by the end of this decade high-performing RTEs will be publishing their earnings per share on a daily basis. This, he claims, will give them a competitive edge in raising capital. Most accountants, however, remain sceptical. Baruch Lev, professor of accounting at New York University's Stern School of Business, points out that earnings figures are based on more than raw facts. They involve estimations and assumptions about things like losses from bad debts. Calculating those will always take time. So perhaps Citigroup will not, after all, announce its 2103 results any earlier than the third week in January 2104.
* "Since a week ago the annual statements of the remaining large banks of the city have been published. The market has given unusual attention to the report of the Deutsche Bank, owing to the splendid results announced. The dividend (11 per cent), it is true, is not increased, owing to the heavy amounts written off and carried to the reserves, but the net earnings of the bank show a large gain over 1902. These reached ?1,215,350, being ?183,700 more than for the previous year. From the earnings ?181,500 is carried to the reserves, which now stand at ?2,950,000, and ?63,900 is written off on buildings. The total turnover for the year shows a further large gain, having amounted to ?2,982,000,000, or ?132,850,000 more than for 1902. The bank's quick assets are returned at ?36,100,000, being an increase of ?2,400,000; deposits and creditors at ?39,450,000, or ?3,500,000 more than at the end of 1902. The above are all record figures. Of the ?2,785,000 in securities owned by the bank only ?168,000 represents railway, bank and industrial shares, all the rest being in fixed interest-bearing paper. While the market had expected an increase of the dividend to 12 per cent, the report has made a most satisfactory impression."
Copyright ? 2004 The Economist Newspaper and The Economist Group. All rights reserved.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate tax
A taxing battle
Jan 29th 2004
From The Economist print edition
Governments around the world are scrabbling for scarce corporate taxes
NOBODY wants to pay taxes. No wonder, then, that so many companies spend so much effort trying to avoid them. Almost every big corporate scandal of recent years, from Enron to Parmalat, has involved tax-dodging in one form or another. In the latest revelation on January 26th, Dick Thornburgh, the man appointed to look at the collapse of WorldCom, released a report claiming that, as well as the slew of other crooked dealings of which the bankrupted telecoms company is guilty, it also bilked the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) of hundreds of millions of dollars in taxes through a tax shelter cooked up by KPMG, its auditor.
Tax authorities around the world rightly fret that such cases are the tip of a large iceberg, and they are starting to act. In America, home to many of the best-known corporate-tax scams of recent years, the Bush administration has announced a series of anti-tax-dodging measures in its new budget, which will be presented to Congress on February 2nd, including an extra $300m to boost enforcement and the shutting of corporate-tax dodges that could bring in, it reckons, up to $45 billion over the next ten years.
But the IRS was becoming stroppier even before these measures. In early January, it slapped GlaxoSmithKline, a big British drugs company, with a $5.2 billion bill, claiming that Glaxo Wellcome, its predecessor, underpaid taxes on profits made in America from 1989 to 1996. Even though Glaxo had paid taxes on its profits in Britain, and although there is a "double-taxation" agreement between Britain and America, which means that a company should not have to pay tax on the same profits in both countries, the IRS decided that much of this profit had, in fact, been made in America. GlaxoSmithKline is to fight the tax bill in court.
Whatever the outcome of that case, the company's woes, and the prospect of being taxed twice on the same profits, have sent a shiver through the tax departments of multinationals everywhere. A tax partner at one big accounting firm says that "transfer pricing" is the biggest worry for tax directors at the overwhelming majority of big companies. Disputes between multinationals and tax authorities have been rising anyway, according to tax experts at the accountancy firms that are often embroiled in them. The IRS has showed that it is upping the stakes further.
Many of these disputes, which rarely see the light of day, occur over transfer pricing. This is the method used by multinational firms to value goods and services bought and sold among subsidiaries, and is a big determinant of the profits booked--and thus taxes paid--in a given country.
Two trends show the increasing rift between companies and the tax authorities. The first is a spike in so-called "advance pricing agreements" (APAs). In these, tax authorities and a nervous multinational essentially agree on its transfer-pricing methodology. Even though these are cumbersome and time-consuming, by March last year the IRS had signed 434 such agreements since the first one in 1991, and their number has surged in recent years: in 2002, the IRS signed 87 APAs, 40% more than two years earlier.
The second revealing trend is the way in which the big accounting firms are beefing up their transfer-pricing departments. In Britain alone, the combined numbers employed by the four-biggest accounting firms in transfer pricing has tripled in recent years, even though their clients have themselves also been employing more people to deal with tax issues.
A global headache
These spats demonstrate a growing unease among governments that the obvious benefits of a globalising economy come with a high price: a loosened grip on the companies that increasingly can and do shift their employees, know-how, capital and even headquarters overseas--and with them their taxable profits.
Put simply, multinationals are becoming more, well, multinational. According to UNCTAD, a United Nations agency, in the early 1990s there were 37,000 international companies with 175,000 foreign subsidiaries. By last year, there were 64,000 with 870,000 subsidiaries. Increasingly, such companies are being managed on regional or even global lines, not national ones. An extraordinary 60% of international trade is within these multinationals, ie, firms trading with themselves. Many have global brands, global research and development, and regional profit centres. The only reason for preparing national accounts is that tax authorities require it. But it is hard to say quite where global firms' profits are generated.
Governments have responded to this fluidity partly by reducing their corporate-tax rates. According to KPMG, a big accounting firm, OECD countries cut corporate-tax rates by nearly seven percentage-points between 1996 and 2003. Some have cut aggressively. Ireland slashed corporate-tax rates by some 23 percentage points over the same time period, and attracted much foreign investment as a result--to the fury of fellow EU members.
Countries have also built ever-higher barricades of complex rules to retain what they see as their fair share of corporate profits. And rich countries are not alone in doing this. In recent years, India, Thailand and other developing countries have added their own transfer-pricing regulations to the existing jumble.
Navigating this mishmash of regulations is no easy task. Transfer prices are very tricky. Most countries set them at "arm's length"--ie, the price an independent party would pay for a given service or product. Though the principle is a nice one, the practice is complicated, particularly because companies are increasingly service-oriented and rely more on brands, intellectual property and other hard-to-price intangibles. The issues raised by transfer pricing can thus be dauntingly philosophical. "You are dealing with fundamental questions, such as what creates value," says KPMG's Ted Keen. "And the answer is different every time."
The quarrel between GlaxoSmithKline and the IRS, for instance, revolves around what made Zantac--its hugely profitable ulcer drug--so valuable. Was it the money poured into research and development in Britain, or the advertising and marketing in America? Clearly, both were factors, but deciding how much was contributed by whom, and thus how to divvy up costs, profits and taxes is hard.
Of course, transfer pricing is open to manipulation. A report by America's Senate in 2001 claimed that multinationals evaded up to $45 billion in American taxes in 2000. Whatever the truth of this claim, some of the report's details were eye-catching: one firm sold toothbrushes between subsidiaries for $5,655 each.
Moreover, there is a mound of evidence, says James Hines, a tax expert at the University of Michigan, that shows that international companies tend to report higher taxable profits in countries where taxes are lower. Yet, as he says, this is not necessarily illegal or bad. Companies owe it to their shareholders to avoid paying unnecessary taxes. The trouble is that one person's abuse is another's smart planning. And the tension between those two views is likely to increase.
Copyright ? 2004 The Economist Newspaper and The Economist Group. All rights reserved.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Galileo and GPS
Where it's at
Jan 29th 2004
From The Economist print edition
A European satellite-navigation network is on its way
IT IS now almost two years since the European Union decided to go ahead with plans to launch a satellite-navigation network to rival America's existing Global Positioning System (GPS). For much of this time, Galileo, as the European system is called, met with staunch opposition from America. However, a round of talks last November seems to have assuaged American concerns. The final details remained to be negotiated in talks in Washington, DC, on January 29th and 30th, as The Economist went to press. But the outlook for an agreement was good.
The core of the disagreement between the EU and America was whether the signals from the two competing systems might interfere with one another. More specifically, the Americans wanted the ability to jam Galileo without rendering GPS signals ineffective. The agreement reached in November was the first step in this direction. In return for the modification of Galileo's signals, the Americans agreed to give Europe technical assistance in developing Galileo, and to make sure that the third generation of GPS, to be deployed in 2012 (Galileo should be operational by 2008), will conform to Galileo's standards. This will aid the interoperability of the two systems, which is a commercial goal of both sides. It will also, in principle, give the Europeans the ability to jam the American signals in the event of a crisis in which the two sides' interests differ.
There is a bewildering array of different sorts of signals involved in each network. GPS currently has two, a civilian channel known as C/A and a military one, Y-channel. Plans for an additional military channel, called M-code, are in the works. Galileo will debut with five different signals: one freely available to all, like the GPSC/A signal; a commercial service which is more precise; a "safety-of-life" service that can be used for critical applications such as automatically landing aeroplanes; a "public regulated service" (PRS), which will be used by the EU's governments, and presumably, their armed forces; and a fifth, unique, service that combines positioning information with a distress beacon, which could be used by ships at sea or intrepid mountaineers. The negotiations in November resolved a conflict between America's M-code and the European PRS. What remains is to harmonise Galileo's free signal with the M-code.
Both systems rely on signals precisely timed from atomic clocks carried by the satellites (GPS has 24 satellites, Galileo will have 30). A user looks at the time on at least four satellites, and triangulates (or, perhaps, "quadrangulates") between them to find his position. Differences in the details of the different signals are what make the "premium" applications. Some are more precise than others, and they also have different levels of encryption, to prevent unauthorised users from accessing them.
What makes the situation bizarre is that several of these signals will overlap with one another, within a frequency range known as the L-band (this is about 10 times higher than the frequency used by commercial FM radio stations). That can be done using a technology called spread spectrum, which is now common in mobile telephones.
The trick is to embed the signal in a dense "pseudorandom" sequence (it is pseudorandom because it looks random but is actually generated by a computer program). To an uninitiated recipient, the result appears to be noise. However, if the recipient knows the right starting values for the program, he can regenerate the sequence and disentangle the original signal. The signals can overlap because each, to the others, resembles noise.
Galileo will be in part a commercial system. A concessionaire will get the right to operate the system for a fixed period in return for plunking down two-thirds of the deployment costs--around ?2.2 billion ($2.8 billion). But control and ownership of the network will remain with the EU (most of whose members are, or soon will be, America's military allies in NATO), through a yet-to-be-formed, and ominously titled, "Surveillance Authority".
This means that American fears about the use of Galileo during, say, a crisis in the Taiwan Strait, are perhaps overblown. Despite the fact that China recently agreed to pay ?200m towards Galileo's development, it will not have access to the PRS channel, nor a say in how Galileo is run during a crisis, according to Paul Flament, an engineer at the European Commission who is working on Galileo. The same is true of other prospective partners such as India and Israel. (Brazil is involved in an early stage of negotiations as well.)
Sceptics question whether Galileo will indeed prove profitable. They suggest that the concessionaire might face huge liabilities in the event of an accident. But at least four consortia are bidding to become the concessionaire, and these consortia include such firms as EADS (the owners of Airbus) and Alcatel. Optimistic projections talk of 2.5 billion users by 2020. If even a small fraction of that number needed additional precision and were willing to pay for it, the business would be lucrative. America may yet regret not privatising part of GPS.
Copyright ? 2004 The Economist Newspaper and The Economist Group. All rights reserved.

Japanese charged for espionage

2004-02-03 / Associated Press /
Prosecutors in Japan detained a Japanese man yesterday in response to an American request that he be handed over to face industrial espionage charges in the United States, media reported.

Takashi Okamoto, 43, a former researcher at the Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio, was charged in May 2001 with conspiracy, economic espionage and interstate shipment of stolen property related to Alzheimer's disease research.

Tokyo prosecutors took Okamoto into custody after receiving an order from Justice Minister Daizo Nozawa to investigate the case, Kyodo News Agency reported. The prosecutors will decide whether to take the matter to the Tokyo High Court, which would rule whether he should be extradited.

Japan and the United States have an extradition treaty, but Tokyo only sends its citizens to face charges abroad if they have been accused of acts that are also illegal in Japan. While Japan doesn't have any economic espionage laws, the Justice Ministry decided Okamoto's acts constituted theft and destruction of property under Japanese law.

Okamoto is now a doctor at a hospital on Japan's northernmost main island of Hokkaido. He resigned from the Cleveland Clinic in 1999.

According to the indictment, Okamoto left the United States on August 17, 1999, a day after he and another Japanese man, Hiroaki Serizawa, allegedly left vials of tap water in place of missing genetic materials.

Okamoto allegedly arranged for them to be sent to the Institute of Physical and Chemical Research, north of Tokyo.


Posted by maximpost at 10:58 PM EST
Permalink

Newer | Latest | Older